Illustrated and descriptive catalogue of chemical apparatus
-
-
- i:fWi
- _____n-]:{
- ’'-WM a l*,.Hi!.
- - - ' ' wi-.t: 'iT i tv
- i fei h-h-h :r-nH tl:SHL»n:u:ir::; u-. .->
- ![*i '
- jmmy-llifei'*
- tffiMittSflaiii 8i£fci!4
- r^»:TT|
- iiRlfllitip
- 2: f Hjk-.
- »• iSt".--*. ; ;. V.
- TH:hV:l
- ISiiiiiiiil
- _ ? - ; /t-1# .,;««:'. :P .
- /l*. J l
- a»fa tjifffb 1
- ....._._..ippdii8i:
- ;h';t Etimlnilt: 8fal ttliSSt
- iiiii'lll!
- i»t. j.
- 'uaiivi; unit
- : " -qii.aiij.Mii.ffil
- 1"
- :-j .j;:
- j: :,/iTpjv
- W*
- is^iSif
- sitlgBP
- raws* m * - i.i
- .*m«*3B££
- ;ii!$niS?
- fo'SkiA
- -ipliSSii
- «\.A
- It.!
- ...^,s;asKfiT
- jiilisiii'L:
- aiur tT»U
- iiH-. J .1.-0 .*!•. ;:(£ ji(F Sjjj;
- till;
- "its tutl'lSib: i|ii-
- igpr*iii
- l&i* ^if^iiiw^irggg rj!BiiiMamEr«r-iggM^t!«»A:
- .uSibipBian.
- *• u „„r; :rn,
- J > 1 I ‘'•“ifrliS
- i , i |.‘ | it
- "UiiU r:ir-: litlbcilv L-U:iib
- " I I'1 i, .!Hf!
- tnkiiii '
- „ ,L *•»? r£ miiirl'Slimtall
- IP 1ns E o "U Uft L.U 5
- n-r *• ^
- In 0“ it K t i »„ 11 m
- liHi
- llll
- s
- flfri*.
- iii
- ;es &
- !jll 10
- a*
- : ’ylilSflSjiisiilliffi
- : • T t-' -I •• ~ -g. ' S«M?rBiLt£ tji
- ..... PH .
- ..liillMiis
- 'i;4 at’H:• Mt;’.Urt5.M;•<*.?«• HbKi
- isnriiit11
- iv* w
- 'STV\.
- *1- i. W *
- ifiillii.-
- ;pi.:
- ';V:-:-:^;!;H:^:4iii!y:i:4smplpy^gi
- . '.icaiiijs lifiiijjERliiifHti HiF. Hi
- ;,;|:«!|!p||||
- iH:i
- ‘‘IlnatodsaAi-i
- If.;:
- r:t
- r *??»*: taasKf**5*9
- p.n.n. - vue 1/385
-
-
-
- p.n.n. - vue 2/385
-
-
-
- £
- PRIZE MEDALS
- SYDNEY, 1879.
- CALCUTTA, 1883-1884.
- LONDON, 1884.
- ALLAHABAD, 1910
- 23rd EDITION.
- ILLUSTRATED and DESCRIPTIVE
- CATALOGUE OF
- CHEMICAL APPARATUS
- INCLUDING :
- Balances & Weights, Microscopes, Laboratory Fittings, Chemicals and Reagents,
- F. E. BECKER & CO.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- NIVOC HOUSE,
- 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27 & 29 HATTON WALL,
- LONDON, E.C.1.
- Government Contractors and Makers of Scientific Apparatus
- for the Laboratories of
- HIS MAJESTY’S HON. BOARD OF INLAND REVENUE AND CUSTOMS feWM-sat HIS MAJESTY’S FACTORIES THE GOVERNMENT LABORATORIES THE ROYAL MINT THE ROYAL ARSENAL THE WAR OFFICE THE ADMIRALTY ^
- THE NATIONAL PHYSICAL LABORATORY HIS MAJESTY’S BOARD OF TRADE HIS MAJESTY’S BOARD OF WORKS INDIA OFFICE
- CROWN AGENTS FOR THE COLONIES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC EDUCATION, CAPE TOWN CANADIAN AND TASMANIAN GOVERNMENTS THE MINISTRY OF EDUCATION, EGYPT
- THE AGENTS-GENERAL FOR NATAL, CAPE TOWN, NEW SOUTH WALES, VICTORIA, Etc., Etc.
- ALL INDIAN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
- NEW ZEALAND TECHNICAL EDUCATION BOARD THE UNIVERSITIES OF OXFORD, CAMBRIDGE, GLASGOW, LONDON, BIRMINGHAM, SYDNEY, MADRAS, Etc.
- THE ROYAL INSTITUTION KING’S COLLEGE, LONDON
- BOARD OF EDUCATION, SOUTH KENSINGTON IMPERIAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION, IRELAND
- ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE, DUBLIN
- THE PRINCIPAL EDUCATION COMMITTEES OF THE UNITED KINGDOM
- THE JAPANESE GOVERNMENT, Etc., Etc.
- Established 1872. Telephone: 1436 CENTRAL. Telegrams : “BECKER, HATTON WALL, LONDON.” Marconi Code.
- Page de titre n.n. - vue 3/385
-
-
-
- REFER TO OUR
- PHYSICAL APPARATUS CATALOGUE
- 23rd EDITION
- For all Apparatus for teaching
- ELEMENTARY AND PRACTICAL PHYSICS MECHANICS MAGNETISM
- ELECTRICITY SOUND LIGHT HEAT, Etc-
- REPAIRS
- Having our own Manufactories, in which only experienced men are employed, we are enabled to quote very reasonable prices for all repairs to GENERAL SCIENTIFIC APPARATUS.
- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIillllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllN
- | We also repair and adjust §
- ( BALANCES and WEIGHTS (
- | OF ALL MAKES. (
- Biiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim
- p.n.n. - vue 4/385
-
-
-
- Since this photograph was taken we have added considerably to our premises. Additional warehouses and glass-blowing shops are in an
- extensive block of buildings directly adjoining the extreme right of the premises shown in above photograph.
- How to get
- to our
- Warehouses,
- Showrooms and
- Scientific
- Glass-blowing
- Shops
- ROAD
- ho*o*n <CJI \ r
- HOLBORN
- p.n.n. - vue 5/385
-
-
-
- TERMS
- COUNTRY ORDERS must be accompanied by a Remittance, or by a reference to some person in London.
- FOREIGN ORDERS must be accompanied either by a Remittance, or by instructions for payment in London on delivery of the Bills of Lading.
- STOCK. A Large Stock of the Apparatus, Balances, Weights and Chemicals in this List being kept ready for immediate delivery, Shipping Orders for large collections can be executed with promptitude.
- BREAKAGES. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any breakages. Experienced Packers are employed, and every care is taken to ensure the safe delivery of all goods to their destination. In the event of breakages, the carriers should be notified immediately. Damage in transit is entirely the carriers’ responsibility, but they will repudiate liability unless notified in writing within three days of delivery. Always sign carriers’ sheet “ Goods unexamined.”
- EMPTY PACKAGES. Full value allowed when returned in good condition (carriage paid) within fourteen days from date of invoice.
- PLATINUM. The prices of all apparatus in the making of which Platinum is used are subject to the current market price of Platinum.
- QUALITY. Unless otherwise stated we shall in all cases send apparatus of the best quality.
- GLASS BLOWING. We have our own Glass Blowing Shop at Hatton Wall, London, in which we employ only the most experienced glass blowers, and we can make up any special piece of apparatus to customers’ own specifications and drawings.
- ILLUSTRATIONS. Although in most cases the Illustrations in this list have been taken from actual photographs of the apparatus, the figures are not to be taken as binding in detail, owing to the necessity for making improvements as occasion arises.
- The Prices in this Catalogue cancel all of an earlier date, and are subject to fluctuation without notice.
- Quantities of less than half-dozen will be charged at “ each ” rate. Quantities of less than half-gross will be charged at “ dozen ” rate.
- A COMPREHENSIVE INDEX AND LIST OF CHEMICALS WILL BE FOUND AT THE END OF THIS CATALOGUE.
- 1924.
- p.n.n. - vue 6/385
-
-
-
- CAUTION
- We regret we cannot hold ourselves responsible for Apparatus ordered through other houses. Please send all orders direct to us.
- Colonial clients ordering through Merchants should state on their Indents that the Apparatus, etc., must be obtained from
- F. E. BECKER & CO., Hatton Wall, LONDON, E.C.
- W. & J. GEORGE (London), Ltd.
- p.1 - vue 7/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON HALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Laboratory Glassware
- 1.—Resistance Glass Beakers.
- Squat form, with spout. Best quality. Standard sizes.
- Size No. 12345 Capacity 25 40 60 100 150 c.c.
- Each .. 7d. 8d. gd. gd. iod.
- Per doz. 7/3 7/10 8/5 8/5 9/-
- Size No. 6 7 8 g 10
- Capacity 250 400 600 goo 1300 c.c.
- Each .. lid. 1/1 1/6 2/- 2/5
- Per doz. 10/312/7 16/3 21 /- 25/6
- Size No. 11 12 13 14
- Capacity 2000 3000 4000 5000 c.c.
- Each .. 3/7 4/g 6/- 5/5
- Per doz. 38/9 52/- 67/6 75/6
- 3.—Resistance Glass Flasks.
- Flat bottom. Best quality.
- Capacity 50 100 175 250 c.c.
- Each .. 8d. gd. iod. nd.
- Per doz. 7/10 8/6 9/6 10/3
- Capacity 350 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. ' 1/- 1/4 1/10 2/2
- Per doz. 11/9 14/3 19/3 23/-
- Capacity 1500 2000 3000 5000 c.c.
- Each .. 2/8 3/4 4/6 6/4
- 5.—Resistance Glass Flasks.
- Conical, for titrations, etc. Best quality.
- Capacity 50 100 175 250 c.c.
- Each .. 8d. gd. nd. nd.
- Per doz... 7/10 8/6 10/6 10/9
- Capacity 350 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 1/- 1/4 1/10 2/2
- Per doz.. 11/9 14/3 19/3 23/-
- Capacity .. 1500 2000 5000 c.c.
- Each .. 2/8 3/4 6/4
- 2.—Resistance Glass Beakers.
- Tall form, without spout. Best quality. Standard sizes.
- Size No. 01234 Capacity 25 40 60 100 150 c.c.
- Each .. 7d. 8d. gd. gd. iod.
- Per doz. 7/3 7/10 8/5 8/5 9/-
- Size No. 5 6 7 8 g
- Capacity 250 400 600 1000 1500 c.c. Each .. nd. 1/1 1/6 2/- 2/5
- Per doz. 10/3 12/7 16/3 21 /- 25/6
- Size No. 10 11 12
- Capacity .. 2000 3000 4000 c.c.
- Each •• 3/7 4/9 6/-
- Per doz. .. 38/9 52/- 67/6
- 4.—Resistance Glass Flasks.
- Round bottom. Best quality.
- Capacity 50 100 175 250 c.c.
- Each .. 8d. gd. iod. nd.
- Per doz. 7/10 8/6 9/6 10/3
- Capacity 350 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 1/- i/4 1/10 2/2
- Per doz. 11/9 14/3 19/3 23/-
- Capacity 1500 2000 3000 5000 c.c.
- Each .. 2/8 3/4 4/6 6/4
- [For Hard Combustion Glass Round-bottom Flasks for Oxygen, see No. 7 below.]
- 6.—Resistance Glass Flasks.
- Wide necked for C02 experiments, Fat extractions, etc. Best quality.
- Capacity .. 60 100 150 c.c.
- Each gd. gd. nd.
- Per doz. .. 7/10 7/10 9/-
- Capacity .. 180 250 500 c.c.
- Each nd. 1/- i/4
- Per doz. .. 9/- 10/3 14/6
- Supplied also with round bottom same prices.
- 7.—Combustion Round-
- bottom Glass Flasks,
- as No. 4, but very hard, infusible glass for preparing Oxygen.
- Capacity, 350 c.c. Each .. 2/g
- Per doz. .. .. .. .. 32/-
- For School Quality Beakers and Flasks see page 5.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.2 - vue 8/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 3
- W„ & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd,, PROPRIETORS.
- Laboratory Glassware
- 8 9
- 8. —Resistance Glass Kjeldahl Flasks. Long neck, round bottom. Best quality.
- Capacity ioo 200 300 500 800 c.c.
- Each.. 1/- 1/2 1/6 1/10 2/5
- Dozen 11 /5 14/5 17/9 21/9 28/10
- 9. —Resistance Glass Kjeldahl Flasks. Long neck, flat bottom. Best quality.
- Capacity 100 200 300 500 800 c.c.
- Each.. 1/- 1/2 1/6 l/lo 2/5
- Dozen 11 /5 14/5 17/9 21/9 28/10
- 14
- 14.—Resistance Glass Crystallising Dishes. Flat bottom, without spout, light glass. Best quality. Diam. 5678 9 10 n cm.
- Each 8d. 8d. 9d. nd. 1/2 1/3 1/5
- Doz. 7/4 7/6 8/- 9/6 12/11 13/- 15/-
- 10
- 10. —Resistance Glass Distillation Flasks. Round bottom, with side tube in middle of neck. Best quality.
- Cap. 30 50 100 125 175 c.c.
- Each iod. 1/- 1/1 1/2 1/6
- Doz. 9/9 10/6 12/9 13/9 17/9
- Cap. 250 350 500 750 1000 1500 c.c.
- Each 1/9 2/- 2/3 3/- 3/6 4/6
- Doz. 20/6 23/6 26/6 35/- 41 /- 53/-
- 11. —Resistance Glass Flasks for Oil Distillation, Engler’s Standard Pattern.
- Each .. .. .. 2/9
- Per doz. .. .. 32/-
- 15
- 15.—Resistance Glass Basins. Light glass, round bottom, with spout. Best quality. Diameter 4 5 6 7 8 cm.
- Each .. 9d. iod. iod. nd. 1/1 Per doz. 6/11 7/6 8/1 9/3 11/6
- 12 13
- 12. —Resistance Glass Kjeldahl Flasks. Short neck, round bottom. Best quality.
- Cap. 100 200 300 500 800 1300 c.c.
- Ea. nd. 1/2 1/5 1/9 2/4 2/11
- Dz. 10/313/316/1020/5 28/-35/-
- 13. —Resistance Glass Kjeldahl Flasks. Short neck, flat bottom. Best quality.
- Cap. 100 200 300 500 8001300 c.c.
- Ea. nd. 1/2 1/5 1/9 2/4 2/11
- Dz. 10/313/316/10 20/5 28/- 35/-
- 16
- 16.—Resistance Glass Crystallising Dishes. Flatbottom,
- with spout, light glass. Best quality. Diam. 5 6 7 8 9 10 cm. Each 8d. gd. lid. 1/1 1/3 1/4 Doz. 7/- 8/- 9/8 10/812/313/4
- Diam. 13 14^ 16 19 20 cm.
- Each i/n 2/3 3/- 4/3 5/5
- Doz- 20/- 25/- 32/- 46/- 58/4
- Diameter 9 10 11 12 cm.
- Each 1/3 1/5 1/7 1/11
- Per doz. 12/8 13/10 16/2 20/2
- Diam. 11 13 14! 16 19 22 cm. Each 1/8 2/- 2/6 3/6 5/6 6/6
- Doz. 17/3 20/9 27/6 39/- 51 /- 67/-
- 17.—Resistance Glass Beaker Flasks. With spout. Best quality.
- Capacity 50 100 200 250 c.c.
- Each .. iod. nd. 1/- l/~
- Perdoz. 9/7 10/3 11/5 12/-
- Capacity 400 600 800 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 1/3 1/6 1/10 2/2
- Per doz. 13/10 17/5 21/7 25/9
- 18.—Resistance Glass Conical Beakers. Phillips’ form, with spout. Best quality.
- Capacity 125 175 300 400 c.c.
- Each .. iod. Hd. if- 1/2
- Per doz... 9/7 10/3 12/- 13/2
- Capacity .. 500 600 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 1/4 1/5 2/-
- Per doz. .. 15/7 16/10 24/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.3 - vue 9/385
-
-
-
- 4 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. Mt J. GEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS,
- Laboratory Glassware
- FINEST BOHEMIAN MAKE (KAVALIER’S) or FINEST CZECHO-SLOVAKIAN MAKE (R BRAND).
- 19
- 19.—Beakers, Squat Form with spout.
- Capacity 20 40 80 140 c.c.
- Each.. 6d. 6d. yd. 8d.
- Dozen 4/7 5/2 5/7 6/8 Gross 52/3 58/11 63/- 76/-
- Capcty. 240 350 550 750 c.c.
- Each gd. nd. 1/3 1/7
- Dozen 8/- 9/9 13/5 17/-
- Gross 91/3 111/2 153/- 193/10
- Capacity .. 1000 1400 1850 c.c.
- Each.. .. 2/3 2/9 3/2
- Dozen .. 24/6 29/2 34/6
- 20.—Beakers, Medium Form without spout.
- Capacity 20 40 75 no c.c.
- Each .. 5d. 5d. 6d. 7d.
- Dozen .. 3/8 4/3 4/7 5/10
- Gross .. 41/10 48/6 52/3 66/6
- Capacity 170 270 380 550 c.c.
- Each.. 8d. iod. 1/1 1/4
- Dozen 6/9 9/- 11/1 14/6
- Gross 77/- 102/8 126/5 165/4
- Capacity 800 1100 1600 2250 c.c.
- Each .. 1/8 2/3 2/7 37-
- Dozen 17/10 24/6 28/- 32/-
- 20
- 21.—Flasks, Flat Bottom.
- Cap. 35 50 75 100 150 200 c.c
- Each 5d. 7d. 7d. 7d. 8d. 9d.
- Dozen 4/6 5/7 5/7 5/10 6/8 8/-
- Gross 51/4 637- 63/- 66/6 76/- 91/3
- Capacity 250 300 400 500 600 c.c. Each iod. 1/- 1/2 1/3 1/5
- Doz. 8/11 10/2 12/6 13/3 14/9
- Gross 101/8 115/n 142/6 151/- 160/-
- Cap. 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 c.c. Each 1/5 1/10 2/5 2/6 3/2 4/11
- Doz. 14/9 19/4 23/8 26/8 33/8 53/4
- 22.—Flasks, Round Bottom.
- Capacity 35 50 100 200 c.c.
- Each .. 5d. 7d. 7d. 9d.
- Dozen 4/6 5/7 5/10 8/-
- Gross,. 5i/4 63/- 66/6 9I/3
- Capacity 250 400 500 600 c.c.
- Each iod. 1/2 i/3 i/5
- Dozen . 8/11 1 12/6 13/3 14/9
- Gross . 101/8 142/6 151/- 160/-
- Capacity 750 1000 1500 2000 c.c.
- Each.. i/5 1/10 2/5 2/6
- Dozen 14/9 19/4 23/8 26/8
- 23.—Flasks, Conical or Erlenmeyer.
- Capacity 35 5° 75 100 150 200 c.c.
- Each .. 5d. 7d. 7d. 7d. 8d. 9d.
- Dozen .. 4/6 5/7 5/7 5/10 6/8 87-
- Gross .. 51/4 63/- 63/- 66/6 76/- 91/3
- Capacity .. 250 300 400 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. iod. 1/- 1/2 1/3 1/5 1/10
- Dozen .. 8/11 10/2 12/6 13/3 14/9 19/4
- Gross .. 101/8 115/n 142/6 151/- 168/- 220/-
- 24.—Retorts, Stoppered.
- Capacity.. 150 250 400 c.c.
- Each .. 1/5 1/10 2/4
- Dozen .. 15/2 19/4 25/-
- n
- 25.—Distillation Flasks. Round
- Bottom with side tube in neck.
- Capacity .. 50 100 125 175 c.c.
- Each .. 1/- 1/1 1/2 1/6
- Dozen .. 10/6 12/9 13/9 17/9
- Capacity Each .. Dozen ..
- 500 750
- 2/5 2/9
- 25/6 30/-
- 1000 1500 2000
- 3/~ 3/8 3/i 1
- 32/- 40/- 42/3
- Capcty. 250 350 500 750 1000 1500 c.c. Each 1/9 2/- 2/3 3/- 3/6 4/6 Dozen 20/6 23/6 26/6 35/- 41 /- 53/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.4 - vue 10/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 5
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Laboratory Glassware
- School quality Beakers and Flasks
- AN EXCELLENT GLASSWARE FOR ALL ORDINARY PURPOSES.
- 26.—Beakers. Squat form
- with spout. School quality.
- Capacity.. 100 175 250 c.c. Capacity .. 100 200 300 c.c.
- Each 6d. 8d. 9d- Each 6d. 8d. 9d.
- Dozen 5/- 6/6 7/- Dozen 5/- 6/9 7/-
- Capacity.. 350 500 700 c.c. Capacity .. 450 550 700 c.c.
- Each iod. 1/1 1/4 Each nd. 1/1 i/3
- Dozen 8/6 10/9 14/- Dozen 9/6 11/- 13/6
- Capacity.. 1000 1350 1750 c.c. Capacity.. 1000 1250 1650 c.c.
- Each 1/8 2/3 2/6 Each 1/8 1/10 2/3
- Dozen 17/6 22/- 27/6 Dozen 17/6 19/6 23/-
- 27.—-Beakers. Tall form, plain without spout. School quality.
- 28.—Flasks. Ordinary, flat bottom. School quality. 29.—Flasks. Ordinary, round bottom. School quality.
- Capacity .. 50 100 150 c.c. Capacity .. 50 100 250 c.c.
- Each 5d. 6d. 6d. Each 5d. 6d. 8d.
- Dozen 4/- 4/6 5/- Dozen 4/- 4/6 7/-
- Capacity .. 250 350 500 c.c. Capacity .. 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each 8d. gd. nd. Each nd. 1/2 i/5
- Dozen 7/- 7/6 10/- Dozen 10/- 12/- 15/-
- Capacity .. 750 1000 1500 c.c. Capacity 1500 c.c.
- Each 1/2 i/5 1/10 Each.. 1/10
- Dozen 12/- 15/- 19/6 Dozen 19/6
- 30.—Flasks. Conical, Erlenmeyer. School quality.
- Capacity .. 50 100 150 250 c.c.
- Each • 5d. 6d. 6d. 8d.
- Dozen .. 4/- 4/6 5/- 7/-
- Capacity • • 350 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. gd. nd. 1/2 i/5
- Dozen .. 7/6 10/- 12/- 15/-
- 31.—Flasks, with short wide neck. Flat bottom. School quality.
- Capacity 60 100 180 250 c.c.
- Each .. 6d. 7d. 8d. gd.
- Dozen .. 5/- 6/- 6/9 8/-
- For Flasks with short wide neck but ROUND BOTTOM see footnote under No. 6, page 2.
- 32.—Flasks. Distilling, with side tube fused in neck. School quality.
- Capacity .. 50 100 150 250 c.c.
- Each .. 1/- 1/1 1/2 1/9
- Dozen .. 10/6 12/9 13/9 20/6
- Capacity .. 400 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 2/- 2/3 3/- 3/6
- Dozen .. 23/6 26/6 35/- 41/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory,
- p.5 - vue 11/385
-
-
-
- 6 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. A J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Graduated Laboratory Glassware
- Calibrated on the basis of the standard litre, i.e., 1000 grammes of distilled water at 40 C. in vacuo=1000 cubic centimetres, and corrected to a temperature of 150 C.
- 33.—Burettes, with Mohr’s
- Clip, Glass Jet and Rubber
- Tubing.
- A B C D E
- Capacity .. 10 25 50 100 100 c.c.
- Divided into TV ^ rV z tV c.c.
- Each .. 1/4 2/- 3/- 4/9 6/6
- Per dozen 15/- 22/- 31 /- 55/- 70/-
- 34.—Burettes, as No. 33, but Schel-bach’s, with white enamel back and blue line. (For illustration see No. 51, page 8.)
- Capacity .. 10 25 50 100 100 c.c.
- Divided into iV jV tV z tV c.c.
- Each .. 2/3 3/- 4/6 6/- 7/6
- Per dozen 24/- 33/- 50/- 65/- 82/-
- 35.—Burettes, with Straight
- Glass Stopcock.
- A B C D E
- Capacity 10 25 50 100 100 c.c.
- Divided into xV rV tV z tV C-C.
- Each .. 2/9 3/6 4/3 5/9 6/9
- Per dozen 29/6 37/6 46/- 62/- 74/-
- 36.—Burettes, as No. 35, but Schel-bach's, with white enamel back and blue line. (For illustration see No. 51, page 8.)
- Capacity 10 25 50 100 100 c.c.
- Divided into TV /«, TV z tV c.c.
- Each .. 3/6 4/3 5/9 8/- 8/9-
- Per dozen 40/-46/-64/- 87/- 96/-
- 1
- f-
- £
- I*
- v.
- 37.—Burettes, with Three-way Glass Stopcock, for connecting to reservoir for constant filling.
- A B
- Capacity 50 100
- Divided into • • TO 1 7T
- Each •• 5/6 7/9
- Per dozen .. .. 60/- 85/-
- 38.—Burettes, with Straight Glass Stopcock, and with side tube for rubber connection.
- A B C
- Capacity .. .. 25 50 100 c.c.
- Divided into iV 1 TT i c.c.
- Each .. 4/- 4/9 6/6
- Per dozen .. 42/- 51/- 69/-
- 37
- 38
- 39
- 39.—A ntiparallax Cards.
- These cards act in the same way as the more expensive Schelbach Burettes. They are furnished with two slits to fix on the Burette. Owing to refraction, the blue line appears in the form of a point at the surface of liquid, thus obviating all errors due to optical parallax.
- We shall be pleased to send these cards gratis and post free to bona-fide Science Teachers or Works Chemists, etc., on receipt of postcard.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.6 - vue 12/385
-
-
-
- C.C.
- f. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Graduated Laboratory Glassware
- Cylinders!
- I-™
- -§§-50
- S-30
- -§-ro
- 40
- 40. — Measuring
- graduated, with lip.
- Capacity 10 25 50 100 200 c.c.
- Divided into r1 it 4 \ 4 T C.C.
- Each.. 00 H H ro H H 2/-
- Per dozen .. 12/-13/- 15/-19/- - 22/-
- Capacity 250 500 1000 2000 c.c.
- Divided into 4 t ¥ -2]A C.c,
- Each.. 2/6 3/3 5/- 10/6
- Per dozen .. 27/6 37/6 57/6 120/-
- 41. — Measuring Cylinders,
- graduated and stoppered.
- Capacity .. 10 25 50 IOO c.c.
- Divided into TO 4 h 4 c.c.
- Each .. 1/8 1/10 2/- 2/5
- Per dozen .. 18/- 20/- 22/- 26/-
- Capacity .. 200 250 500 1000 2000 c.c.
- Divided into 2 2 r, T I 1 ¥ 2 0 1
- Each 3/- 3/3 4/6 7/6 137-
- Per dozen .. 33/- 40/- 50/- 80/- iso/-
- 42.—Measuring Cylinders, graduated in both English and Metric Systems, tall form with lip.
- Capacity Capacity Price.
- (English). (Metric). each.
- 4 OZ. IOO C.C. 3/6
- 10 ,, 250' „ 4/6
- 20 „ 500 „ 6/9
- 35 „ 1000 „ 12/6
- For other Graduated Glassware see following pages and refer to Index.
- 43.—Measuring Flasks, without
- stopper, one mark on neck.
- Capacity 25 50 100 150 200 c.c.
- Each .. iod. nd. 1/- 1/3 1/4 Per dozen 9/- 9/6 10/9 13/- In-
- capacity Each .. Per dozen
- .. 250 500 1000 2000 c.c.
- .. 1/6 2/- 2/4 4/-
- .. 16/6 21/- 26/- 45/-
- 44.—Measuring Flasks, with
- stopper, one mark on neck.
- Capacity Each .. Per dozen
- Capacity
- 25 50 100 200 c.c,
- i/3 i/4 1/6 1/10
- 14/- 15/- 17/- 21/-
- 250 500 1000 2000 c.c.
- Each .. .. 2/- 2/8 3/3 5/6
- Per dozen .. 23/- 31/- 36/- 60/-
- 45.—Flasks, with two marks on
- neck.
- A. Marked at 50 and 55 c.c. each 1/6
- B. 100 „ 110 „ „ 2/-
- c. 200 „ 220 „ ,, 2/9
- D. t_n O O 5i5 „ ,, 3/9
- 46.—Giles’ Stoppered Measuring Flasks ; the top bulb, as shown in the illustration, being one-tenth the capacity of the body of the flask.
- Capacity of body.. Price
- l 1 2 litres.
- 5/- 7/6 11/- ea.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.7 - vue 13/385
-
-
-
- ! F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. QEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Graduated Laboratory Apparatus
- 48
- f.
- 47. —Geissler’s Burettes, graduated in cubic centimetres with glass tap, stoppered at top and cavity at the side for volatile solutions, etc.
- 25 c.c. in TVths..............each 6/6
- 5° >> >> Toths • • • • • • ,, 7/6
- 100 „ ,, 1-ths................. ,, 8/6
- 48. —Sink’s Burettes, on polished foot.
- 25 c.c. in -i!-ths each 3/- 50 c.c. in 4,-ths each 5/-
- 25 „ „ rVths „ 4/- 50 „ „ iVths „ 6/-
- 49. —Burettes, with side tube for rubber connection
- each extra 6d.
- 51.—Schelbach’s Burettes. We
- supply any burette with a white enamel back and a blue line running down the centre, for reducing to a minimum the error in reading.
- For prices see Nos. 34 and 36. Other kinds same proportionate price.
- 52.—Erdmann’s Burette Floats.
- Each.....................1/3
- Dozen....................14/-
- =2
- f'i
- §li
- -§li
- 53.—Measuring Cylinders graduated in cubic inches. Tall form with spout.
- 1 2 5 10 cubic inches.
- 1/6 2/- 3/- 4/9 each.
- 53
- 50.—Pipettes, bulb form, with one mark on stem.
- To deliver 1 2 3 5 10 15 c.c.
- Each .. 4d. 4d. 5d. 6d. yd. 8d.
- Dozen .. 3/6 3/6 4/6 5/- 6/- 7/-
- 54.—Pipettes graduated in parts.
- To deliver
- Each
- Dozen
- 20
- 9d.
- 8/-
- 25
- iod.
- 8/6
- 50
- 1/2
- 12/-
- 100 c.c. 1/6
- 16/-
- Capacity 1 1 2 5 c.c.
- Divided into tV TOO' 1 7) O' tV C.C.
- Each iod. 1/2 1/2 1/2
- Dozen 9/- 12/- 12/- 10/6
- Capacity 5 10 25 c.c.
- Divided into Vo lJo rV
- Each i/4 i/4 1/8
- Dozen 14/ 14/- 18/-
- 5°
- For other Graduated Glassware please refer to Index and General Section.
- 54
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.8 - vue 14/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON,- E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Graduated Laboratory Glassware
- 55.—Pipettes with | Safety Bulb, one
- mark on stem, accurately graduated by the weighing method.
- To deliver 1 2 5 10 c.c. B. spherical bulb. I . i
- Each .. iod. iod. 1/- 1/2 Capacity .,
- Dozen.. . 9/6 9/6 11/6 13/6 1 2 3 4 oz.
- Each . 6d. 8d. 8d. iod.
- To deliver . 20 25 50 IOO c.c. Dozen . 5/6 7/6 7/6 9/6
- Each .. . 1/6 1/8 1/10 2/6
- Dozen.. • 17/- 19/- 21/- 29/-
- 55
- 56.—Plain Pipettes, not graduated. A. With cylindrical bulb.
- 56 B
- 57. — Measures, Hicks’ Patent, conical, can be
- read with the greatest ease in almost any light. Where accurate measurements are absolutely essential they will be found indispensable.
- 1 dram., 60 minims, 5/- each.
- 2 drams., 120 minims, 5/3 ,,
- 4 drams., 240 minims, 6/-
- 60. —Conical Form Measures for Laboratory and Photographic work.
- Capacity 12 4 8 dr.
- Each .. iod. nd. 1/1 1/3
- Dozen 9/- 10/- 12/- In-
- 5/9 6/3 7/- 8/- each.
- 6 8 10 20 oz.
- 9/- 10/6 12/6 13/9 each.
- capacity 1 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Each nd. 1/2 1/4 1/6 1/9
- Dozen 10/-12/6 15/-17/-20/-
- 58.—M e a s u r e s, Hick s’ Patent, cylindrical.
- 61.—Cup Form Measures.
- Capacity 4 6 8 10 oz
- 1 2 4 oz. Each .. 1/4 1/6 1/9 1/11
- 5/3 6/6 7/6 each. Dozen.. 15/- 17/- 20/- 22/-
- 6 8 10 oz. Capacity 16 20 32 40 oz.
- 8/6 9/- 11/3 each. Each .. 2/3 2/9 3/3 3/9
- 12 16 20 40 oz. Dozen.. 25/- 27/- 35/- 42/-
- £ Loz 8
- —7 —6 0
- & ^—4 —3 —2 —1.
- 12/- 12/6 13/9 23/6 each.
- 59. — Measures, Hicks’ Patent, conical, on wine-glass foot.
- 62.—Graduated Glass Jugs.
- A. 1 pint .
- B. 1 quart .
- each 1 /6 „ 3/-
- 60 minims 120 „ .
- 4/3 each.
- 5/9 „
- 63.—Ditto, but graduated in metric system.
- Capacity .. 1000 c.c. Each 4/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.9 - vue 15/385
-
-
-
- 10 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- STANDARD GRADUATED INSTRUMENTS
- ---of the----
- 64.—Standard Burettes as Fig. C, with Mohr’s Clip and Jet, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- The main divisions are engraved completely round the burette.
- 66.—Standard Burettes as Fig. E, with Tube Bent at right angles and Glass Stopcock as figured, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- The main divisions are engraved completely round the
- Capacity io 25 50 100 c.c.
- Divided into .. t\> tV tV 1 »
- Price each .. 21/- 24/- 29/- 31/-net.
- 65.—Standard Burettes as Fig. D, with ordinary straight Glass Stopcock of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory. The main divisions are engraved completely round the burette.
- Capacity ..10 25 50 100 c.c.
- Divided into .. TV TV T<r I
- Price each .. 23/6 26/6 31/- 33/6 net.
- burette
- Capacity 10 . 25 50 100 c.c.
- Divided into .. tV tV tV k >>
- Price each .. 23/6 26/6 31/- 33/6 net.
- 67.—Standard Burettes as Fig. F, with Improved Three-way Glass Stopcock, with Oblique Bore for Filling as figured, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory. The main divisions are engraved completely round the burette.
- Capacity ........................25 50 c.c.
- Divided into.. TV tV »
- Price each...................... 32/- 36/- net.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.10 - vue 16/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 11
- W. & J. QEOROE (LONDON). Ltd.. PROPRIETORS.
- 68. —Standard Measuring Cylinders, as Fig. A, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, tali form with lip, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- Each Each
- io c.c. graduated into TV c.c. 12/3 250 c.c graduated into Tf c.c. 18/6
- 25 „ „ „ i „ 12/9 500 „ „ „ „ 21/6
- 5° », „ » 2 » 14/3 1000 „ „ „ V ». 27/-
- 100 „ „ „ 1 „ 16/-
- 69. — Standard Measuring Cylinders, as Fig. B, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, tall form, with well-ground-in stopper, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- Each Each
- 10 c.c. graduated into TV c.c. 12/6 250 c.c. graduated into \ c.c. 19/6
- 25 » „ „ i „ 13/6 500 „ „ „ f „ 23/6
- 50 „ „ „ | „ 15/6 1000 „ „ „ M „ 30/-
- 100 „ „ „ 1 „ 17/-
- 72. Standard Flasks, as Fig. K, without stopper, one mark on neck, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- Capacity. Price J
- c.c. each.
- 50 6/-
- 100 6/9
- 200 7/6
- 250 8/3
- 500 11/-
- 1000 12/6
- 73.—Standard Flasks as Fig. L, with well ground in stopper, one mark on neck, of the HighestPossible Accuracy, Verified & Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- Capacity. Price
- c.c. each.
- 50 7/-
- 100 7/9
- 200 8/6
- 250 9/6
- 500 12/6
- 1000 14/3
- 70. —Standard Pipettes, as Fig. G, with one mark on stem, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- To deliver .. 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 100 c.c.
- Price each .. ..6/- 6/- 6/3 7/6 8/- 8/6 10/- 11/3
- 71. —Standard Pipettes, as Fig. H, graduated in parts, of the Highest Possible Accuracy, Verified and Stamped at the National Physical Laboratory.
- Capacity........................ 1 2 5 10 25 c.c.
- Divided into ....................* «Vr * A rV
- Price each.....................16/6 17/- 17/— 17/6 18/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.11 - vue 17/385
-
-
-
- 12 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETOR^.
- ROYAL WORCESTER LABORATORY PORCELAIN
- Size No. OOO Diam. 60 Cap-, 35
- 70
- 60
- o
- 78
- 80
- 1
- 85
- 100
- 74.
- Royal Worcester Porcelain Evaporating Basins. With spout. Sizes 000 to 5 glazed inside and outside. Size 6 and upwards unglazed outside on base. 3 4 5 6
- 98 108 116 140 mm.
- 140 175 210 300 385 c.c.
- 2
- 90
- Per doz.9/- 11/313/617/3 20/3 24/- 27/- 33/- 45/-
- Size No. 7 Diam. .. 185 Capacity 765 Per doz. 65/3 Each
- 8 9
- 213 258
- 1285 2220
- 81/- 121/6
- 10
- 300
- 3250
- 11 12
- 360 430 mm.
- 5700 10000 c.c.
- — — — 17/- 23/9 50/9
- 76.
- Royal Worcester Porcelain Buchner Funnels, with fixed perforated plate.
- Size No. 012 Diam. 50 66 71 mm.
- Each 3/9 4/6 6/5
- Size No. 3 4 5 6
- Diam. 84 116 174 211 mm. Each .7/6 8/8 14/3 20/3
- 75.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Crucibles.
- Glazed inside and outside. Without covers.
- Size No. 000 00 oA 0 I
- Dia. 26 31 36 41 46 mm.
- Ht. 19 25 26 25 30 mm.
- Cpcty. 5 10 15 17 30 c.c.
- Doz. 5/-6/9 8/3 10/6 13/6 Size No.
- Diam.
- Height'
- Capacity Per doz.
- 2 3 4 5
- 57 68 80 100 mm.
- 36 44 50 65 mm.
- 50 90 145 265 c.c.
- 18/9 22/6 27/- 33/-
- 77.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Covers
- for Crucibles. No. 75.
- Size No. 000 00 0A O I Dia. 33 35' 43 46 52 mm. Doz. 5/-5/-5/-5/-5/9 Size No. .. .. 2
- Diam. .. .. 65
- Per doz. .. .. 5/9
- 78.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Gooch Crucibles,
- with perforated bottom.
- Size No. 123 4
- Dia. at top 24 27 35 42 mm.
- Height .. 30 32 40 45 mm.
- Per doz. 15/9 20/3 27/- 29/3
- 79.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Combustion Tubes.—Glazed inside and out.
- Outside diameter 25 25 25 28 28 28 35 mm-
- Inside diameter 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 mm.
- Length 5io 660 810 5io 660 810 660 mm.
- Each 15/5 21/- 24/- 15/5 21/- 24/- 28/11
- 80.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Combustion Boats.
- Length .. 60 75 115 100 mm.
- Width .. 10 11 13 18 mm.
- Per doz... 14/3 15/9 27/- 31/6
- 81.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Filter Discs.
- Diam. .. 15 20 mm.
- Thickness i£ 1 mm.
- Per doz. .. 9/9 9/9
- Diam. .. 30 33 mm.
- Thickness 2 2 mm.
- Per doz. .. 11/3 11/3
- 82.
- Royal Worcester Porcelain Beakers, with
- lip and flange.
- Ht. 66 81 90 mm. Cap. 55 116 176 c.c.
- Doz. 24/-3 0/-40/6
- Ht. 100 117136 mm Cap. 215 285 442 c.c.
- Doz. 48/- 57/- 67/6
- 83
- Size No. Diam. Capacity Dozen ,
- 83.—Royal Worcester Porcelain Casseroles. With lip and flat handle all in one piece.
- 1 2 3 3A 4 5 6
- 50 70 90 95 no 135 165 mm.
- 30 75 130 210 375 750 1300 c.c.
- 27/- 33/9 40/6 49/6 63/- 112/6 144/-
- p.12 - vue 18/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 13
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Laboratory Porcelain
- BECKER.LONDON & B’HAM
- NIVOC AND ROYAL BERLIN QUALITIES.
- NOTE.—If one of the two makes is not in stock, the other will be supplied.
- 84.—Evaporating Basins.
- Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. ooo oo o i 2
- Diam. 6o 70 78 85 90 mm.
- Cap... 35 60 80 100 140 c.c.
- Per doz. 9/- 11/3 13/6 17/3 20/3
- Size No. 34 567
- Diam. 98 108 116 140 185 mm.
- Cap. 175 210 300 385 765 c.c.
- Per doz. 24/- 27/-33/- 45/- 65/6
- 85.
- Crucibles,
- without lids. Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. 8 9 10 11 12
- Diameter .. 213 258 300 360 430 mm.
- Capacity .. 1285 2220 3250 5700 10,000 c.c.
- Each .. .. 6/9 10/6 18/6 25/- 52/-
- 87.—Gooch Cruci-
- bles, with perforated bottom. Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. .... 1 2 3 4
- Dia. at top .. 24 27 35 42 mm.
- Height .. 30 32 40 45 mm.
- Per doz.............. 15/9 20/3 27/- 29/3
- 87a.—Perforated Loose Plates for Gooch Crucibles.
- For Size No. 1 2 3 4
- Per dozen .. .. 9/9 9/9 11/3 11/3
- 89.—Buchner Funnels,
- with fixed perforated plate. Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. 0123 Diam. 54 66 71 84 mm.
- Each 3/9 4/6 6/5 7/6
- Size No. Diam. .. Each ..
- 4
- 116
- 8/8
- 5
- 180
- 14/3
- 6
- 220 mm.
- 20/3
- Porcelain Combustion Tubes, either
- Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain. Size No. .. .. . . 1 2 3
- Length .. 1000 1000 1000 mm.
- Inside Diameter .. 18 20 23 mm.
- Outside ,, 25 28 30 mm.
- Each .. .. 18/6 38/6 39/6
- Size No. Diameter Per dozen Size No. . Diameter . Per dozen
- 46 mm.
- 13/6
- 2 3 4 5
- 57 68 80 100 mm.
- 18/9 22/6 27/- 33/-
- 86.—Crucibles, with lids. Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality.
- Size No. .. 000 00 oa o 1
- 26 31 36 41 46 mm.
- 10/- 11/9 13/3 15/6 19/3
- Diameter Per doz. Size No. Diameter Per dozen
- . 2
- • 57
- 24/6
- 3
- 68
- 30/-
- 4
- 80
- 36/9
- 100 mm.
- 44/3
- 88. —E vapo rating Basins. Flat form. Either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. 123 4
- Diam. 7 8 9! io|cm.
- Each 1/3 1/8 2/3 2/10 Dozen 14/-18/- 25/- 31 /6
- 90.—Porcelain Beakers, either
- Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No. 1 2345 6
- Cap. 165 340 420 580 970 1500 c.c. Each 2/3 3/- 3/3 3/9 5/- 6/-Dozen 26/- 34/- 37/6 43/- 58/- 70/-
- 92.—Porcelain Com-b u s t i o n Boats, either Nivoc or Royal Berlin quality porcelain.
- Size No.
- Length
- Width..
- Dozen
- 1
- 65
- 12
- 13/-
- 2
- 85
- 11
- 15/-
- 3
- 115 mm. 12 mm.
- 20/-
- For cheaper quality Laboratory Porcelain see next page.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.13 - vue 19/385
-
-
-
- 14 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Laboratory Porcelain
- SCHOOL QUALITY.
- 93.—Porcelain Evaporating Basins.
- With spout, glazed inside and partially outside.
- Size No. .. 000 00 0 1 2 3 4
- Diam. 6 7 8 8* 9 10 11 cm.
- Capacity .. 35 60 80 100 140 175 225 c.c.
- Each 7d. 7d- 9d. iod. V- 1/2 i/7
- Per doz. .. 6/7 6/7 7/6 8/9 11/3 13/4 17/3
- Size No... 5 6 7 8 9
- Diam. 12 Mi 18I 21I 25! cm.
- Capacity .. 240 350 650 1000 1500 c.c.
- Each 1/10 3/- 3/8 5/3 7/8
- Per doz... 21/7 34/5 42/10 60/- 85/8
- 97.—Porcelain Cruci-
- bles. With covers. Glazed inside and outside.
- Diam.
- Height
- Each
- 000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5
- 26 30 4i 46 56 67 81 87 mm.
- *9 25 25 29 36 44 52 72 mm.
- ' 5 10 17 30 50 90 145 280 c.c.
- 7d. 7d. 7d. iod. iod. 1/- 1/2 i/7
- 6/7 6/7 6/7 8/9 8/9 11/3 13/2 17/2
- 98.—Porcelain Crucibles only. Without covers. Size No. ooo oo o i 2345
- Each .. 5d. 5d. 5d. yd. yd. 9d. iod. 1/1
- Per doz. 4/5 4/5 4/5 5/10 5/10 7/6 8/9 11/6
- 94. — Porcelain Mortars and Pestles. Glazed outside, biscuit inside.
- For Wedgwood and Glass Mortars and Pestles see Index.
- Size No. 00 Out. dia. 61 Capacity 25 Each 10 d. Per doz. 8/9
- Size No. 3 Out. dia. 13 Capacity 225 Each .. 2/8 Per doz. 30/-
- o
- 8
- 40
- 1/2
- 13/2
- 1
- 9
- 75
- i/7
- 17/3
- 2
- 11 cm. 150 c.c. 2/1
- 23/5
- 99. — Porcelain Gooch’s Crucibles. Glazed, with perforated bottom, loose perforated disc and cover.
- 4 5 6
- 15 1 y\ 20 cm. 400 650 1000 c.c. 3/10 5/- 5/11
- 45/- 57/10 68/5
- ' ; - ^
- 100
- 100. — Porcelain Com-
- bustion Boats.
- Length
- 0 0 75 ii5 75 100 mm.
- Width 6 10 Each 11 13 i5 18 mm.
- 1/- V- Per doz. 1/- 1 /- 1/- 1 /-
- 8/9 8/9 8/9 8/9 8/9 8/9
- Size No. 1 2 3 4 5
- Height 33 38 38 38 40 mm.
- Top diam. 26 32 38 38 38 mm.
- Bottom diam. 18 23 30 35 25 mm.
- Each 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1
- Per doz. 23/5 23/5 23/5 23/5 23/5
- 95.
- Porcelain Rose’s Crucibles.
- With covers and leading tubes, unglazed.
- 95
- Size No. 1
- Dimensions ] in mm. J
- Crucibles, ea. yd. 1/- 1/7 1/10
- Lids, each 5d. iod. iod. iod. Tubes, ea. 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10
- 2 3 4
- 37x31 41 x 36 45x41 60x50
- 101. — P o
- Beakers.
- glazed inside Height iol
- Capacity 200 Ea. 1/9 Per doz.
- 19/5
- r c e I a i n
- Without spout, and outside.
- 12 13I I5i cm.
- 325
- 2/3
- 500 700 c.c.
- 3/- 3/8
- 25/8 34/5 42/10
- Height 17
- Capacity 1000 Each .. 5/7
- Per doz. 64/8
- 20 23 25I cm.
- 1500 2000 3000 c.c.
- 7/5 9/2 12/11
- 86/3 106/11 150/-
- 96.—P o r c e I a i n Buchner’s Funnels.
- With vertical sides and perforated plate.
- 96
- Outside diam.
- 5 61 8 10 12! 15 20 cm.
- Each
- 3/3 4/- 4/6 5/6 7/6 9/6 16/-
- Per doz.
- 33/9 45/- 53/- 64/- 87/- 110/-188/-
- 102. —Porcelain Evaporating Basins orCasseroles.
- With spout and handle.
- 2 3 4
- Size No.
- 00 o 1
- Diam.
- 81 9I iol
- Capacity 125 200 275
- Each
- 2/2 2/9 3/5
- Per doz.
- 24/5 31/11 39/5 45/-60/-75/
- ill Mi J6 c.m. 400 700 1200 c.c.
- 3/10 5/3 6/6
- 103. — Porcelain Perforated Filter Discs. Glazed one side, for
- quick filtering.
- Diam. 14 20
- Each .. 7d. 7d.
- Per doz. 6/7 6/7
- 103
- 25 30 mm.
- iod. iod.
- 8/9 8/9
- Diam. 40 45 50 60 mm.
- Each.. 1/- 1/2 1/2 1/7
- Per doz. 11/3 13/2 13/2 17/2
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.14 - vue 20/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 15
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- OPAQUE SILICA APPARATUS
- (For Transparent see pages 26 to 31).
- ACID-PROOF. “VITREOSIL” HEAT-PROOF.
- Vitreosil Vessel being tested under very severe conditions
- AN ASTONISHING PROOF:—Cold water poured on red hot Vitreosil Vessel does not crack it.
- Vitreosil resists the hottest gas flame.
- HIGHLY/ REFRACTORY. ym UNAFFECTED BY ACIDS,
- RESISTANT TO SUDDEN AND EXCEPTING HYDROFLUORIC
- EXTREME TEMPERATURE and (at high temperatures only)
- CHANGES. PHOSPHORIC.
- CONSTANT IN WEIGHT. BESS EXTREMELY DURABLE:
- Vitreosil, the material of which the various articles enumerated in the following pages are manufactured, consists of pure silica, fused by the original and patented electric process into a thoroughly pure, homogeneous and uniform product, containing about 99-8 per cent. Si02, and possessing remarkable properties of great value for scientific and technical purposes, and in fact, it is no exaggeration to say that in many laboratory operations, especially those where heat or acids, etc., are involved, Vitreosil has almost entirely replaced, not only platinum and other costly materials, but also porcelain.
- From the production of comparatively small pieces of laboratory ware, the process has been developed and extended until large chemical and other similar plants have become regular items of manufacture, the demand for which, both in this country and abroad, has steadily increased.
- Apart from and in addition to this class of manufacture, enterprising attention has been directed to the production of the requirements of the electrical and gas industries, and the medical profession, whilst the application of Vitreosil for mosaic and many other useful and ornamental purposes present great possibilities, its remarkable rippled-silver like appearance enhancing its artistic effect.
- . These various productions are dealt with or referred to under their respective headings, and are all sold under the registered trade-mark of “ Vitreosil,” the process of manufacture being fully protected by patents, the validity of which has been established both in this country and abroad.
- The particulars on the next page regarding the valuable properties of “ Vitreosil ” are exceedingly interesting, and will, we feel sure, be found useful.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.15 - vue 21/385
-
-
-
- 16 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Properties of Vitreosil
- The principal properties of Vitreosil which render it of such value to the chemical and allied industries, as well as for laboratory uses, are its great resistance to heat and acids.
- RESISTANCE TO HEAT.
- It is amongst the most refractory of materials, melting at about the same temperature as platinum (between 1,700° C. and i,8oo° C.). The melting point is, however, not well defined as an appreciable softening of the material takes place at about 1,500° C.
- CO-EFFICENT OF EXPANSION.
- The co-efficient of expansion of Vitreosil is extremely small, the exact figure being -00000059, which is about i/iyth of that of glass. In consequence of its small co-efficient, it is possible to subject Vitreosil to rapid and extreme changes of. temperature without any danger of breakage. This property, unique amongst ceramic materials, is illustrated by the fact that small articles can be made red hot and plunged into cold water without cracking.
- DEVITRIFICATION.
- Although Vitreosil is extremely refractory, it has a tendency when subjected for long periods to a very high temperature to become brittle, and to change its physical characteristics. This, of course, is due to a reversion of the Vitreosil from the vitreous to the crystalline state. The National Physical Laboratory has investigated this change of state, or devitrification, and obtained results which are of considerable importance to users of the materials for high temperature, work.
- DEVITRIFICATION TEMPERATURE.
- The results of the National Physical Laboratory’s investigations are summarized as follows :—
- " In general, the loss of strength hardly commenced at 1,120° C. ; at 1,188° C. it existed, but was not very serious, even after eight hours’ heating ; but four hours’ heating at 1,350° C. produced a reduction of 40% to 50% in the strength, showing that the rate of loss of strength increases very rapidly as the temperature rises.”
- It will, therefore, be seen that although Vitreosil cannot be exposed continuously to temperatures over 1,200° C.. still, if the heating is not continued for long periods the material may be used successfully for much higher temperatures, For example, in pyrometic measurements Vitreosil tubes are largely used for rapid readings at very high temperatures,
- RESISTANCE TO ACIDS.
- Vitreosil is unaffected by mineral or organic acids, with the exception of hydrofluoric, and at high temperatures phosphoric. It is, therefore, possible to successfully concentrate phosphoric acid in Vitreosil basins, and for all ordinary purposes they can be used with this acid.
- Sulphuric, Nitric, and Hydrochloric acids, or a mixture of acids, such as Aqua-regia, have absolutely no action on the material.
- SPECIFIC GRAVITY.
- The specific gravity is about 2-07.
- NON-POROSITY.
- Vitreosil is not porous to gases, with the exception of hydrogen, and that only at high temperatures.
- Professor Dixon, lecturing to the Society of British Gas Industries, March 19, 1914, stated that “ The silica coil supplied by the Thermal Syndicate Limited has stood the test of alternate heating and cooling from o° to 1,000° C., and has remained gas-tight during the year.” The coil referred to was of Vitreosil, 50 ft. long, 1 in. bore.
- As Vitreosil can be suddenly heated and cooled without fear of fracture, work can be done with greater rapidity, and any anxiety regarding the possible breakage of a crucible or basin containing the result of two or three days’ work is removed.
- GLAZED WARE.
- All small basins, capsules and crucibles have a highly glazed surface produced by a special process. This glazed surface is of exactly the same nature as the article itself—viz., Vitreosil, and is not an easily fusible enamel or flashed glaze.
- p.16 - vue 22/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 17
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- 104
- 104.—Vitreosil Basins. Glazed. Ordinary form with spout.
- Inside Measurements.
- Size Diameter. Depth. Diameter. Depth. Capacity. Price.
- No. inches. inches. mm. mm. each.
- B 1 2 ft 51 21 20 C.C. 2/8
- B 3 2| I 70 25 45 c.c. 3/-
- B 5 3i IW 83 30 70 C.C. 3/4
- B 6 3-1 ifV 89 33 85 c.c. 4/-
- B 7 3i 1 89 22 60 c.c. 3/8
- B 9 3f I lVf 98 30 100 c.c. 4/4
- B 10 4i If 108 45 200 C.C. 5/-
- 106
- 106.—Vitreosil Crucibles. Glazed. Squat shape.
- Outside Measurements.
- 105
- 105.—Vitreosil Basins. Deep form with Smooth inside only. Inside Measurements. spout.
- Size Diameter. Depth. Diameter. Depth. Capacity. Price.
- No. inches. inches. mm. mm. each.
- B 11 5f 2£ 137 57 400 c.c. 7/8
- B 12 5'tf 2\ 130 64 500 c.c. 8/-
- B13 6 2\ 152 64 600 c.c. 8/4
- B15 6 3 152 76 700 c.c. 9/4
- B 17 7 2f 178 70 800 c.c. 10/-
- B 19 7 3l 178 95 1,200 C.C. 10/4
- B 21 8 3i 203 83 1,400 c.c. 11/8
- B 23 8 4* 203 108 1,800 c.c. 13/4
- B 25 9 3h 229 89 1,800 c.c. 15/-
- B 27 9 4t 229 121 2,500 c.c. 16/8
- B 29 12* 5i 311 133 4,500 c.c. 25/-
- B 31 i5i 4 394 102 3,000 c.c. 30/-
- B33 18 7 457 178 15,000 c.c. 35/4
- B35 18 8| 457 216 20,000 C.C. 38/-
- Extra
- Diameter Diameter for
- Size Height. at top. Height. at top. Capacity. Price. Covers
- No. inches. inches. mm. mm. each. each
- c 00 3 4 If 20 40 10 C.C. 1/8 1/2
- c 0 I If 25 41 15 C.C. 1/8 1/2
- c 1 4 If 28 47 25 C.C. 2/- 1/4
- c 2 itV 2* 37 57 40 C.C. 2/4 1/8
- c 3 If 2f 45 67 75 c.c. 3/4 2/-
- c 7 2 3% 5o 79 100 c.c. 4/- 2/4
- 107
- 107.—Vitreosil Basins. Flat form. Glazed.
- Inside Measurements.
- Size Diameter. Depth. Diameter. Depth. Capacity. Price.
- No. inches. inches. mm. mm. each.
- F 1 2* £ 63 13 20 C.C. 3/-
- F 2 2| i 73 13 25 C.C. 3/4
- F 3 3f ft 95 18 75 c.c. 3/8
- F 4 4l ft 127 21 125 c.c. 5/-
- Every requisite for (Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory. b
- p.17 - vue 23/385
-
-
-
- 18 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- These Crucibles have finely glazed exterior and interior surfaces, and for many purposes successfully replace platinum, as they possess the advantage of resisting a Bunsen reducing flame, and they may be used constantly with boiling aqua regia without loss of weight. As compared with the best British or Continental porcelain, VITREOSIL glazed Crucibles are superior, being constant in weight and uniform in chemical and physical characteristics.
- 108
- 108—Vitreosil Crucibles. Glazed. Platinum shape.
- Outside Measurements. Extra
- Diameter Diameter price
- Size Cap. Height. at Top. Height. at Top. Price. for Lids,
- No. c.c. ins. ins. mm. mm. each. each.
- C4 50 2 2 50 50 3/4 1/4
- C 5 20 if if 35 35 2/8 1/2
- C 6 30 if 38 43 2/8 1/2
- C 8 100 3ik 2i 80 73 5/4 2/4
- 110
- 110.—Vitreosil Gooch Crucibles, Glazed. With Fixed Perforated Bottom.
- Diameter Diameter Extra
- Size Capacity. at Top. at Bottom. Height. Price. for Covers.
- No. c.c. mm. mm. mm. each. each.
- G I 10 30 22 30 4/8 1/2
- G 2 15 34 23 34 5/4 1/2
- C*3 20 38 24 38 5/4 1/2
- G 4 25 40 25 40 5/4 1/2
- G5 30 42 26 42 e/- 1/2
- G 6 35 45 27 45 6/- 1/2
- iog
- 109.—Vitreosil Rose Crucibles, with perforated cover and leading off tube. Squat form.
- Size Capacity. Price Crucible Price of Price of Price
- No. c.c. only. Cover. Tube. Complete.
- C 0 12 1/8 1/4 4/8 7/8
- C 1 25 2/- 1/8 4/8 8/4
- C 2 35 2/4 1/8 4/8 8/8
- c 3 75 3/4 2/- 4/8 10/-
- C7 100 4/- 2/- 4/8 10/8
- hi
- 111.—Vitreosil Rose Crucibles, with perforated cover and leading off tubes. Platinum shape.
- Size No. C 5 C 6 C4 Capacity. Crucible c.c. only. 20 2/8 30 2/8 50 3/4 Cover. 1/2 1/2 1/4 Tube. 4/8 4/8 4/8 Complete. 8/6 8/6 9/4
- Vitreosil Crucibles for Bomb Calori-
- meters. Diameter at Top
- Height. (external). Price.
- ij in. 1-8- in. 2/8 each ”
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.18 - vue 24/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 19
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- 112
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- 112.—Vitreosil Cruci-
- ble Furnace, for use
- with Bunsen Burner.
- These Furnaces afford a convenient and efficient support for small Crucibles, and being, in common with other VITREOSIL productions, heat and acid proof, are practically indestructible, conserve the heat, and direct it entirely on to the Crucible. Diameter, Outside, 2 inches. Height .; • • 4 inches.
- A. Price (Furnace only) 3/4
- B. Price, complete with
- Burner .. .. 6/6
- These Beakers are capable of resisting higher temperatures than glass, and possess the characteristic properties of VITREOSIL, being unaffected by extreme and sudden changes of temperature.
- 114
- 1T3B
- 113.—Vitreosil Combustion Boats.
- Vitreosil Combustion Boats do not deteriorate in use, and are to be preferred to platinum and similar materials in operations where it is important to avoid loss of weight.
- Special sizes can be supplied if required at slightly increased prices.
- Outside Measurements exclusive of Handle.
- Size Length. Width. Depth. A Without Handle. B With Handle.
- No. mm. mm. mm. Price, each. Price, each,
- 0 I 48 15 8 1/4 1/7
- 0 2 77 16 10 2 /- 2/3
- 03 77 20 11 2/4 2/7
- 0 4 102 20 11 3/- 3/3
- 114.—Vitreosil Beakers. Ordinary tall form without spout.
- Capacity about 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 25 c.c. 50 c.c.
- Height 35 40 54 70 mm.
- Diameter, Internal ., 15 20 26 38 mm.
- Each .. . 2/6 3/4 4/2 4/7
- Capacity about 75 c.c. 100 c.c. 150 c.c. 250 c.c. 500 c.c. 750 c.c.
- Height .. 75 80 89 104 130 150 mm.
- Diameter, Internal 41 44 51 57 70 84 mm.
- Each 4/10 5/- 5/5 6/8 9/7 12/6
- ”5
- 115.—Vitreosil Beakers. Wide form with spout.
- Capacity about 5 c.c. 10 c.c. 25 c.c. 50 c.c.
- Height 33 37 44 51 mm.
- Diameter, Internal .. 16 21 30 40 mm.
- Each 3/2 4/- 4 10 5/3
- Capacity about 75 c.c. 100 c.c. 150 c.c. 250 c.c. 500 c.c. 750 c.c.
- Height .. .. 58 66 80 86 106 121 mm.
- Diam. Internal 44 48 54 65 80 92 mm.
- Each ... .. 5/8 5/10 6/8 7/11 11/3 14/5
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.19 - vue 25/385
-
-
-
- 20 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- 116.—Vitreosil Heating Plates. Supplied
- either glazed or unglazed. Please state which when ordering.
- Heating plates of VITREOSIL possess properties entirely wanting in plates of other materials, as they do not crack on heating, and do not corrode. They are, in consequence, eminently suitable for air baths, sand baths, etc.
- xi6
- Unglazed.
- 117
- Thickness.
- rV~i in-iV »
- Thickness. Price per sq. inch.
- 2-5-3 mm. 1|d.
- 4-5 „ 2d.
- „ 6-7 „ 3d.
- Other Sizes and Prices on application. Glazed.
- 117.—Vitreosil Plate Supports, for Crucibles with circular hole in centre.
- These supports are greatly superior to the perforated asbestos board commonly employed for preventing the
- Price per Maximum size
- Thickness. Thickness. square inch. supplied.
- Up to £ in. 3 mm. 4d. 6 X 6 in,
- >> 5 >> 5|d; 3 X 3 »»
- Note.—The price of circular plates is equivalent to the price of square plates of same size as the square of the diameter—e.g., a plate 3 in. diameter would be the same price as a plate 3 x 3 in.
- access of flame to crucibles during sulphur and similar determinations and ignitions. Can be supplied in any size desired, the following being generally in demand.
- Size 3" X 3" X l" 4" X 4" X Y' Hole any size up to Price 4/6 6/- (32 mm.).
- Il8 D Il8 ABC
- 118.—Vitreosil Triangles.
- Length of Side, mm. .. 38 45 50 57 63 70 76 82 88 95 102
- A Price on Iron Wire .. 6d. 6d. 6d. 8d. 8d. 10d. 10d. V- V- 1/4 1/4
- B „ on Nickel Wire.. C ,, on Chrome Nickel 8d. 8d. 8d. 10d. V- 1/2 1/2 1/4 1/4 1/6 1/6
- Wire 9d. 9d. 9d. 11d. 1/1 1/3| 1/3| 1/B* 1/5* 1/8 1/8
- D „ All Silica 3/- 3/- 3/- 3/6 3/6 4/- 4/- 4/- 4/6 4/6 5/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.20 - vue 26/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 21
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- 119
- 119.—Vitreosil Circular Capsules. Glazed. Shallow Form.
- Inside Measurements.
- Size Capacity. Diameter. Depth in Centre. Price.
- No. c.c. mm. mm. each.
- A 5 10 35 13 1/8
- A 1 20 45 13 1/8
- A 2 25 5i 13 2/4
- A 6 30 57 13 2/4
- A 3 35 60 A3 2/8
- A 4 55 70 16 3/4
- 121
- 121.—Vitreosil Circular Capsules. Glazed. Deep Form.
- Size Capacity. Diameter Depth in . Centre. Diameter. Depth in Centre. Price.
- No. c.c. ins. ins. mm. mm. each.
- AA 1 45 2 I 51 25 3/4
- AA 9 50 2 Hi I 55 25 3/4
- AA 10 80 2f I 70 25 4/-
- pages 26 to 31.
- 120
- 120.—Vitreosil Rectangular Capsules.
- Glazed.
- Inside Measurements.
- Size Length. Width. Depth. Length. Width. Depth. Price.
- No. ins. ins. ins. mm. mm. mm. each.
- Ri 1 56 24 10 2/8
- R 2 I'l t 48 38 15 2/8
- R3 r>l T 3 22 I8 3 ¥ 63 35 10 3/4
- 122
- 122. —Vitreosil Trays. Four sided.
- Size Length. Width. Depth. Price.
- No. mm. mm. 111m. each.
- T 3 - 235 66 25 6/-
- T 5 355 117 25 9/4
- T 7 324 152 35 9/4
- T 9 397 240 38 11/4
- T 11 425 286 38 15/6
- T13 425 340 44 18/8
- T15 254 178 22 8/8
- T17 156 95 24 5/4
- 123
- 123.—Vitreosil Trays. Three sided.
- Outside Measurements.
- Size Length. Width. Depth. Length. Width. Depth. Price.
- No. ins. ins. ins. mm. mm. mm. each.
- T 2 44 2| I 114 66 25 2/8
- T 4 65 4-1 I 175 117 25 4/4
- T 6 9f 6 if 248 152 35 6/4
- T 8 154 9h i| 384 240 38 9/4
- T 10 I5i 11-} 4 387 286 38 13/4
- T 12 i5f T3l if 391 340 44 16/8
- These Trays may be introduced cold into a Vitreosil muffle heated to operating temperature, without risk of injury to either tray or muffle.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.21 - vue 27/385
-
-
-
- 22 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ViTREOSiL Tubing
- (OPAQUE SILICA)
- For Transparent, see page 30.
- VITREOSIL Tubing, being Heat and Acid Resistant, has now almost entirely, and with great advantage, replaced those of hard glass, porcelain, and other refractory materials for most purposes where high temperatures and highly oxydizing gases, etc., are to be encountered.
- Note.—These Tubes are supplied in SATIN SURFACE up to f" bore. The GLAZED SURFACE Tubes of and 1V/ bore can be supplied up to 16" lengths only; §" to i-|" bore in lengths not exceeding 5' 6". All these Tubes are supplied with the following tolerance limits—viz., up tof" bore 10% ; beyond §" bore 5%. Closer limits may entail an increase of price.
- PRICE LIST.
- Bore. inches. Bore. mm. Normal Wall Thickness, mm. Price per Foot.
- 3T— iS 1—2 •5—1 8d.
- i 3 •75—1 1/1
- 3 1 (j 4—5 1—1-5 1/10
- * 6—7 1—1-5/2 2/6
- nr 8 1—2 2/11
- | 9—10 1—2 3/4
- TS ir 1—2 3/8
- \ 12—13 1—2 4/-
- 9 16 14 1—2-5 4/1
- | 15—16 1—2-5 4/6
- JL1 1 6 H 1 H 00 1-2-5 5/-
- * 19 1—3 5/7
- i 22 i—3 6/2
- I 25 1—3 6/8
- ri OO N 2—4 7/2
- 1* 31—32 2—4 7/6
- if 35 2—5 8/-
- 38 2—5 8/6
- if 4i i | 2—5 9/-
- if 44 2—5 9/4
- 2 50 2—5 10/3
- 01 28 54 3-6 11/4
- 0 3 2S 60 3-6 13/-
- 2-f 66 3—6 14/8
- 2| 73 3-6 17/4
- HEAVY WALLS.
- Thickness.
- mm.
- from 1—2 ,, 1—2 » i-5—2-5 „ 2—2-5 „ 2—2-5 „ 2—2-5
- Price per Foot.
- Thickness
- mm.
- 11 d. 1/7 2/4 2/11 3/10 4/8
- (from
- 2—3
- 2—3
- 2-5—3
- 2-5—3
- 2-5—3
- 2-5—3
- Price per Foot.
- 1/2
- 1/11
- 2/11
- 3/4
- 4/8
- 6/-
- 1-24
- Extra Price per Tube for Closed End. Extra Price per Foot “ Specially Glazed.”
- 4d. —
- 6d. —
- 6d. —
- 6d. —
- 8d. —
- 8d. —
- 8d. 8d.
- 11d. 1/4
- 11d. 1/4
- 1/4 1/4
- 1/4 1/4
- 1/8 1/4
- 2/- 2/-
- 2/- 2/-
- 2/- 2/-
- 2/4 2/8
- 2/4 2/8
- 2/4 3/-
- 2/8 3/4
- 2/8 3/8
- 2/8 4/-
- 3/4 4/8
- 3/4 5/4
- 4/- 6/8
- Lengths of less than 1 foot (30 cm.) 10 per cent, extra. Prices for other sizes and large quantities on application. Unless otherwise ordered normal wall thicknesses will be sent.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.22 - vue 28/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 23
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Combustion Tubes
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- For combustion work, VITREOSIL tubes are most efficient, both on account of the rapidity with which they can be heated, and the fact that they do not sag or alter their shape with any temperature that is attainable in gas-fired furnaces, If the combustion is carried out with copper oxide, it is necessary to prevent contact between the tube and the oxide by means of a layer of asbestos paper.
- These tubes can now be supplied with the ends fused smooth and quite circular, so as to enable a gastight closure to be made by insertion of a rubber stopper. The possible condensation of moisture during a combustion operation would have no detrimental effect upon the tube.
- COMBUSTION TUBES.
- (SPECIALLY GLAZED.)
- Bore. Bore. Length. Length. Price.
- inch. mm. Inches. mm. each.
- I x9 24 6lO 13/10
- 3 4 19 26 66l 14/11
- i 22 24 6lO 14/11
- 1 22 26 66l 16/-
- 22 30 763 18/8
- I 25 24 6lO 17/4
- I 25 26 66l 18/9
- I 25 30 763 21/8
- 126
- 126.—Vitreosil Combustion Tube with Transparent Section or Window, permitting observation of the experiment whilst in progress.
- Note.—The window can be located in the centre or any part of the tube, as desired, but this should be specified when ordering.
- 127
- 127.—Vitreosil Reduction Tubes.
- Length of Bore of
- Size Overall Reduced Bore of Reduced Price.
- No. Length. Ends. Bulb. Ends, each.
- I 9 in. in. fin. -&in. 10/-
- 2 io£ in. 4 in. | in. 1 m. 8/-
- 3 8| in. in. f in. i in. 10/8
- Other Sizes and Prices on application.
- Size No. Length. ' Bore. Length of Window. Price
- 1 2 ft. 6 in. f in. 4 in. 37/4 each.
- 2 3 ft. o in. f in. 4 in. 30/8 „
- 3 3 ft- 3 in. f in. 4 in. 40/- „
- Other sizes can be supplied, but the above are those in general
- demand.
- 128.—V i t r e os i I Tips. For use with adjustable tripod stands, etc., to support small Crucibles.
- Per set of Three .. 2/3
- 129
- 129. —Vitreosil Watch Glasses.
- Translucent.
- These Watch Glasses can be heated in the drying oven without fear of cracking.
- Diameter 2-|- 3 3l 4 4? 5wins-
- Each .. 2/9 3/3 4/- 6/3 7/- 8/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.23 - vue 29/385
-
-
-
- 24 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Laboratory Apparatus
- (OPAQUE SILICA).
- For Transparent, see pages 26 to 31.
- 130.—Vitreosil Test
- T U b e S . Translucent. Specially glazed.
- Length. Bore. Price.
- mm. mm. each.
- A 102 12-13 2/-
- B 152 12-13 3/2
- C 102 19 2/4
- D 152 3/4
- E 102 25 3/2
- F 152 25 4/6
- 133
- 133.—Vitreosil Cylindrical Bulb Tube.
- Size Overall Length of Reduced Bore of Wide • Bore of Reduced Price.
- No. Length. End. End. End. each.
- I 16 in. 6 in. if in. b in. 26/8
- 130
- Other sizes on application.
- 131
- 131.—V i t r e o s i I Combustion Tube
- with side tube.
- Length of main tube 10 ins. Bore „ ,, i| ins.
- Each .. .. 20/-
- 132
- 132.—V i t r e o s i I Combustion Tube,
- grooved, with side tube similar to No. 131, but grooved for wiring and having the mouth of main tube smooth so as to ensure a gas-tight fit when rubber stopper is inserted.
- Length of main tube 18 ins.
- Bore ,, ,, i| ins.
- Each .. .. 24/8
- VITREOSIL ROD.
- In. Lengths up to 8 Feet = 244 cm.
- Note.—VITREOSIL Rod can be advantageously employed in the construction of apparatus for delicate physical experiments where material of extremely small co-efficient of expansion is necessary, and for other laboratory purposes.
- 134.
- Diameter .. .. 3 4-5 6-7 8 9-10 mm.
- Price per foot .. 1/4 2 - 2/8 3/2 3/7
- 135
- 135.—Vitreosil Tube, with side tube and reduced end. Extensively, used in connection with the analysis of steel, etc., in conjunction with electric vitreosil furnace tubes.
- Standard size.
- Length of main tube .. .. .. .. 10 ins.
- Bore ,, ,, .. • • . • f in
- Each...................................12/8
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.24 - vue 30/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 25
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Vitreosil Muffles
- (OPAQUE SILICA.)
- VITREOSIL Muffles are highly refractory, will not crack with sudden and extreme changes of temperature, and effect great economy in time and fuel, owing to the rapidity with which they may be heated. They also have the further advantage of being absolutely gas tight, so that contamination of the contents of the muffle by fuel gases is impossible.
- For use in high temperatures, gas, oil, or electric furnaces VITREOSIL Muffles are eminently suitable, and may be directly wound with resistance wire for electric heating, whilst for enamelling small work, hardening and annealing small metal parts, and for general testing and experimental purposes they are also specially valuable.
- Being non-porous, they do not absorb moisture and disintegrate in use.
- 136
- 136.—Vitreosil Muffles. Ordinary shape.
- Outside Measurement s.
- Size Length. Width. Height. Length. Width. Height. Price.
- No. in. in. in. mm. mm. mm. each.
- * 2 4\ 2§ 2t 114 6 7 60 6/3
- 4 6* 4i , 3 2 165 hi 89 8/4
- * 6 9l- 5l 5 241 149 12 7 13/9
- 63 7\ 4l 21 180 120 70 8/4
- 64 9! 6| 4l 24I 156 114 12/6
- 66 18-I- 6f 5 464 168 127 20/10
- 67 7-1 5f 3i 198 144 82 11/8
- 68 6* 3f 2f 165 92 6 7 7/6
- 71 7 :i2 4f 3:*\- 180 120 80 10/-
- 72 8r<i 4w 3 ft 208 109 84 10/-
- 73 8 5 3f 203 127 86 10/-
- 75 nil 6-L U 16 4U 300 160 no 16/8
- 78 21 5 4 533 127 102 20/10
- *80 °i 0 4ft 3ft 173 117 90 8/4
- 81 14 7 Hr 5 356 198 12 7 20/-
- *85 8| 6 4! 222 152 120 12/6
- *86 n| 7l 6f 298 200 171 18/4
- 88 7 4l 3 178 121 76 8/4
- 89 19 ft 7\ 4! 500 180 120 22/11
- 90 71 4 3i 200 102 89 8/4
- 93 iotc 6}£ 4ft 255 175 115 14/7
- 94 r8f- 11 7 i 479 279 184 38/9
- 96 7l 6f 3f 200 160 90 8/4
- 98 Si- 4\ 3f 210 115 90 10/-
- 99 28 12 8 6 710 310 155 50/-
- 107 10 4t 255 155 no 14/2
- * ! Suitable for Fletcher Russell’s Muffle Furnaces. Nos. 261. 661.
- 461, 761.
- 137. —Vitreosil Muffles. Dome shape.
- External Dimensions.
- Size Length. Width. Height. Length. Width. Height. Price.
- No. in. in. in. mm. mm. mm. each.
- 8 15 9f 6§ 380 240 160 22/11
- 10 15 n 7-8 380 280 180 31/3
- 12 15-8- 13! 71 385 335 185 38/9
- 95 I9I- Mi iof 505 360 265 53/4
- 100 4-8 2I 2I 105 60 60 6/8
- IOI 7i 4t 3t 185 120 90 11/8
- 102 iof 5l 265 171 135 20/-
- 103 14-2- 9i 6| 370 230 160 23/4
- 109 15 I3i 6| 380 350 175 37/6
- 112 19! T5t 7l 505 400 T95 50/-
- 114 2li i6i 7i 540 410 185 50/-
- 138.—Vitreosil Muffles. Rectangular shape.
- External Dimensions.
- Size Length. Width. Height. Length. Width. Height. Price.
- No. in. in. in. mm. mm. mm. each.
- 65 9i 6| A t 4s 235 170 105 13/9
- 69 7 3i 3 180 90 75 8/4
- 74 10 4i 3 255 115 75 12/6
- 76 12 5f • 4-8 305 145 105 16/8
- 77 14 7-8 5l 355 200 140 20/-
- 105 22 8i 6 560 210 150 33/4
- 106 4f 3f 2s 120 85 55 7/6
- 108 15 9f 4f 380 245 no 20/10
- no 10 8f 5 255 220 125 14/7
- 115 21 4i 3 535 105 80 20/10
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.25 - vue 31/385
-
-
-
- 26 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. QEORQB (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TRANSPARENT FUSED QUARTZ APPARATUS
- The Apparatus detailed on pages 26 to 31 being transparent and consisting of Pure Silica in a thoroughly fused and homogeneous condition, fulfils purposes for which the ordinary opaque variety is not so suitable.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.26 - vue 32/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 27
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Transparent Fused Quartz Apparatus
- The following illustrations are from photographs of actual apparatus of fused quartz, although the transparency in some cases is not made obvious by photography.
- 'p fer!
- &
- % *•
- 139.—Transparent Silica Crucibles. Squat
- porcelain shape.
- Outside Measurements.
- Approx. Top
- Size Capacity. Diameter. Height. Price. Lids.
- No. c.c. ins. ins. each. each.
- C 000 4 iw t 2/6 2/6
- C 00 10 If 3/9 3/9
- C 0 15 If I 5/- 4/-
- C 1 25 6/3 5/-
- C 2 40 2* Iiir 9/5 7/6
- c 3 75 2f rf 12/6 9/5
- C7 100 3w 2 16/3 12/6
- 140.—Transparent Silica Crucibles.
- Platinum shape.
- 142.—Transparent Silica Gooch Crucibles.
- With fixed perforated bottom.
- Outside Measurements.
- Size Approx. Capacity. Top Diameter. Height. Price.
- No. c.c. ins. ins. each.
- I 10 9/~
- 2 15 116 If 12/-
- 3 20 if 13/6
- 4 30 if if 15/-
- Outside Measurements.
- Size Approx. Capacity. Top Diameter. Height. Price. Lids.
- No. c.c. in. in. each. each.
- — 10 riV I* 3/9 3/2
- — 15 1 ik 5/- 3/9
- C5 20 rf if 5/8 4/1
- C 6 30 I2 6/3 4/9
- C4 50 2 2 11/11 6/3
- 141.—Transparent Silica Rose Crucible Cover, with leading off tube.
- Prices as above plus extra for tube.
- 143/144
- 144.—'Transparent Silica Evaporating
- Basins, with spout. Flat form.
- Approx. Inside Measurements.
- Capacity. Diameter. Depth. Price.
- c.c. ins. ins. each.
- 20 2|- 1 2 9/5
- 30 2| 1 • 2 12/6
- 75 3t ft 18/9
- 125 4l ft 25/-
- 143.—Transparent Silica Evaporating
- Basi ins, with spout. Ordinary form.
- Approx. Inside Measurements.
- Size Capacity. Diameter. Depth. Price.
- No. c.c. ins. ins. each.
- B 1 20 2 13 16 5/8
- B 3 45 2f I 9/6
- B 5 70 3i 13/9
- B 6 85 3 2 116 15/-
- B 7 60 32 7 8 13/2
- B 9 100 31 If 15/8
- B ro 200 4i 22-
- 145.—Transparent Silica Evaporating Basins, with handle in one piece. Casseroles.
- Size Approx. Capacity. Inside Measurements. Diameter. Depth. Price.
- No. c.c. ins. ins. each.
- FI 1 30 2 I 7/6
- H 2 75 2f r 3 15/-
- h3 150 3i if 21/11
- h4 200 3i 2 25/-
- H 5 350 4i 2| 37/6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.27 - vue 33/385
-
-
-
- 28 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TRANSPARENT FUSED QUARTZ APPARATUS
- 146.—Transparent Silica Flasks. Flat bottom, Round bottom, Distilling with side tube, Erlen-meyer, Kjeldahl, or Claissen. (When ordering please clearly state the kind and capacity required.)
- Approx. A.—Plain Round or B.—Distilling Flask,
- Capacity. Flat Bottom. with Side Tube.
- c.c. each. each.
- 25 8/6 13/6
- 50 11/6 16/6
- 100 15/- 20/-
- 150 17/6 22/6
- 200 20/- 25/-
- 250 22/6 27/6
- 300 25/- 30/-
- 400 30/- 35/-
- 500 35/- 40/-
- 1000 60/- 70/-
- These Flasks can be fitted with Stoppers at an extra charge of 15/- each for sizes up to and including 250 c.c. ; above which size the extra charge is 25/- each.
- Approx. C.—Erlenmeyer D.—Kjeldahl E.—Claissen
- Capacity. Flask. Flask. . Flask.
- c.c. each. each. each.
- 25 10/7 10/7 19/6
- 50 14/4 14/4 22/6
- 100 21/- 21/- 30 -
- 150 24/6 24/6 32/6
- 200 28/- 28/- 35/-
- 250 31/6 31/6 37/6
- 300 35/- 35/- 40/-
- 400 42/- 42/- 45/-
- 500 49/- 49/- 50-
- 1000 84/- 84/- 85/-
- 147.—Transparent Silica Beakers. Wide
- form with spout.
- Approximate Capacity, c.c.
- 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500
- Price, each 19/6 31/6 36/- 40/6 45/- 52/6 60/- 75/-
- 148.—Transparent Silica Beakers.
- Ordinary tall form. Without spout.
- Approximate Capacity, c.c.
- 50 xoo 150 200 250 300 400 500
- Price, each 19/6 31/6 36/- 40/6 45/- 52/6 60/- 75/-
- 149.—Transparent Silica Ignition Spoons.
- Fused Quartz Ignition Spoons were originally designed for simple qualitative and quantitative ignitions, but other uses will readily suggest them-
- 150.—Transparent Silica Assay Trays and
- Clips. Arranged to accommodate 6, 9,13, or 16 Cups. Complete with 6 9 13 16 cups.
- Price, complete .. 36/- 54/- 79/6 96/-
- Trays to hold any number of Cups are charged at the rate of 6/- per Cup (including Cup).
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.28 - vue 34/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 29
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Transparent Fused Quartz Apparatus
- In addition to the ordinary forms, almost any piece of Laboratory Apparatus can be made of Transparent Silica.
- PRICES ON APPLICATION,
- 155.—Transparent Silica Retorts. With or
- without stopper. ’ Prices on application.
- 156.—Transparent Silica Test Tubes.
- A. Usual Wall Thickness. B. With Heavy Wall Lipped.
- Bore. Length. Inside Price. Dimensions. Bore. Length. Price.
- in. ins. each. in. in. each.
- i 4 2/6 * 4 6/-
- l 5 3/6 -1 5 7/2
- i 5 5/- 5 8 5 9/6
- i 6 6/6 i 6 11/-
- 3 4 6 »/- t 6 12/9
- 4 7 11/- 7 8 7 14/7
- 151.—Transparent Silica Combustion Boats. With handle unless otherwise ordered. Outside Measurements (Exclusive of Handle). Size Length. Width. Depth. Price. No. ins. in. in. each. o i if & tV 3/9 0 2 3 1 1 6/11 0 3 3 1 * 7/6 0 4 4 f w 9/6 157.—Transparent Silica Reduction Tubes. Cylindrical Bulb, Reduced Ends. Length of Bulb .. .. .. 100 200 mm. Price, each 11/3 17/8 Other Sizes and Particulars on Application.
- 158.—Transparent Silica Tubes for Dr. Lessing’s Coking Test of Coal. Complete Set of Four Pieces. (a) Plain Tube, 10/- each. (b) Tube with Sidearm near Middle, 12/6. (b,) Tube with Sidearm near End, 12/6. (e) Weight, 9/6.
- 152.—Transparent Silica Watch Glasses. Diameter, mm. 40 60 80 100 Price, each .. 12/6 15/8 22/- 31/3
- 153.—Transparent Silica Arsenic Tubes. Price 2/- each. Other Patterns and Particulars on Application.
- 159.—Transparent Silica Plates. Thickness. Thickness. Maximum Price per in. mm. Size. sq. inch. * i-5 5" X 5" 1/3 i 3 5" x 5" 2/- k 4-5 3" X 3" 2/6
- 154.—Vitreosil Tubes (Empty). For Palladium Asbestos, Orsat-Lunge Gas Analysis Apparatus. “ U ” Form. Triangular Form. 10/- each. 10/- each.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.29 - vue 35/385
-
-
-
- 30 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TRANSPARENT FUSED QUARTZ APPARATUS
- 160.—Weight Thermometers, made of transparent fused silica, for finding the coefficient of dilation of a liquid relative to glass .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each, 3/-
- Extract from “ School World,” October, 1908.—“ The use of fused silica for making weight-thermometers offers many advantages. The co-efficient of expansion of this material is so low that the correction for it beeomes of very slight importance. Also the fact that it is unaffected by even the most sudden changes of temperature makes it possible to fill the thermometer with any liquid in a small fraction of the time required to fill a glass thermometer. I had some made about a year ago, and although they have been several times in use there has been no case of breakage. It is necessary, of course, to use the transparent variety of the material.”
- Brighton College. W. Bennett.
- 161.—Transparent Silica Specific Gravity Bottles.
- Capacity
- Each
- 5
- 10/6
- 10
- 14/6
- 25
- 30/-
- 50
- 42/
- c.c.
- 164.—Large Transparent Silica Tubing.
- Bore.
- ins.
- T~
- l8
- li-
- ra
- -*-8
- if
- 1-8
- 2
- 2i
- 21
- 2|
- 3
- 3i
- 3i-
- 3f
- 4
- 4l
- 5
- Bore.
- mm.
- 35
- 38
- 4i
- 44
- 48
- 5i
- 57
- 63
- 70
- 76
- 82
- 89
- 95
- 102
- 114
- 127
- 162.—Transparent Silica
- Tubes. The maximum wall thickness for tubes from 3 to 20 mm. bore is 2 mm. and over 20 mm. bore i'5 mm.
- Prices of heavier walled tubing on application.
- Max. Max.
- Stand. Wall Stand.
- Bore. Bore. Thickness, Length
- in. mm. mm. ins.
- 1 1 3 16 i-if 1-2 60
- if 1-2 1-2 60
- 1 8 3 2 60
- w 4 2 60
- 8 n> 5 2 60
- i 6 2 60
- i 7 2 60
- V’(T 8 2 60
- 9 2 60
- I 10 2 60
- 16 11 2 42
- i 12 2 42
- 1 13 2 42
- 9 16 14 2 42
- f T5 2 42
- 1 16 2 42
- 11 16 17 2 42
- 11 16' 18 2 42
- 3 4 19 2 42
- if 20 2 42
- £ 22 ii 24
- 1 25 li 24
- T 3 1LET 30 18
- (Special wall thicknesses and lengths can be sur
- order.)
- 163.- -Transparent Silica Rod.
- (Standard Lengths up to 24".)
- Diameter. Diameter. Price
- in. mm. per foot..
- aV I V-
- if 2 1/6
- 1 8~ * 3 2/6
- aV 4 3/6
- m 5 4/6
- i 6 5/6
- i- 7 7/6
- 3 8 9 12/3
- 11 18/6
- Price
- per
- foot.
- 2/-
- 2/6
- 3/9
- 4/3
- 4/9
- 5/9
- 6/3
- 6/9
- 7/3
- 8/-
- 10/-
- 12/-
- 14/-
- 16/-
- 18/-
- 19/-
- 20/-
- 21/-
- 22/~
- 24/-
- 26/-
- 28/-
- 34/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.30 - vue 36/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NiVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 31
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Transparent Fused Quartz Apparatus
- IN ADDITION to the ordinary forms, TRANSPARENT SILICA LABORATORY APPARATUS CAN BE MADE TO i ALMOST ANY DESIGN, and we shall be pleased to quote on receipt of sketches or , description of the Apparatus required. j
- STRIKING PROPERTIES OF
- FUSED SILICA
- It does not crack or fly even when cold water is poured into a red hot basin.
- It is acid proof and absolutely insoluble in water. It is 99-8 Si02.
- It is constant in weight.
- It may generally be used as a substitute for Platinum.
- It will stand permanently I200°C., and for short periods much higher temperatures.
- It is one of the best insulators of electricity, and at high temperatures is unequalled.
- It is made by British workmen in Britain by a British process.
- Enquiries for special apparatus invited.
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.31 - vue 37/385
-
-
-
- 32 F. E. BECKER & CO., N1VOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Nickel Laboratory Apparatus
- BEST QUALITY FOR CHEIVIICAL WORK.
- For the new MONEL METAL Crucibles and Basins, see page 294.
- 170. — Nickel Evaporating Basins.
- With lip.
- Diarreter Each .. Per doz.
- 4
- 2/5
- 5
- 2/9
- 6
- 3/6
- 7
- 4/2
- 8 cm. 5/6
- 25/6 30/- 37/6 45/- 60/-
- Diam. .. io Each .. 7/2 Per doz... 78/-
- 12
- 10/4
- 112/6
- r4i
- 17/n
- 195/-
- 18J 20 cm.
- 24/9 28/11
- 270/- 315/-
- 171. — N i c kel Crucibles.
- With covers.
- Diam.
- 2* 3 Each 3?
- 2/9 3/5 Per doz. 3/8
- 30/- 36/9 39/9
- 172.—Nickel <
- Diam.
- 2| 3 Each 3l
- 1/10 2/3 Per doz. 2/5
- 19/6 24/- 26/3
- 10 cm. 7/3 11/9 16/6
- 78/9 127/6 180/-
- 4
- 2/11
- 5
- 3/9
- 6
- 5/2
- 8 10 cm.
- 8/8 12/5
- 173
- 173.—Nickel Spatulas.
- With spoon end.
- 174
- 174.—Nickel Spatulas.
- With flat ends.
- Length 12 15 18 21 cm. Length 12 15 18 cm.
- Each .. 2/- 2/9 3/2 4/2 Each . . 2/1 2/5 2/7
- Per doz. 21/- 30/- 34/6 45/- Per doz. 22/6 25/6 27/9
- 176.—Nickel Evaporat- 177.- Nickel Basins.
- ing Basins. With spouts Flat, with cover.
- and wooden handles. Diam. 5-5 6 9 9 cm.
- Diam. 7 10 ii’5 14 17 cm. Depth i-o i-6 1 i-6 cm.
- Each 8/9 ii/ii 15/2 24/9 31/8 Each .. 5/6 6/4 7/4 7/7
- Doz. 95/-130/- 165/-270/-345/- Per doz. 60/- 69/- 79/6 82/6
- 179.—Nickel Basins, Flat. 180.— Nickel Basins, Flat.
- With spout. Without spout.
- Diam. .. 5-5 7 T5 cm. Diam. .. 5-5 7 7'5 cm.
- Depth .. 1-9 1-9 2-5 cm. Depth .. i-9 T'9 2-5 cm.
- Each .. 3/8 4/9 5/7 Each .. 3/7 4/2 4/5
- Per doz. 39/9 51 /9 60/9 Per doz. 39/- 45/- 48/-
- 175. -Nickel
- shape.
- Length 7J Each .. 1/1
- Per doz. 11/3
- 175
- Spatulas.
- Flat
- 9
- i/5
- 15/-
- 12 15 cm.
- 2/- 2/3
- 21/- 24/-
- 178.—Nickel Triangles. For
- crucibles.
- Size .. 3 4 5 6 7 8 cm. Each .. 1/8 1/10 2/- 2/1 2/4 2/9 Per doz. 18/-20/- 21/-22/6 25/- 30/-
- 181.—Nickel Scoops. Size io| cm. Each .. 4/7 Per doz. . 50/-
- 182.—Nickel Gauze. 11/3 per sq. ft.
- 183.—Nickel Sheet. No. 20 S.W.G. Per oz. .. 7d. Per lb. .. 6/9
- 184.—Nickel Wire. Per oz. .. 9d. Per lb. .. 8/8
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.32 - vue 38/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 33
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FILTER PAPERS
- To determine quickly which size filter paper is of the most suitable diameter for any particular funnel, the following table will be found useful—
- Diameter of funnel 21 45 6J 7J 9 10 I2| 15 cms.
- D]p7p“5} 5i 7 91 xxi I2i 14 19 25 ,8 cms.
- For Allnutt’s Filter Papers, see pages 34 and 35, and
- lower half of page 33.
- For Green’s Filter Papers, see pages 36 to 39, and bottom of page 46.
- For Whatman Filter Papers, see pages 40 to 45.
- For Muncktell’s Filter Papers, sea page 46.
- 185.—Original English Filter Papers. An excellent paper for school Laboratory work. Cut circles in packets of 100. White.
- Diameter in cms. 7 9 ri 12-5 15 i8‘5 24 2 7 32 38*5 50
- Diameter in inches 2f 3* 4t 5 5f 7l 9i iof 12* i5i 19I
- Price per 100 3d. 4d. 6d. 7d. iod. i/5 i/ii 2/5 3/3 5/6 6/11
- Price per 1,000 2/- 3/- 4/6 5/6 7/6 12/6 17/6 22/6 30/- 50/- 63/-
- 186.—Original English Filter Papers, as above, but in Sheets. Size of Sheet, 24 inches by 24 inches. Price per quire, 3/6. Price per ream, Weight ,27 lb., £2 4 0.
- ALLNUTT’S DOUBLE WASHED “ ASHLESS ” FILTER PAPERS.
- Allnutt Brand No.
- 589(1)
- 58q(2)/3o8.. 589(3)/3o8a
- 590 ..
- SPECIFICATION.
- Packed in tins of 100. No charge for tins. (For Single Washed, see page 35.)
- Extremely fast, very low ashed, for retaining course or gelatinous precipitates. Ashless variety of 604.
- A low ashed paper for the average quantitative work, reliable, efficient and medium speed.
- A thicker variety of 589(2), a little slower low ash, but retaining the finest precipitates.
- The double washed variety of 602, slow, very strong, but extremely accurate, very efficient, low ash.
- PRICES (per 1,000).
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches 4'5 5'5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 if 2$ 2f 31 4f 4| 5f 7i 9*
- Allnutt f 589(1) ) Brand No. ( 589(2)/3o8 j 5/- 7/- 12/- 17/- 25/- 30/- 35/- 55/- 75/- Other sizes to order.
- Allnutt |589(3)/3o8a) Brand No. (590 j 6/6 9/6 16/- 22/6 33/6 40/- 46/- 73/- 100/- ”
- ACID WASHED CUTTINGS ADAMS MILK ANALYSIS STRIPS. Allnutt No. 571 Allnutt’s. Per lb. box .. 5/- Medium thickness. Remaining fats stamped on back.
- 2/6 per 25 ; 8/6 per 100.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- c
- p.33 - vue 39/385
-
-
-
- 34 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- The ash of these papers is stamped on the back of each packet in the case of the Acid Washed papers, and approximate ash on the backs of the Untreated laboratory papers.
- Each batch is tested individually, and as each batch varies the recorded ash on the back will also vary.
- MACHINE MADE.
- A great many users seem to want a soft Filter paper; a soft Filter generally means a weak one which is very liable to burst at the point, also a loose texture which generally implies inefficiency. However, softness in handle has absolutely no bearing on filtering qualities.
- The variation from sheet to sheet both in thickness and texture, is reduced to a very low minimum in machine-made papers.
- Filter Papers, White. Allnutt No. 311/595. Weight of Ash stamped on each packet. A suitable filter paper for school laboratory work.
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches .. 5*5 2* 7 9 o 3. q 1 -4 02 11 4-1 12-5 15 41 5-8 18-5 24 | 7i 9i i Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 X 23 cms.
- Weight of ash in grammes . . •00052 •00086 -0013 •0021 •0027 -0039 1 •0059 -0099 !
- Price per 1,000 2/3 3- 4/3 5/6 6/6 8/6 14/6 21/- | Price 31 /6
- Filter Papers. White. Allnutt No. 3114/597. A thicker and stronger paper. Weight of ash stamped on each packet.
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches •• 5-5 0 1 • • : 2 g 7 9 11 2! 31 4t 12-5 15 18-5 24 4 s 5s- 7\ 9s 27 lof 32 38-5 I2| I5f Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 x 23 cms.
- Weight of ash in grammes -00074 •00128 -00195 -0030 •0040 -0058 -0087 -0144 — — —
- Price per 1,000 .. ••| 2/9 3/3 4/6 5/9 7/6 9/6 14/9 23/- 25/- 33/6 45/- Price 37/6
- Filter Papers. White. Allnutt No. 602. A thin slow strong very reliable paper. Retains finest precipitates. Useful with pump.
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches Weight of ash in grammes Price per 1,000 .. 5-5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 2i 2 § 3l 4t 4s 51 7i 9l iof i2f Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 X 23 cms. . Price 30/-
- •00043 -00073 -0012 -0017 -0023 -0032 -0049 -0084 — — 2/3 3/- 4/3 5/6 6/6 8/6 14/6 21/- 22/6 25/6
- Filter Papers. White. Allnutt No. 604. Very fast for metallurgical and coarse precipitates. *
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches 5-5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 2 s 2-1 3| 4f 4 s 5 s 7i 9l- I0t I2t Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 X 23 cms. Price 40/-
- Weight of ash in grammes Price per 1,000 .. •00031 -00053 -00082 -ooi2 -0016 -0023 -0035 -0064 — — 3/6 5/3 6/6 7/9 10/- 12/6 20/- 30/6 32/- 35/9
- Filter Papers. White. Allnutt No. 575/309. Nitric acid toughened for use with filter pump. If carefully handled can be cleaned and used repeatedly. >
- Diameter in cms. 4-5 5'5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24
- Diameter in inches . . if 2 2§ 3/ 4 4l 5 s 7i 9s
- Price per 1,000 2/6 4/- 6/6 9/6 13/6 16/- 18/- 28/- 45/
- Drop Reaction Paper. Allnutt No. 601. A thick very absorbent paper for drop reactions.
- . Size of Paper, 7 cms. wide, 23 cms. long. Per packet of 100 .. .. . . . . .. . . .. 2/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.34 - vue 40/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 35
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FILTER PAPERS PACKED IN TINS
- As so many filters are wasted owing to dirt and wet benches, the Allnutt varieties, described on pages 34 and 35, are now packed in round tins of 100 in all sizes up to 15 cms. at an extra cost as follows :—
- Tins to take filters 4-5 cms. diam. id. per tin. 10d. per 10 tins.
- 5’5 » . . id. V- „ „
- „ „ 7 . . i-|d. 1/3 „
- .. » 9 . . 2d. 1/5 „
- „ ,, 11 . . 2-|d. „ 1/7 „
- » » 12-5 „ • • 3d. 1/9 „
- „ I, 15 • • 3ld. i, 2/- „ „
- Ashless and single washed, packed in tins free.
- MACHINE MADE.
- ALLNUTT’S ROUGH CREPED SURFACE FILTER PAPERS
- A new departure in laboratory papers, they have rough creped surface, are very fast, and the thicker varieties are very efficient. Suitable for general laboratory work. Approximate ash given. The Crepe Surface not only increases the speed, but retains the precipitates on the sides as well as at the point, thereby reducing clogging.
- Diameter in cms. .. . . 5-5 7 9 11 I2'5 15 i8'5 24 27 32 Fer 500 SHEETS
- Diameter in inches . . . . 2$ 9a a1 J2 4§ 4 s 51 7\ 9 a I0f I2§ 20 x 20 cms. or 18 x 23 cms.
- Thin . . Allnutt No. 314IC I ’ 2/-’ 2/6 3/6 4/6 5/6 7/- 12/6 17/6 18/6 22/6 27
- Normal . . Allnutt No. 314c 2/9 3/3 4/9 6/6 7/6 9/9 16/- 24/6 25/6 33/6 ! 37/6
- Thick .. Allnutt No. 314D — 7/- 9/- 10/9 12/9 14/9 28/- 43/- 44/- 5V- ; 60/
- Very thick. Allnutt No. 314E — - 12/- 15/- 17/9 22/- 40/9 61/6 63/- 72/- | 82/6
- Cream Crepe Filter Papers. Allnutt No. 314 (C2). A very good quality commercial filter paper with a rough crepe surface, for commercial laboratory work, alcohols and foodstuffs. Very largely used for fats and oils.
- Diameter in cms. Diameter in inches o 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 38-5 32 4-1 4l 51 7l 92- iof I2f I5«- 4/3 5/2 6/6 8/4 12/9 19/9 23/- 30/3 40/6 Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 X 23 cms. Price 34/6
- Price per 1,000
- Grey Crepe Filter Papers. Allnutt No. D2/315C. Very fast filtering and does not clog so easily as the smooth grey variety. Largely used for commercial laboratory work and for mining purposes. Not recommended for food stuffs or fine chemicals.
- Diam. in cms. Diam. in inches 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 38-5 2f 3l 4t 4l 51- 7i 9 2 iof i2f 15I Per 500 SHEETS 20 X 20 cms. or 18 X 23 cms. Price 37/6
- Price per 1,000 3/- 3/6 4/- 5/- 7/9 12/- 19/- 22/- 28/9 37/6
- SINGLE WASHED “ASHLESS” FILTER PAPERS. Packed in tins No charge for tins. Except that these papers are single washed the specifications are same, as double washed. (See page ,=13.)
- Allnutt Brand No. Diam. in cms. Diam. in inches 4'5 5-5 7-o 9 n 12-5 i5 18-5 24 if 2 2f 3 2 4l 4f 5f 7i 9 2 For DoubleWashed, see page 33.
- 1F/308I 2/3o8|a Price per 1,000 2/6 4/- 6/6 9/6 13/6 16/- 18/- 28/- 45 3/6 5/6 8/6 12/6 17/6 20/- 24/6 36/6 57/6 Other sizes to order
- No. 3, Price as No. iF. No. 0, Price as No. 2.
- All the above “ ASHLESS ” papers have the ash STAMPED, not printed, on the back, each batch being separately tested. In the fat extracted papers, the remaining fats that can‘be extracted in a Soxhlet for 3 hours are also shown.
- p.35 - vue 41/385
-
-
-
- 36 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FOR PRICES OF BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- J.G. Nos. 595, 597, 604, 598, 602, 575, 574, and 572, etc.,
- See pages 38 and 39.
- ACID WASHED
- BRITISH
- FILTER PAPERS
- “ASHLESS”
- “J.G.” Brand.
- ASH LESS FILTER PAPERS, J.G. 589/2 (White Band), Acid Washed. 15 5i •00037
- Diameter, cms. Diameter, inches Weight of ash in grammes 5-5 2* •00005 7 23 •00008 9 3* •00014 11 4f •00020 12-5 5 0-00026
- Price per 100 1/9 2/~ 3/- 3/6 4/6 6/-
- Price per 1000 .. 14/- 15/- 24/- 28/- 36/- 48/-
- ASHLESS FILTER PAPERS, J.G. 589/1 (Black Band) and 589/3 (Blue Band).
- SAME PRICES AS J.G. 589/2.
- For ALLNUTT’S FILTER PAPERS, see For WHATMAN FILTER PAPERS, see
- pages 34 and 35, and lower half of page 33. pages 40 to 45.
- For GREEN’S FILTER PAPERS, see For MUNCKTELL’S FILTER PAPERS,
- pages 36 to 39, and bottom of page 46. see page 46.
- //FUTEft PAPERS^\ \
- | REPLACING I
- -A GERMAN L)j
- C.S.&S. BRAND y</)7/ 589 & 59o/k///
- X
- f! /filTEft PAP£RS\ \
- ( REPLACING I
- lU\\ • GERMAN h)
- C.S.&.S. BRAND IJ(/)I VtANS# 589 & 590/^
- S^Al LY .
- ¥
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.36 - vue 42/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 37
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- LISTED ON PAGES 38 AND 39 INCLUSIVE.
- WEIGHT OF ASH IN GRAMMES OF HAND MADE FILTER CIRCLES.
- j 5'5 cm. 7 cm. 8 cm. 9 cm. 11 cm. 12 5 cm. ; 15 cm. 18 5 cm. 24 cm. 27 cm.
- J.G. 575 •OOO35 •OOO57 •OOO74 •OOO94 •0014 •00l8 •0026 •0040 •0067 •0084
- J.G. 595 •OOO45 •OOO73 : -00095 •0012 •00l8 •0023 •OO34 •0051 •0086 •0108
- J.G. 597 •000825 •OOI3 i -00175 •0022 •OO33 •OO426 •006l •OO93 •OI57 •OI99
- J.G. 598 •00127 •0020 •0027 •OO34 •0051 •0066 •OO95 •OI44 •0243 -0307
- J.G. 602 •OOO875 •OOI4 •00185 •0023 •0035 •OO452 •0065 •OO99 •Ol66 •0211
- J.G. 604 •00050 •0008l •00106 •0013 i •0020 •0026 j •OO37 •0056 •OO95 •0120
- The above records of Ash are worked from the results of Analyses made by some well-known County Analysts.
- RESULTS OF ANALYSES
- Of “J.G.” Brand Hand Made British Filter Papers.
- Size of each circle = 11 cm.
- Description of paper analysed. < No. 595. Sept. make. No. 575. Sept. make. No. 597. Sept. make. No. 598. 1 No. 602. July make. July make. No. 604. Sept. make.
- Good light paper with plain surface. Medium standard quality. Hardened paper suitable for pump and for fine precipitates. A stouter paper, filters rapidly, standard quality for analysis. A soft and extra thick paper suitable for fine precipitates. A dense and hard paper for fine precipitates. Soft and similar to 597, adapted for rapid filtration.
- Average Weight of each Circle in grams. Number of Filters used. •5958 (25 taken). •8007 (25 taken). 7616 (15 taken). 1 5161 (15 taken). 8-36% •7896 (15 taken). •8465 (15 taken).
- Per cent, of Moisture in the Filter Paper. 7'2i% 8-26% 7-37% 7-54% 8-13%
- Ash per cent, on the Filter Paper. Do. on Dry Substance. •303% •326% 'I77% •i93% •43i% -337% •465% -368% -448% 485% •234% •255%
- ASH FOR EACH CIRCLE. Mean Results in grams = •001804 0018 •00142 0014 •00328 •0033 •00511 •0051 •00354 0035 •00198 0020
- Packed with :— Slate-coloured Band. Red band. Lavender- coloured Band. Yellow Band. Buff-coloured Band. Salmon- coloured Band.
- For Prices see pages 38 and 39.
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.37 - vue 43/385
-
-
-
- 38 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH
- FILTER
- PAPERS
- (HAND MADE).
- BRITISH
- FILTER
- PAPERS
- (HAND MADE)
- PRICES.
- Quantities of less than 1,000 charged for at the rate per ioo.
- J.G.
- SIZE J.G. J.G. J.G. 574 J.G. J.G. 207 “ WASHED ”
- il.U. 597 598 602 Replacing
- 595 and and 57*5 Max Dreverhof!
- 604 591 FILTER Paper
- Cms. Inches CONES
- 1 per per per per per per per per per per per per per per
- 100 1000 100 1000 100 1000 100 1000 100 1000 100 1000 100 1000
- 5-5- • 2i 5d. 4 - 7d. 5/- 5d. 4/- 7d. I 5 - 2/10 25/10 8d. 1 6/- 1/- 8/-
- 7 • • 2f 5d. 4- 7d. 5/- 5d. 4/- 7d. 5/- 3/1 27/10 8d. 6/- 1/2 10/-
- 9 •• 3l 9d. V- lid. 8/- iod. 7/6 1/- 9/- 4/3 38/7 i/~ 9/- 1/6 13/-
- 11 .. 4f nd. 8/6 i/l 9/6 i/4 12/- !/5 1.3/- 5/3 47/2 i/3 11/- 21- 18/-
- 12-5- • 5 i/4 12/- i/4 12/3 i/7 14/6 1/10 17 / 5/8 51/7 i/5 13/- 2/4 21/-
- 15 •• 5l- i/9 16- i/9 16/- . 2/2 20/- 2/9 25/- 6/10 62/1 2/- 18/- 3/i 28/- I '
- 18-5- • 7i- 2/5 22/^ 2/11 27/- 4/2 38/- 3/11 36/- 8/8 79/4 3/4 30/- I
- 24 .. 9 2 3/9 34/6 4/8 42/- 5/4 48/- 6/- 54/- 13/6 122/2 5/i 46/- Replacing
- 2 7 ••• iof 5/2 47/- 6/2 56/- 6/7 60/- 8/10 80/- — — 6/10 62/- Max Dreverhoff
- 32 • • 121 7/~ 64/- 8/5 75/- 10/7 96/- 12/1 110/- .—. — 9/3 84/- Filter Paper.
- This Daper,
- 38*5- *5i 10/1 91/- 10/6 95/- 15/2 138/- 14/3 130/- — — 11/7 105/- J.G. 207, is
- 50 .. 19! 15/2 138/- 15/2 138/- 17/7 160/- 19/10 180/- — — 16/6 150/- machine made.
- IN SHEETS
- 45 X 50 cms. \ 18 X23 ins. j
- *51 x 51 cms. 20 x 20 ins.
- *43 X43 cms. | 17 X17 ins. /
- *38 X38 cms. 15 X15 ins.
- per 1000 per 1000 per 1000 per 1000 per 1000
- 138/- 138/- 160/- 180/- 150/-
- 138/- 138/- 160/- 180/- \ *Can be made 150/-
- to order.
- 150 lbs.
- of a sort
- / minimum *
- For full details of “J.G.” Brand British Filter Papers, Weight of Ash, Results of
- Analyses, etc., see page 37.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.38 - vue 44/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., 1MIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 39
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PRICES OF
- BRITISH FOLDED FILTER PAPERS, SOXHLET THIMBLES, Etc.
- “J.G.” Brand.
- For full details of “J.G.” Brand British Filter Papers, Weight of Ash, Results of Analyses, etc., see p. 37.
- SIZE OF CUT J.G. 588 J.G. 5984 J.G. 605 J.G. 575|
- CIRCLES PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE
- per per per per per per per per
- 100 1000 100 1 1000 100 1000 100 1000
- Cms. 12-5 2/9 25/- 3/3 30- 3/3 30/- 3/2 29-
- » 15 3/2 29/2 3/10 35/- 3/10 35/- 4/2 38/6
- „ 18-5 4/7 41/3 5/6 50/- 5/6 50/- 5/9 52 -
- „ 24 6/5 57/9 7/8 70- 7/8 70/- 8/- 73 -
- » 27 8/3 74/10 9/9 88/- 9/9 88/- 11/8 106
- ,, 32 10/7 95/9 12/8 115/- 12/8 115/- 15/8 142 -
- „ 38-5 13/3 121/- 16/- 145- 16/- 145 - 18/6 168 -
- „ 4° 13/n 126/6 16/9 152/- 16/9 152/- 19/10 ISO-
- » 50 18/6 168/4 22/3 202/- 22/3 202/- 25/1 228/-
- Folded Circles
- All these Filters are folded by hand, thus ensuring that each Filter is properly examined before packing. No folding machine is used.
- The above FOLDED FILTERS are supplied in boxes, each box containing 100 Filters, packed 5 Filters per packet.
- J.G. 5001. FOLDED PAPERS, similar to CHARDIN’S “ AGAR-AGAR ” PAPER.
- Per box of 25, size 50 cms. . . .. . . 5/6
- Per box of 30, size 34 cms. . . .. .. 5/6
- J.G. 500. Same as above, but in the flat.
- 50 cms. circles . . . . . . . . .. 292/6 per 1000
- 50 cms. squares .. .. . . . . . . 299/- per 1000
- 36 cms. squares . .. . . . . . . 195/- per 1000
- J.G. 296. MICRO BLOOD PAPER, in boxes of 500 pieces.
- Starch free. 1 inch X f inch (15 X 25 mms.), per box 10/11
- J.G. 571. STRIPS FOR MILK ANALYSIS.
- 22 inches X 2-| inches (560 X 65 mms.) .. per 100 strips 15/7
- J.G. 601. DROP REACTION PAPER.
- 14 x 22 cms. Boxed in ioo’s . . per 100 sheets 12/11
- per 1000 sheets 117/-
- J.G. 280. LABORATORY MATS, for crystal drying, etc. 11 cms. diameter, in packets of 100. 11/8 per 100. 87/9 per 1000.
- J.G. 255. SOFT DRYING PAPER.—To replace the foreign make for drying and pressing plants, etc. Similar to DUMAS papers. Sheets 45 X 59 cms............per ream 51/3
- Soxhlet Thimbles
- J.G. 603 BOXED In 25’s DOUBLE THICK- NESS
- SIZE PRICE
- Diam. Height per per
- mm. mm. 25 250
- 10 50 8/- — <A §
- 16 100 8/- —
- ^
- 19 90 8/- —
- 22 80 8- — S
- 26 60 8- —-
- 25 80 8 - "cd
- 25 90 10 - — CO
- 25 100 11 - —
- 28 80 8 - ; —
- 28 11S 12 - : —
- 29 30 50 80 8- 8 - — s
- 30 100 11 - — rO cd
- 33 80 8/- — s GJ
- 33 94 11/- — G
- 33 118 14/- — cd 0
- 35 150 16/- — O) C/}
- 40 85 14/- — <D rg
- 43 123 16/- — M—I O
- 45 50 8/- — £
- 53 145 26/- — <
- 60 180 28/- —
- J.G. 576.—Crystal Drying
- Trays. 3 mms. X no mms.
- per box of 25 trays 14/8
- J.G. 255.—Soft DryingPaper.
- Very absorbent, for drying and pressing plants. In sheets 45 X 59 cms.
- per ream 51/3
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.39 - vue 45/385
-
-
-
- 40 F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ^V(/hatmanj
- ilifflTER^PERS
- FILTRATION TESTS
- UPON VARIOUS GRADES OF
- WHATMAN FILTER PAPERS
- Conditions of Tests :
- Size of circle=i5 cm. C.c. of water=ioo. Temperature of water=68° F. (20° C.).
- Whatman Paper No. 1 2 3 4 5 30 31 40 41
- Filtration time in seconds 50-80 60-90 80-120 20-35 110-140 70-100 20-40 40-60. 20-35
- Each of the above tests was carried out on a simple folded Filter, keeping a constant head of water.
- Whatman No. 1 Filter Paper.—A high-grade Filter Paper for general qualitative work, and for filtering ordinary precipitates when the ash weight of the paper is of no consequence. A 15 cm. filter requires 50-80 seconds to filter 100 ccs. of water. Widely used in Sugar Laboratories and for the filtration of yellow Ammonium Phospho-Molybdate after digestion, in determining phosphorus in fertilizers.
- Whatman No. 1.
- In sheets i8£ in. X 22-| in. Price 50/- per ream.
- 11/- per 100 sheets.
- Diam. in cm. 4-25 5-5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 38-5 40 5o
- Diam. in inches .. if 2i 2f 3* 4t 5 5f 7i 9i iof 12-I i5i I5l I9f
- Ash per circle in
- grammes •00026 •00043 •00073 •0012 •00175 •0023 •00326 •00496 •00835 •0106 •0148 •0215 •0233 •0364
- Price per box (100 circles) .. 4d. 5d. 6d. 7d. 9d. V- 1/3 1/9 3/- 3/8 5/8 6/10 7/9 10/10
- Whatman No. 2 Filter Paper. A qualitative paper similar to No. 1, but stouter, retaining fine precipitates. This is THE STANDARD GRADE FOR ANALYTICAL PURPOSES. Widely used in the qualitative analysis of the alkaline earths, and in general, where fine precipitates of crystalline nature are to be filtered. Especially applicable to Fertilizer, Cement, Steel, and Ore Analysis.
- For gelatinous and large-particle precipitates, see Grade No. 4—page 41.
- Whatman No. 2.
- In sheets, 8| in. X 22-| in. Price 76/9 per ream.
- 17/- per 100 sheets.
- Diam. in cm. 4'25 5’5 7 9 11 12*5 15 18-5 24 27 32 38-5 40 50
- Diam. in inches.. if 2f 3l 4t 5 5t 7l 9i iof vz\ i5i I5t i9f
- Ash per circle in
- grammes •00031 •00051 •00086 •0073 •002 •0027 •0038 •0058 •0098 •0125 •0175 •025 •0275 •045
- Price per box (roo circles) 5d. 6d. 8d. 10d. V- 1/4 1/10 2/7 4/4 5/4 8/2 9/10 11/3 14/10
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.40 - vue 46/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 41
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- WHATMAN BRAND
- Whatman No. 3.
- In sheets, i8| in. x 22% in. Price 114/6 per ream.
- 25/3 per 100 sheets.
- Whatman No. 5.
- In sheets, 18J in. X 22-| in. Price 78/- per ream.
- 17/3 per 100 sheets.
- Whatman No. 4.
- In sheets, 18J X 22£ in. Price 98/6 per ream.
- 21/9 per 100 sheets.
- Diam. in inches .. Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100
- circles) ..
- Whatman No. 5 Filter Paper.—-A very tough hard paper of close texture that will retain the finest precipitates, such as Barium and Lead Sulphates even when freshly precipitated. Especially suited for use with solutions which are filtered with difficulty and for vacuum filtration with the Buchner funnel, etc.
- •00086
- Diam. in cms. Diam. in inches .. Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100 circles)
- Whatman No. 4 Filter Paper.—A soft paper of more open texture than the preceding grades. Extremely rapid, but not recommended for use with the finest precipitates for which purpose No. 2 or 3 should be employed. Especially adapted for the rapid filtration of gelatinous and large-particle precipitates such as Ferric Hydroxide and Aluminium Hydroxide ; also useful for Pharmaceutical purposes, such as the filtration of fruit juices, syrups, oils, etc. Widely used in Copper and other Ore Mining, Sugar and Cement Laboratories.
- •00023
- •00061
- •0010
- Diam. in inches .. Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (roo circles)
- Whatman No. 3 Filter Paper.—A very stout filter paper for general qualitative work. Slightly slower than No. 2, but very retentive. Will withstand considerable washing. Especially suited for fine precipitates, such as Metastannic Acid, Calcium Oxalate and Ammonium Phospho-Molybdate. Very satisfactory for filtering the solution of a fusion made with Eschka’s mixture in determining Sulphur in coal and coke ; can also be used in recovering small quantities of Silver in the form of Chloride.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.41 - vue 47/385
-
-
-
- 42 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- WHATMAN BRAND.
- Whatman No. 30 Filter Paper.—A single acid-washed paper of low ash content, which is retentive. Very satisfactory for the filtration of Ammonium Phospho-Molybdate, Barium Sulphate when properly precipitated, for volumetric Lime determinations and for general quantitative work when the lowest ash is not important. Extensively used in Cement and Metallurgical Laboratories. For greater filtering speed, but not for use with fine precipitates, see Grade No. 31.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms. 4-25 5'5 7 9 11 : 12-5 15 iS-5 24
- Diam. in inches T — i8 2i 2 — z 4 3i 4l 5 5l 7\ 92 ;
- Ash per circle in grammes •000041 •OOOO76 •00012 •0002 •0003 •00039 00056 •00086 •00144
- Price per box (ico circles) 1/- | 1/4 1/8 2/3 ; 3/- 3/8 4/8 6/8 119
- Larger sizes to special order only.
- Whatman No. 31 Filter Paper. A single acid-washed paper, similar to No. 30, but more open in texture, making it more rapid. On account of its extreme rapidity it is not recommended for the finest precipitates. Suitable for the very rapid filtration of gelatinous and large-particle precipitates, for volumetric determinations of Phosphates, for Silicon in Iron analysis, and general rapid quantitative separations where the lowest ash is not essential. Extensively used in Metallurgical Laboratories.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms. .. .. ; 4^25 Diam. in inches . . .. j if Ash per circle in grammes .. -000041 5-5 2* •000076 7 ; 9 11 12-5 15 2f 32 4 f 1 5 5l •00012 : -0002 -0003 ( -00039 ’00056 18-5 ; 24 7\ 92 •00086 -00144 Larger sizes to special order only.
- Price per box (100 circles) . . j 1/- 1/4 1/8 2/3 | 3/- j 3/8 4/8 j 6/8 | 11/9
- Whatman No. 40 Filter Paper (“ Ashless ”). —A double acid-washed
- paper of very low ash, all mineral matter possible having been removed by treatment with hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids. This is the STANDARD DOUBLE-WASHED GRADE FOR ANALYTICAL PURPOSES. Excellently suited for Barium Sulphate when properly precipitated and filtered hot, also for Lead Sulphate, and for crystalline precipitates, such as Magnesium-Ammonium Sulphate, etc. For precipitates that ordinarily are difficult to filter, see Grade No. 42, page 43.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms.
- Diam. in inches
- Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100 circles)
- 4-25
- If
- •000017
- 1/8
- 5-5
- •000028
- 2/3
- 7
- n 3
- •000046
- 2/11
- 9
- 3/
- •000076
- 4/3
- rr
- 4t
- •00011
- 5/-
- 12-5
- 5
- •00015
- 5/8
- 15
- 51
- •00021
- 6/8
- 18-5
- 7\
- •00035
- 8/10
- 24
- 9i
- •00054
- 15/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.42 - vue 48/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 43
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- WHATMAN BRAND.
- Diam. in cms.
- Diam. in inches
- Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (ioo circles)
- Whatman IMo. 41 Filter Paper (“ Ashless ”).—A double acid-washed paper, similar to No. 40, but more open in texture and therefore filters more rapidly. Suitable for Iron, Alumina and other gelatinous precipitates which can be filtered quickly and washed rapidly and easily. Widely used in determining Silicon in Iron and Steel analysis. Not recommended where retention of fine precipitates is required (or desired).
- For fine precipitates use either No. 40 or No. 42.
- ACID WASHED.
- 4-25 5’5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24
- If 2i 2 4 3 2 4t 5 58 7a 9l
- •000017 •000028 •OOOO46 •000076 •OOOII •00015 •00021 •00035 •00054
- 1/8 2/3 2/11 4 3 5- 5/8 6/8 8/10 15/-
- Whatman No. 42 Filter Paper (“ Ashless ”).—A double acid-washed paper, similar to No. 40, but much harder and extremely close in texture. On account of its close texture it is recommended for use with the filter pump and as folded filters where possible. Especially adapted for the finest precipitates which tend to pass through the filter paper, such as Barium Sulphate when precipitated in cold solution, and in general for precise analytical work where speed is not important. Entirely free from Starch, and is neutral in Reaction.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms.
- Diam. in inches
- Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100 circles)
- 4-25 5'5 7 9 11 12-5 15 iS-5 24
- if 2|- 2! 01 02 4t 5 5 i - 7a 9/2
- •000011 •000017 •000027 •000046 •000068 •000089 •00013 •0002 •00033
- 1/8 2/3 2/11 4/3 5- 5/8 6 8 8 10 15/-
- Diam. in cms.
- Diam. in inches
- Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100 circles)
- Whatman No. 43 Filter Paper (“ Ashless ”).—A double acid-washed paper, of the same stock as No. 40, but having been subjected to an additional chemical process which renders it FAT-FREE. Especially suitable for the recovery of the ether extract in the Roese-Gottlich Fat Test, and in general for any purposes requiring a fat-free paper.
- ACID WASHED.
- 4-25 5-5 7 9 11 12-5 15 i8-5 24
- if 2|- 2f 31 4t 5 5f 7l 9i
- •000017 •000028 •OOOO46 •000076 •00011 •00015 •00021 •00035 •00054
- 2/6 3/4 3/8 5/4 6/4 7/~ 8/10 12/6 21/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.43 - vue 49/385
-
-
-
- 44 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- WHATMAN BRAND
- Whatman No. 44 Filter Paper (“ Ashless —A double acid-washed
- paper of thinner substance and lower ash content than the preceding numbers. It will retain the finest precipitates, but is slower in filtration than No. 40. No. 44 is recommended for use when the GREATEST POSSIBLE DEGREE OF-ACCURACY in quantitative work is required. Entirely free from Starch and is neutral in Reaction.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms.
- Diam. in inches
- Ash per circle in grammes
- Price per box (100 circles)
- 4-25
- if
- •000009
- 2/6
- 5-5
- 2i
- •000016
- 3/4
- 7
- 2t
- •000025
- 3/8
- 9
- 3i
- •000042
- 5/4
- 11
- 4f
- •000062
- 6/4
- 12-5
- 5
- •00008
- V-
- 15
- 5i
- •00012
- 8/10
- 18-5
- 7i
- •00018
- 12/6
- 24
- 9l
- •0003
- 21/6
- Whatman No. 50 Filter Paper.—A paper specially hardened by treatment with Nitric Acid. Very tough, will resist great pressure, and retain the very finest precipitates. Can be used repeatedly, the hard smooth surface permitting precipitates to be scraped or washed off without injury to the paper.
- Especially recommended for use with vacuum. Suitable for very fine precipitates and for filtering corrosive liquids such as Acids and strong Alkalies. Should be used when it is desired to transfer a precipitate without ignition.
- Widely used for filtering Biological products, as the hardened surface prevents contamination of the filtered product by particles of paper when scraped off. Can be used as a substitute for Platinum cones, and as supports for large folded filters to prevent them bursting at the points. This paper resists a pressure of 2 to 3 atmospheres when moist.
- ACID WASHED.
- Diam. in cms. 4-25 5*5 7 9 II 12-5 15 18-5 24 27 32 38-5 40 50
- Diam. in inches .. if 2i 2| ! 3h 4t 5 5l 7i 9! iof 12* *5i I5l I9f
- Ash per circle in i •0186
- grammes •00023 •00038 •00061J -OOI •0015 •0019 •0028 •0043 •0072 •0091 •013 •02 •0314
- Price per box (100 circles) .. 1/8 2/3 2/11 I 4/3 5/- 5/8 6/8 8/10 15/- 18/- 28/- 34/- 39/- 51/6
- Whatman Extraction Thimbles (Seamless).—Made from the L same material as Whatman Filter Papers and rendered fat-free by special 1 chemical process. Can be used repeatedly. For the extraction of soaps, |l fats, food, rubber, etc. ||||| wji ' These Thimbles can also be supplied in Double Thickness, which will ||||t J|| not permit the finest substances to pass through. K||p J||
- Inside diam. in mm. Height in mm. 10 50 19 90 22 80 26 60 25 80 30 77 30 80 33 80 25 90 25 100 30 100 33 94 33 118 43 123
- Price per box of 25 SINGLE THICKNESS 7/9 7/9 7/9 7/9 8/9 8/9 8/9 8/9 10/- 10/9 10/9 10/9 15/- 17/6
- Price per box of 25 DOUBLE THICKNESS 13/- 13/- 13/- 13/-| 14/6 14/6 14/6 14/6 17/- 18/3 18/3 18/3 25/- 29/3
- p.44 - vue 50/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 45
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON). Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BRITISH FILTER PAPERS
- WHATMAN BRAND.
- Whatman No. 29 Black Filter Papers.
- Used for filtering light coloured sediments. The most minute trace of light coloured sediment is easily perceptible.
- Diam. in cms. Diam. in inches .. 5‘5 2* 7 2| 9 3-1 11 4t 12-5 5 15-0 5i 18-5 7i
- Price per box of 100 circles 10d. V- 1/3 1/6 1/10 2/7 3/8
- Whatman No. 12 Folded Filters.
- For those who prefer this style of Filter. Largely used in Pharmaceutical work for filtering fluid extracts and tinctures. They are made from the best materials and are free from acid.
- Diam. in cms. Diam. in inches .. 12-5 5 15 5f 18-5 7\ 24 9l 32 I2| CO JO CO H
- Price per 100 circles 2/- 2/6 3/- 4/6 7/~ 8/9
- 50
- I9f
- 13/9
- A
- isS
- ^DIFFUSION SHELLS!
- Whatman Diffusion Shells.
- These shells are far superior to parchment paper, for with the smallest volume of fluid they offer the largest possible dialysing surface, enabling work to be carried on with the smallest size outer vessel and combining the greatest cleanliness with absolute reliability.
- 16 mms. x 100 mms. 15/- per 25 35 mms. X 100 mms. 35/- per 25
- Whatman Absorption Blocks.
- Made from purified paper, purified with acids and are used to absorb difficult combustible liquids.
- Per box of 50 blocks, 14 mms.
- X 16 mms. .. .. .. 4/-
- Whatman No. 120 Drop Reaction Paper.
- In sheets 14 cms. X 22 cms.
- This paper has been found most suitable for drop reactions, absorbing rapidly without allowing the drop to spread too much. Is a single-washed paper. The paper is free from Iron and Copper in a condition where it would give a coloration with Sulphocyanide or Ferrocyanide of Potassium. Price per packet of 100 sheets .. .. 10/6
- Price per packet of 25 sheets .. .. .. 3/3
- Whatman No. 100 Fat-Free Strips.
- Size 22 in. X 21 in. (56 X 6-5 cms.).
- For determination of fat in milk by the Adam’s coil method. One strip absorbs 10 c.c. of milk. Per packet of 100 strips .. .. .. 12/9
- Per packet of 50 strips .. .. .. 7/-
- Per packet of 25 strips .. .. .. 3/9
- Whatman No. 130 Arsenic Test Strips.
- These strips approximately 2\ X 120 mm. are of unsensitized paper and suitable for making arsenic determinations.
- Price per box of 1,000 strips approximately 140 mms. X 2-| mms. .. .. .. 3/-
- Whatman No. 14 Folded Filter Paper.
- With HARDENED TIPS.
- Diam. in cms. .. .. 32 38*5 50
- Price per loo circles .. 8/- '10/- 16/-
- Whatman Filter Cones.
- Are made from the same paper as Whatman No. 50, made in the form of semicircular discs of special shape and are suitable for use with filter pump as a substitute for Platinum cones, enabling a good fit to be obtained in the funnel.
- Diam. in cms.—
- 5-5 7 9 11 12-5 15 18-5 24
- Price per 100—
- 1 /9 2/3 3/6 4/- 4/6 5/3 7/- 12/-
- Whatman Ashless Filter Paper Clippings.
- Per lb. box............6/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.45 - vue 51/385
-
-
-
- 46 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MUNCKTELL’S SWEDISH
- FILTER PAPERS
- Weight of Ash in Grammes of Muncktell’s Swedish Filter Papers.
- No. j 5*5 cms. 7 cms. 9 cms. 11 cms. 12-5 cms. 15 cms. 18-5 cms.
- 1 F •00014 •00023 •00038 •00056 •00073 •00105 •00161
- 2 •00018 •00030 •00051 •00074 •00095 •00138 •00209
- 0 •000060 •00010 •00017 •00025 •00033 •00046 •00070
- 00 •OOOOII •000018 •000030 •000045 ! •000058 •000083 •000126
- Specification of No 1F
- „ „ 2
- „ „ 0
- „ ,, 00
- Thin unwashed
- Ordinary thickness
- Washed with Hydrochloric Acid
- Washed with Hydrochloric and Hydrofluoric Acids.
- SIZE. in Cut Circles Muncktell’s No. 1F Muncktel 2 Pri< ll’s No. Muncktell’s No. 3 Muncktell’s No. 0 Muncktell’s No. 00
- Price :e Price Price Price
- Diameter Diameter Per per per per Per per per per per per
- in cms. in inches. IOO 1000 IOO 1000 IOO 1000 IOO 1000 IOO 1000
- 5-5 2i 10d. | 7/6 11d. 7/9 10d. 7/3 1/7 14/- 3/2 29/6
- 7 2| 1/2 | 10/10 1/1 9/9 11d. 8/3 2/2 19/3 3/8 34/9
- 9 1 1 CO 1/11 17/6 1/8 14/10 1/5 12/8 2/11 27/- 5/6 51/-
- 11 ! 4t 2/3 21/- 2/1 19/- 1/8 14/10 3/8 34/- 6/9 61/-
- 12-5 | 5 3/1 28/- 2/8 24/- 1/10 19/6 4/6 40/10 7/6 67/-
- i5 ; 51 3/6 34/- 3/5 | 30/- 2/3 24/9 5/9 52/- 8/9 79-
- y> 00 M 7i 5/3 49/- 4/4 40/- 3/- 32/9 8/9 80/- 13/3 122 6
- In per per per | per per per per per per per
- SHEETS. ream quire ream quire ream quire ream quire ream quire
- 48 X 48 cms. i
- 24 sheets to 1 quire £6 15 0 7/6 £5 12 6 6/6 £4 15 0 5/3 £11 10 0 12/6 £18 10 0 | 20/-
- 480 sheets to 1 ream.
- “J.G.” BRAND. BRITISH FILTER PAPERS EQUAL TO AND REPLACING SWEDISH.
- Diameter in cms. 5-5 7 9 1/6 13/- 11 12-5 15 j 18-5
- J.G. IF per 100 per 1000 1/- 1/2 8/- 10/- 2/- | 2/4 18/- j 21/- 3/1 ; 4/3 28/- 38/10
- J.G. 0 per 100 per 1000 1/9 2/- 14/ 15 - 3/- 24/- 3/6 | 4/6 28/- j 36/- 6/- : 48/-
- J.G. 2 per 100 | 1/- 1/2 per 1000 j 8/- j 10/- 1/6 13/- 2/- . !8/- , 2/4 21/- . 3/i ! 4/3 28/- 38/10
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.46 - vue 52/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 47
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MICROSCOPES
- 187—Society of Arts Microscope, with removable body tube. All brass model with rack and pinion, coarse adj ustment and lever fine adjustment.
- A—Complete with in. achromatic objective dividing to I in. and i in., i eyepiece, bulls eye condenser, live box and hand forceps, complete in polished mahogany cabinet.
- Price .. .. £6 10 0
- 187/188
- SOCIETY OF ARTS MICROSCOPE.
- 188.—Society of Arts Microscope, as per
- specification opposite, but with 1 in. and | in. objectives in place of the dividing objective.
- Price . . £8 5 0
- The body tube screws into the stand and is removable in an instant, enabling the whole instrument to be packed in the small compact cabinet provided.
- 189.—The “Student’s5’ Microscope, for first grade and elementary laboratory work, having steady and durable fine adjustment and cloth-lined collar to tube, elongating draw-tube, revolving diaphragm, plane and concave mirrors on swinging arm ; complete, in mahogany lock case, with one eye-piece (No II) and the following objectives—
- A. 1 in. and l in. of 0-54 N.A. .. .. .. .. ..£7126
- B. 1 in. and -}r in. of o-6i N.A. .. .. .. .. .. 826
- C. Double nose-piece with above .. . . .. extra 110
- 190
- 190.—“Student’s” Portable Microscope.
- A. —All brass model, fitted with coarse adjustment to focus 4 in. objective. Nickel body and draw-tube, plane and concave mirrors, on nickel stem, brass stage and revolving diaphragm. 1 eyepiece and 2 in. objective, complete in case.
- Price .. .. . . £7 5 0,
- B. —As above, but with 2 in. and | in. objectives, Nos. 2 and 4 eyepieces, complete in case.
- Price ................£8 17 6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.47 - vue 53/385
-
-
-
- 48 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J- GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MICROSCOPES
- 191.—The “ Nature Study ” Microscope, having improved fine adjustment or diagonal coarse rack with large milled heads and cloth-lined collar to tube ; complete, in mahogany lock case, with one eye-piece (No. II) and the following objectives—
- A. i in. or f in. and £ in. of o-6i N.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£850
- B. Double nose-piece with above .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. extra 110
- 192.—The “Technical School” Microscope, having improved fine and diagonal coarse rack adjustments, elongating draw-tube; complete, in mahogany lock case, with one eye-piece (No. II) and the following objectives—
- A. i in. or f in., and '5 in. of o-6i N.A................... ................................ .. .. £9 17 6
- B. i „ | „ | ,, 079 N.A...................................................................11 0 0
- C. Double nose-piece with above .. .............. .......................................extra 110
- 193.—The “Science School ” Microscope, having improved fine and diagonal coarse rack adjustments, elongating draw-tube, swinging sub-stage with focusing screw; complete, in mahogany lock case, with one eye-piece (No. II) and the following objectives—
- A. 1 in. or f in., and £ in. of o-6l N.A.
- B. x ,, f „ ,, 079 N.A.
- C. Double nose-piece with above
- D. Triple „ ,, ..............
- E. Abbe condenser of 1*20 N.A. and iris diaphragm
- F. TV in. oil immersion of 1-30 N.A.
- .. £11 12 6 .. 12 15 0
- extra 110
- „ 1 17 6
- 1 17 6 8 2 6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.48 - vue 54/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 49
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS,
- The “NIVOC” MICROSCOPE
- BRITISH MANUFACTURE THROUGHOUT.
- Built to the specification of the British Science Guild this Instrument will be found excellent for every form of Laboratory work.
- Of first quality throughout, the stand is of BRASS with diagonal rack, coarse adjustment and horizontal lever fine adjustment, one complete rotation of which moves the body o'125 mm.
- The stage, measuring 3^ X 3f inches, is covered completely with ebonite and will carry a 6 inch Petri dish. The limb can be inclined to the horizontal.
- Plane and concave mirrors of plain understage fitting are included.
- PRICES.
- 194 A “ Nivoc ” Microscope. Stand only ....£6 10 0
- B ,, ,, Fitted oak carrying case .. 12 6
- COMPLETE OUTFITS.
- C “ Nivoc ” Microscope with objectives 3 and 6, 1 eyepiece,
- either x 6, X 8, X ro. Case .. .. .. .. £11 10 0
- D “Nivoc” Microscope, with spiral focussing screw and oak case, dustproof double nosepiece,
- 1 eyepiece, either X 6, X 8, X 10, objectives 3 and 6, simplified Abbe condenser .. .. .. £44 12 6
- ACCESSORIES FOR THE “NIVOC” MICROSCOPE.
- E Nosepiece dustproof pattern, double F „ „ ,, triple . .
- G Simplified Abbe condenser H Sleeve pattern iris diaphragm J rV in. oil immersion objective, N.A. 1*28 K Attachable mechanical stage
- L Spiral focussing screw .. . . . . ..... ........
- £12 6 15 0 1 10 0 0 15 0 7 10 0 7 0 0 12 6
- NOTE.—If a case is not required deduct from the above prices of sets £1.2 6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue. d
- p.49 - vue 55/385
-
-
-
- 50 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BAKER’S MICROSCOPES
- 195.—SCIENCE MICROSCOPE.
- A. Stand, as figured, fitted with diagonal rack and pinion coarse adjustment. Large
- square stage 4*2 X 4*2 in., plain and concave mirrors, in case. This instrument has been designed to meet all the requirements in science schools, and the focussing adjustment is constructed to enable the user to focus a power as high as a ^ in. objective with comfort.. .. .. . . . . .. £4 10 0
- B. Stand, fitted with 1 eyepiece No. 3, 1 combination objective 2 in., 1 in. and
- | in., or 1 in., | in., and \ in. . . .. .. .. £6 14 6
- C. Stand, fitted with 1 eyepiece No. 3, 1 objective | in., 1 objective ^ in. £9 14 6
- D. Stand, fitted with 2 eyepieces, 2 and 4, 1 objective £ in., 1 objective £ in.,
- 1 double nosepiece . . .. .. .. .. .. ..£1170
- 195
- 196.—STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE.
- A. Stand, built to withstand the hard wear and tear to which this class of stand
- is subject. The usual diagonal rack and pinion is provided and the fine adjustment is fool-proof, there being nothing to go wrong, and is actuated by a milled head placed at the side of the limb which pushes a steel ball up an inclined plane resulting in a smooth and deliberate movement capable of focussing the highest power objectives. With this form it is almost impossible to break a cover glass or damage the front lens of the objective, when brought in contact. The stage is very rigid and measures 4'2 in. X 4'2 in., under which is mounted a tube to carry an iris diaphragm or condenser. In case .. .. .. £7150
- B. Stand, with Abbe condenser and iris diaphragm, triple nosepiece, eyepieces 2
- and 4, objectives f in., £ in., ,L in. oil immersion, magnifications from 53 to 900 ..............................................£25 2 6
- C. Stand, with Abbe condenser and iris diaphragm, double nosepiece, eyepieces 2 and 4, objectives £ in. (or f in.), in., magnification from 53 to 406 £16 17 6
- D: Stand with iris diaphragm, double nosepiece, eyepiece 3, objectives £ in. (or | in.), | in., magnification from 76 to 320 .. .. .. .. £14 11 6
- Extras.
- E. Spiral screw focussing substage .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . ..£1100
- F. Mechanical stage .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6 10 0
- Every requisite for Chemicai, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.50 - vue 56/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 51
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BECK’S M icroscopes
- For General Specifications see pages 52 and 53.
- Model A/1. Stand, without substage, in canvas covered case Eyepiece, 42 mm.
- | in. object glass, 16 mm., without box . .
- £ in. object glass, 4 mm., without box
- Model A/2. Model A/1, as above •. .
- Double nosepiece
- Model B/1. Stand, with swing out focussing substage, in canvas covered case Eyepiece, 42 mm.
- § in. object glass, 16 mm., without box . . i in. object glass, 4 mm., without box Abbe condenser and iris diaphragm
- £4 3 0 0 12 0 0 12 0 3 10 6
- ---------£8 17
- £8 17 6 1 1 0
- -------- £9 18
- £5 10 0 12 0 0 12 0 3 10 6
- 1 9 6
- ---------£11 5
- 6
- 6
- 0
- This instrument, Model 22, is first rate in quality but simple in design. The costly side fine adjustment is replaced by a very excellent though less expensive type. The size of the instrument is the same as our Standard pattern. The stage is 4 in. X 3^ in., but is not covered with vulcanite; the base is a strong casting enamelled with an acid resisting surface. The spiral rack and pinion coarse adjustment is equal to that of our more expensive instruments.
- The object glasses and eyepieces are our Standard Series throughout, with the exception of a lower angled % in. (16 mm.), which we include with the cheaper sets. This is a thoroughly good lens, but has not a sufficiently large aperture for use with exceptionally high eyepieces.
- The microscope is supplied either plain without a substage, with a spiral screw focussing swing-out substage, or with complete rack and pinion focussing swing-out substage with centring adjustments. It can be fitted with a detachable mechanical stage and works well with the highest power object glasses.
- Model B/2. Stand, with swing out focussing substage in wooden cabinet .. .. .. ..£5160
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. .. 14 0
- | in. object glass, 16 mm. .. .. 110 0
- | in. object glass, 4 mm. .. . . 3 15 0
- in- oil immersion object glass 2 mm. . . .. 8 10 0
- Abbe condenser and iris diaphragm 19 6
- Triple nosepiece .. . . .. 1 10 0
- --------- £23 14 6
- Model B/3. Outfit as Model B/2 .. 23 14 6
- Sloan objective changer, with 3 fittings, and case in place of triple nosepiece .. .. .. .. 0 14 0
- ----------£24 8 6
- Model C/1. Stand with rack and pinion focussing and swing out substage, in wooden cabinet .. £8 8 0
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. .. 14 0
- f in. object glass, 16 mm. . . .. 1 10 0
- } in. object glass, 4 mm. .. .. 3 15 0
- TV in. object glass, 2 mm. oil immersion .. .. .. ..8100
- Large Abbe condenser and iris
- diaphragm .. . . . . ..2100
- Triple nosepiece .. .. .. 1 10 0
- --------- £27 7 0
- Detachable mechanical stage fitted to
- any of the above . . .. .. .. £6 0 0
- Wooden cabinet in place of canvas case .. 0 15 0
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.51 - vue 57/385
-
-
-
- 52 F.' E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- w. & J. GEORGE (LONDON). Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- l
- BECK’S M icroscopes
- 198.—STANDARD LONDON MICROSCOPE (MODEL 3210).
- This model has a joint for inclination, rack and pinion coarse adjustment, double speed fine adjustment, engraved draw-tube, iris diaphragm, double mirror and large vulcanite covered stage.
- A. Stand only in case, with iris diaphragm, without object glasses or eyepieces
- B. Stand, in case £10 10 0
- 1 eyepiece, 42 mm. 0 12 0
- f in. object glass, 16 mm. 1 10 0
- £ in. object glass, 4 mm. 3 15 0
- C. Outfit B, as above £16 7 0
- Sloan objective changer and two fittings 1 7 6
- D. Outfit B, as above £16 7 0
- Double nosepiece 11 0
- E. Stand, in case £10 10 0
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. 1 4 0
- f in. object glass, 16 mm. 1 10 0
- £ in. object glass, 4 mm. 3 15 0
- fl2 in. immersion object glass, 2 mm. 8 10 0
- Abbe condenser 1 5 0
- Sloan objective changer and 3 fittings 1 12 6
- F. Outfit E, as above £28 6 6
- Mechanical stage 6 0 0
- £10 10 0
- £16 7 0
- £17 14 6
- £17 8 0
- £28 6 6
- £34 6 6
- G. Outfit E, as above—
- Triple nosepiece in place of Sloan objective
- changer ..' .. .. .. .. £28 4 0
- General Specification of Beck’s Microscopes, shown on pages 51 to 57.
- The Base is on the so-called horse-shoe pattern, standing on three feet. It measures 6| X 4 X I inches.
- The Pillar has a joint for inclination, with stops which limit the position of the body when it is in either the vertical or horizontal position. It has ample room for complete substage apparatus. The upper surface of the stage is 4§ inches from the table. The total height of the instrument when in a vertical position is 12\ ins.
- The Stage is covered with ebonite, and is 4 inches wide. The free distance from the optical centre to the limb is 3 inches. Four holes are provided for stage clips.
- The IVIechanical Stage is easily detachable and is made to standard dimensions. It is attached to the Microscope by a bolt which passes through a hole provided for the purpose in the limb of the instrument and held firmly in position by a clamping milled head. In order to attach it, the milled head having been removed from the mechanical stage bolt, the bolt is passed through the hole in the limb and the milled head clamped up while the mechanical stage is held down flat upon the plain stage. When a microscope is supplied with a mechanical stage at the time of purchase, a steady pin is provided to ensure that the mechanical stage is always attached in exactly the same position. The Mechanical Stage has slightly over one inch vertical and two inches horizontal motions. It is actuated by two milled heads which move the slide by rack and pinion, the milled head of the horizontal motion is considerably longer than that of the vertical, so that the two can be readily recognised by the feel. Each slide is provided with vernier scales, reading to i/ioth of a millimetre.
- A special concentric rotating Mechanical Stage is made for the models with circular stages.
- (Continued on next page.)
- p.52 - vue 58/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 53
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Beck’s Microscopes
- 199.—STANDARD LONDON IVIICROSCOPE
- (MODEL 3212).
- This model has a swing-out rack and pinion focussing substage.
- A. Stand only, in case, without object glasses or
- eyepieces .. .............. .. ..£13 10 0
- B. Stand, in case, with following outfit. . £13 10 0
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. 1 4 0
- § in. object glass, 16 mm. 1 10 0
- £ in. object glass, 4 mm. 3 15 0
- Large size Abbe condenser 2 10 0
- C. Outfit B, as above Sloan objective changer and 2 fittings £22 9 0
- 1 7 6
- D. Outfit B, as above £22 9 0
- Double nosepiece 1 1 0
- E. Stand, in case, with following outfit £13 10 0
- 3 eyepieces, 42 mm., 25 mm., 17 mm. 1 16 0
- f in. object glass, 16 mm. 1 10 0
- | in. object glass, 4 mm. 3 15 0
- rV in. immersion object glass, 2 mm. 8 10 0
- Large size Abbe condenser 2 10 0
- High power dark ground illuminator in centring fitting 3 5 0
- Stop for .Lth object glass Sloan objective changer and 3 fittings, in case 0 2 6
- 2 4 0
- F. Outfit E, as above £37 2 6
- Mechanical stage 6 0 0
- Micrometer eyepiece 2 2 0
- £22 9 0
- £23 16 6
- £23 10 0
- £37 2 6
- £45 4 6
- G. Outfit E, as above, with 3 apochromatic object glasses, in place of achromatic object glasses, and 3 compensating eyepieces in place of Huyghenian £73 10
- 199
- General Specification of Beck’s Microscopes, shown on pages 51 to 57. (Continued from previous page.)
- The Limb is of a solid curved pattern shaped for grasping with the hand in order to lift the instrument.
- The Body carries the draw-tube in a sleeve, lined with a strong fabric which ensures a smooth and easy-fitting even if the draw-tube becomes tarnished or dirty.
- The Draw-tube is nickel-plated and is divided in millimetres, enabling any tube length between 140 and 200 mm. to be used. At the lower end it carries a screwed fitting to take a low power object glass or erecting lens.
- The Coarse Adjustment is by means of spiral rack and pinion cut on specially made machines to ensure accurate and smooth-running teeth.
- The Fine Adjustment is on a new patented design. Both milled heads are upon the same axis. The milled head on one side moves the body at twice the speed of that on the other, so that either a moderately fine or a superlatively fine adjustment can be used, and the friction is so slight that the delicacy, obtained only by a lever and point contact motion, is secured, avoiding all drag or heavy movement. One of the milled heads is divided in hundredths of a millimetre for measuring thickness.
- The IVlIrror is two inches in diameter, and is plane on one side and concave on the other, mounted on a swinging bar on which it slides up and down for focussing. A movement is provided to enable it to be swung out of position when changing substage apparatus. The mirror itself can be .withdrawn from its fitting when it is desired to use direct light.
- The milled heads are of large diameter, the pinions are fitted with cone fittings in an eccentric sleeve which is adjusted till the teeth are in perfect gear without backlash.
- p.53 - vue 59/385
-
-
-
- 54 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Beck’s Microscopes
- 200
- MODEL 22 P.A.
- A. Stand, with i eyepiece with crosswires, swing-out polariser, analyser over eyepiece, in
- cabinet...................£14 8 6
- B. i|- in. (32 mm.) achromatic
- object glass .. .. .. 17 6
- C. f in. (16 mm.) achromatic
- object glass .. .. .. 0 16 6
- --------- £16 12 6
- 200.—PETROLOGICAL MICROSCOPE.
- The need for a Petrological microscope -at a low price has induced us to produce an instrument which is somewhat simpler than the usual types, but has all the requirements for the majority of the work which is done with this class of instrument.
- This microscope has excellent coarse and fine focussing adjustments and a very firm base.
- The stage has concentric rotation divided to degrees and centring adjustments. The polarizing prism rotates for 900 being stopped at each end of its travel, and it swings in and out of the optic axis. The analyser fits over the eyepiece and also rotates for 90°. If the analyser and polariser are both turned as far as they will go in the same direction, the prisms are parallel. If they are turned in opposite directions as far as they will go they are crossed.
- The eyepiece has a slot for the insertion of a quartz wedge, mica waveplate or micrometer.
- A system of converging lenses fits the central aperture of the stage and for the examination of rings and brushes the eyepiece can be removed and the analyser replaced on the tube of the microscope.
- If it is desired a Beck lens can be supplied to fit over the top of the analyser in which case the eyepiece is not removed. The eyepiece is provided with crosswires.
- The instrument is packed in a wooden cabinet.
- MODEL 22 P.B.
- A. Stand, with 1 eyepiece with crosswires, swing-out polariser, analyser over eyepiece, in
- cabinet .. .. .. .. £14 8 6
- B. f in. achromatic object glass 0 16 6
- C. | in. achromatic object glass 3 15 0
- D. Converging system of lenses. . 10 0
- --------- £20 0 0
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.54 - vue 60/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., N1VOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 55
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Beck’s Microscopes
- 201.—STANDARD LONDON MICROSCOPE.
- (Metallurgical Model No. 3227).
- This instrument is similar in construction to the No. 3210 Standard London model, except that it is provided with a focussing stage by means of rack and pinion. The stage itself consists of a solid brass casting, 4 in. X 4 in. square. The rack is a prolongation of the limb which renders the instrument rigid, especially for photography. The travel of the rack is 3 ins., which allows the use of a wide range of object glasses. Either the prism or thin glass form of vertical illuminator can be supplied.
- A. Metallurgical stand, in case .. . . £15 10 0
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. .. . . 14 0
- Thin glass vertical illuminator .. . . 17 6
- f in. (16 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 110 0
- | in. (3 mm.) oil immersion object glass .. 6 17 6
- Sloan objective changer and 2 fittings . . 17 6
- Total £27 16 6
- C. Metallurgical stand, in case .. . . £15 10 0
- 3 compensating eyepieces, 45, 22, 10 mm. 7 2 0
- Thin glass vertical illuminator .. .. 17 6
- i| in. (40 mm.) apochromatic object glass 4 10 0
- § in. (16 mm.) apochromatic object glass 7 15 0
- | in. (8 mm.) apochromatic object glass .. 9 10 0
- J in. (4 mm.) apochromatic object glass .. 12 0 0
- in. (2 mm.) apochromatic object glass 18 0 0
- Beck aplanatic ring reflector fitted to 16
- mm. and 8 mm. object glasses .. .. 2 10 0
- Sloan objective changer and 6 fittings in 2 cases .. .. .. .. .. 3106
- Detachable mechanical stage .. .. 7 0 0
- Micrometer eyepiece .. .. .. 2 2 0
- Beck electric lamp with “ Pointolite ” bulb and resistance .. .. . . 14 15 0
- Set of Wratten & Wainwright colour filters 2 15 0 Photo-micrographic camera and 1 dark slide 6 6 0
- 201
- B. Metallurgical stand, in case .. .. £15 10 0
- 2 eyepieces, 42 mm. and 25 mm. .. .. 14 0
- Thin glass vertical illuminator .. .. 17 6
- ij in. (32 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 2 5 0
- * § in. (16 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 1 10 0
- £’in. (8 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 4 5 0
- & in. (4 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 3 15 0
- rV in. (2 mm.) achromatic object glass .. 8 10 0
- Beck aplanatic ring reflector fitted to 16
- mm. and 8 mm. object glasses .. .. 2 10 0
- Sloan objective changer and 6 fittings in 2 cases .. .. .. .. .. 3106
- Detachable mechanical stage .. .. 7 0 0
- Total £114 13 0
- Total £51 7 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.55 - vue 61/385
-
-
-
- 56 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Becks Microscopes
- 202
- 1. Resolution equal to that of Monocular.
- 2. Binocular Vision at normal convergence of
- the eyes, avoiding eyestrain.
- 3. Converted into a Monocular by a touch.
- 4. Equal illumination, both eyes.
- 5. Equal optical path and magnification, both
- eyes.
- 6. No special object glass or oculars, no
- special requirements.
- 202.—BECK BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
- (Patent).
- Equal Illumination. As the transparency and reflecting power of the surface can be regulated according to the amount of silver that is deposited, the relative intensity of each image can be made identical, and the right and left-hand images are equal in brilliancy. It is no disadvantage if a slightly stronger light is required with a binocular than a monocular microscope. The monocular observer, in order to more readily concentrate his attention on the employed eye, is apt to use an illumination that is far too brilliant, to the detriment of his eyesight. In the use of the Binocular both eyes are equally stimulated, and there is no. temptation to use excessive illumination.
- Monocular. The prism is carried in a sliding box in the body of the microscope. By sliding it out of the optic axis the microscope is converted into a monocular so that the instrument becomes absolutely the same as a monocular microscope, rendering it equally useful for photography, drawing, micrometry, or other purposes, or by unscrewing the knob the prism can be slid completely out of the microscope for cleaning or dusting.
- Short Tube Length. The construction of this binocular renders it possible to retain the short tube of the compact monocular microscope. When the draw tubes are extended to the average interocular distance tube is of the standard 160 mm. length. The tubes converge at an angle of about 14 degrees. This will be found in practice to give absolute comfort for either long or short periods of working. The eyes are in exactly the condition required for reading a book. For those whose eyes are specially far apart, or near together, the microscope can be made with tubes at a special angle. We can supply an adapter which screws between the object glass and the body which carries a slide containing a series of low power lenses which alter the optical length of tube so that lenses corrected for longer tubes can be used to their best advantage on this instrument.
- Binocular telescopes which are used with the eyes looking horizontally at distant objects have their two tubes parallel, but this is unsuitable for a microscope. The microscopist who uses his instrument alternately with examining objects on the table on which it stands would find it difficult and tiring to constantly change the direction of his convergence, such is the force of habit that the mere action of bending the head downwards induces the convergence of the eyes necessary for examining near objects.
- Binocular Vision. The advantages of binocular vision are not only that a stereoscopic relief can be obtained ; the rest to the eyes prevents fatigue and improves the quality of the vision ; not only is more seen, but the perceptive faculties are much more constant and observation of obscure detail is more rapid. It is frequently found that after a quarter of an hour’s examination with a monocular microscope, the perception of fine detail goes, and does not return till after a pause. This does not seem to occur with binocular vision, or at least to only a slight degree. A further consequence of monocular vision is that the employed eye generally loses its visual intensity of light. In order to concentrate the attention upon the employed eye a stronger light than is wise is often used, and by degrees an illumination that appears white to the unemployed eye is only grey to the other.
- The Interocular Distance is varied with a double rack and pinion on the tubes of the microscope, altering the distance between the oculars from 2 inches to inches, which represent interocular distances of about 2J inches to 2f inches.
- See next page for prices of complete sets.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.56 - vue 62/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1* 57
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS,
- Beck’s Microscopes
- BINOCULAR MODEL. No. 202.
- (See previovs page.)
- A.—Binocular stand with square stage and rack and pinion
- focussing and centring substage .. £32 10 0
- 2 pairs of eyepieces 2 8 0
- § in. (16 mm.) achromatic object glass 1 10 0
- £ in. (4 mm.) achromatic object glass 3 15 0
- Abbe condenser 2 10 0
- Sloan objective changer or double nosepiece .. 1 7 6
- £44 0 6
- B.—Standard apparatus as above, with addition of mechanical stage
- C. —Binocular stand but with plain circular rotating stage
- and centring adjustments ..
- D. —Stand as above with the addition of circular rotating
- mechanical stage
- E. —Binocular stand with square stage and rack and pinion
- focussing substage 3 pairs of eyepieces
- i| in. (32 mm.) achromatic object glass § in. (16 mm.) achromatic object glass £ in. (8 mm.) achromatic object glass & in. (4 mm.) achromatic object glass £ in. (3 mm.) achromatic object glass
- High power dry and immersion achromatic condenser. Set of patch stops for condenser Sloan objective changer and 6 fittings in 2 cases Beck patent focussing dark ground immersion illu minator in plain fitting Metal plate to carry extra thin slips ('02 in.)
- 12 thin slips *02 in. thick -Mechanical stage Micrometer eyepiece Case for apparatus
- 6 0 0
- £50 0 6
- £35 0 0
- £47 0 0
- £32 10 0
- 3 12 0
- 2 5 0
- 1 10 0
- 4 5 0
- 3 15 0
- 7 10 0
- 9 15 0
- 0 7 6
- 3 10 6
- 5 7 6
- 0 3 6
- 0 5 0
- 6 0 0
- 2 2 0
- 2 0 0
- £84 18 0
- F.—Above stand and apparatus, with complete rotating centring stage and mechanical stage
- £8 10 0 £93 8 0
- G. —Above stand and apparatus, “ F,” with apochromatic-
- object glasses and compensating eyepieces in place of achromatic object glasses and ordinary eyepieces, extra .. .. .. .. .. 40 2 0
- H. —Interchangeable extra monocular large body (2 in.)
- with rack and pinion draw-tubes extending to 260
- mm. .. ., .. .. 8 0 0
- -.--AT
- £141 10 0
- Diagram showing path of light through the Beck Binocular Microscope. No. 202.
- (A) Eyepiece
- (B) Draw-tube
- (C) Adjustment for extending draw-tubes
- (D) Body
- (Ej Course focussing adjustment
- (F) Prism box knob
- (G) Sliding Prism box
- (H) Object Glass
- (I) Stage
- (K) Substage Condenser
- (L) Iris Diaphragm
- (M) Substage Focussing Adjustment
- (N) Mirror
- (O) Pillar
- (P) Base
- (xy) Object
- (x'y') Image formed by Object Glass (x"y") Virtual image formed by eyepiece (zz') Ramsden discs—conjugate images of back equivalent plane of Object Glass
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press. .,
- p.57 - vue 63/385
-
-
-
- 58 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WATSON’S MICROSCOPES
- THE “PRAXIS” MICROSCOPE. No. 203.
- The “ Praxis” is eminently suited for those Students who, for everyday work, need a simple stand without costly mechanical refinements.
- SPECIFICATION.
- The Body when closed is 145 mm. (5$ inch) long; and when the draw-tube is extended, 225 mm. long. With a revolving nosepiece in position, the total length would be approximately the full English length. It carries Eyepieces of the Standard Continental, or Students’ size.
- Coarse and Fine Adjustments of our Standard patterns, the latter with horizontal lever.
- The Fittings for Condenser, etc., turn aside from the optical axis, and are attached to the under side of the stage.
- The Mirrors are plane and concave.
- The Stage, Ebonite covered, is 3^ in. square, and gives ample room for Petri’s dishes, etc., the distance from the front of the limb to the centre of the stage being 2^ inches.
- The Instrument is inclinable to the horizontal.
- 203
- COMPLETE SETS. No. 203.
- Prices.
- A. —"Praxis” stand and mahogany case,
- 2 objectives, § in. and \ in., parachro-matic series, i eyepiece (Nos. i, 2, 3 or
- 4)..................... .. £14 14 0
- B. —" Praxis ” stand and case, spiral focussing
- screw underfitting, Abbe model illuminator with iris diaphragm, 2 parachromatic objectives, f in. and £ in. 74 N.A., 2 eyepieces (Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4), double nosepiece .. .. .. .. .. £19 17 0
- C. —" Praxis ” s tand and case, spiral
- focussing screw underfitting, Abbe model illuminator, with iris diaphragm, 3 objectives, parachromatic series, fin., ^ in. 74 N.A., -/a in- “ Versalic ” oil immersion,
- 2 eyepieces (Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4), triple nosepiece dust-proof pattern .. .. £27 9 6
- EXTRAS.
- D. —Attachable mechanical Stage .. ..£700
- E. —Iris diaphragm to fit in understage carrier £0 15 0
- F. —Simplified Abbe condenser with iris
- diaphragm, so arranged that condenser can be removed and iris diaphragm used independently .. £110 0
- OBJECTIVES Nos. 3 and 6, as supplied to the " Nivoc ” Microscope, page 49, can be substituted for the parachromatic objectives at a reduction
- of .. ..............£15 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.58 - vue 64/385
-
-
-
- F, E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 59
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Watson’s M icroscopes
- THE “SERVICE” MICROSCOPE. No. 204.
- This Instrument has been produced as the result of conclusions arrived at by a Committee composed of representative men of science under the auspices of the British Science Guild. A specification was prepared for the best microscope for students’ use and this Instrument is made to that specification.
- The Stand, as will be seen, is of the modified Continental type, but made in such proportions as to be steady at whatever angle of inclination the body may be placed.
- The Limb is so shaped as to form a convenient grip for lifting the whole instrument. At its lower part it is continued to form a very firm support to the stage, and then downwards so as to receive on its face the carrier for Abbe or other condenser, and understage apparatus.
- An important feature is associated with this construction of limb. The hitherto prevailing method of suspending the condenser carrier from the underside of the stage, is abolished, and in this instrument such carriers are fixed to the extension of the limb.
- The Coarse Adjustment is by spiral rack and pinion.
- The Fine Adjustment is of the vertical lever type with lateral milled heads.
- The Body is fitted with a draw-tube to receive eyepieces of the Standard Students’ diameter, and the total length of the body when the draw-tube is closed is such that with a revolving nose-piece in position, an Objective corrected for 160 mm. (about 6 in.) will work satisfactorily.
- The Stage is 4J in. square, having ebonite moulded upon its surface to render it permanent and perfectly plane. It is provided with plain spring clips for holding the object. The distance between the centre of the stage and the portion of the limb that is on a level with it is more than 3 in., so allowing ample room for the use of a 6-in. Petri Dish.
- The fittings throughout are of the Standard R.M.S. gauge.
- COMPLETE SETS. No. 204.
- A. —“ Service ” Microscope Stand with plain under-
- stage carrier, § in. and £ in. parachromatic objectives, 1 eyepiece (No. x, 2, 3 or 4) . . . . £15 10 0
- B. —Ditto, but with the addition of an iris diaphragm
- to fit the understage carrier . . . . . . £16 5 0
- C. —As “ A ” but with the addition of a special sim-
- plified condenser to work in conjunction with the
- iris diaphragm in B. The condenser optical
- part is removable," so that the iris diaphragm
- can be used independently if desired . . . . £17 0 0
- Nosepieces for either of the above sets :
- Double .. .. .. .. .. .. 126
- Triple .. .. .. .. .. .. 150
- D. —“ Service ” Stand with plain understage carrier,
- Abbe model illuminator with iris diaphragm, § in. and J in. parachromatic objectives, 2 eyepieces (Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4), double nosepiece .. .. £18 12 6
- E. —“ Service ” Stand with spiral screw underfitting,
- § in. and £ in. parachromatic objectives, 2 eyepieces (Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4), Abbe illuminator with iris diaphragm, triple nosepiece .. .. .. £20 0 0
- F. —“ Service " Stand with spiral focussing screw
- underfitting with objectives, etc., as in Set E, with the addition of TV in. “ Versalic ” oil immersion objective .. .. .. .. .. .. £27 10 0
- Height 11J inches.
- 204
- G.—“ Service ” Stand with compound sub-stage, having rack work to focus and screws to centte, and complete accessories as in Set F .. .. £29 15 0
- Objectives Nos. 3 and 6, as supplied to the “ Nivoc ”
- Microscope, page 49, can be supplied in place of parachromatic objectives at a reduction of . .£15 0
- NOTE.—A fitted mahogany or walnut cabinet is included with the sets specified above, but if it is not required a deduction of £1 4s. 9d. may be made from the price of the set.
- Special Mahogany or Teak Cabinets with Screwed Joints and Fittings, suitable for Foreign, Colonial and Tropical‘Use are supplied at a cost of £1 beyond the prices shown above.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.59 - vue 65/385
-
-
-
- 60 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- ,W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WATSON’S
- Microscopes
- the
- EDINBURGH
- STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE
- STAND “H ”
- No. 205.
- REMODELLED WITH MANY IMPROVEMENTS
- The most popular model, and as such merits a few words of special description and commendation.
- In its general design, this microscope leaves nothing to be desired. It is massive without being cumbersome, and the arrangements and proportions of its various parts will be found in practice exceedingly convenient. Constructed, as it is, with a perfect-working mechanical stage and sub-stage, and furnished with a graduated draw-tube, and the most sensitive of fine and coarse adjustments, this microscope is capable of any class of work. Thus, with one-twelfth inch oil immersion objective and other apparatus, as detailed in Set C, it is extensively used in bacteriological work and is unsurpassed for the purpose. Arranged with a projection eyepiece and objectives of high aperture, it will stand the severest test of high-power photo-micrographic work. The range of rackwork to the Coarse Adjustment is sufficient for the use of very low power Objectives, giving a distance between the Stage surface andnosepiece.endof body of 3! inches. It is thus a Microscope that meets the demands of the worker, no matter what they may be, in the most satisfactory manner, and while its many conveniences make it always advantageous and appreciated in the Laboratory, it is no less a favourite with the amateur worker, who will always find it unequalled for ease and satisfaction in working. Further, it offers for its . price fuller combined advantages in completeness of design and perfection of workmanship,-than any other Microscope.
- For prices of complete Sets see next page.
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.60 - vue 66/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 61
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Watson’s Microscopes
- PRICES OF THE
- EDINBURGH STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE.
- STAND “H.” No. 205.
- Illustration on previous page.
- SPECIFICATION.
- The height when placed vertically and racked down is n| inches.
- The tripod spreads 7 inches and is quite firm in any position.
- The body is i|- in. diameter, and can be supplied with a draw-tube to take either student’s or large capped eyepieces at the same cost.
- The mechanical stage is our Standard pattern with compensating screws. The range of horizontal movement has been increased to i| in. The milled head controlling the horizontal motion is stationary, and the plates so arranged that the condenser is not fouled at any point of the travel. The surface of the stage has a thin covering of ebonite attached by vulcanizing.
- The sub-stage has rackwork focussing and centring screws.
- The fittings throughout are of R.M.S. standard gauge. We can unhesitatingly recommend this microscope as the ideal for all classes of general microscopical work.
- Price.
- “ H ” Microscope, Stand only, as figured on previous page .. . . . . . . . . . . .. £25 0 0
- Mahogany Case .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 10 0
- COMPLETE SETS. No. 205.
- Set A.—“ H ” Microscope Stand and Mahogany Case.
- 2 Objectives, Parachromatic Series : § in. and £ in. 74 N.A.
- 1 Eyepiece, No. 1, 2, 3 or 4 .. .. .. .. . . £32 17 6
- Set B.—“ H ” Microscope Stand and Mahogany Case.
- 2 Objectives, Parachromatic Series : f in. and ^ in. 74 N.A.
- 2 Eyepieces Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4. Abbe Model Illuminator with Iris Diaphragm.
- Double Nosepiece .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. £37 10 0
- Set C.—“ H ” Microscope Stand and Mahogany Case.
- 3 Objectives, Parachromatic Series: § in., £ in., 74 N.A., jV in. “ Versalic ” Oil Immersion.
- 2 Eyepieces, Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4. Abbe Model Illuminator with Iris Diaphragm.
- Triple Nosepiece, dust-proof pattern .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. £45 2 6
- EXTRAS FOR No. 205.
- D. —Sliding Bar to Mechanical Stage
- E. —Division to Stage Movements, reading by verniers to TV mm.
- F. —-Holoscopic Universal Condenser in Substage Iris Mount in place of Abbe Illuminator
- The late Rev. W. H. Dallinger, LL.D., F.R.S., etc., in his edition of Carpenter’s “ The Microscope and its Revelations ” (Eighth Edition, page 218), says : “ One of the finest examples of this class of microscopes at present brought within reach of the average student’s means, is that known as the Edinburgh Student’s Microscope ‘ H.’ . . . It will be seen that it has the prime requisite, a rigid foundation combined with lightness, and it is also possessed of a well-constructed mechanical stage which is built with the instrument, an advantage over the best ‘ attachable ' stage.
- “ It is essentially a Student's microscope, and although of so low a price, is not only a specimen of the best workmanship, but is also extremely complete, and represents an advanced type of construction, capable of doing all ordinary and much experimental work.”
- £1 10 0 £1 10 0 £4 0 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost,despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.61 - vue 67/385
-
-
-
- 62 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Watson’s Microscopes
- 206
- ‘ Bactil ” Microscope in mahogany case, three objectives | in., ^ in. -74 parachromatic series, ,'2 in.. “Versalic” oil immersion, two eyepieces Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4, Abbe model illuminator with iris diaphragm, triple nosepiece, dust-proof pattern.. .. .. .. .. £44 7 6
- ' Bactil ” Microscope stand in mahogany case, three objectives holoscopic series, 16 mm., 4 mm., 2 mm. oil immersion, two holoscopic eyepieces magnifying 7, 10 or 14, Universal condenser in understage iris mount, triple nosepiece, dust-proof pattern .. .. .. .. £64 12 6
- THE “BACTIL” MICROSCOPE.
- Re-constructed Model, 1921, to the specification of the British
- Science Guild, for a High Power Research Microscope.)
- For Research, the Laboratory and General High-Power Work.'
- The “ Bactil ” Microscope follows the general lines of the “ Service ” Microscope, but it is built up as a complete instrument, and every part is co-ordinated, and adjusted by the most highly skilled mechanics.
- The working fittings are throughout provided with adjustments by means of special screws, and it satisfies in every way the demands of the Research worker for whom it is especially intended.
- Its principal features are as follows :—
- The Body is of 2 in. diameter, and carries a Draw-tube, with fitting for standard Students’ Eyepieces. Any larger size of Draw-tube can be provided, if desired, without extra charge. The Fine Adjustment is of our standard vertical lever type ; the stage is the highly appreciated “ Service ” Mechanical Stage, either made as a permanent fitting or to remove when desired.
- Alternatively, Dr. Murray’s Long Range Stage may be supplied in place of the " Service ” Mechanical Stage at the same price.
- The Condenser Carrier has the Compound Substage with Centring Screws arranged to be turned aside from the optical axis when desired.
- The whole instrument is of superior finish.
- Price.
- A. —" Bactil ” Microscope Stand only with Mahogany
- Case.............................£27 10 0
- COMPLETE SETS. No. 206.
- B. —“ Bactil ” Microscope and mahogany case, two objec-
- tives parachromatic series, § in. and ^ in., two eyepieces, Nos. 1, 2, 3 or 4, Abbe model illuminator with iris diaphragm, double nosepiece .. .. .. .. .. £36 15 O
- E. —“ Bactil ” Microscope stand and mahogany case,
- three apochromatic objectives, 16 mm., 4 mm., 2 mm. oil immersion, three compensating eyepieces, magnifying 7, 10 or 14, parachromatic condenser, completely mounted, triple nosepiece, dust-proof pattern .. £74 0 0
- F. —The Universal condenser can be supplied in place
- of the Abbe illuminator in sets A and B at an extra charge of .. .. ..£400
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.62 - vue 68/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 63
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON). Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Watson’s Dissecting Microscopes
- 207
- 207.—Dissecting Microscope
- with a simple metal base, 4 X 31-in., on which fits in grooves a piece of matt opal glass, 2§ X 2f in.
- Rising from the base is a cylindrical rod on which slides an arm to carry an Aplanatic Magnifier. This forms a very useful Dissecting Microscope .. £0 10 6
- 208.—Dissecting Microscope.
- This Stand receives all Aplanatic Magnifiers mounted for Dissecting. For focussing, it is fitted with a rackwork and pinion adjustment. Also fitted with glass disc for Stage, plane mirror, and matt opal reflector, complete with hand rests .. £2 15 0
- 207A.—Single Lens Magnifier for
- ditto, magnification about 9 diameters £0
- 7 6
- 209.—The above Stand, fitted with simple lens magnifying 9 diameters. Excellent for botanical work
- £3 2 6
- 210
- 210.—Dissecting Microscope.
- This instrument is made with jointed arm, to receive the aplanatic Magnifiers mounted for dissection, listed below. Mounted on a heavy horseshoe foot, the upright carries a large stage, provided with a bevelled glass plate, below which is mounted the Diaphragm.
- A plane mirror and opal glass disc are provided to the mirror box, which is mounted independently of the pillar.
- Focussing is by means of a rack and pinion adjustment to the Lens carrier.
- Strong metal hand rests, removable at will are provided.
- It will be noticed that the arm carrying the Dissecting lens is jointed, so as to allow the comfortable examination of an object covering the whole area of the stage.
- Prices.
- 210. —Universal Dissecting Microscope, without lenses...................£6 0 0
- 211. —Aplanatic Magnifiers x 6, x 10, x 15 or x 20 .. .............each 0 17 6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.63 - vue 69/385
-
-
-
- 64 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- OBJECTIVES (APOCHROMATIC).
- IMos. 212/215.
- The Apochromatic Objectives are intended for those who require not only the maximum resolving power, but with it the highest perfection of correction of spherical and chromatic aberration that is obtainable. The worker who has once used Apochromatic Objectives, is not easily satisfied with anything (less perfect.
- The Apochromatic Objectives we make are equal to the best that have been produced, and in some respects, superior. They all possess in an exceptional degree the high qualities that are associated with this type of objective.
- Cat. No. Equivalent Focal Length. Initial Power, j Image Distance 10 inches. \ Numerical Aperture. ] Price. d.
- Inches. Mm. £ 5.
- 212 2 '3 16 | 15 in. j 0-30 6 0 0
- 213 * 8 i 30 „ 0-65 8 0 0
- 214 i 4 60 ,, 0-85 10 6 0
- 215, j A 2 120 ,, 1-37 Oil Immersion 17 10 0
- The above may be supplied corrected for any tube length to order.
- OBJECTIVES (HOLOSCOPIC).
- Holoscopic Objectives, Nos. 216/224, have the same resolving power as the Apochromatics and are equal in all respects in their corrections, excepting that of colour, but the small residuum is not found to militate against effective working, and in fact is unobservable when coloured objects are under examination.
- The modern colour filter practically abolishes residual colour aberrations, and renders objectives of this series equal to the far more expensive Apochromatics.
- These Objectives have been highly praised by expert workers who have purchased them for their excellent working with deep-power Eyepieces, large solid illuminating Cones, annular and dark-field illumination, and the yielding of exquisite photographic effects.
- They meet the needs of the original investigator, and all who would possess the best optical means, in the fullest possible manner.
- The numerical aperture stated is the guaranteed minimum for each Objective. The Lenses may be trusted to have the magnifying power (within a small percentage) corresponding to the equivalent focus given in the list.
- All Lenses in this series with the exception of the low-power lenses, as noted below, are under-corrected for chromatic; differences of magnification ; they should therefore be used in conjunction with our Holoscopic Eyepiece.
- The 2 mm., which has a, guaranteed minimum aperture of 1-37 N.A., is a superb lens and has no equal at anything like the same price. Microscopists requiring the maximum resolving power will find their wishes satisfied with this lens.
- Special Note re Low Powers. The three Objectives of lower power than 24 mm., are not under-corrected in the manner that-the other Holoscopic Objectives are. They should, therefore, be used either with Huyghenian Eyepieces or Holoscopic Eyepieces with the adjusting tube pushed home.
- Low Powers. These Objectives are new to the Holos series. Their construction is such that they should be used with either Huyghenian Eyepieces or Holoscopic Eyepieces with the adjusting tube pushed home.
- Cat. No. Equivalent Focal Length. Mm. Inches. Initial power Diameters calculated for an image distance of 10 inches. Numerical Aperture. Tube Length. Prices. £ s. d.
- 216 75 3 4 O-II For any tube length 3 0 0
- 217 5o 1 2 5 0-17 Do. 3 0 0
- 218 35 8 O-IQ | Do. 3 0 0
- Medium and High Powers. From stock for 8 inch (200 mm.) tube length only.
- 219 25 1 ! 10 i 0-30 8" to 10" Dry 5 5 0
- 220 16 2 l 3 ! 15 1 0-40 6" to 10" ,,550
- 221 12 X 2 20 1 0-65 6" to 10" „ 6 15 0
- 222 8 * 30 ! 0-65 8" to 10" „ 6 10 0
- 223 4 * - "1 60 0-85 5: O H O 4—) O „ 7 10 0
- 224 2 i 1 tV „ , 120 . j 1 . .: x:37 . t 6" to 10" 12 0 0 Oil Immersion
- The above 4 mm. Objective can be mounted to give a numerical aperture of -95 N.A. as heretofore, but
- the marginal corrections are then incapable of complete correction. The N.A. -.85 will bear a full cone df illumination and is totally effective. „ j ,
- p.64 - vue 70/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 65
- W. & J. QEORQE (LONDON), Ltd.. PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- OBJECTIVES (PARACHROMATIC).
- The Parachromatic Series, Nos. 225/234, plays a part in microscopical work that is distinct ; the resolving power is well proportioned to the magnifying power, so as to place in the hands of the general worker, lenses that will be effective, easily used and give undeniably fine definition. The corrections generally are no less good than those of the Holoscopic and Apochromatic, but inasmuch as the greater ease in working is chiefly due to the smaller aperture given to the objectives of this servies, they have less resolving power in comparison to their focal length than the Holoscopic and Apochromatic lenses.
- Oil Immersion High-power Objective. Low-power Objective. Objective. TV in. £ in. to % in. 2 in. to \ in.
- PARACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES. Nos. , 225/234.
- Cat. No. Approximate Focal Length. Initial Power calculated for an | image distance of xo inches j (about 250 mm.) Numerical Aperture. Price.
- 225 .... Inches. 4 _ Mm. 100 i Diams. 3 0-08 £ s- 2 5 d. 0
- 226 .. .. 3 75 4 0-69 2 5 0
- 227 .... 2 50 "1 6 0-15 2 5 0
- 228 .... 1-2- 35 8 ! ; 0-17 2 5 0
- 229 .. .. 1 25 12 ! 0-21 1 12 6
- 230 .... § 16 15 1 0-28 1 12 6
- 231 .. 2 12 .. 1 20 o-34 2 0 6
- 232 .... 6 .. 42 / o-68 3 5 0
- 233 .. * 4 Semi-Apochromatic 65 074 3 15 0
- 234 3 1 83 o-88 3 15 0
- Oil-Immersion. The New “ Versalic ” tu inch, No. 236, has a flatter field than any other first-class Oil Immersion Objective. It has the long working distance from the front lens to. the object of ‘43 mm. This is appreciably greater than that of other Oil Immersion Lenses, but it is well within the limits for maintaining oil contact. The formula is different from ordinary Oil Immersion Objectives, and enables the front lens to be fixed in a manner which renders it practically immovable. For systematic search work, blood examination and counting, this Objective has no equal.. It is computed specially for work on stained subjects. All Laboratory workers should use Watson’s “ Versalic ”TV inch Oil Immersion Objective. The “Versalic” Objective, though denominated a TV inch, has been made with the magnifying power of TJ? inch, in accordance with the universal custom that prevails with lenses for bacteriological work.
- Cat. No.
- 235
- 236
- Approximate Focus.
- Inch.
- Versalic
- Mm.
- 3-40
- Initial Power calculated for an image
- distance of 10 inches (about 250 mm.).
- Diams.
- 74
- 125
- The price includes an oil bottle and supply of oil.
- Numerical
- Aperture.
- Price.
- 0-90
- £ s-
- 5 15
- d.
- 0
- 1-28
- 7 10 0
- THE “ STUDENT’S ” SERIES ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES. Cat. IMos. 237/242
- Student’s Objectives, Dry Series, for first grade and elementary laboratory work; all made with the Standard “ Society Screw,” and fitted in brass boxes. These objectives consist of a single combination of lenses only, and although not equal in performance to the beautiful double combination lenses of the same powers of the “ Parachromatic ” series, they give crisp and brilliant definition and are thoroughly serviceable.
- Cat. No, Designation of Objective. Numerical Aperture. Magnification with any length of 6| in. (170 mm.) image distance of 10 in. (250 mm.) and Huyghenian Eyepiece. Price.
- I. II. III. £ s. d.
- 237 .. .. i inch 24 mm. 0-13 50 60 80 1 4 0
- 238 .. .. 2 3 ” 16 „ 0-16 70 85 no 1 4 0
- 239 .. .. l „ 5-8 „ 0-54 200 240 320' 2 0 0
- 240 .. .. 4-4 .. o-6i 275 330 440 2 7 0
- 241 .. .. 3-2 „ 079 375 45o 600 3 0 0
- 242 .. .. tV >> 2-5 „ 0-87 450 540 720 3 0 0
- E
- p.65 - vue 71/385
-
-
-
- 66 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- EYEPIECES, Etc.
- The Huyghenian or ordinary type of Eyepiece.
- —These Eyepieces work approximately in the same focal plane, so that on interchanging Eyepieces of different powers, the object remains practically in focus and the working distance of an Objective is not shortened when a high-power Eyepiece is used with it, as is usually the case. Also, there is no disturbance to the corrections of the Objective on interchanging Eyepieces.
- These Eyepieces are made in two patterns: (i) the capped form, 1-27 in. (32-258 mm.) diameter, and (2) the Student’s pattern -9173 m. (23-30 mm.) diameter. The latter are the regular Eyepieces supplied with the great majority of our Instruments and those of other makers, all of which are interchangeable. These are the standard sizes of the Royal Microscopical Society.
- Each is engraved with power.
- 244-
- Best Capped Eyepiece
- ITS INITIAL MAGNIFYING
- The Eyepieces are numbered 1 to 5, No. 1 being the weakest. They were formerly described as A, B, C, D, etc.,
- Student’^Eyepiece. but this lettering is no longer used.
- Student’s Type. Cat. No. 243.
- Eyepiece No. Initial Magnifying Power. Price. £ s. d.
- I 5 diams. 0 10 0
- 2 ’ 6 „ 0 10 0
- 3 8 „ 0 10 0
- 4 10 0 10 0
- 5 12 10 0
- 6 15 „ 10 0
- 244.—Capped Type.
- No. Initial Magnifying Power. Price. £ s. d.
- I 5 diams. 15 0
- 2 6 „ 15 0
- 3 8 „ 15 0
- 4 10 ,, 1 15 0
- 5 12 „ 1 15 0
- 6 15 „ i 1 15 0
- 246 245
- NEW FORMULA.
- Not a compromise, but the best possible Eyepiece for either Ordinary, Holoscopic or Apo-chromatic Objectives.
- These Eyepieces, already widely known to, and greatly appreciated by, microscopists, have recently been greatly improved by the use of compound lenses of an unusual type, with a view to securing three additional advantages.
- “HOLOSCOPIC” EYEPIECES.
- Advantages.—1. The Eyepoint has been made longer than formerly, so that even the deepest of the new Eyepieces can be used in perfect comfort.
- 2. With any given objective the new Eyepieces will give a flatter and more uniformly defined field than ordinary Eyepieces of either the Huyghenian or the Compensating type.
- 3. The range of adjustment by the small draw-tube has been limited, so that it is impossible to exceed the really useful limits.
- * How to use them.—In nearly every case it will be sufficient to use the Eyepiece
- (1) with the draw-tube pushed in as far as it will go with ordinary low-power objectives up to and including the £ inch.
- (2) With the draw-tube pulled out as far as it will go with all Holoscopic and Apochromatic objectives, and with most ordinary rV inch Oil Immersions.
- (3) With the draw-tube at a half-way setting with ordinary l in., £ in. and | in. objectives, and some TV in. Oil Immersions.
- Very painstaking observers will find the absolutely best positions of the Eyepiece, draw-tube close to those just indicated in those rare cases, where an unusually sensitive object still shows traces of coloured margins (orange and blue) in the outer part of the field of the Eyepiece.
- Magnifying Powers.—The Holoscopic Eyepieces are made in two patterns : (1) the ordinary Student’s pattern and (2) the best capped form. Either kind can be used with any tube length.
- The magnifying powers are calculated for the 10-in. tube length, and are as follows :—
- 245. —Student’s patterns, 7, 10, 14 and 20 diameters .. .. ..£266
- 246. —Best capped pattern only, 1*27 in. diameter, 5, 7, 10, 14 and 20
- diameters .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 300
- 247.—Eyepiece Micrometers, ruled with scale, as figured .....................10/-
- 248 .—Ditto, ditto, in squares .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10/-
- 249 .—Ditto, ditto, the same as Nos. 247 or 248, but mounted to fit large-sized capped eyepiece 15/-
- 250.—Stage Micrometers, on 3 x 1 slips, ruled to tm and T<r<nr in............10/-
- 251 .—Ditto, ditto, to and tw mm. .. 10/-
- 247/251
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.66 - vue 72/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 67
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- CONDENSERS (SUBSTAGE)
- The Universal Condenser. Holoscopic System. Nos. 252/256.
- For rapid work, a condenser having large lenses is an immense advantage, and in the Universal Condenser a diameter of back lens is given, which in practice affords all the convenience of the larger sizes. With it work can be done as rapidly, and more accurately, than with any other Condenser, while the beautiful aplanatic corrections render it the finest all-round Condenser procurable.
- The Mounting is the same as used for the Abbe Illuminator, with which the Holoscopic Condenser will interchange. It has iris diaphragm and rotating cell for stops, etc.
- Power. Total Aperture. Aplanatic Aperture. Diam. of Back Lens.
- Complete. Front Lens removed. Complete. Front Lens removed.
- 4 in. i-o in. 1-0 *95 •40 77
- 252. —Optical part only .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £5 10 0
- 253. —Completely-mounted with iris diaphragm. For Understage .. .. .. .. .. .. •• 6 10 0
- 254. —Ditto, ditto, ditto. For Substage .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 700
- 255. —Set of stops for dark-ground illumination, etc. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 0100
- 256. —Coloured glasses—blue, yellow, signal green, ground, etc., Dr. Spitta’s “pot green’’ .. .. .. 0 16
- ABBIz ILLUMINATORS
- The continued popularity of this Condenser is due to the ease and rapidity with which it can be employed and for its brilliancy of image.
- Although its numerical aperture is great, being i-20, its Aplanatic Cone is comparatively small, but the ease with which it can be worked has caused it to be universally used for both high and low-power work ; for the latter purpose the top lens is removed. A beautiful dark-ground effect may be obtained with it.
- A very perfect Iris Diaphragm has been designed for the fittings of these Condensers, which permits the most precise gradation of illumination being immediately obtained.
- 258
- Mounted for Substage.
- 257. —Optical part only, N.A. 1-20 .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£150
- 258. —Completely mounted for substage, with iris diaphragm and carrier for stops,
- N.A. 1-20.. .......................................................300
- 262
- 259. —Completely mounted for understage with iris diaphragm and carrier for stops, N.A. i-20..
- 260. —Set of stops for dark-ground, etc., illumination in brass box
- 261. —Discs of glass, tinted, blue, signal green, yellow, ground glass, Dr. Spitta’s
- “ Pot Green ” (2 thicknesses), etc. .. .. .. .. .. .. each
- 262.—Simplified Abbe Condenser with Iris Diaphragm.
- The iris diaphragm can be used independently if the condenser is removed
- 2 5 0 0 10 0
- 0 16
- £1 10 0
- Simplified Abbe Condenser.
- MICROSCOPES, OBJECTIVES, EYEPIECES AND CONDENSERS OF ALL MAKES CAN BE SUPPLIED AT CURRENT LIST PRICES.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.67 - vue 73/385
-
-
-
- 68 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope
- Accessories
- 263. — The Nivoc Patent Microscope Lamp (electric).
- The favourite lamp for the laboratory.
- This lamp is furnished with our patent universal joint, securing a free movement in every direction. This is of extreme value to the scientist. It can, moreover, be turned with one hand, leaving the operator free to continue his work. It has a heavy base, and the stand is rigid under all circumstances. The shade is a large one to avoid heating, enamelled green without, white within. It will take the ordinary Ediswan lamps.
- One hundred of these lamps have been supplied to the Birmingham University, and one hundred to the Sheffield University ; also a large number of institutions are using the lamps in smaller quantities. It has been highly recommended by several professors. There is a simple adjustment by means of which wear can be taken up. The clamp is arranged to lock, so there is never any possibility of slipping.
- The easy movements of the patent Nivoc joint allows the operator to throw a clearly defined circle of light in any direction on the work he is doing.
- The price of the lamp complete is 35/-, including lamp, plug and connections. We shall be glad to quote special prices for quantities.
- 266
- 264____“ Standard ” Microscope
- Lamp. Bums paraffin. The type most frequently used by workers. It has a flat glass reservoir, which allows of the light being brought close to the table. The lamp itself may be securely fixed at any height on the upright bar, which latter being square, prevents it from swinging round. A metal chimney, taking 3x1! slips, is provided. This lamp will burn for 10 hours, and is especially suitable for photo-micrography. With supply of blue and white slips .. .. £110 0
- This lamp will be found a most perfect illuminant for photo-micrography.
- 265.—Mahogany case for above—
- extra £10 0
- Note.—After use remove the metal chimney, or it may smell when re-lighted.
- 266.—“ Premier ” Microscope Lamp. Burns paraffin. This is a highest-class microscope lamp, with rack work and screw movements,fitted to the upright bar in vertical and horizontal directions, by means of which the light can be exactly set in any desired position. It has very solid brass foot and brass oil container ; the burner can be rotated so that either the flat or edge of wick may be used. With metal chimney for 3 in. by i| in. slips. Price.. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. £10 10 0
- 267 .—Ditto, ditto, without mechanical adjustments .. .. .. .. .* .. .. .. .. 6150
- 268. —Mahogany Case for lamps Nos. 266 and 267 ............."............extra 1 10 0
- 269. —Nelson’s Aplanatic Bull’s-Eye, mounted on arm attached to oil container, for use on lamp
- No. 264, and with sliding adjustment for focussing, etc. .. .. .. .. .. .. extra 2 10 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.68 - vue 74/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 69
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Lid., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- 270
- 270. — “ Laboratory ” Electric Lamp stand, specially designed for Microscopic work. It consists of a heavy metal base carrying a metal hood, the upper half of which is removable by bayonet catch, thus permitting the ready insertion or withdrawal of lamp bulb. The interior of the metai hood is enamelled white and the whole of the exterior is in dark bronze, an ideal lamp for constant or occasional work.
- Including Key-switch, Lamp Holder, one yard of flexible cord, but without Lamp Bulb or Wall Plug £2 5 0
- 271. —Stand Condenser.
- Standard Pattern.
- A. With upright lengthening bar, and ball and socket motions, large size,
- as figured ...........£1 7 6
- B. Ditto, medium size .. 12 6
- C. Ditto, small size .. 0 16 6
- Polariser.
- 272.—Polariser and Analyser, with
- selenite, complete— Price.
- A. Small size .. .. .. .. ..£1100
- B. Medium size .. .. .. .. .. 250
- C. Large size .. .. .. .. .. 326
- D. Rotating analyser instead of fixed form, extra 0 7 6
- E. Analyser to fit over Capped Eyepiece
- £1 10 0 and 2 0 0
- F. Ditto, fitted to Body of Microscope when new 3 10 0
- G. Adapting Polariser to work in conjunction
- with Abbe Illuminator or other condenser for Substage .. .. .. 0 7 6
- Consisting of Polariser and Analyser. A disc of selenite is supplied with Sets A, B and C.
- Analyser.
- 273.—Eyepiece Ana-
- lyser to fit over Eyepiece, with large field prism, rotating with reader against divided circle, complete with Student’s Huyghenian Eyepiece, having cross-webs— £4 5 0
- Ditto, with best large sized Capped Eyepiece £4 15 0
- Extra for Calc-spar to above—
- £110
- B. 274 C.
- 273
- 274.—Kingsford’s Trough. These troughs are designed especially for watching the development of “ Pond Life,” and for the purposes of small Aquaria. In addition, they form exceptionally advantageous light filters, the smaller size especially. They are absolutely water-tight.
- A. As figured on B, 2§ in., internal diameter.
- Trough only, to interchange with Bull’s
- Eye Lens of Stand Condenser .. ..£017 6
- B. Trough, complete with Stand, as figured 1 12 6
- C. Large Table Trough, as figured, with 6 in.
- solid metal base. Internal diameter of Trough, 7f in., mounted in gymbals, with clamp to fix at any desired angle.
- Complete .. ..' .. .. .. 330
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.69 - vue 75/385
-
-
-
- 70 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- LIFE SLIDES AND TROUGHS.
- 275
- 275.—BotterIll’s Trough. This has two plates of vulcanite, held together by three screws, between which are placed two slips of glass separated by an ordinary india-rubber ring. The glasses can be readily taken apart and cleaned, and in the event of being broken can at once be replaced. Price .. each 5/-
- 276
- 276.—Zoophyte Trough, with plate, wedge and spring .. .. .. .. .. .. each 6/6
- 279
- 279. —Live Box, large size, best quality £10 0
- 280. —Ditto, medium size .. .. .. 0 13 6
- 281 .—Ditto, small size .. .. .. 0 6 6
- 282
- 282.—Rousselet’s Live Box for use with Condenser, Paraboloid, etc. .. .. .. 17/6
- The advantages of this are :—It can be used with the substage condenser, spot lens, etc., and there is sufficient margin between the edge of the glass base disc—on which the object is compressed—and the edge of the cell carrying the cover glass, for the objective to work at any point where compression can take place.
- *** Extra covers for live boxes, 2/6 per doz.
- 277.—A n i m a I c u I ae Troughs—
- A. 3 X 1 in. .. each 1 /-
- B. 3 X in. .. ,, 2/6
- 277
- 278.—Petri’s Culture Dishes, best quality white glass. Depth 1-5 cm.—
- 278
- 283.—Rousselet’s Compressor. The compression is by means of a screw in the drum, and the cover glass having a square top, media may be introduced during examination of specimens. The objective may be worked at any point where compression takes place. The arm carrying the cover glass may be turned completely aside for cleaning or replacing covers, and is held centrally by a spring catch. We have introduced a special improvement with two screws, instead of cement, to hold the cover glass.
- Price, with covers .. .. .. 17/6
- Diameter of } ,
- lower dish t6 8 9 10 n 12 15 18 20 cms.
- Per pair .. 1/7 2/- 2/3 2/6 2/9 3/- 4/2 5/9 7/4
- 284.—Reversible Life Cell. With this form the
- specimen may be examined from either side. Made of aluminium throughout. Price, with covers—
- £2 2 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and-Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.70 - vue 76/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 71
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- MICROTOMES, Etc
- 285.—The Cathcart-Darlaston Microtome
- (Registered).
- A low-priced microtome, which, while preserving the simplicity and excellence of the Cathcart pattern, enables the worker to cut sections of a definite thickness. The illustration shows the general principle, which is briefly as follows :—The forks are attached to the knife carriage, and, in drawing the latter back, one of the forks engages with a lever attached to the milled head, and thus raises the material a distance of from i/250 to 1 /5000 of an inch, according to the position in which the forks are placed, thumbscrews permitting of the distance between the two being varied at will.
- The forward traverse of the carriage causes the second fork to engage, which replaces the lever in its original position ready for the return thrust. It will thus be seen that the entire system is automatic, and work as accurate as that produced by a complicated and expensive instrument is possible. The automatic motion may be dispensed with at pleasure, and the milled head rotated by the hand as usual.
- A. Price, complete, for Freezing and Embedding .. £4 7 6
- B. For Freezing only .. .. .. .. .. 426
- C. For Embedding only .. .. .. .. 3176
- D. Razor for above .. .. .. .. .. 036
- 286. —The Cathcart Microtome. Knife
- Carriage Pattern. In this instrument the razor carrier runs on brass guides. This latter has an adjustment allowing the razor edge angle to be adapted to the work in hand. The milled head for raising the material is also furnished with an indicator by which the thickness of section can be accurately gauged—
- A. For freezing and embedding, with one razor £3 5 0
- B. For embedding only .. .. ..2176
- C. For freezing only .. .. .. .. 2 15 0
- Note.—The plane-iron-section knife cannot be used upon the
- brass guides.
- 287. —The Cathcart Microtome. Simple
- form. This popular form of Microtome is fitted for Ether Freezing or Embedding. For freezing tissues it is arranged as shown above ; to embed tissues the tubes, bottle and the freezing tube are drawn out; the latter being replaced by another tube, with clamp. The substance to be cut (embedded in paraffin or other medium) is then inserted, and the clamp screwed up. This Instrument is thoroughly well-finished, and the adjusting screw milled head is made specially large to permit a fine movement.
- 287.—Microtome as above, with double clamp to fasten it to table, spray bellows and freezing apparatus, tubes for making paraffin blocks, etc., complete £2 0 0
- 293. —Hand Section Cutter
- for Botanical work .. each 9/6
- 294. —Mr. Cole’s Pattern
- Section-Cutter. This is a most useful and efficient Section-Cutter, being very solid and rigid in use. The screw for raising the sections is very fine, and the milled head extra large, enabling very thin sections to be cut .. £2 12 6
- 295. —Set of Punches, complete in case, for
- cutting out embedding substances extra £0 10 0
- 296. — Mr. Cole’s Pattern Section-Knife,
- in case .. .. .. .. • • ..£086
- 297. —Darlaston’s Hand Section Cutter, of simple construction, but of especially solid make, enabling considerable accuracy to be attained.
- It is of solid brass, i| in. diameter, and has a well jg- in. diameter. The raising screw —which is purposely fitted loosely to facilitate exact adjustment—has 35 threads to the inch .. .. each 14/6
- 288.—The above Instrument, arranged for
- Ether Freezing only .. ., .. .. 1116
- 289. —Ditto, ditto, for Embedding only .. 1 10 0
- 290. —Plane Iron Section Knife, in handle .. 0 8 6
- 291. —Ether Points, extra sets .. .. 0 4 6
- 292. —Rubber Spray Bellows .. .. .. 0 5 0
- p.71 - vue 77/385
-
-
-
- 72 F, E. BECKER <& CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Microscope Accessories
- MOUNTING CABINETS, SCISSORS, SCALPELS, Etc.
- 298.—Complete Cabinets for Mounting,
- containing asphalt, 3 bottles for solutions, brass table, Canada balsam, cells, cover glasses, 2 dissecting knives, dissecting needles, forceps and scissors, glass slips, gold size, labels, marine glue, spirit lamp, spring clips, turntable, etc.
- A. In mahogany case .. .. .. ..£6100
- B. In polished pine case .. .. .. 5 15 0
- 299.—Square Glass Pots with Circular Excavations, polished. Complete, with covers—
- 3°5
- 305.—Improved Ball-bearing Turntable.
- This Turntable is an improvement on . all existing patterns. The table is balanced in the ordinary way on a hardened steel pin and rotates on a dead hard steel ball, thus reducing friction to a minimum and ensuring a smooth and steady revolution. The hand support is placed high, enabling a careful application of the brush. The brass table is engraved with a circle which exactly encloses a 3 X 1 slip, thus giving instant centering—
- each £12 6
- 306
- 306.—Turntable, ordinary pattern, mahogany
- block and revolving brass disc, fitted with two spring clips .. .. .. •• •• .. each 10/6
- 307 .—Ditto, improved self-centering pattern with concentric revolving adjustment .. each £12 6
- 308. — Schulze’s L Moulds for Embedding, consisting of two ground-glass angles and zinc-base .. per set 7/6
- 308
- 299 A. if in. X. i| in., diameter of excavation, in. ; white glass, 9/-; black glass, 14/- per dozen. B. 2§ in. X 2§ in., diameter of excavation, if in. ; white glass, 14/-; black glass, 17/- per dozen. 309.—Ditto, made of brass .. .. per pair 5/-
- • THI^p^
- 300.—Dissecting Scissors, best quality steel, ^) nickel plated, with — curved fine points— ———each, 2/6 300 ^ per d°z-27/6 310 310.—Scalpels, ebony handle each1/4; per doz. 14/6
- 311.—Dissecting Scissors, best quality steel, nickel plated, straight, ) per doz. 22/6
- 301.—Razors for Cutting Sections, flat one side each 3/6
- 302.—Needles or Seekers, mounted in neat hardwood handles, straight .. each 3d. ; per doz. 2/-
- 303 .—Ditto, ebonite handles .. .. per doz. 4/9
- 304 .—Ditto, as 302 but curved.. .. ,, 4/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- 312.—Pipettes,
- plain .. each 2d.
- 313 .—Ditto, with rubber teat
- 312
- 4d.
- p.72 - vue 78/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 73
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- M icroscope Accessories
- FORCEPS, SECTION LIFTERS, Etc.
- 314.—Forceps, brass, nickel
- plated .. each 7d. ; per doz. 6/-
- 315.—Forceps, brass, nickel
- plated, straight—
- each 7d. ; per doz. 6/-
- 316.—Forceps, brass, with curved ivory points .. each 2/6
- 317.—Forceps, best quality, steel, nickel-plated, fine points .. .. .. each 1/3; per doz. 14/-
- 318 .—Ditto, with platinum points—
- Price variable, each 12/6
- 319.—Forceps. Best quality steel, nickel plated, broad points each 1/3; per doz. 14/-
- 320.—Forceps, best quality steel, nickel-plated, with curved pointed ends—
- each 2/3 ; per doz. 26/-
- 321.—Forceps, with
- spring bow and glass arms .. each 3/-
- per doz. 35/-
- 325.—Flat Bottomed Watch
- 322. —Section Lifter, nickel-plated ebonite handle.
- each 1/6; per doz. 17/-
- 323. —Ditto, German Silver ,, 1/9; ,, 20/-
- 324. —Ditto, Aluminium .. ,, 1/9; ,, 20/-
- 325
- Glasses, finest quality, ground edge. Diameter 2 2\ in.
- Per dozen .. 2/3 2/8
- 326
- 326.—Specimen Tubes, flat bottomed, with corks.
- Height .. i| 2 3 3 3 3 in.
- Diameter § \ % f f 1 in.
- Per gross with
- corks .. 6/-6/9 8/- 10/- 14/6 22/-
- Height ..4445 5666
- Diameter Jtftfti* Per gross
- with corks 8/6 11/6 16/6 13/6 18/6 15/- 21/6 32/-
- 327.—Cover Glasses, very special quality, in circles § in. diam. These are excessively thin—0*005 in-— for high-power work, and are supplied in Clove Oil in hermetically sealed bottles.
- Price, complete, as figured, per oz. 15/-
- N.B.—We do not supply a smaller quantity than | oz. in this special quality.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence ail orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.73 - vue 79/385
-
-
-
- 74 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LON DON) j Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MICROSCOPE COVER GLASSES
- i in.
- in.
- 328. — Microscope Cover Glasses, finest English glass.
- CIRCLES.
- Thickness Ref. No... i 2 3
- Approx, thickness .. 2<W iT<t 7V *nLh.
- Per 1 oz.........4/- 3/- 2/3
- Per oz........... 7/6 5/6 4/3
- Per oz. in quantities of not less than 6 oz. 7/- 5/- 4/-
- Please state diameter when ordering.
- Smaller sizes than f in. cut to order at 2/- per oz. extra on above prices.
- 329. — Microscope Cover Glasses, finest English glass.
- SQUARES.
- Thickness Ref. No... 1 2 3
- Approx, thickness .. -2-o o r:W rV SS'Llf
- Per | oz........4/- 3/- 2/3
- Per oz.......... 7/6 5/6 4/3
- Per oz. in quantities of not less than 6 oz. 7/- 5/- 4/-
- Please state size when ordering.
- Smaller sizes than § in. cut to order at 2/- per oz. extra on above prices.
- 1 in.
- in.
- in.
- p.74 - vue 80/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 75
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MICROSCOPE COVER GLASSES, SLIDES, Etc.
- 11 in.
- X f 2
- IJ in. x | in.
- 330.—Microscope Cover Glasses, finest English glass. Rectangular.
- Size
- Thickness i Ref. No. j
- Approx, thickness
- Per | oz...
- Per oz.
- Per oz. in' quantities of not less than 6 oz.
- T.<nr
- 3/6 2/n
- 6/8 5/6
- 2/1
- 3/9
- 6/4 4/11 3/6
- 2 in. x f in.
- 331.—Microscope Cover
- Glasses, finest English glass. Rectangular.
- Size 2 in. X § in.
- Thickness )
- Ref. No. J 1 2 3
- Approx.
- thickness.. 1:U yV SM
- Per | oz. .. 3/6 2/11 2/1
- Per oz. .. 6/8 5/6 3/9
- Per oz. in\
- 6/4
- than 6 oz.'
- 4/ii 3/6
- III!
- 2 in. x ii in-
- 332.—Microscope Cover
- Glasses, finest English glass.. Rectangular. Size 2 in. X i£ in.
- Thickness )
- Ref. No. J 1 2 3
- Approx.
- thickness.. ¥<tit * l
- Per \ oz. 3/6 2/11 2/1
- Per oz. 6/8 5/6 3/9
- Per oz. in\
- quantities 1 of not less | 6/4 4/11 3/6
- than 6 oz./
- FyE'.'BEGKER S CS-londqn^b'nam
- 333/337
- 333. —Microscope Slides. Ground edges, ordinary thickness. Thin half white glass, 3 in. X 1 in.
- 334. —Microscope Slides. Best selected thin sheet white glass. Ground edges, 3 in. X 1 in.
- 335 .—Ditto, 3 in. X i| in.. .............
- 336 .—Ditto, 3 in. X 2 in.................
- 337.—Microscope Slides, ground edges, special
- Per
- gross.
- 5/6
- 6/6
- 11/6
- 13/10
- 7/-
- Per gross in quantities of not less than io gross.
- 5/3
- 6/- ' 11/-13/3
- 6/6
- Illustration of \ gross box Microscope Slides, 3 in. X 1 in. (See Nos. 333 to 337.)
- MICROSCOPE SLIDE BOXES. 340.—M icroscopic Specimen Cabinets, polished pine, with glass door, lock and key, and flush handle— To hold 200 500 1,000 glass slips. Each 50/-90/-155/-
- 338.—Cloth-covered Cardboard Boxes, with drop fronts, white cardboard trays with linen-jointed flaps. A. With 6 trays to hold 54 slides flat .. .. 3/9 B. „ 12 „ „ 108 „ „ .. .. 6/- C. „ 16 „ „ 144 „ „ .. .. 7/6 341.—Mahogany Cabinet of superior workmanship with mouldings top and bottom, to hold 280 objects, each drawer numbered with an extra deep drawer for materials, etc. .. £8 15 0 340
- 339.—Polished Pine Object Boxes, with partitioned trays. A. To hold 6 dozen in 12 trays .. .. .. 10/6 B. ,, 12 dozen in 12 double trays .. .. 15/-
- p.75 - vue 81/385
-
-
-
- 76 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- v W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTANY.
- ELEMENTARY TISSUES.
- COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
- MILK AND DAIRY WORK. ENTOMOLOGY.
- GEOLOGY.
- PHYSIOLOGY.
- “ AIDS TO SANITARY SCIENCE.”
- SILK MANUFACTURE.
- BUTTERFLIES, INSECTS AND MOTHS. POLARISCOPE., ETC., ETC.
- CABINETS OF MICROSCOPIC OBJECTS.
- Complete for Presentation, Etc.
- 344. —Handsome Mahogany Cabinet of finest workmanship and finish, containing 1,000 objects of varied interest. Each specimen is a carefully selected example of the subject it typifies. Many novel and interesting preparations are included, Anatomical, Entomological, Zoological, etc., also many rare Diatomacese, Foraminifera and Radiolaria, forming a collection of the highest order, eminently suited
- • for presentation. Each drawer has a tablet of its contents
- 345. —Handsome Mahogany Cabi net,equal to the above in every respect, but containing 500 objects
- 346. —Mahogany Cabinet, as above, containing 280 objects, all carefully selected, including many
- novel and attractive slides for exhibition purposes, as well as a large number of rare specimens of Zoological interest, etc. .. ............................. .. ...................
- 347. —The Student’s Cabinet, of polished pine with glass door, lock and key, containing 200 preparations, illustrating Anatomy, Bacteriology, Pathology, Physiology, Urinary Deposits, etc.
- 348. —The Amateur’s Cabinet, containing 200 specimens of general interest—Botanical Sections,
- Crystals for polariscope, Diatomacese, Entomological Objects, Foraminifera, Hydrozoa for Dark Ground Illumination, Soundings, all of the highest quality .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 18100
- 349. —Pine Case, containing 72 objects of General Interest, all carefully prepared and selected .. 6 5 0
- Other Microscopic Object Cabinets made to any size or pattern, and furnished with slides typical of any required subject.
- EDUCATIONAL SERIES FOR STUDENTS.
- 350. —Botany.
- A. Two sets of Typical Structures, the first (Series 14) being 24 Elementary Tissues, and the second (Series 15) illustrating the Comparative Anatomy of Plants. These have been adopted by the London County ’Council for use in their Technical Classes, Series 33, in case
- B. Ditto, ditto, ditto, Series 35, in case
- 351. —Embryology. Seven slides, illustrating the development of a Chick, mounted in Canada Balsam, showing with great distinctness the nervous and circulatory system, etc., in case
- 352. —Exhibition Slides.
- A. An attractive selection of 36 interesting objects, many of which are quite novel in character, including slides for Polariscope and Dark Ground Illumination
- B. Forensic Medicine.—Set of twenty-four slides of pairs, blood corpuscles, starches, etc., as suggested
- by R. HensloWe Wellington, Esq., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Barrister-at-Law, etc. ....
- 353. —Geology. Twenty-four Typical Rock Sections, sedimentary, metamorphic and igneous. Several peculiar specimens are included showing features which have never before been demonstrated in a Microscopic section. The series will be found very useful for Petrological candidates for the B.Sc. degree
- 354. —Physiology. Four complete series (Nos. 67-73) of 24 Typical Tissues, each a selected example of its kind. The complete series illustrates the Standard Text-books of Histology. Per set of 24, in case
- 355. —Public Health. Seventy-two specimens, suitable for candidates for the Diploma, as approved
- by Dr. F. J. Allan and mentioned in his “ Aids to Sanitary Science ”..............
- 356. —Zoology. Twenty-four selected specimens, Ccelenterata, Infusoria, Polyzoa, Protozoa, Vermes, etc.
- Many of these, apart from their Biological interest, will be found of great interest as exhibition objects. In case 3 0 0
- 1 16 0
- 2 5 0
- 1 15 0
- 3 10 0
- 1 15 0
- 2 7 6 1 16 0 6 15 0
- Price.
- £ 8. d.
- 100 0 0 52 10 0
- 30 0 0
- 40 4 0 O
- A Comprehensive list of Microscopic Objects covering the above subjects will be found on pages 353 to 365 of the 1913 edition of our Chemical Apparatus Catalogue.
- Microscopic
- Objects
- p.76 - vue 82/385
-
-
-
- p.n.n. - vue 83/385
-
-
-
- CERTIFICATE
- ----OF-----
- EXAMINATION
- OF
- A CHEMICAL BALANCE.
- Marked:- 5. 47616.
- By:- Messrs. F.E« Becker & Company.
- The component parts of this balance have’been examined and assembled at the National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, and found to be in good condition and working order.
- The agate knife edges and planes are satisfactory.
- Variation in Sensitiveness and Period of Swing obtained by-
- altering the Position of the Sensitivity Nut on the Beam.
- The range allowed for the adjustment of the sensitivity nut gives ample variation of sensitiveness to the balance.
- Observations have been made with the sensitivity nut in three different positions, the approximate results being set out In the following table* The sensitivity should be re-determined when the balance Is finally set up*
- Date .
- Reference .
- 8th August, 1919-M»W• 69.96.
- Table/
- Director.
- Wt. P423 Im-6-18 WFP
- N P L 86b
- p.n.n. - vue 84/385
-
-
-
- We received an order from the Chemical Laboratories of the Royal Arsenal, Woolwich, with the request that the Balances be certified
- by the NATIONAL PHYSICAL LABORATORY. The
- Balances were taken at random from our stock and sent to Teddington. A copy of the certificate is shewn on other side. Also see copy of unsolicited testimonial on next folder.
- OPEN HERE
- p.n.n. - vue 85/385
-
-
-
- CONTINUATION. OP CERTIFICATE OF EXAMINATION OF A CHEMICAL BALANCE.
- (Ng 47616)
- Position of Sens itivity Nut * Height of nut above lower end of pointer * Load Criterion of Sensitiveness of Balance (value of 1 division of white scale) Period of complete (to and fro) Swing of Balance.
- Low 6*1 inches 0 grammes 0*003 gramme 8 seconds
- Low n fl 100 it 0*003 " 12 it
- Low it If 200 ii 0-003 " 16 ti
- Mean 7*3 II 0 grammes 0*0010 gramme 14 seconds
- Mean ti fl 100 ii 0*0010 " 22 it
- Mean it 11 200 n 0.0010 " 28 n
- High 7 *7 IV 0 grammes 0*0002 gramme 30 seconds
- High ii 0 100 ii 0*0002 " 45 u
- High it 11 200 it 0*0002 56 it
- * The position of the nut is defined by the distance between the middle groove of the nut and the lower end of the pointer.
- NOTE-
- The value given in the fourth column of the above table is the'mass required to be added to one pan of the balance in order to change the rest point by one division of the white scale* The smaller the value given, the more sensitive is the balance*
- Reference'- M*W*69*96* Date:- 8th August, 1919*
- Range/
- Wt 25399 lM-11-20 WFP Ltd NPL 88*
- p.n.n. - vue 86/385
-
-
-
- CONTINUATION. OF CERTIFICATE OF EXAMINATION OF A CHEMICAL BALANCE.
- (te 47616)
- Range of Load *
- The balance was found to take loads up to 200 grammes
- satisfactorily.
- There was a slight creep in the rest point of the order of
- 0*8 division of the white scale during observations made with loads ranging from 0 grammes to 200 grammes. This, however, only occurred In the condition of maximum sensitivity. Continued application of a 200 gramme load caused a further creep of the rest point and it is therefore inadvisable to maintain such a load for any considerable length of time.
- Graduation of the Rider Bar.
- The graduations on the rider bar are satisfactory, the zero
- and the "10M lines being found, with sufficient accuracy, vertically over the fulcrum and terminal knife edges respectively.
- Director •
- Reference: M.W. 69*96.
- Date: 8th August, 1919.
- Wt 25399 Im-11-20 WFP Ltd NPL 88a
- p.n.n. - vue 87/385
-
-
-
- p.n.n. - vue 88/385
-
-
-
- COPY OP UNSOLICITED TESTIMONIAL
- Taunton's School, SOUTHAMPTON.
- March 13th, 1922.
- TO:- P. E. BECKER & CO.,
- Dear Sirs,
- The apparatus and chemicals have all arrived in very good condition, and give every satisfaction.
- I am sending you on separate sheet a short account of a test I have made with the Balance, which, you are at liberty to use. The zero point is constant to one-tenth of a division. The sensibility with a load of 10 gm. on each pan is about 4.1 scale divisions. With a load of 10 gm. in each pan, the balance gives results which only differ by a unit or two in the fifth decimal place, i.e., by one or two-hundredths of a milligramme.--Yours faithfully
- (Signed) Arthur W. Warrington.
- March 13th, 1922.
- I have examined the Balance you have sent to the Taunton’s School.
- (a) The zero point was constant. I made the following six determinations with different loads. The centre of the scale was taken as 10.
- (1) 9.7, 9.8, 9.8 9.-9. (4) 9.3. 9.4, 9.6
- (2) 13.6, 13.6, 13.6. (5) 5.0. 5.0, 5.1.
- (3) 5.3, 5.4, 5.6. (6) 13.3, 13.2, 13.3.
- Prom these figures it will be seen that the zero point is constant to
- one-tenth of a scale division.
- (b) The deflection for one milligramme extra load was very constant. The following six determinations in scale divisions give the effect of an extra load of one milligramme:-
- 4.14, 4.16, 4.07, 4.12, 4.03, 4.08.
- (c) I compared the values of the two ten-gramme weights in one of your boxes, with the following results
- (1) 10-gm. = 10-gm. -j- 0.000055 mg.
- (2) 10-gm. = 10-gm. -j- 0.000049 mg.
- (3) 10-gm. = 10-gm. -f- 0.000030 mg.
- It is clear that with a load of ten grammes and weighing by vibrations
- and using Gauss’ method the balance gives results accurate to the hundredth of a milligramme.--Yours faithfully,
- (Signed) Arthur W. Warrington.
- formerly assistant lecturer and demonstrator in Chemistry at the University College of Wales, Aberystwyth, and sometime Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Imperial University, T1ai Yuan Pu, China, and now Chemistry Teacher at the Taunton’s School, Southampton.
- The writer of the testimonial and report on our Analytical Balance in a further letter dated March 28th, 1922, says "I could not refrain from giving your work a spontaneous approval. I am returning the copy of the National Physical Laboratory Certificate which at least shows that the sensibility of your balance does not vary with the weight. All that Chemists require in ordinary Research Work is a balance with a constant zero point, which is sufficiently sensitive to give without too long a period of vibration, results reliable to 0.0001 gramme. These requirements your balance perfectly fulfils."
- OPEN HERE
- p.n.n. - vue 89/385
-
-
-
- CERTIFICATE
- ------OF---------
- EXAMINATION
- or
- A SET. 03? WEIGHTS.
- Sent by Messrs .l.E. Becker & Company.
- Material:- 50 grammes to 1 gramme...........Brass.
- 500 milligrammes -to 50 milligrammes... .Gold.
- 20 milligrammes to 1 milligramme...Aluminium,
- Two Riders,.......................Aluminium.
- Box marked:- IT 50339.
- Distinguishing mark or form of weight.
- IT 50 G
- 20
- 10
- 10
- 5
- 2
- 2
- 1
- 500 M G
- Density.
- 29 (determined) 29 (assumed)
- Mass (to Class B accuracy).
- 50.000 grammes
- 20.000 n
- 19.3 (assumed)
- Date : Reference :
- May 17, 1921. M.W. 98. 102.
- Wt. P423 2M-6-18 W F P
- N P L 86a
- p.n.n. - vue 90/385
-
-
-
- CONTINUATION, of Certificate of Examination of a Set of Weights. Box marked:- NB 50339.
- Mass (to ’’Class B accuracy).
- Distinguishing mark
- Density
- 0.2000 gramme 0.1000 ”
- 0.1000 « 0.0500 ” 0.0200 u
- 19.3 (assumed)
- 2.7 (assumed)
- 0-.0100
- 0.0100
- 0,0050
- 0.0020
- 0.0010
- 0,0100
- 2.7 (assumed)
- 0.0100
- The above values may be taken as accurate to
- 10.001 gramme in the ease of weights of 1 gramme and upwards. -0.0001 gramme in the case of fractional weights.
- Within
- Date:-
- Reference:-
- Director.
- G117 lM-2-ai WPP Ltd NPL
- p.n.n. - vue 91/385
-
-
-
- We received, an order from the Chemical Laboratories of the Royal Arsenal, Woolwich, with the request that the Balances be certified at the NATIONAL PHYSICAL LABORATORY. The Balances were taken at random from our stock and sent to Teddington. A copy of the N.P.L. certificate is shown on accompanying folder. Also^ see copy of unsolicited testimonial on other side of this folder.
- p.n.n. - vue 92/385
-
-
-
- BALANCES & WEIGHTS
- We still hold the unique position of being the Leading House in the T rade for Balances and Weights
- See copy of National Physical Laboratory Certificate on flyleaf herein. Also copy of unsolicited testimonial.
- Capacity : 200 grammes in each pan. Sensitivity : x?ï milligramme when carrying full load.
- Price - £16 : O : O
- Our Balances and Weights hâve achieved World-wide Réputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- 357.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE. Désignée! particularly to meet the demand for a high quality reliable Analytical Balance at a moderate price. The Beam, which is free from ail complicated adjustments, is graduated along its entire length and being black with white graduations is easily read. The rider apparatus is of new design specially constructed for rapid manipulation traversing whole length of beam. The knife-edges and planes are of the best quality agate throughout. The case is of superior polished mahogany with glass top, two side glass doors and sliding counterpoised front window, the whole being mounted on a heavy thick black glass base with massive brass levelling screws and spirit level.
- p.77 - vue 93/385
-
-
-
- 78
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON >, LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SHORT BEAM BALANCE
- (BUNGE’S SYSTEM)
- 358. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SHORT BEAM BALANCE, to carry 250 grammes in each pan ; sensitive
- to the tenth part of a milligramme when loaded with its maximum charge. Beam and pillar richly gilt. Platinised pans. Beam is notched, each notch being equal to one-tenth of a milligramme and 100 notches to a centigramme. Arrestments for beam, stirrups, and pans. Rider apparatus.
- In polished mahogany case (mounted on black plate glass base) with counterpoised sliding front and glass doors at sides. Spirit level and levelling screws.
- Capacity ; 250 grammes. Sensitivity : jT) milligramme.
- Price - £15 : O : O
- 359. —Ditto, as above but in polished hardwood case.
- Capacity : 250 grammes. Sensitivity : milligramme.
- Price - £13 : lO : O
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete
- furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.78 - vue 94/385
-
-
-
- 79
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD. PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- “Triangular Beam” Pattern
- 360
- 360.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SHORT BEAM BALANCE (Bunge’s system), in elegant mahogany case with front and back sliding doors and two side doors. Bottom of case made of black plate glass. Agate knife-edges and planes. The beam, which is in one piece and richly gilt, is divided into 100 parts. The pans are platinised, and provided with compensation hangers. Rider apparatus is of the latest design. Arrestments for beam, pan supports, and pans.
- Capacity : 250 grammes. Sensitivity : Aj milligramme.
- Price - £18 : O : O
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue
- p.79 - vue 95/385
-
-
-
- 80
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- “ Circular Beam ” Pattern
- 361.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “CIRCULAR BEAM” BALANCE.—Extremely sensitive ; latest construction, with agate knife-edges working on agate planes. Beam is fitted with a long and quick-working pointer. Beam and pan supports richly gilt, platinised pans, arrestments for beam, stirrups and pans ; plumb bob, rider apparatus, and scale. Fitted in elegant mahogany case with counterpoised sliding door, mounted on black plate glass base with screws for levelling.
- Capacity : 250 grammes. Sensitivity : 3V)' milligramme.
- Price - £19 : O : O
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.80 - vue 96/385
-
-
-
- 81
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- New Design for Advanced Work
- 362.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE. New design for advanced work.
- The beam is manufactured by a spécial process, making same immune from any variations of température, and is graduated along its entire length engraved in white on a black background, making same easily readable. The rider apparatus is of simple design, and the knife-edges and planes are of best quality agate throughout. The case is of superior polished mahogany with glass sliding front and hinged side doors mounted on heavy black glass base with massive brass levelling screws and spirit level.
- Capacity : 200 grammes in each pan. Sensitivity : ^ milligramme u)hen carrying full load.
- Price - £12 : 15 : O
- Our Balances and Weights hâve achieved World-wide Réputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.81 - vue 97/385
-
-
-
- 82
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- Several of these Balances are in use in Woolwich Arsenal, the Government Laboratories, National Physical Laboratory, etc.
- 363—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE, agate knife-edges and planes throughout;
- richly gilt beam graduated along its entire length and rider apparatus of new construction ; extra wide pans ; double hooks and wooden bridge for specific gravity work. Highest quality workmanship and finish, in elegant polished case, with front counterpoised sliding window and side doors ; all mounted on heavy, thick, black plate glass base provided with levelling screws and spirit level.
- Capacity : 200 grammes.
- Price
- Sensitivity : i'o milligramme.
- £21 : O : O
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.82 - vue 98/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s
- NEW SHORT BEAM ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- 364.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s NEW SHORT BEAM ANALYTICAL BALANCE, (or quick and accurate weighing. The Beam is of new design, with white graduations along its entire length and manufactured by a spécial process from a métal which is not influenced in any way by température variations and is also particularly designed to prevent stresses, etc. The rider apparatus traversing the whole length of the beam is of an improved, simple but efficient type, spécial attention having been given towards minimising the risk of riders falling during operations. The knife-edges and planes are of best quality agate throughout, the knife-edges being fitted with our patent mountings thus ensuring easy replacement should occasion arise. The case is extra large and roomy of superior polished mahogany with glass top, two side glass doors and sliding counterpoised front window, the whole being mounted on a heavy thick black glass base with massive brass levelling screws and spirit level.
- Capacity : 200 grammes in each pan. Sensitivity : milligramme when carrying full load.
- Price - £14 : ÎO : O
- Our Balances and Weights hâve achieved World-wide Réputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.83 - vue 99/385
-
-
-
- 84
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PATENT “RESEARCH” BALANCE
- SENSITIVE TO THE TWENTIETH PART OF A MILLIGRAMME
- 365.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PATENT “RESEARCH” BALANCE, for work requiring the utmost
- possible accuracy. The beam of this Balance is made of magnalium, its special feature being great lightness combined with absolute stability. The end supports are outside the end knife-edges, thus giving absolute rigidity to the beam. The rider scale is graduated from left to right, beginning at zero, thus avoiding all errors in + or — calculations. On placing a 5-milligramme rider on the zero point of rider scale, the pointer will set at zero.
- This Balance is eminently adapted for use in research laboratories, and we can recommend it with every confidence. It is of handsome appearance, and provided with agate knife-edges and planes ; compensating suspenders which transfer the load to the centre of the knife-edges, platinised pans, rider apparatus of latest construction which lifts rider vertically, arrestments for beam, pan supports, and pans ; in nicely finished mahogany case opening at front, back, and both sides, and mounted on black plate glass base, provided with levelling screws and plumb bob.
- To carry ......................... 120 250 grammes.
- Sensitive to ... ... ... ... ws milligramme.
- Price - - - £19 : 15 : O £22 : lO : O
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.84 - vue 100/385
-
-
-
- 85
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL BALANCE
- “South Kensington” Pattern
- 366
- 366.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ OPEN BEAM ” ANALYTICAL BALANCE, “ South Kensington ” pattern with beam graduated along its entire length. Agate knife-edges and planes. No steel used in its construction. Arrestments for beam and suspenders. Rider apparatus works on both sides of the beam. Plumb bob, levelling screws, double hooks for specific gravity experiments. In highly finished polished case with drawer, glass sides and sliding door, as illustrated. Guaranteed highest-quality workmanship and finish throughout.
- Several of these Balances are in use in the j j Imperial College of Science and Technology, j South Kensington; Government College,
- ! Lahore; Central College, Bangalore, etc.
- Capacity 250 grammes, and sensitive to £ milligramme.
- Price - £10 : lO : O
- Pv
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation: vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.85 - vue 101/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complété furnishing of the largest laboratory
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SHORT BEAM BALANCE
- “ N i voc99 Pattern (BUNGE SYSTEM)
- 367.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SHORT BEAM BALANCE. Nivoc Pattern. Capacity, 100 grammes, and sensitive to x^th milligramme. Agate knife-edges and planes. Divided beam and spécial rider apparatus. Six agate centres, resting in six agate cups, form the beam and stirrup arrestment. A great feature is the method of lowering the arrestment from the Beam to put the Balance in action. In superior polished mahogany case, with black plate glass base, sliding front and glass doors at sides.
- Price - £16 : 16 : O
- p.86 - vue 102/385
-
-
-
- 87
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. &. J GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s CHEMICAL BALANCE
- “ George Green ” Pattern
- Copy of unsolicited Testimonial received from the Senior Science Master of the George Green School, East India Dock.
- Road, Poplar, E.
- To Messrs. F. E. Becker & Co.
- GENTLEMEN,—On the occasion of the completion of our equipment order, I beg to cordially thank you and your staff for the courtesy, care, and despatch which have been uniformly observed throughout its execution.
- The quality of the goods supplied is of a high order, and especially is this so in regard to the Chemical Balances.
- They are handsome in appearance, simple in construction, and that they are eminently adapted to students’ use is abundantly shown by the daily results obtained by our students.
- They are simple enough for beginners, and they are sensitive and accurate enough for Honours Students.
- I shall always feel it is simply your due that anyone you may wish to send should be allowed to inspect your work here.
- Without Rider Apparatus With Rider Apparatus
- 368.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s CHEMICAL BALANCE (“ George Green ” pattern). Extra strongly made for students’ use ; cannot possibly get out of order ; cannot be knocked over; absolutely dust-proof; beam cannot be knocked off its support. No steel used in its construction.
- This balance was especially made by us (in quickest time on record) for the George Green School, Poplar, and was made exactly to their specification.
- It is extra strongly made, and will therefore stand any quantity of rough handling without getting out of order.
- The beam is of the “ open ” pattern, and is graduated to show the principle of the Rider Apparatus. It rests on a special support and cannot be shaken from its place. When beam is at rest its links and middle knife-edge are out of action. The original pattern was made by us to specification without rider apparatus, but if rider apparatus is required it can be supplied at small extra cost--see note below.
- When loaded with 100 grammes in each pan, the balance is sensitive to half a milligramme.
- The Balance is provided with agate knife-edges and bearings, special beam support, double hook for specific gravity experiments, and plumb bob. It is mounted in a highly finished polished mahogany case, provided with counterpoised sliding door in front, sliding door at back, and three strong levelling screws on heavy base.
- A.—100 gramme size, sensitiveness, £ milligramme ••• ••• ••• £6 : 10 : 0
- B—250 „ „ 1—2 „ ........................... 7 : 10 : 0
- The above prices are for Balances without Rider Apparatus. If required with Rider Apparatus the extra cost per Balance is 19/6. When ordering please state clearly whether 100 gramme or 250 gramme size is required, and if with or without Rider Apparatus.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.87 - vue 103/385
-
-
-
- 88
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ SCIENCE SCHOOL” BALANCE
- 369/370
- 369. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ SCIENCE SCHOOL ”
- BALANCE. Best quality workmanship and finish ; movable pans, agate knife-edges and layers, beam support, plumb bob, levelling screws, double books for specific gravity work ; in nicely finished polished mahogany case, with drawer and counterpoised sliding door. Guaranteed highest quality and finish. No steel used in its construction.
- Capacity 100 grammes, and sensitive to \ milligramme.
- Price £7 : 12 : 6
- 370. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ SCIENCE SCHOOL ”
- BALANCE. Specification as above, but to carry 250 grammes in each pan, and sensitive to 1-2 milligrammes. Diameter of pans, 10 cms.
- Price £8 :17 : 6
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ Munitions Pattern ” BALANCE
- 371.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PRECISION BALANCE.
- Specially made by us for Cartridge Filling and Munitions Factories. Elegant, well-finished polished case, with drawer and counterpoised sliding front, to carry 50 grammes in each pan, and sensitive to \ milligramme. Loose brass pans, each with handle for quickly emptying weighed material ; levelling screws and pendulum ; agate knife-edges and bearings, with improved stops to take weight off knife-edges when not in use.
- For Sets of Grain Weights suitable for this Balance, see page 100
- Price - £5 :17 : 6
- 371
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.88 - vue 104/385
-
-
-
- 89
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s
- WESTPHAL SPECIFIC GRAVITY BALANCE
- 372—F. E. BECKER & Co/s WESTPHAL SPECIFIC GRAVITY BALANCE. For the rapid and
- accurate determination of the specific gravity of liquids.
- With this balance the specific gravity of liquids heavier or lighter than water can be rapidly and accurately determined, only a small quantity of the liquid being required. The right arm of the beam is divided into 10 equal parts, grooved to carry the riders, and adjustable to any convenient height. The support for the beam is easily fixed to the top of the box by means of two milled screws. The polished box is partitioned to take the various parts of the balance, thus making it portable.
- 372
- The balance consists of :—
- A thermometer plummet, suspended by means of a platinum wire, and having a displacement of 5 grammes of distilled water at 15° C.
- A trial jar with a capacity of about 60 ccs.
- A double set of rider weights, which may be called D, E, F and G.
- A conveniently partitioned highly-finished polished box.
- The largest rider D is equal to the weight of the quantity of distilled water (5 grammes weighed at a temperature of 15° C.) displaced by the plummet. Rider E is equal to ^ of D, rider F is equal to To of E and T^y of D, rider G is equal to TV of F and jthr of E or TdW of D. When the balance is set up and plummet immersed in distilled water at 15° C. the equilibrium is immediately upset, but is restored by placing rider D on the hook of the stirrup from which the plummet hangs.
- To determine the specific gravity of a liquid LIGHTER than water.
- i The liquid of which the specific gravity is to be determined must be poured into the trial glass and the plunger entirely
- i immersed in it, after which rider D is placed in one of the grooves of the right arm, which exactly readjusts the equilibrium,
- I but when this occurs at some point between two grooves on the beam, say between 8 and 9, the rider D is placed on the lower
- ! number (8) and rider E is used for the second decimal place. For example, if rider E readjusts the equilibrium at 5, the
- i specific gravity would be 0'85. If rider E falls also between 5 and 6, the rider F (and if necessary rider G) is used in the
- I same way to get the third and fourth decimal places, so that if rider F must be placed between 5 and 4, and rider G between • 4 and 3, the specific gravity would be 0*8543. If it happens that two riders must be placed in the same groove, the smaller of j the two is hooked into the larger, and so we get two same decimal-ciphers. For further example, if rider F must be placed at 4, j and rider G in the same groove, the specific gravity would be 0'8544.
- To determine the specific gravity of a liquid HEAVIER than water.
- j In this case one of the large riders D is placed on the hook of the stirrup of the right arm above the plunger, and the
- : decimals are found in the same manner as above.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue
- p.89 - vue 105/385
-
-
-
- 90
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s BALANCE SETS FOR STUDENTS
- Either with “ Solid ” graduated beam or “ Open
- graduated beam, agate knife-edges and planes.
- 373/376
- NOTE:—The Balance supplied with these Sels has a graduated beam of latest design No. 330, and the Case has a glass lop giving maximum light on Balance during weighing operations.
- 373. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ BALANCE SET”
- FOR STUDENTS, consisting of Balance 100 grammes with graduated beam, agate knife-edges and planes as No. 380. Case with sliding front and glass top, mahogany stool, and glass vessel for specific gravity work and set of weights 100 grammes to 1 milligramme in polished box with hd as No. 391.
- Price for the complete set £3 : 19 : 6
- 374. —Ditto, exactly as Specification No. 373, but
- Balance with “ OPEN ” BEAM, agate knife-edges and planes, 100 gramme size as No. 384.
- Price for the complete set £3 : 19 : 6
- 375. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ BALANCE SET ”
- FOR STUDENTS, as No. 373, but larger size. Balance will carry 250 grammes in each pan as No. 381, and weights go from 1 milligramme to 200 grammes.
- Price for the complete set £4:8:6
- 376. —Ditto, exactly as Specification No. 374, but
- Balance with “ OPEN ” BEAM, agate knife-edges and planes, 250 gramme size, as No. 385.
- Price for the complete set £4:8:6
- Balance Cases
- 377.—Balance Cases to take Students’ Balances. White wood stained to resemble mahogany. Glass all sides and glass top. The front glass sliding door is provided with stops to keep it at required height for weighing.
- To take Balances 100 250 500 grammes
- Each 23- 24/6 35 -
- 378.—Ditto, best quality, polished mahogany.
- To take Balances 100 250 500 grammes,
- Each 30/- 33/6 40-
- Cheap Balance for Elementary Work
- 379.—F, E. BECKER & Co.’s CHEAP BALANCE
- for elementary work
- SPECIFICATION.—Balance, cheap pattern, brass beam having knife-edge in middle and hook suspender at each end, beam support, movable brass pans, plumb bob, levelling screws, mounted on polished base. Capacity 250 grammes, and sensitive to 5 to 8 milligrammes.
- Price ..£1:9:6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.90 - vue 106/385
-
-
-
- 91
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCES
- “ Solid Beam ” Pattern, Agate Knife-edges and Planes
- 380. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCE.
- “ Solid Beam ” pattern, agate knife-edges and planes. Knives are mounted in hard brass (as in the finer-made analytical balances) to avoid chipping. Graduated beam for showing principle of the rider apparatus, beam support, plumb bob, levelling screws, stirrup-shaped suspenders, double hooks for specific gravity experiments. Mounted on handsomely finished base. Capacity 100 grammes, and sensitive to 1 milligramme • • • • Price . . £2:7 : 6
- 381. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCE.
- “ Solid Beam ” pattern, as above, but capacity
- 250 grammes, and sensitive to 2 milligrammes.
- Price .. £2 : 12 : 6
- 382. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCE.
- “ Solid Beam ” pattern, as above, but capacity
- 500 grammes, and sensitive to 8 milligrammes.
- Price . . £3 : 15 : 0
- 383. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCE.
- “ Solid Beam ” pattern, as above, but capacity
- 1,000 grammes, and sensitive to 15 milligrammes
- Price ..£4:7:6
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCES
- “ Open Beam ” Pattern, Agate Knife-edges and Planes
- 384.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’
- BALANCE. “ Open Beam ” pattern, of improved construction, agate knife-edges and
- planes, arrestments for stirrup suspenders, beam support, plumb bob, and levelling screws.
- The stirrup-shaped suspenders are fitted with double hooks for specific gravity experiments.
- Beam is graduated for showing principle of the rider apparatus, and when at rest on its support its links and middle knife-edge are out of action.
- Mounted on handsomely finished base.
- Capacity 100 grammes, and sensitive to 1 milligramme . . . . Price £2:7:6
- 7 his enlarged illustration shoiis the action of the improved arrestments and supports for the stirrup suspenders in Balance
- 385.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ BALANCE.
- “ Open Beam ” pattern, as above, but capacity 250 grammes, and sensitive to 2 milligrammes.
- Price .. £2 : 12 : 6
- Balances with Steel Knife-edges can be supplied, if specially required, at somewhat lower • prices. We do not recommend them as the method of mounting our Agates has any j advantage which steel may possess without any of its disadvantages. :
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.91 - vue 107/385
-
-
-
- STUDENTS BALANCES WITH GRADUATED BEAM are now m general use to enable students to become familiar with the principle ot the Rider Apparatus and for that reason we have discontinued supplying the plain beam unless specially required.
- All Balances on this page can be supplied with Beams Not Graduated at 5/- LESS per balance. The same remarks apply to our special Balance Sets on page 90, i,e.9 5/- LESS per set if required WITHOUT GRADUATED BEAM.
- 38190—STUDENTS’ IV1AGNAL1UIV1 BALANCES. "Solid Beam” pattern (Beam not graduated), capacity 250 grammes. Aeate knife edges and planes. Each £2 2 0.
- 38590—STUDENTS' MAGNAUUM BALANCES. "Open Beam” pattern (Beam not graduated), capacity 250 grammes. Agate knife edges and planes. Each f.2 10 o.
- p.n.n. - vue 108/385
-
-
-
- 92
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION BALANCE WITH
- DOUBLE POINTER
- n
- t
- 386
- This enlarged illustration shows the action of the improved arrestments and supports for the stirrup suspenders in Balance
- No. 386.
- 386.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “ DOUBLE POINTER ” BALANCE of special design, provided with
- pointer and scale on both sides, thus enabling students to observe weighing operations carried out by the lecturer at the demonstration bench.
- This Balance is of the “ Open Beam ” type, and is provided with agate knife-edges and planes. When beam is at rest its links and middle knife-edge are out of action.
- Capacity : 300 grammes, and sensitivity 3 to 4 milligrammes
- Price - £3 : 7 : 6
- (Short Pan, if required, extra . . . . . • 7s. 6d.)
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation: vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.92 - vue 109/385
-
-
-
- 93
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s LECTURE DEMONSTRATION BALANCE
- “Tall Form ” with Pointer and Scale on Both Sides
- 387.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s LECTURE DEMONSTRATION BALANCE WITH DOUBLE POINTER,
- “ Tall Form.” The Balance is provided with pointer and scale on both sides. The beam is made of hard brass nicely lacquered and is furnished with specially hardened steel knife-edges and bearings.
- The total height of the Balance is 24in. The pans, which are 5iin. in diameter, will take a boiling flask of nearly 2 litres capacity.
- The distance from suspender to inside of long pan is 17^in. The distance from the hook at bottom of the short pan to the base of balance is lO^in. The base, is made of mahogany and nicely polished, measures 20in. X 11 in.
- The whole Balance is soundly constructed and will be found very serviceable for lectures.
- Its carrying capacity is 1,000 grammes and when thus loaded is sensitive to 12 milligrammes.
- Price - £4:17:6
- Complete with two long pans and one short pan as figured
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.93 - vue 110/385
-
-
-
- 94
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ PHYSICAL BALANCE
- Fig. C.—Ready for Ordinary Weighings.
- Fig. B.—Front View.
- Fig. D.—Enlarged View of Pointer and Scale.
- 388
- Fig. A.—Back View.
- 388—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s STUDENTS’ PHYSICAL BALANCE, as Illustrated (see Figs. A, B, C, and D).
- To weigh to 250 grammes in each pan, and sensitive to 2 milligrammes when loaded with its maximum charge. Beam can be raised to desired height and rigidly held there by means of a thumb-screw. Can be used for ordinary chemical laboratory weighings as well as for Physical Laboratory Experiments.
- A. Price of Balance only, including short pan (as Fig. C.)
- £1:8:6
- B. Price, including short pan, bucket and cylinder, A and a" (to prove Archimedes Law)
- glass jar, C, and set of weights, B (200 grammes to 1 milligramme in box with lid and fractions under glass slab)
- £2:5:0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue
- p.94 - vue 111/385
-
-
-
- 95
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PHYSICAL BALANCE
- “ Science School ” Pattern
- Height
- Capacity
- 36 inches.
- Pans 6^ inches
- Sensitivity
- across.
- 50 milligrammes
- when fully
- Beam
- loaded.
- 14 inches long.
- 389.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s NEW PHYSICAL BALANCE “SCIENCE SCHOOL” PATTERN.
- When loaded with 1,000 grammes in each pan will turn with 50 milligrammes.
- This Balance is of the same design as the Students’ Physical Balance figured on page 94, and can be used for ordinary Chemical weighings as well as for Physical Laboratory experiments.
- The illustration above shows balance beam raised to its maximum height, where it is kept rigidly in position by a thumb-screw fixed behind sliding rod.
- A. —Price of Balance only, including short pan . . £2:17:6
- B. Price, including set of weights, 1,000 grammes to 1 milligramme (fractions in
- separate compartments under glass slab), forceps, glass vessel, bucket and
- cylinder for Archimedes’ experiment, and short pan £3:12:6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.95 - vue 112/385
-
-
-
- 96
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PHYSICAL BALANCE
- “ College ” Pattern
- 390
- 390.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s “COLLEGE” PATTERN PHYSICAL BALANCE. Length of beam, 19^in. ; height of brass pillar, 18in. ; diameter of pans, 6in. This balance will carry 1,200 grammes in each pan and turn with 10 milligrammes. Steel knife-edges and planes ; beam support; plumb bob ; short pan for specific gravity work, bucket and cylinder to prove Archimedes’ Law, glass jar, etc.
- A. Price of Balance only, including short pan
- £4:15:0
- B. Price, including bucket and cylinder and glass jar as figured
- £4:19:6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.96 - vue 113/385
-
-
-
- 97
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAMME WEIGHTS
- 391.—F. E. Becker & Co.’s Sets of Gramme Weights for Students, in polished box with hinged lid and forceps. The fractions are of nickel silver and aluminium covered by a glass slab.
- A. 100 grammes to 1 milligramme
- per set 7/6
- B. 200 grammes to 1 milligramme
- per set 10/6
- 392.—F. E. Becker & Co.’s Sets of Gramme Weights, without fractions or forceps, in polished box, as illustrated.
- A. 1 gramme to 100 grammes 6/-
- B. 1 gramme to 200 grammes • 9-
- C. 1 gramme to 500 grammes 13/-
- D. 1 gramme to 1,000 grammes . . 20/-
- 393.—F. E. Becker & Co.’s Special Set of Gramme Weights, at a very low price, yet made accurate enough for all ordinary work. As seen by the illustration, the weights total up to 300 grammes and are enclosed in a nicely polished box with forceps. The fractions are made of aluminium, and go from 10 milligrammes to 500 milligrammes.
- Price • • • • • • • • • • 15/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.97 - vue 114/385
-
-
-
- 98
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL WEIGHTS
- 396
- 396.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF ANALYTICAL WEIGHTS in polished mahogany velvet lined box with fractions under glass cover and forceps. The weights from 1 gramme upwards are highly nickel plated and the fractions are of nickel-silver and aluminium.
- 394.—F. E. Becker & Co.’s Sets of Analytical Weights in polished mahogany velvet lined box, fractions and two riders under glass cover with fine ivory tipped forceps. The weights from 1 gramme upwards gold plated and fractions of pure nickel and aluminium.
- A. B.
- 50 100 grammes to T\j milligramme.
- 32/6 37/6 per set.
- 395.—F. E. Becker & Co.’s Sets of Analytical Weights in polished mahogany velvet lined box, fractions and two riders under glass cover with fine ivory tipped forceps. The weights from 1 gramme upwards lacquered and fractions of nickel and aluminium.
- A. B.
- 50 100 grammes to Tir milligramme.
- 29/6 35/- per set.
- A. B. C.
- 50 100 200 grammes to 1 milligramme.
- £1:2:6 £1:5:0 £1 : 12 : 6 per set.
- 397
- 397.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAMME WEIGHTS, in polished mahogany box, with forceps. The fractions are made of aluminium. These weights have been specially introduced to meet the increasing demand for an accurate box of weights at a low price.
- A. 50 grammes to 1 milligramme (total 100 grammes) . . 18/0
- B. 100 grammes to 1 milligramme (total 200 grammes) . . 19/6
- C. 200 grammes to 1 milligramme (total 500 grammes) . . 27/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.98 - vue 115/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. * J. GEORGE (LOMDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s ANALYTICAL WEIGHTS
- Best Quality
- 398
- 398. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF ANALYTICAL
- WEIGHTS, in polished mahogany box, each weight inlaid in velvet, fractions and two riders under glass cover, with fine ivory-pointed forceps, and the large fractions made of Solid 18-ct. gold.
- A. B.
- 50 100 grammestoîVmi^1grarnrne-
- £2:2:0 £2 :10 :0 per set.
- 399. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF ANALYTICAL
- WEIGHTS, in polished mahogany box, each weight inlaid in velvet ; the weights from I gramme upwards gold plated ; fractions and two riders under glass cover, with fine ivory-pointed forceps and the large fractions made of Solid 18-ct. gold.
- A. B.
- 50 100 grammes to milligramme.
- £2:7:6 £2:12:6 per set.
- 400. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF ANALYTICAL
- WEIGHTS, in polished mahogany box, each weight inlaid in velvet, the weights from 1 gramme upwards gold plated ; fractions and two riders under glass cover, with fine ivory-pointed forceps and the large fractions made of Platinum.
- A. B.
- 50 100 grammes to r\j milligramme.
- £3:5:0 £3 :12 :6 per set.
- Our Balances and Weights hâve achieved World-wide Réputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- Sent, bjr.
- IU te rial
- CERT1FICATE
- ----OF-----
- EXAMINATION
- Of
- A Set of G rame Weights.
- . E. fîocker & Co.. Hatton Wall. London.
- 60 gramr.es to 1 .gramme ... Brass. S00 milligrammes to 50 «i 11 igrammes, Gold. 20 nilligraiBDiea to 1 milligramme, Alunini
- 2 Riders ... ......... Alunini
- Box marked: fC 33399
- te 60 0 te 20 te îo te io*
- *>-»• Febmafy l®th, 1*17.
- ll.¥. XXX7. 106.
- Donslty.
- 8.32 (doterninedl 8.38 (assuned) 8.38 •
- 8.38 •
- 8.38
- 8.38 •
- 8.38
- 8.38 •
- 50.000 Or a mc s, 80.000 •
- 10.000
- 10.000
- 5.000
- 2.000
- 2.000
- 1.000
- National Physical Laboratory Cer-tificate for any of these sets of Weights, extra £2:7:6
- The Set of Weights to which this Certificale attaches Was one of a hatch of 50 sets ta^en absolutely at random and sent to the N.P.L. The Certificate speaks for itself.
- p.99 - vue 116/385
-
-
-
- 100
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. &. J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAIN WEIGHTS
- 401
- 401.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAIN WEIGHTS, accurately adjusted. In elegantly finished polished mahogany box, with velvet-lined lid. Aluminium fractions under glass slab, with polished brass forceps. 1,000 Grains to Grain.
- As supplied by us to Government Munition
- Factories, etc. . . . . per set £1 : 12 : 6
- 402
- 402. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAIN
- WEIGHTS, in polished box, with forceps. 500 Grains to x^ Grain .. per set £1:5:0
- 403. —F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF GRAIN
- WEIGHTS, in mahogany block with forceps, each weight fitted separately ; 10 grains and downwards are made of aluminium and covered with a glass slab.
- From yty grain to 2,000 5,000 10,000 20,000 grains.
- Per set .. 18/- 22/6 27/6 39/6
- LOOSE GRAMME WEIGHTS
- 404.—Gramme Weights, polished brass, flat form, as used in sets No. 391, page 97.
- Size 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1,000 grammes
- Each 2d. 2d. 3d. 4d. 5d. 9d. 1/4 21- 4/6 7/- each.
- Per dozen . . 1/2 1/6 21- 3/- 4/- 8/- 14- — — —
- Size ...... 2 5 10 kilos.
- Each ......... 13/6 .. 28/6 . . 52/6 each.
- 405.—GRAMME WEIGHTS, polished brass, tall form, as used in set 397, page 98.
- Size 1 2 5
- Price 2d. 2d. 3d.
- Size 50 100 200
- Price v- 1/5 2/4
- 10 20 grammes.
- 4d. 6d. each.
- 500 1,000 grammes.
- 5/- 8/- each.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation
- Scientific Press
- vide Opinions of the Leading
- p.100 - vue 117/385
-
-
-
- 101
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. &. J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- 406
- 406.—NIVOC FRACTIONAL WEIGHTS, accurately adjusted. Per gross • • 7
- Size . 500 200 100 50 milligrammes.
- Per dozen . . 8d. 8d. 8d. 8d.
- Size .’ 20 10 5 2 1 milligrammes.
- Per dozen . . 8d. 8d. 8d. 8d. 8d.
- 407.—NIVOC FRACTIONAL WEIGHTS, as No. 406,
- in turned wooden box, each box containing 1 dozen weights, 500 to 1 milligrammes, the 200, 20 and 2 milligramme weights being duplicated.
- Per set .. . . • . . . .. . . . . 8d.
- Per dozen sets . . • . 7/- Per gross sets . . 80/—
- 408
- 408.—ALUMINIUM FRACTIONS, “ Bent-up ” pattern. Best finish.
- 409
- 409.—ALUMINIUM FRACTIONS,“ Concave ” pattern. Best finish.
- Size .. 1,000 500 200 100 50 milligrammes. Size ..1,000 500 200 100 50 milligrammes.
- Price .. 6d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. each. Price .. 6d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. each.
- Size .. 20 10 5 2 1 milligrammes. Size .. 20 10 5 2 1 milligrammes.
- Price .. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. each. Price .. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. each.
- 410
- 410.—ALUMINIUM WIRE FRACTIONS, Spiral pattern. Size . . 500 200 100 50 20 milligrammes.
- Price . . 6d. 6d. 6d. 5d. 5d. each.
- Size . . . . 10 5 2 1 milligrammes.
- Price . . 5d. 5d. 5d. 5d. each.
- 411
- 411.—ALUMINIUM GRAIN WEIGHTS.
- Size .. 10 5 2 1 0'5 0'2 grain.
- Price .. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 5d. each.
- Size .. 0'1 0'05 0'02 O'Ol grain.
- Price .. 5d. 5d. 5d. 5d. each.
- 412.—BALANCE RIDERS, made of aluminium wire.
- Size
- Price
- 1 centigramme.
- 6d.
- 1 milligramme.
- 6d.
- 2 milli- 5 milligrammes. grammes.
- 6d. 6d.
- 12 milligrammes.
- 6d.
- i
- grain.
- 6d.
- i-10th
- grain.
- 6d.
- 413
- 413.—PLATINUM FRACTIONS, guaranteed accurate and finest finish—
- Gramme . . ‘001 '002 '005 '01 '02
- Price .. 5d. 5d. 5d. 3/- 3/8 each.
- Gramme .. '05 '1 '2 '5
- Price . . 5/- 6/- 8/- 16/- each.
- Prices vary according to the market price of platinum.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.101 - vue 118/385
-
-
-
- 102
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- 414
- 414.—BLACK POLISHED BLOCK, for fractions 0*01 to 0’5 gramme.
- Price not including fractions • • • • • • 1/6
- 414 A
- 414 A.—POLISHED BOX, with glass sliding lid, complete with fractions.
- 1-500 milligrammes, as figured . • • • each 3/6
- 414 B
- 414 B.—OPAL SLABS FOR PLACING INSIDE BALANCE CASES.
- The eight circular cavities are made shallow so that fractions can easily be taken hold of by means of forceps.
- The black figures show up well and any shortage of weights is quickly observed.
- The slabs are 84mm. long by 44mm. wide, and have polished edges.
- A. Price, each .. • • • • • • 1/9
- B. Price, per dozen . • • • 19/6
- 414 D
- 414 C.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s SETS OF HOOKED PHYSICAL WEIGHTS, very convenient for experiments with pulleys. Made of brass and lacquered, each weight being fitted with a hook. Price, complete in box :
- Set consisting of eight weights, viz. :—one each . . 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 and 200 grammes.
- Per set .. 15/—
- 414 D.—Set consisting of ten weights, viz.:—1, 2, 2, 5, 10, 20, 20, 50, 100 and 200 grammes.
- Per set •. 18/6
- 414 E
- 414E—SET OF GRAMME WEIGHTS, in polished
- circular boxes with forceps on cover, from 10 milligrammes upwards, all the 2’s being in duplicate. From 10 milligrammes to •• 50 100 grammes.
- Price, per set • • • • • • 5/6 . . 6/6
- 414 F.—Brass Hand Scales,
- with horn pans on silk cords.
- Length of
- beam--- 12 17 19 cms.
- Capacity 25 50 100 grammes
- Each 5/6 7/- 8/-
- Length of beam 30 35 cms.
- Capacity 250 500 grammes
- Each ... 12/- 15/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation: vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.102 - vue 119/385
-
-
-
- 103
- F. E. BECKER & CO., N1VOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- BALANCE ACCESSORIES
- 415 A
- 415 A.—Spirit Level, brass, best quality. Length, in.
- Each ....................... 2/6
- Per dozen
- .. 27/6
- 415 D
- 415 D.—Brass Forceps—
- Ivory points . . each 2/6
- 415 E
- 415 E.—Forceps, for balances, nickel-plated . . 6/- per dozen ; each 7d.
- 415 H
- 415 H. — Feet for protecting benches and tables from indentations caused by the adjusting of levelling screws ; each 9d.
- 415 B
- 415 B.—Circular Cross Spirit Levels, best quality. Nickel-plated . . each 5/6
- 415 F
- 415 F.—Triangular Desiccators, polished on all sides, for placing inside balance cases.
- 2in. by 1 fin. .. each 1/3
- 3|in. by 2Jin. . • each 1/6
- 415 C
- 415 C.—Circular Spirit Levels
- best quality.
- A. 1 in. diameter. . each 4/9
- B. l^in ., ,, 5/9
- C. 2in. „ . . „ 6/9
- 415 G
- 415 G.— Powerful Lens, on
- metal foot, for magnifying the divisions of index scales on analytical balances;
- each 8/6
- 415 K.—Mahogany Stools,
- best quality for specific gravity work. These may be used with 100 gramme or 250 gramme size balances ; each 1/-
- 415 K
- 415 J
- 415 J. - G 1 a s s Vessels for Specific Gravity work.
- Each.. .. 1/-
- Per dozen . . 11/—
- 415 L
- 415 L.—Camel Hair Brushes for dusting balance pans ;
- each 6d.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.103 - vue 120/385
-
-
-
- 104
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- GRIM LEY’S PROSPECTOR’S BALANCE
- For Alluvial Tin Concentrates.
- Value of sample in lbs. per cubic yard read direct from the beam. Also weight of sample can be ascertained, enabling specific gravity to be taken, and tin
- contents to be estimated.
- Reprinted from “The Mining Magazine” for October, 1921.
- F. E. Becker & Co. (Proprietors, W. and J. George), Limited, of 17-29, Hatton Wall, London, E.C. 1. are putting on the market a prospecting balance for use in connection with alluvial tin estimations, invented by Philip Grimley, Assoc. Inst.M.M. This balance, which is on the lines of a steelyard, is designed so that if the concentrates resulting from washing % cu. ft. of ground be weighed on it, the value of that sample in pounds per cubic yard can be read from the beam, which is divided into 10 units, each of which is sub-divided into tenths. In addition the weight of the concentrates can be easily
- ascertained. Two large and three small sliding weights are supplied. Each of the small weights has a value of 4.2 grammes.
- That is, if concentrates
- weighing 4.2 grammes are placed in the pan, the beam will be horizontal when one of the small weights is at 1, or, if the weight of the concentrates be 42.0 grammes, the beam will be horizontal when the weight is at 10. One quarter of a cubic foot: 1/108 cub. yd., and 4.201 grammes” 1/108 lb. So, for example, if ^ cu. ft. of ground be washed up and when the resulting concentrates are put in the pan the beam is horizontal with one of the small weights at, say, 3.2, the value of the sample is 3.2 lb. per cu. yd. and the weight of the concentrates is 3.2 X 4.2
- Cat. No. 416.
- grammes. If only one of the small weights be used, concentrates of a higher value than 10 lb. per cu. yd. have to be weighed in two or more portions, and the beam readings must be added together. But with, for example, one small weight at the mark 10 on the beam, and another of the small weights at 4, a value of 10 plus 4= 14 lb. per cu. yd. can be read. Similarly, with the medium weight (which is twice as heavy as one of the small weights) at 10, and a small weight at 3 (as illustrated), a value of 2 X 10 plus 3—23 lb. per cu. yd. can be read; or, with the largest weight at 10 and one of the small weights at 3, a value of 3x10 plus 3 = 33 lb. per cu. yd. can be read. In all the above cases the value in lb. per cu. yd. X 4.2 = weight of concentrates in grammes. Further, should it, at times, be desirable to wash samples of \ cu. ft., then the medium-sized weight at, say, the mark 7, would indicate a value of 7 lb. per cu. yd. (Should any of the small weights be used when samples of 2 cu. ft. are washed, its beam reading must be halved.) When i cu. ft. samples are taken, the weight of concentrates in grammes — value in lb. per cu. yd. X 8.4. The apparatus is simple and not likely to get out of order when taken on a prospecting expedition. It weighs, in its wooden box, only 1£ lb., and the dimensions of the box are 14in. by 4|in. by l§in. One advantage of the instrument is that it can be carried while prospecting so that the samples can be immediately tested, thus obviating error and misadventure, and giving the required information promptly.
- Price, complete in case, £3:3:0.
- 417
- 417/1.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PRECISION BALANCE (M.V.l),
- Load 60 grammes ; sensitive to 8 milligrammes ; lacquered brass beam carrying needle-pointer swinging in front of an lvorine scale ; middle knife-edge made of hardened steel ; pillar, suspenders, and pans made of brass nicely lacquered. All the parts can be quickly taken to pieces and placed in drawer of box. The beam is raised by means of the eccentric lever. The box is made of polished mahogany. Movable pans. Price £1 : 5 : 0
- 417/2.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PRECISION BALANCE (M.V.2).
- Specification as (M.V.l), but weighing to 120 grammes and sensitive to 9 milligrammes • • • • Price £1 : 8 : 6
- 417/3.—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s PRECISION BALANCE (M.V.3).
- Specification as (M.V.l), but weighing to 250 grammes and sensitive to 10 milligrammes • • • • Price £1 : 12 : 6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the Leading
- Scientific Press
- p.104 - vue 121/385
-
-
-
- 105
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- 418.—LABORATORY SCALES, superior quality and finish. Suitable for weighing chemicals, etc. ; double beam ; mounted on nicely finished walnut box ; with white marble top, and provided with two movable brass pans.
- To weigh .................. 1 2 5 10 kilos.
- Diameter of pans ......... 16 18 20 22 cms.
- Each ................... 42/6 50/- 75/- 92/6
- 419—F. E. BECKER & Co.’s LARGE LECTURE BALANCE.—This balance is fitted with double-handled eccentric for raising or lowering , a pair each of long and short suspenders with pans, a rider-scale,, and flat centre plane. The beam has two pointers, each of them oscillating on a sextant, the one facing the lecturer, the other the audience. The short suspenders may be used in the place of the long ones.
- Sensitive to 10 milligrammes when loaded with 5,000 grammes in each pan.
- The balance may be used also for ordinary purposes and the following instructive experiments :
- Uniform knife-edges and such, in the proportion of 1 : 2.
- Long or short pointers.
- Elongation of lever.
- Moving the level of plane up or down.
- Alteration of the point of gravity.
- Weighing with the rider-scale.
- Specific gravity experiments.
- Price complete ... £17 : 0 : 0
- 419/1.—SETS OF LARGE DEMONSTRATION GRAMME WEIGHTS, in fine polished box, lid lined with velvet. With fork for lifting out the large weights and brass forceps for use with small weights. The 2, 20, 200, and 2,000 gramme weights in duplicate—
- Set of 1 gramme to 2 kilogrammes 5 kilogrammes. Price £3:0:0 £4 : 12 : 6
- 10 kilogrammes.
- £7 : 10 : 0
- 419/2.—SETS OF FLAT BRASS WEIGHTS.
- A. \oz. to |ib. per set 4/6
- B. ]fOZ. to lib. ,, 7/6
- C. $oz. to 21b. ,, 14/—
- D. }oz.to41b. ., 26/6
- 419/2
- p.105 - vue 122/385
-
-
-
- 106
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- OTHER MAKES OF BALANCES AND WEIGHTS
- SARTORIUS ANALYTICAL BALANCE “U.S.A. MODEL,” agate
- knife-edges and planes, triangular aluminium graduated beam, gilt compensated suspensions, circular movement for releasing and arresting the beam, adjustable pan supports, rider apoaratus. In oak glazed case with counterpoised sliding front window. Mounted on black glass base with levelling screws. Capacity 200 grammes and sensitivity 1/10th milligramme.
- SARTORIUS ANALYTICAL BALANCE No. 5, with straight aluminium beam 14cms. long, agate knife-edges and planes, improved rider apparatus, circular movement for releasing and arresting the beam. In polished oak glass case with counterpoised front sliding window, mounted on black glass base with levelling screws.
- Price
- £14 : 10
- Price
- £25 : 0 : 0
- OERTLING ANALYTICAL WEIGHTS in mahogany
- boxes with forceps and fractions under glass slab.
- A. 200 grammes to '001 and riders per set £4 : 15 : 0
- B. 100 grammes to '001 and riders • • per set £4 : 0 : 0
- C. 50 grammes to '001 and riders per set £3 : 5:0
- D. Platinum fractions *5 to '01 gramme any of the above sets : for extra £1 : 10 : 0
- E. 10,000 grains to'01 grain and riders, per set £7 : 0:0
- F. 6,000 grains to'01 grain and riders, per set £6 : 5:0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.106 - vue 123/385
-
-
-
- 107
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.l
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- OTHER MAKES OF BALANCES
- OERTLING BALANCE No. 34, with 8in. beam
- divided into 100 parts, to carry 200 grammes in each pan and sensitive to 0'2 milligramme ; agate knife-edges and planes, instead of bearings ; single rider-slide traversing total length of beam ; adjustable pan supports, 4-in. concave pans, polished mahogany glass case fitted with counterpoise weights to front slide and with levelling screws and plummet
- Price .. £15 : 15 : 0
- OERTLING BALANCE No. 38, with 6in. horizontal
- beam divided into 100 parts, to carry 200 grammes in each pan and turn with O'l milligramme ; agate knife-edges working on agate planes ; single rider-slide traversing total length of beam ; pansupports ; 4in. concave pans ; plummet ; polished mahogany glass case fitted with counterpoise weights to front slide and with levelling screws.
- Price .. £18 : 10 : 0
- 31a
- OERTLING BALANCE No. 31 A, with
- 13 cm. gun-metal beam to carry 100 grammes in each pan and turn with 0‘ I milligramme ; agate knife-edges working on agate planes ; pan supports ; rider-slide which traverses the entire length of the beam ; plate-glass to bottom of case ; polished mahogany glass case with counterpoise weights to front slide, and with levelling screws and plummet. This balance is fitted with side-action.
- Price . . £25 : 0 : 0
- OERTLING BALANCE No. 36, made of aluminium-alloy, with 5in. triangular beam to carry 200 grammes in each pan and turn with O' 1 milligramme ; agate knife-edges working on agate planes ; vertical rider-slide ; plummet; pan supports ; rider bar on same plane as knife-edges and serrated into 100 parts, “ 0 ” in centre to “10 ” at each end ; the pointer is of angle aluminium in order to decrease the effect of surrounding vibrations ; pans gold-plated 2|in. plates, and 5|in. between wires at base ; black plate-glass base to bottom of case ; polished mahogany glass case fitted with counterpoise weights to front slide and with levelling screws.
- Price .. £30 : 0 : 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. For Prices, etc., see Chemical Apparatus Catalogue.
- p.107 - vue 124/385
-
-
-
- 108
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C. 1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), LTD., PROPRIETORS
- OTHER MAKES OF BALANCES
- Oertling Balance, No. 1 S.B .with8in. beam (20cm.) to carry 100 grammes in each pan, and turn with 0* 1 milligramme; the beam is constructed with agate knife-edges working on agate planes, and divided for the use of the rider ; rider-slide ; pan supports ; polished mahogany glass case with counterpoise weights fitted to front slide.
- Price £30 : 0 : 0
- Plate glass to bottom of case Extra £2:5:0
- Oertling Balance, No. 2 S.B. with 6in. beam (15’2cm.) to carry 200 grammes in each pan, and turn with 0' 1 milligramme ; agate knife-edges working on agate planes ; rider-slide, which traverses the entire length of the beam ; plate-glass to bottom of case ; pan supports ; polished mahogany glass case with counterpoise weights fitted to front slide. Price £40 : 0 : 0
- Assay Balance, Oertling No. 39, with 5in. triangular beam, to carry 2 grammes in each pan and turn with O’Ol milligramme. Agate knife-edges and planes ; rider-bar, divided into 100 parts, on same plane as knife-edges ; vertical rider-slide; pan supports, polished mahogany and glass case fitted with counterpoise weights to front slide.
- Price £35 : 0 : 0
- Assay Balance, Oertling No. 12 S.B. A., with 6in. horizontal beam, divided into 100 parts ; to carry 2 grammes in each pan and turn with 0’01 milligramme. The beam is constructed with agate knife-edges working on agate planes, which are all relieved when not in use. Double rider-slide, plate-glass to bottom of case, polished mahogany glass case with counterpoise weights fitted to front slide.
- Price .. £50 : 0 : 0
- Other Oertling Balances not included in this list, supplied at maker's current list prices.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- H 4 K . LTD.. LONDON. S.E. >
- p.108 - vue 125/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 109
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THE FOLLOWING PAGES COMPRISE AN
- ALPHABETICAL LIST
- OF
- GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
- Laboratory Requisites,
- CHEMICALS, ACIDS,
- REAGENTS, ETC.
- ^JIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHIllllIlIlIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlIllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllir^
- THE PRECEDING PAGES CONTAIN FULL DETAILS AND PRICES OF THE FOLLOWING:
- | Glass Beakers and Flasks, etc..............
- §f Graduated Glassware ......................
- | Laboratory Porcelain ......................
- | Opaque Silica (“ Vitreosil”) Laboratory Apparatus | Transparent Silica Laboratory Apparatus
- | Nickel Laboratory Apparatus................
- 5 Filter Papers..............................
- | Microscopes and Accessories ...............
- I BALANCES AND WEIGHTS
- pages 2 to 5 |
- „ 6 „ 11 |
- „ 12 „ 14 |
- „ 15 „ 25 j
- „ 26 „ 31 |
- page 32 §
- pages 33 to 46 §
- „ 47 „ 76 §
- „ 77 „ 108 §
- | A comprehensive index, will be found at the end =
- | of the Catalogue• =
- Inin....
- if
- p.109 - vue 126/385
-
-
-
- 110 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1,
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- General Laboratory Apparatus
- ACID JUGS
- ABSORPTION 1 ‘UBES, BUNSEN’S
- }|j 420.— Absorp- ,T1 421.— Absorp-
- i|| tion Tubes, If tion Tubes,
- 1 Bunsen’s, gradual ated into 250 ill mm. -§mJ Bunsen’s, graduated, with bulb.
- i|j Each .. .. 2/6 fcinlillb%g :J|II Each .. ..2/9
- 422.—Acid Jugs, stoneware. ^
- A. 1 pint each 1 /2
- B. 1 quart » 1/6
- C. 2 quarts .. „ 2/6 \
- D. 3 „ •• „ 3/- 1
- E. 1 gallon .. „ 3/6
- 422
- FOR GLASS JUGS, SEE INDEX.
- 423.
- ADAPTERS
- -Adapters, funnel-shaped, for Gooch’s
- Crucibles, end of stem ground off at an angle.
- Internal dia. of cup 20 26 32 38 mm.
- For Gooch’s crucible
- No 1 2 3 4
- Each 8d. 9d. 1/2 i/5
- Per dozen 6/- 8/- 12/- 16/-
- 424. — Adapters,
- bent, 6 in. to 9 in. long.
- Each...........8d.
- Per doz. .. .. 7/-
- 425. — Adapters,
- straight, 6 in. to 9 in. long.
- Each .. . . .. 6d.
- Per doz. .. .. 5/-
- GOVERNMENT LABORATORY ARSENIC
- APPARATUS
- 426. —Government Laboratory Standard Arsenic Apparatus. Zinc and Acid method.
- A. Price, complete as figured, including special Bunsen
- Burner, star support and chimney .. 15/-
- B. Ditto, glass parts only .. .. .. each 10/6
- 427. —Spare Arsenic Tubes for above apparatus, made out of Special Combustion Glass Tubing.
- Per doz. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4/-
- 428. —Government Laboratory Standard Arsenic Apparatus. Electrolysis method.
- Price of complete glass parts, with limb left open for fusing in the platinum parts, porous pot and special Bunsen Burner .. .. .. .. .. .. 35/-
- Platinum Electrodes extra, according to weight, and charged for at the current market price of platinum.
- 429. —Spare Arsenic Tubes for above apparatus, made out of Special Combustion Glass Tubing.
- Per doz. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4/-
- may rest assured that when
- Being actual makers to the Principal Chemist of the Government Laboratories, customers ordering the above apparatus from us they will be supplied with the correct articles.
- The illustration No. 428 is not correct in every detail as the latest form of Standard Arsenic Apparatus, as modified by the Government: Laboratory Authorities, differs somewhat from the original apparatus.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.110 - vue 127/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 111
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ASPIRATORS AND TAPS
- 430.—Aspirators, strong
- white glass, with tubulure at bottom, ground inside.
- 430
- Capacity 1 2 3 4 5 Itrs. Capacity 1 Price 3/8 234 galls. 8/- 11/- 14/6 each.
- Each 3/6 4/6 5/6 6/6 8/-
- Capacity 6 8 10 15 20 ltrs. Capacity 5 6 8 ro galls.
- Each 10/- 12/6 15/6 28/- 41/- Price 16/- 21/- 35/- 55/-each.
- 431.—Aspirators, stoneware, with tubulure at bottom.
- 43i
- 432
- 432.—Aspirators, white crystal glass, with stopper and stopcock, both thoroughly ground-in.
- Capacity—
- 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Price—
- 4/- 4/6 10/6 each.
- Capacity—
- 2345 litres. Price—
- 12/9 14/6 17/- 19/6 each. Capacity—
- 6 8 10 15 litres.
- Price—
- 25/- 30/- 35/- 50/- each.
- 433.—Stoneware Taps, suitable for aspirators No. 431.
- 6/6 to 10/6 each according to size.
- 433
- 434.—Brass Taps, suitable
- for aspirators.
- Nickel-plated .. .. 4/6
- 435. — Glass Taps,
- bent for aspirators.
- FOR GAS ASPIRATORS, SEE INDEX.
- Diam. of bore Price, each .
- 4
- 3/9
- BALLOONS
- 4 3 6.—Goldbeater’s Skin Balloons, for Hydrogen and Coal Gas.
- Diameter 6 9 io| 12 in. HI
- Price .. 1/6 2/3 2/9 3/6 each. V.,,01 )IOti
- Diameter •• 15 18 20 in. 91
- Price .. 5/- 7/6 9/9 each. Y
- 437.—Collodion Balloons,
- best quality, very thin and light, for hydrogen.
- Length.. 4 6 9 12 in.
- Price .. 2/9 3/3 4/- 6/6 each.
- 438.—Brass Tobacco Pipe, for Gas Experiments, with brass stopcock and ferrule .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. • • each 6/-
- 439 .—Ditto, with ferrule, but without stopcock ..
- 3/6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wi(le Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.111 - vue 128/385
-
-
-
- 112 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1,
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BAROMETER TUBES
- c
- 440.—Barometer Tubes.
- A. Plain, thick-walled each 1 /2
- B. Bulb pattern .. ,, 2/3
- C. Syphon pattern ,, 2/3
- 444.—Fitzroy Barometer,
- best quality, with two sliding indicators, thermometer and storm glass—
- each £2 5 0
- BAROMETERS
- 441. — Bunsen’s Syphon Barometer, filled and graduated in millimetres, on white enamelled back, mounted on strong iron support with clamp—
- £2 2 0
- 442. —Ditto, but not mounted—
- £1 10 0
- 443. — Bunsen’s Syphon Barometer, white enamelled back,graduated in millimetres, mounted on nicely-polished mahogany board—
- £2 12 6
- 445. — Model Barometer,
- best quality, ivory scale, with thermometer, sliding vernier, portable screw and polished mahogany frame— £2 10 0
- 446. — Wheel Pattern Mercurial Barometer, 8 in., dial, opal plates, • with mirror, damp detector and level, in oak, walnut, or mahogany, as figured—
- £2 10 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.112 - vue 129/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 113
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FORTIN’S STANDARD BAROMETERS
- SPECIAL NOTE.—For export orders the only tolerably safe way to send Barometers is in care of one of the Ship's Officers. When this is done, however, it is necessary for customers to arrange to take personal delivery at the Port of discharge. W e guarantee the instruments to be in perfect condition when they leave our Warehouse but we cannot accept responsibility for damage during transit. For Home orders we can arrange to send in care of the guard of any specified train provided customers arrange to meet the train on its arrival.
- 447
- 447. —Fortin’s Standard Barometer, large size, diameter of tube 0-5 in., with double vernier reading to 15-^th of an inch, and Tyth of a millimetre ; mounted on handsomely finished mahogany board,
- with opal glass reflectors, adjusting screws, etc. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £18 10 0
- 448. —Fortin’s Standard Barometer. This instrument has been designed to meet the requirements of those who find the need of a Barometer which will give exact reading and cost but a moderate sum, and is used for Demonstration purposes in all the principal Science and Technical Laboratories.
- We wish to emphasize that this is a Standard Barometer, made on the same principle as the larger Fortin’s Barometer, and gives readings to -oi in. and -i millimetre and is recommended for use as a “ Standard ” in Colleges, Schools and private Observatories.
- Price, mounted on polished mahogany board and complete with standard thermometer .. .. £7 15 0
- A. # National Physical Laboratory Certificate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. extra 2 2 0
- B. Glazed Oak or Mahogany Case to contain above .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 440
- 449. —Fortin’s Standard Barometer, as No. 447, but in elegantly finished case with lock and key 22 14 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.113 - vue 130/385
-
-
-
- 114 F. E. BECKER & CO., IUIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BAROMETERS
- These Instruments have been specially designed for use in science classes as, on account of their construction, the working of the tubes can be observed without dismantling the Instruments.
- 452
- 450. —Standard “Direct Reading ” Barometer. The scale of this Instrument is compensated to allow for the rise or fall of the mercury in the cistern, and thus gives direct readings and obviates the addition necessary in the Syphon pattern. The scale which can be either inches or millimetres is divided and etched on the glass tube, and reads to -05 inch or 1 millimetre. Mounted on polished oak
- or mahogany board with reflector .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£2100
- 451. —Demonstration Wheel Barometer. The 8-in. engraved and silvered metal dial is divided to , (V(jth in. from 28 to 31 inches, thus giving a very open range showing slight variations in atmospheric pressure. The spindle is hardened and polished steel and works without friction. The tube is provided with a glass stopcock so that at any time it is required to shift the position of the barometer, the mercury can be run up to the top of the tube and the tap turned, thus making it quite safe for carrying about. This Instrument is mounted in a well-made fumed and polished oak frame with strong brass bevel with domed glass and index, framed glass over top part of tube and hinged door to lower end, thus making it dust proof.
- Price £3 10 0
- 452. —Standard “Syphon “ Barometer. The scales are divided and etched on the tube in
- millimetres, mounted on polished oak or mahogany board with reflectors .. .. .. .. .. £2 10 0
- 453. —A Thermometer (divided and figured on the stem) can be attached to either of No. 450 or 452 Barometers at an extra charge of 5/-.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.114 - vue 131/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 115
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 454.—Lead Basins
- Diameter Price, each
- LEAD BASINS
- for Hydrofluoric Acid.
- 5 7| io cm.
- 8d. 1/- 1/6
- CAST IRON BASINS
- 455.—Cast Iron I
- Basins, enamelled inside, acid resisting, deep form, with spout and bow handles.
- Inside diameter 6 8 io 12 15 18 22 in.
- Price, each .. 3/3 4/3 6/6 9/6 18/6 28/- 39/-
- 456.—Cast Iron
- Basins, enamelled inside, acid resisting, shallow form, with spout and bow handles.
- Inside diameter 6 8 10 12 15 18 22 in.
- Price, each .. 3/6 4/3 6/- 9/- 17/6 26/- 39/-
- PORCELAIN BASINS
- 457.—Porcelain Basins, finest quality, for photo-
- For
- Glass Basins
- See Page 3.
- Nickel Basins
- See Page 32.
- Porcelain
- Basins
- See Pages 12, 13 and 14.
- PLATINUM BASINS
- 458.—Platinum Basins, highly polished, with lip. Any size made to order. Lowest prices quoted on application. When ordering please state approximate weight and capacity desired.
- 459.—Silver Basins. Any size made to order. Lowest prices quoted on application.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.115 - vue 132/385
-
-
-
- 116 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BATTERIES
- For other forms, accumulators, wire, terminals, etc., see Physical Apparatus Catalogue.
- 460
- 460.—B ichromate
- Battery, bottle form, with arrangement for raising and lowering the zinc.
- Each.
- A. Capacity 250 c.c. 4/6
- B. „ 5oo „ 6/-
- C. „ 800 „ 7/6
- D. ,, 2,000 „ 10/6
- 461. —DanielI’s Cells,
- Colonial Government pattern. E.M.F. 1*08 volts., internal resistance 2 ohms., capacity 3 pints. Complete as figured.
- 5/-
- 462. —Spare parts for above—
- A. Zinc .. .. each 1 /9
- B. Copper .. ,, 1/-
- C. Outer Glass Jar ,, 1/6
- D. Porous Pot .. „ 10d.
- 463
- 463. — Leclanche Cells, ordinary pattern, complete with porous pot (charged), zinc rod, and outer glass vessel. Prices for best make.
- A. 2-pint size .. each 2/2
- B. 3-pint „ .. „ 3/-
- 464.— Bunsen’s Cells,
- best make complete, with carbon block and terminal, zinc cylinder and terminal, porous pot and outer stoneware vessel.
- A. Pint size .. .. each 6/-
- B. Quart size .. ,, 8/6
- 465.—Daniel I’s Cells,
- zinc rod, with mahogany cap and terminal porous pot and outer copper pot with terminal.
- A. |-pint size .. each 7 /-
- B. i-pint ,, 8/6
- C. 2-pint ,, .. 11/6
- D. 3-pint „ .. „ 14/-
- 465
- 466. Bichromate Battery, Lecture Table pattern, with arrangement for lifting and lowering, 5-pint size glass cells ; zinc plates, which are amalgamated ready for use, measure 6 in. X 3 in. .. £3 15 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.116 - vue 133/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 117
- W. & J. GEORGE O-ONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BECKMANN’S APPARATUS
- (FREEZING POINT METHOD.)
- 467.—Beckmann’s Apparatus for the determination of molecular weights. Freezing point method. The apparatus comprises :—
- A. Cylindrical glass cooling vessel with nickel-plated metal cover Zinc trough with tubulure at side Glass syphon Pure nickel wire stirrer Two freezing tubes with corks Two air jackets One freezing rod with cork Two filling pipettes
- One ordinary thermometer for taking temperature of the cylindrical cooling vessel.
- Price complete £2 7 6
- B. Beckmann’s Thermometer, Range 5-6° C. in r^<r°-
- Price £1 5 0
- The above apparatus is fully described in the Magazine of Physical Chemistry, Vol. VII, page 324.
- BECKMANN’S APPARATUS
- (BOILING POINT METHOD.)
- 468.—Beckmann’s Apparatus for the determination of molecular weights. Boiling point method, improved form. The apparatus comprises :—
- Boiling cylinder with platinum wire sealed through the bottom
- Glass steam jacket or
- Porcelain steam jacket
- Set of two spiral condensers
- Set of two small Liebig’s condensers 0'.'.
- Set of two small filling tubes, beads and garnets Asbestos heating bath
- The burners, stand and clamp are not included in following prices.
- A. Price complete, with glass steam jacket .. ..£276
- B. ,, ,, ,, porcelain steam jacket .. .. 3 5 0
- C. Pastille Press, latest improved pattern .. .. .. 18 0
- D. Beckmann’s Thermometer, Range 5-6° C. in T^° .. 15 0
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.117 - vue 134/385
-
-
-
- 118 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BELL JARS
- 469.—Bell Jars, open at top, and well-ground flange at bottom for air pump work, etc.
- 7 8 8 9 in.
- 5 4 5 6 in.
- 5/- 5/- 6/- 7/-
- 470.—Bell Jars, with knob and well-ground flange.
- Height .. 5 6 7 8 in.
- Diameter .. 5 6 7 8 in.
- Each .. 3/9 5/6 7/6 8/6
- Height .. 9 10 12 12 in. Diameter 6| 8 6 8 in.
- Each .. 8/6 9/6 9/- 12/-
- 470
- 471.—Bell Jars, stoppered with well-ground flange for air pump work, etc.
- Height 6 6 8 8 9 in.
- Diameter 3 4 4 6 6 in.
- Each .. 3/6 3/9 5/9 8/- 8/6
- Height 10 10 10 12 12 in.
- Diameter 5 7 8 6 8 in.
- Each .. 8/- 12/6 14/- 12/6 19/6
- 472.—Bell Jars, open at top, with well-ground flange and graduated into cubic centimetres.
- Capacity
- Price
- 500
- 6/-
- 1,000
- 8/6
- 2,000 c.c. 10/6 each.
- 471
- BEAKERS
- 474
- 473.—Thick Glass Beakers,
- with lip, for cold solutions, filtrates, etc.
- Capacity 4 \ 1 2 litres.
- Each .. 1/3 1/10 2/6 3/9
- Capacity •• 3 4 5 litres.
- Each .. 4/6 5/6 9/-
- FOR ALL OTHER GLASS BEAKERS,
- See Pages 2 to 4.
- PORCELAIN BEAKERS.
- See Page 12.
- 475. — Enamelled Steel
- Beakers.
- Capacity, approx. 8 12 18 oz.
- Diameter 7 8 9 cm.
- Each 1/2 1/4 1/6
- 474.—Zinc Beakers, 7I cm. x 7
- cm. Sometimes used instead of glass beakers and will be found useful for specific gravity experiments, etc.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. 1 /-
- Per doz............... .. 10/6
- 476. — Finest Quality Glass Beakers, extra wide pattern, with lip.
- 4f in. x 4f in. .. each 1 /6 per doz. 15/-
- 475
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.118 - vue 135/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO, NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 119
- W. & 4. QEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BELL JARS
- 478.—Bell Jars, pale green glass, short
- 477
- 477.—Bell Jars, pale green glass, tall form, for covering instruments when not in use.
- 479.—Double Bell Jars, stoppered, for use in Botanical Research, to show the action of different coloured light on growing plants.
- Height 6 CO M 0 12 in. Inside height.. • • 30 40 40 35 cm.
- Diameter 4§ Each .. 37- 6 5 3/6 4/- 6 in. 4/6 Inside diameter 12 15 18 25 cm.
- Price .. .. 21/6 26/6 35/6 65/- each
- Height 14 17 20 in.
- Diameter 7 8 8 in.
- Each .. 5/6 9/- 10/6
- 479
- 480.—Becker’s “ Airtite,” a
- special preparation only to be obtained from us. Price, per pot .. 1/6
- N.B.—The constituents of this' grease are mixed in correct proportions, so that the grease is neither too hard nor too soft. There are preparations on the market which look the same as “ Airtite,” but do not give satisfaction in use.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.119 - vue 136/385
-
-
-
- 120 F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. OEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BLOWPIPE APPARATUS
- FOOT BELLOWS.
- 481
- 481. — “ N i v o c ” Foot Bellows, very strongly made, gives a steady air pressure. These bellows are fitted with the Nivoc Special Wire Cage, which is considered a great improvement on the old form of string net.
- No. 5 size, each £2 17 6
- 482. — “Nivoc” Foot Bellows, very strongly made, gives a steady air pressure. These bellows are fitted with the Nivoc Special Wire Cage as No. 481, but the reservoir is reversed, and mounted on strong cast-iron feet, as shown in the illustration. 482 No. 5 size, each £3 5 0
- 483 .—Extra Wire Cages for “ Nivoc ” Foot Bellows—
- each 5/6
- 484/5
- 484.—Rubber Circles for Foot Bellows, best quality, 10 in. diam. .. .. each 2/6
- 485 .—Ditto, ditto, 12 in. diam.
- each 3/-
- 486.—String IMet, with wire for foot bellows .. each 2/- and 2/6
- 489.—Black’s
- japanned tin.
- Blowpipes, ordinary pattern, Each 7d j per doz. 6/3
- *
- 490.—Blowpipes, plain brass, with tinned mouthpiece. Each 9d. ; per doz. 7/6 ; per gross 89/-
- 491.—Blowpipe, improved pattern, best finish, polished straight brass tube, with ebonite mouthpiece.
- Each 1/8; per doz. 18/-
- I*1 • • "
- 492.—Improved Form of Mouth Blowpipe (Bucknell’s Patent).
- No Bunsen Burner required. Mouthpiece and Flame cannot come in contact with the bench, thus safe from an hygienic point of view, and from fire .. .. each 4/6
- 487.—New Pat-
- tern Blowpipe,
- as used by the experts in the glass-blowing industry. Of very solid construction and specially designed for intensity of flame. Size of jet can be modified by the insertion of different sizes of glass tubing in the jet tube. Easily dismantled for cleaning.
- each 14/6
- 488
- 488.—Blowpipe, with two Stopcocks, for air and gas supply respectively.
- Price, complete with three jets, small, medium and large 14/6
- 493.—Patent “ Rapid Ghange ” Blowpipe, gives perfect flames for all purposes.
- each £2 10 0 Letters A, B and C represent the small, medium, and large jets, any of which can be turned round as far as D. D gives a very small flame, which serves to light the jets as they are brought immediately under.
- As will be seen by the illustration, the blowpipe can be tilted to any desired angle.
- p.120 - vue 137/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 121
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY BLOWER
- 494. — New Laboratory Blower. Most of the blowers on the market at the present time have been found wanting in several respects. As a rule they are not easy to use, and rarely give good results. After working for a short time they get clogged, and their construction is such, that it is a most difficult matter to take them to pieces for cleaning purposes and then to re-set them accurately. Blowers of Continental make have been tried with similar results.
- The blower, illustrated, consists of a strong brass tank, at the side of which the pump is fitted, and the latter must be connected with water supply at A. The air supply pipe is at B, and care must be taken when starting to keep this tap closed until water flows freely from syphon tube C. There is a stop valve arrangement to prevent water under any circumstances from rising to the blowpipe. Price.
- A. Size 24 in. x 6| in., to serve 2 blowpipes £2 12 6
- B. Size 32 in. x 7^ in., ,, 3 3 7 6
- 495.—Set of Glass Blower’s Tools,
- consisting of iron cone in wooden handle, iron rod in wooden handle, flat iron plate and tongs .. per set 4/-496 .—Ditto, better quality, with more tools, in wooden box, with lid .. .. .. .. .. 15/-
- 499.—Size No. 5, on feet 500 .—Ditto, not on feet
- 497.— Fletcher’s Foot Bellows,
- giving a steady air pressure of about i£ lb. per square in. No. 3 is best suited for ordinary blow-pipework, No. 5 for furnaces and large blowpipes.
- Size No. 3 each £3 0 0 498. —Ditto, not on feet.
- each £2 13 6
- ,,£3 7 6 „ £3 0 0
- (For “ Nivoc ” Foot Bellows see previous page.)
- 501.—Anvils, steel, with polished face, iA in. X A in. X A in.
- each 1/6
- 502 .—Ditto, 4 in. x 4 in. X 1 in. .. .. „ 8/6
- BLOWPIPE TABLES
- 503. — Blowpipe Table,
- strongly made, lead covered, with double bellows, as supplied by us to the Board of Education.
- £6 10 0
- 504. —B lowpipe Table, with single bellows, as supplied by us to the Imperial College of Science, South Kensington.
- £5 17 6
- 505.
- Blowpipe Table, Improved Form, w i th Double Action Bellows. This blowpipe table is very efficient, and is used by most professional glass
- blowers. The air pressure is easily regulated by placing weights in the receptacle at the top of the bellows, each £7 15 0
- 506. — Rectangular Fireclay Trays, very useful for blowpipe work.
- per doz. 3/6
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.121 - vue 138/385
-
-
-
- 122 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BLOWPIPE APPARATUS
- 507. — Compressed Charcoal Blocks,
- 2 in. X I in.
- 508. —Ditto, 3
- 509. —Ditto, 6
- i in. .. .. each4d.; doz. 3/-
- t. X i in. x i in. ,, 4d. ; ,, 3/9 i. X i in. xi in. ,, 6d. ; ,, 5/9
- 510.—Compressed Charcoal Pastilles.
- Per dozen .. .. 9d. Per gross .. .. 8/6
- 516.—Becker’s Natural Willow Charcoal
- Blocks. Specially prepared for blowpipe work.
- Size, about 6 in. X i in. X i in. .. .. per doz. 6/-
- 517.—Charcoal Borers, for holes | in. dia. 3/-
- 511.—Charcoal Pastille Holders, to take pastilles No. 510.
- Each 9d. Per doz. 8/6
- 512.—Platinum Wire Holders .. .. 1/6
- per doz. 17/-
- 513. —Platinum Blowpipe Foil, 2x1m.
- Price varies, each 8/6
- 514. — Platinum Blowpipe Wire.
- Price varies, per foot 8/6
- 515 — Newth’s Potass io-scope.
- This apparatus, which is fully described in Newth’s “ Manual of Chemical Analysis,” 1909 Edition, page 22, consists of a small flat glass cell filled with a solution of one of the aniline blue dyes. Its utility lies in the fact that Potassium (with the exception of the extremely rare element Rubidium), when viewed through the Potassioscope, is the only metal giving a flame which appears red, whereas, when using blue or indigo glass, Lithium, Barium, Strontium and Calcium all appear red. Each 2/- ; per dozen 23/-
- 518.—Charcoal Saw in wooden handle.
- Each .. 1/- Per doz. .. 11/-
- 519.—Platinum Foil Holders .. each 1/6
- per doz. 17/-
- 520.—Platinum Spoons. Lowest market price quoted on application.
- 521. — Indigo Prism, best quality white glass with polished faces, for examination of the colours of the blowpipe flame.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. 4/6
- 522.—Cobalt Glasses.
- each 2d.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.122 - vue 139/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 123
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BLOWPIPE APPARATUS
- 523.—Letcher’s Elementary Students’ Set, in deal case, containing : Blowpipe, hammer, anvil, spirit lamp, grease lamp, scissors, lamp tweezers, brass tweezers, magnet, pastilles and pastille holder, cupel striker, platinum wire, boiling dish, open tubes, closed tubes, and glass rod.
- Reagents.—Test papers—Litmus, turmeric and Brazil wood ; carbonate of soda, microcosmic salt, borax, bisulphate of potash, fluor spar, assay lead, bone ash, nitrate of cobalt, and tinfoil.
- £110
- 524. —Prize Set, in stained deal case, containing : Blowpipe, spirit lamp, grease lamp, hammer, anvil, pestle and guard, platinum forceps, brass forceps, lamp tweezers, test-tube holder, chisel, magnet, file, scissors, cupel striker, bone spatula, platinum wire and foil, pastille and cupel holder, pastilles, boiling dish, open tubes, closed tubes, glass rod and blue glass.
- Reagents.—Test papers—Litmus, turmeric, Brazil wood and soda ; carbonate of soda, microcosmic salt, borax, bone ash, fluor spar, assay lead, nitrate of cobalt, bisulphate of potash, oxide of copper, chloride of silver, potassic iodide and sulphur, tinfoil and magnesium ribbon.. .. .. .. ' .. ..£226
- 525. —Superior Set, in polished mahogany case, with initial plate, containing in addition to No. 524:
- Platinum nozzle to blowpipe, agate mortar and pestle, and gold bead .. .. .. .. .. 376
- 526. —Best Set, contents same as No. 525, in polished mahogany case, with the addition of a drawer
- containing 48 selected test minerals in tubes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 476
- These minerals afford good examples for practice to both elementary and advanced students.
- 527. — Drop Bottle,
- patent stopper and grooves in stopper. two
- Capacity. Each. Doz.
- 30 C.C. . 7d. 5/6
- 60 ,, 7d. 6/6
- IOO ,, . 10d. 8/6
- 529.—Drop Bottle,
- with pipette -stopper and
- caoutchouc Capacity.
- 15 C.C.
- 30 „
- 60 ,,
- top.
- Each. Doz.
- 7d. 6/-
- 8d. 7/-
- 9d. 8/-
- DROP BOTTLES
- 528. — Drop Bottle,
- with pipette stopper and india-rubber 'teat.
- Capacity. Each. Doz.
- 15 c.c. . • v- 10/6
- 30 „ 1/2 12/6
- 60 ,, 1/4 14/3
- 530. — Dropping Pipettes
- with rubber teat .. each 4d.
- 531.—Sets of Dropping Bottles in Wooden Stand,
- fitted either with pipettes or rods complete.
- Set of 6 8 12
- Fitted with bulb
- pipettes .. each 8/6 10/- 12/-Fitted with rods ,, 7/- 8/- 10/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.123 - vue 140/385
-
-
-
- 124 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTTLES
- 532. — Schuster’s Drop Bottle.
- A. Plain each 11 d.
- B. Ditto, stoppered
- each 1 /5
- 533.—Drop Bottle, for Canada Balsam, with loose glass rod.
- 534.—Ether Bottles, best crystal glass, stoppered and with glass cap, well
- ground on. Capacity.
- 1 oz.
- 2 „
- 4 »
- 6 „
- 8 „
- 16 ,,
- 20 „
- 40 „
- Price each.
- •• 3/-.. 3/3
- .. 3/9
- .. 4/6
- •• 6/-.. 6/6 .. 7/6
- •• 97-
- Price per doz.
- 35/-
- 38/-
- 44/-
- 53/-
- 59/-
- 77/-
- 88/-
- 105/-
- 536. — Pressure Bottles, stout glass— each 2/-
- 537.
- Pressu re Bottles,
- with removable brass clamp.
- each 5/-
- 535.—Oil Bottles, with tube stop-
- STONEWARE JARS per, ground on cap and trap for collect- FOR
- FOR STORING CHEMICALS, ing drops of oil and returning same to WOULFF’S
- ETC., bottle. BOTTLES,
- SEE INDEX. Capacity io 20 30 40 oz. Price, each .. 6/6 8/6 10/- 12/- SEE INDEX.
- 538. — Amber Coloured Bottles, best quality with flat head stoppers thoroughly ground into necks.
- A. Narrow mouth—
- Capacity Price, per doz...
- i 2 4
- 5/6 6/- 7/6
- 3 oz.
- 8/9
- Capacity Price, per doz.. Wide mouth 10 11/- 12 12/- 16 14/6 20 oz. 15/6 539.—Stoneware plain. Bottles,
- Capacity 1 2 4 6 8 oz. Capacity. A. i gall. B. 1 „ Price each. .. 2/-.. 3/-
- Price, per doz.. 6/- 6/6 8/6 9/- 9/6
- Capacity .. 10 12 16 20 oz. C. 2 „ .. 6/-
- Price, per doz. . .. .. 12/- 13/- 15/6 17/- D. 4 „ .. 12/-
- (For other reagent bottles see next page.) E. 6 „ ... 18/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.124 - vue 141/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 125
- W- & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTTLES
- 540.—B ottles, narrow mouthed, fiat stoppered.
- Best quality white glass, free from lead, for reagents, etc.
- Capacity 2 Per doz. 5/-Per gross 55/-
- 4 6 8 oz.
- 6/6 7/- 8/-
- 70/- 78/- 927-
- Capacity 10 12 l6 20 32 OZ.
- Per doz. 10/- 10/6 13/- 14/- 20/-Per gross no/- 120/- 130/- 160/- 215/-
- 541. — Bottles, wide mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Best quality white glass, free from lead, for dry salts, etc.
- Capacity 2 Per doz. 5/6 Per gross 62/-
- 4 6 7/- 8/-
- 80/- 90/-
- Capacity 10 12 16 20 32 oz.
- Per doz. 11/- 12/6 14/6 17/- 21/6 Per gross 128/- 140/- 155/- 196/- 234/-
- 542.—B ottles , n a r i now
- mouthed, upright
- stoppers. White glass.
- Capacity . . 1 2 4 oz.
- Per doz. .. 4/6 5/6 6/6
- Per gross .. 52/- 60/- 75/-
- Capacity .. 6 8 10 oz.
- Per doz. .. 7/6 9/- 10/-
- Per gross .. 85/- 102/- 112/-
- 544.—B ottles , narrow
- mouthed. Pale green glass, well
- stoppered.
- Capacity • • 5 10 16 20 oz.
- Each .. .. 7d. 8d. ird. I/I
- Per doz. •• 6/- 7/- 9/- 10/9
- Capacity •• 32 40 80 oz.
- Each .. •• i/3 1/6 1/9
- Per doz. .. 14/- 17/- 19/6
- 543. — B 0 11 I e s, w i d e
- mouthed, u p r i g h t
- sto P pe rS. White glass.
- Capacity 1 2 4 OZ.
- Per doz. 5/6 6/- 7/6
- Per gross •• 64/- 70/- 85/-
- Capacity 6 8 10 oz.
- Per doz. 8/6 10/6 11/6
- Per gross •• 98/- 118/- 126/-
- 545. — Bottles, w i d e
- mouthed. Pale green glass, well
- stoppered.
- Capacity •• 5 10 16 20 oz.
- Each.. .. 8d. 9d. 1/- 1/3
- Per doz. •• 7/- 8/- 10/6 13/-
- Capacity .. 32 40 80 oz.
- Each.. •• 1/6 1/8 2/~
- Per doz. 17/- 19/- 23/-
- 547. — Bottles, w i d e
- mouthed, unstoppered.
- White glass.
- Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. 3/6 4/- 4/6 6/-
- Capacity 10 12 16 20 32 oz.
- Per doz. 7/- 7/6 9/- 9/6 14/-
- 546.—B > 0 t t I e s, n a r ro w
- m 0 u t h e d , unstoppered.
- White glass.
- Capacity 2 4 6 oz.
- Per doz. 3/3 3/9 4/3
- Capacity 8 ro 12 16 oz.
- Per doz. 5/- 6/6 6/9 8/6
- 546
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.125 - vue 142/385
-
-
-
- 126 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTTLES WITH PERMANENT LABELS
- We particularly desire to draw attention to our special system of labelling and numbering of Bottles, and we invite correspondence on the subject.
- It will interest clients to know that we have recently supplied a well-known College with a large number of Bottles labelled and numbered in such a manner that on taking up any Bottle it was possible to know not only the Laboratory and Bench to which it belonged, but also its exact position on the Bench, and this notwithstanding the fact that there were between 3,000 and 4,000 Bottles ordered for use in four separate Laboratories. Also, something like 4,000 Bottles with enamel labels have been supplied by us to the Board of Education for use in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, South Kensington.
- As the “ burning-in ” process takes several days, we cannot guarantee delivery of a large quantity under about 6 weeks. Special prices quoted for the above numbering system.
- 542.—Enamel 542 Labelled Reagent Bottles. Hard white enamel letters and border line. Narrow mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 20/- 21 /6 22/6 23/-
- 544.—Enamel 544 Labelled Reagent Bottles. Hard white opaque enamel shield with black lettering. Narrow mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 22/- 24/- 25/- 26/-
- 546.—Enamel 546 Labelled Reagent Bottles. Hard white opaque enamel shield, in which the letters are cut out and left transparent. Narrow mouthed, flat stoppered. Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 20/- 21/6 22/6 23/-
- Capacity .. 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. .. 25/- 26/- 28/- 32/6
- 543—Ditto, as 542 but wide mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 21/- 23/- 24/- 25/-
- Capacity 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. .. 28/- 29/- 30/- 36/-
- 545—Ditto, as 544 but wide mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Capacity .. 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 24/- 25/- 27/- 28/-
- Capacity 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. .. 25/- 26/- 28/- 32/6
- 547 — Ditto as 546 but wide mouthed,, flat stoppered.
- Capacity 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. .. 21/- 23/- 24/- 25/-
- Capacity .. 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. .. 26/- 27/6 30/- 36/-
- Capacity 10 12 16 20 oz. Capacity 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. .. 29/- 31/- 33/- 40/- Per doz. .. 26/- 27/6 30/- 36/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.126 - vue 143/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 127
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTTLES WITH PERMANENT SANDBLAST LABELS
- 550.—Sandblast Labelled Reagent Bottles,
- with letters and border line filled in with white, blue, or red enamel. When ordering please state which colour is required. Narrow mouthed, flat stoppered.
- 548.—Rough Sandblast Labelled Reagent Bottles. Rough sandblast shield, with clear, transparent letters. Narrow mouthed, flat stoppered.
- Capacity . Per doz. . 2 . 12/- 4 13/6 6 14/- 8 oz- 15/- Capacity .. 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. . , 15/6 16/6 17/6 18/6
- Capacity . 10 12 16 20 oz. Capacity ., 10 12 16 20 oz.
- - ft jiffi'w ."ill!' Per doz. . 17/- 17/6 20/- 22/- Per doz. . 21/- 22/- 24/- 25/6
- 549.—Ditto, wide mouthed, flat stoppered. 551 .•—Ditto, wide mouth, flat stoppered.
- —»iy Capacity . 2 4 6 8 oz. Capacity . 2 4 6 8 oz.
- Per doz. . . 12/6 14/- 15/- 16/- Per doz. . . 15/6 17/6 18/6 19/6
- 548 Capacity . 10 12 16 20 oz. Capacity . 10 12 16 20 oz.
- Per doz. . . 18/- 19/6 21/6 25/- Per doz. . . 21/6 ‘23/- 25/- 37/6
- 55°
- BOTTLES (VARIOUS)
- For Specimen Jars, see Index.
- 552.—Gutta Percha Bottles, for
- Hydrofluoric Acid.
- Capacity i 2 4 8 12 16 32 oz.
- Price, each 1/6 2/- 2/9 3/9 4/6 5/6 9/-
- 554.—Bottles, with extra wide neck, flat stoppers, very useful for storing microscope slides, cover glasses, etc.
- Capacity. Height. 60 c.c. 72 mm.
- 125 „ 85 „
- 175 95 „
- 250 „ 100 ,,
- 500 „ 135 „
- 1000 ,, 150 ,,
- Inside dia. Price of Neck, per doz.
- 38 mm. 10/6
- 44 „ 12/6
- 50 „ 15/-
- 57 17/6
- 70 „ 25/-
- 100 ,, 36/-
- 553.—Bottles, Clear Glass, wide mouth, short form, complete with boxwood top corks.
- Capacity. Price, each,
- I oz. 7d.
- 2 ,, 8d.
- 3 » 10d
- 4 » 10d.
- 6 ,, V- '
- 8 „ 1/1
- 555.—Bottles, Clear Glass, best quality, for
- samples of oils, etc.
- Capacity. Price, per doz.
- 2 OZ. 3/-
- 4 » 4/6
- 6 ,> 5/-
- 8 „ 5/6
- 16 ,, 8/-
- 90/-
- 557.—Specimen Tubes, white glass, flat bottomed.
- 556.—Detonating Bottles, stoppered, strong glass for exploding mixed gases.
- Each .. .. .. .. 4/-
- Per dozen .. .. .. 46/-
- Height.. i| 2 3 3 3 3 4 in.
- Diameter f | Iff 1 1 in.
- Per gross
- with corks 6/- 6/9 8/- 10/-14/6 22/- 8/6
- Height.. 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 in.
- Diameter Iff f | f 1 in.
- Per gross
- with corks 11/6 16/6 13/6 18/6 15/- 21/6 32/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.127 - vue 144/385
-
-
-
- 128 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1,
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BUNSEN BURNERS, Etc.
- 558. — IMivoc Bunsen Burner, 561.—Teclu
- improved pattern, very strongly made, B u n s e n
- removable solid jet, gas and air regulation. Burners, with cone and
- The improved pattern NIVOC BUNSEN disc for regula-
- BURNER is being generally adopted in Science ting the air and
- Laboratories as it has many advantages over gas supplies.
- other patterns. The dome-shaped heavy base These burners
- gives it greater stability, and as the base is give 50 to 60 per cent, higher
- 1 quite free from interstices it cannot retain
- liquid which occasionally boils over from the vessel being heated.
- Each, 1/6 ; per dozen, 15/6>
- 559 .—Ditto, size larger, diameter of tube, f in. .. each 2/8
- per doz. 30/-
- 560—Ditto, diameter of tube f in. .. .. each 4/3
- per doz. 48/-
- than ordinary Bunsen burners of the same size.
- Diameter Price of Tube. each.
- A.
- B.
- C.
- \ in.
- 562.—Dr. Marshall's Patent Bunsen Burner. In this form of burner the interior gas jet is dispensed with; the gas passing through a fine hole placed in the side tube— hence the burner cannot get choked.
- Price of burner with air regulator .. each 1 /9
- 563.—Bunsen Burner with simultaneous Gas and Air regulation.
- The construction of this burner is such that the gas and air are always admitted in the correct proportion, and it is impossible for it to light back even when the smallest flame is being used......................each 4/-
- 564. — Argand Burner with Stopcock, as supplied by us to the Principal Chemist of the Government Laboratory.
- each 16/6
- 565.—Small Bunsen Burner/with
- star support and copper chimney, for use with Government Laboratory Standard Arsenic Apparatus.
- each 5/-
- 566.—Compound Bunsen Burners, with lever handles to air regulators.
- 566
- With 2 3 4 tubes.
- Price .. 4/- 5/- 6/- each.
- 567. — Gas Burner with Batswing
- Jet for lighting or glass bending.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.128 - vue 145/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 129
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BUNSEN BURNER FURNACES
- 568. — Professor Ramsay’s Gas Furnace, as used in the University College, London, made to fit on a Bunsen burner f in. .. each 14/6
- 569 .—Ditto, complete, with £ in. burner as figured .. each 18/6
- 568
- 5 7°/1
- 570. —Student’s Furnace,
- gives a very hot flame; very useful for heating small hard glass tubes.
- Price complete with burner and tube holder.
- each 3/6
- 571. —Tube Holder only,
- to fit ordinary Bunsen burner.
- each 2/6
- 572.—Nivoc “ Dwarf Pattern ” Furnace, gives three times the heat of an ordinary Bunsen burner, although the quantity of gas consumed is exactly the same. Marble can be reduced to quicklime in ten minutes.
- No.........1 2
- Price .. .. 5/- 7/6 each.
- 573.—Curved Attachment, with foot, for fitting on burner No. 570 so that it can be laid down lengthways, as is necessary at times where space is limited .. each 2/3
- 573
- SPIRIT BUNSEN BURNERS
- . (See also next page.)
- 574.—Automatic Bunsen Burner for Methylated Spirit. No
- wick required. Invaluable where gas cannot be obtained. Can be used as Blow Lamp or Bunsen Burner.
- Flame 8 in., equal to 2 Bunsen Burners .. .. each £1 10 0
- Instructions.—Join one end of the flexible metallic tubing to the container, and the other end to the Bunsen burner. Fill the container with methylated spirit, about if pints, and hang it 3 ft. above the bench or table (not higher).
- To Light up the Bunsen burner, first open the tap underneath the container, give the methylated spirit time to fill the flexible tube, then screw the regulating valve R of the burner half a turn to the left, and let some spirit overflow into the saucer, till same is
- about one-third filled. Then close the regu- ____ ________
- lating valve and set light to the spirit in the saucer; this having burnt out, open the valve half a turn only, and set light to the spirit vapour escaping at the mouth of the burner.
- When the spirit in the saucer has been lit, any spirit remaining in the parts of the burner this side of the valve will give a large flare, which will quickly disappear. When the burner is first lit up the flame will not at once burn quite steadily, but it will be perfect after a while. Such unsteadiness must not be mistaken for the irregular yellowish flame which appears if the burner has not been sufficiently warmed up ; in the latter case, turn the flame down a little till the burner is sufficiently heated and vapour forms steadily.
- Regulation.—By the screw regulating valve the flame can be regulated large or small, but the flame should never be smaller than ij in. To extinguish the burner, close the valve C.
- After continued use renew the wire gauze, which should always rest on the four spikes inside the tube. For a stronger flame take a wider mesh gauze.
- Cleaning the Bunsen Burner.—Deposit from the methylated spirit will, in the course of time (500 to 1000 hours' use), clog the passage in the handle H and the body M, also occasionally the nozzle of the burner D and the valve G. The flame will then burn onesided or irregularly and too short. Use the pricker, which accompanies each burner, for pricking out the nozzle ; but never use other instruments, such as pins, needles, etc., for if the hole in nozzle is enlarged the burner cannot act properly. It will be necessary occasionally to unscrew the burner, to clean the valve C and to take out, clean and replace the wire in passages H and M, as these wires serve to collect the impurities contained in the methylated spirit. When cleaning it is necessary to take care that none of the wires are lost, and that the whole number of the wires is replaced in their original position, the thick piece of wire in the centre. The asbestos packing S of the valve must be renewed when worn. All parts must be screwed up vapour-tight, so that vapour cannot escape except at the nozzle of the burner.
- N.B.—As the flame of the Bunsen burner is of considerably greater heat than gas Bunsen burners, it is necessary, when heating vessels over wire gauze, to use none but iron wire gauze ; brass will melt.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- H
- p.129 - vue 146/385
-
-
-
- 130 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPIRIT BUNSEN BURNER
- (See also previous page.)
- 575.—Automatic Bunsen
- Burner, for Methylated Spirit, can be used as a Blow-Lamp or Bunsen Burner. This is a simple and efficient spirit lamp and Bunsen burner, giving a perfectly steady blue flame of about 6 to 7 inches in height.
- A. Bunsen Burner only .. .. 15/-
- B. Ditto, complete with Tripod,
- Ring, Lighting Clip, spare Wick and Gauzes .. .. 19/6
- Instructions.—Charge container, not quite full. Screw down cap tightly. The lamp is started by means of the asbestos lighting-clip, which is saturated with methylated spirit, then lit, and held round the wick tube. In about half a minute vapours issue from the nozzle in the blow-pipe, and are ignited. By raising or lowering knob of the slide the flame can be regulated. The wick only requires renewal at long intervals, provided that the spirit used is pure and the wick not allowed to burn dry and thereby become charred. A charge at full flame will burn for about two hours.
- 575
- HIGH
- TEMPERATURE
- BURNERS
- 576. — The “Bray” Bunsen Burner. A
- very high-power Burner for Laboratory use. The inner construction of the tube is specially arranged to give adequate mixing of the gas, ensuring perfect combustion and a very hot flame.
- Each 4/6 Per doz. 50/-
- MECKER HIGH TEMPERATURE BURNERS
- Used exactly in the same way as the ordinary simple Laboratory Bunsen, that is without any forced air draught. As shown in figure 1 it consists of a tubulure leading the gas to :—
- 1—The injector pierced with an outlet hole.
- B—A chimney pierced with holes in its lower part where it is screwed on to injector 1, and having at the top
- C—A kind of deep lattice work which is characteristic of the Meeker Burner.
- The base of the Burner and the regulation of the gas orifice are so determined that the gas in escaping can draw up a sufficiently large quantity of air to form a mixture in which the proportion of air is required to produce a flame of maximum temperature, having regard to the quantity of gas actually used. The temperature required naturally depends upon the nature and size of the objects to be submitted to the flame.
- In this system of lattice work the heat absorbed when in contact with the flame is returned to the gas as it passes through the canals.
- 577 The whole lattice work is Nickel.
- The lattice work remains always at a relatively low temperature, if therefore by accident any molten metal falls on the surface, it immediately solidifies and does not penetrate the interior, and can be brushed off the top of the burner when cool. No regulating ring is required with these burners.
- The top part of the chimney is so formed, that the gas and air which are brought there mix perfectly, and the mixture burns above the lattice work very rapidly, a rapidity which increases as the pressure of gas used increases.
- Note.—Never enlarge in any way the injector hole in the burner for the gas; to clean use a wood splinter, never a metal instrument.
- Burner No. 1. Smallest size made. Giving a small but extremely hot flame. Useful for sealing Glass Tubes, etc. Burner No. 2. Equivalent to the ordinary Bunsen Burner as regards use although having a much smaller gas consumption. Test Tubes, Flasks, Beakers, etc., can be rapidly heated with this Burner without risk of breakage and Glass Tubing can be easily worked with it.
- Burner No. 3. Larger than Burner No. 2 and useful for similar work.
- Burner No. 4. Larger than Burner No. 3 and giving a more powerful flame. For many purposes it replaces the ordinary gas Blowpipe. Being silent, consuming less gas and requiring no attention it has obvious advantages.
- 577.—Meeker High Temperature Burners. Size No. .. 2 3 4
- Height .. 115 130 155 185 mm.
- Section of flame 16 20 25 30 mm.
- Each 4/6 5/- 9/- 12/9
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.130 - vue 147/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 131
- ____________________ W- & «*• GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BUNSEN BURNER ACCESSORIES, Etc.
- ^gfgjjjjl^ 57 8. — Flame ymmmmw Spreaders to fit on to Bunsen burners so as to provide a good flame for bending glass tubing, j j each 1/-; per doz. 10/- 1 ! 4 — 1 — 582.—Star Supports, with clamping screw. llaSS^S^^^ To fit .. i$r | | in. Bunsen. Each .. 9d. 1/- 1/4
- =- 579.-Br ass Blowpipe Jets. To fit ^ | f in. Bunsen. Each .. 4d. 6d. 8d. 581. — Chimney with clamping Screw for fixing on Bunsen burner. each 1/6 583. — Sheet-iron MiH C h i rn n eyS for placing on JB ^M star supports. - For .. ^ f | in. Bunsen. Each .. 4d. 4d. 5d. Per doz. 3/- 3/6 4/-
- gigg 580—Brass Roses for Bunsen burners. To fit | | in. Bunsen. Each .. 10d. 1/3 1/9
- 584.—Cheap Gas Lighter, for lighting Bunsen Burners, Boiling Burners, Incandescent Burners, etc., etc.
- 585. — Ring Bunsen Burners with Boss,
- for fitting on retort stands.
- 586. — Ring Bunsen Burner with Boss,
- as No. 585, but with stopcock.
- Diameter 7 10 \ 13 cm.
- Each .. 8/- 9/- 10/-
- Diameter
- Each
- 587.—Bunsen Burner
- fixing on retort stands ..
- 7 io| 13 cm.
- 9/6 10/6 13/6
- with Boss, for
- .. each 4/6
- 587
- 588. — Acetylene Bunsen Burner, for use in districts where ordinary gas is unobtainable.
- On pressing the spring handle, sparks are emitted from a special kind of stone rubbing against a file causing gas to ignite. This lighter gives about 1,000 flashes, and can be carried in the pocket without any danger.
- Price complete .. .. .. each 6d.
- This burner gives a perfectly non luminous flame with great heat, at a pres sure of from 4 to 6 in. water column.
- each 5/6
- 588
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.131 - vue 148/385
-
-
-
- 132 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WICKLESS PARAFFIN STOVES
- 589/90
- 589.—“ Primus ” Paraffin Stove,
- made of brass, polished. This stove gives a very powerful non-luminous flame ; it burns as quietly as a gas stove, and the flame lights itself. No pumping is therefore necessary until a convenient time after the stove is alight. Pumping afterwards is only required once every hour.
- Size No. 5. 2 pint size.. .. each 16/3
- Size No. 5A. 2.\ ,, . .. „ 17/3
- 592/3
- 590.—Ditto, Roarer Pattern, as
- above, but recommended where the roaring noise is not objected to.
- No. 1. 2 pint size . . .. each 15/6
- No. ia. 21 „ „ .. .. „ 16/6
- Extra Large Primus Paraffin Stoves.
- Same construction as No. 589, but being made with a large oil tank and with extra powerful burner they are especially recommended for laboratory use where large vessels are to be heated.
- 591.—Folding Primus Stoves for
- travelling. Stove complete in tin box, with Oil Can, Spirit Can, Draught Shield, Swab, and Box of Spare Parts.
- No. 1. Size of Box 7I in. X 5f in. X 4 in. 1 pint size .. .. .. Price 22/-
- No. 2. Size of Box 9J in. x 7f in. X 4 in. if pint size................Price 27/-
- 592.—Roarer Patterns.
- Price
- Capacity. complete.
- Size No. 2. 4 pints each 27/-
- Size No. 3. 6J ,, ,, 42/6
- No. 2 will boil 10 gallons of water in 60 minutes.
- Oil consumption, 1 pint per hour.
- No. 3 will boil 10 gallons of water in 34 minutes.
- Oil consumption, i| pints per hour.
- 593.—Silent Patterns.
- Price
- Capacity. complete.
- Size No. 6. 4 pints each 27/-
- Size No. 7. ,, ,, 45/-
- No. 6 will boil ^-gallon of water in 5! minutes.
- No. 7 will boil 10 gallons of water in 60 minutes.
- Oil consumption, i-| pints per hour.
- 594. — Repair Outfit
- and Box of Accessories. The outfits contain everything generally needed for keeping the various “ Primus ” lamps in perfect order.
- A. For “ Roarer ” patterns—
- each 2/3
- B. For “ Silent ” patterns—
- each 3/6
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.132 - vue 149/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 133
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BLOW
- LAMPS
- SPIRIT LAMPS
- 595. — Paraffin Blow-Lamp,
- capacity i pint, weight lb. each 22/-
- This lamp gives a pure and a very hot flame, registering 3,6oo° Fahrenheit. It burns upside down or in any other position. The length of the flame is io in. The consumption of paraffin is one half-pint per burning hour. This lamp will melt a copper rod from £ to J in. thick in the open flame.
- 596.—Paraffin Blow-Lamps, as
- above, only with inclined burner.
- each 22/-
- 597.—Spirit Lamps, with ground cap, wick-holder
- and wick.
- Capacity 2 4 8 oz.
- Each 1/9 2 /- 3/~
- Per doz. 18/9 22/ 34/-
- 598. — Spirit Lamp,
- metal double current, very powerful.
- each 2/6
- 599.—Brass Spirit Lamps, with rack
- and pinion for wick and brass cap.
- Capacity .. .. .. .. 150 c.c.
- Price, each ....................2/6
- 600.—Reform Spirit Lamp.
- Advantages :—
- It boils more quickly than any other lamp.
- It is absolutely safe, as explosions cannot occur.
- The consumption of spirit is extremely small.
- The wick does not char, and so never requires renewal.
- It remains absolutely clean.
- It does not smoke, and therefore no soot is formed.
- Directions for Use.—Light the small wick in screw cap, and in a few seconds the spirit gas issuing from the holes of the ring burner will ignite, when the small flame should be blown out. To fill with spirit, unscrew the small wick screw cap. eac^ 3/6
- 601Stoneware Spirit Lamp Screens, for spirit lamps up to 12 oz. capacity .. .. .. .. each 2/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.133 - vue 150/385
-
-
-
- 134 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BURETTE STANDS AND BURETTE CLIPS
- 602.
- The “W.J.” Burette Stand.
- Invented and patented by the Rev. A. Wentworth Jones, M.A. This burette stand is made of selected Teak wood and will stand an enormous amount of wear and tear. It is the simplest ever devised and has the following advantages over all other patterns :—
- There are no screws to turn or get out of order.
- It is extra strongly made and will therefore withstand a great deal of wear and tear. One hand only is needed. Burette is simply dropped on to a ledge —no force required. Impossible for Burette to drop out.
- Burette is always vertical.
- Graduations are not hidden.
- Will take Burettes of all sizes.
- Fig. i.
- Fig. 2
- Fig. 3.
- Burette being dropped into position. Burette in Stand ready for use.
- Double Burette Stand.
- PRICES.
- A. To take one burette, see Figs, i and 2, including two india-rubber rings .. . • •• •• each 5/-
- B. To take two burettes, see Fig. 3, including four india-rubber rings .. .. . • • • • • • • ,, 6/9
- C. India-rubber Rings for above .. .... .. .. .. .. • • • • • • • • >> 2d.
- N.B.—These rings are made specially for use with the above stands, and are not ordinary umbrella rings which, although much cheaper, are not nearly so efficient.
- BURETTE CLIPS
- 603.—Mohr’s Burette Clips, brass, nickel-plated.
- Small. Medium. Large.
- Each.. 4d. 4d. 5d.
- Perdoz. 2/9 3/3 4/6
- 604.—Screw Clips
- nickel-plated, improved pattern.
- The lower bar is hinged, so that the clip may be removed from the rubber tubing without unscrewing.
- A
- Inside width, in. .. -J
- Price, each .. .. 8d.
- Price, per doz. .. 6/6
- 9d.
- 7/6
- 11d.
- 9/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.134 - vue 151/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 135
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BURETTE STANDS AND CLAMP SUPPORTS
- 605.—Burette Stands,
- white hard wood for i Burette .. .. each 3/3
- 606.—Burette Stands,
- white hard wood for 2 Burettes .. .. each
- 607. —Burette Stands,
- hard teak, with boxwood screws, for i Burette each
- 608. —Burette Stands,
- hard teak, with boxwood screws, for 2 Burettes each
- 4/9
- 5/9
- 609.—Burette Stands, polished mahogany,
- with boxwood screws, for i Burette .. each 5/6
- 610.—Burette Stands, polished mahogany, with boxwood screws, for 2 Burettes .. each 6/9
- 611. — Burette Stand
- Lecture Table Pattern. Consisting of fourarmed clamp mounted on inlaid porcelain base .. each 30/-
- 6 12. — Metal Clamp for One Burette,
- horseshoe form.
- each 4/6 613.—Ditto, com-
- plete, on metal stand, with tripod foot .. each 6/6
- 614. — Metal Clamp for two Burettes, horseshoe form.
- each 6/9
- 615 .—Ditto, complete, on metal stand with tripod foot.
- each 8/9
- 616.—Combined Funnel and Burette Stand, best quality, with boxwood screws.
- Made in hard teak .... 6/-
- 617
- 617.—Bunsen’s Universal Clamp Support, polished mahogany, with loaded foot, best make and finish .. each 12/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.135 - vue 152/385
-
-
-
- 136 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BURETTE STANDS AND CLAMP SUPPORTS
- 618.—Burette Stand, Lecture Table Pattern, on well-finished polished base, with two brass
- uprights.
- For .. .. .. .. 4 6 burettes.
- Each......................... 24/- 27/-
- 621.—Hinged Clamp,
- polished mahogany, for holding tubes in any inclined position .. .. each 7/6
- 622.—Hinged Clamp,
- polished mahogany, for supporting tubes in any horizontal position, but at various elevations .. each 7/6
- 622
- BRUSHES
- .... agglg
- 619.—Camel Hair Brushes, in Quills.
- Size No..... .. 1 2 3
- Per doz.........8d. 1/1 1/3
- Per gross.......7/- n/~ 13/-
- (VARIOUS)
- 623.—Camel-Hair Brushes, flat form, wooden handles, tin bound.
- Width I f 1 i| 2 2| 3 in.
- Each 10d. 10d. 11d. 1/4 1/8 2/1 2/6
- Per doz. 6/6 8/- 10/- 14/- 18/- 22/- 27/-
- 620.—Glass Brush, in Quill, for
- corrosives.
- each 1 /6
- 624.—Best Camel-Hair Dabbers, in Split Quills. Size .... 1 2 3 4 5
- Each .. 5d. 6d. 10d. 1/2 1/6
- Per doz. .. 4/3 5/3 8/9 12/3 16/6
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very'considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.136 - vue 153/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 137
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTTLE AND TEST TUBE BRUSHES
- 625 G>
- oaa
- 6290----------—worn
- 625.—Test Tube Brushes, on tinned iron wire, with bristle ends.. per doz. 1 /6 626 .—Ditto, on copper wire.
- each 6d.; per doz. 5/6 627.—Test Tube Brushes, on tinned iron wire, with sponge ends.. per doz. 1 /6 628 .—Ditto, on copper wire.
- each 6d. j per doz. 5/6
- 629. —Brushes, for tubes of small bore per doz. 9d.
- 630. —Best Bristle Bottle Brushes,
- on tinned iron wire .. .. .. each gd
- 631 .—Ditto, on copper wire .. .. 1/9
- 632 .—Ditto, larger size, on tinned iron wire each 9d
- 633 .—Ditto, on copper wire .. .. ,, 2/9
- 634.—Brushes, with bristle in middle, for
- narrow tubes .. .. .. .. .. each 5d.
- 635 .—Ditto, for larger tubes .. .. „ 8d.
- 636.—Brushes, with long tinned iron wire stems, for burettes, etc. .. .. .. each 8d.
- 637 .—Ditto, with long copper wire stems.. ,, 1/6
- 636
- 638. — Test Tube Cleaners, with vulcanised rubber end. each, 4d.; per doz. 3/6
- 638
- GARBOY SUPPORT AND EMPTYING APPARATUS
- 639. — Carboy Support, strong iron, with arrangement for preventing the carboy from falling out when tilted.
- A. Without wheels.
- £3 15 0
- B. With wheels.
- £4 12 6
- 639
- 640. — Apparatus for Emptying Carboys. Complete with pump and syphon arrangement.
- each £3 5 0
- FOR GLASS SYPHONS SEE INDEX.
- 641.—Test Tube Baskets,
- for holding test tubes.
- each 2/-
- 641
- 642.—The William Thomson Calorimeter.
- . This apparatus is similar to the Lewis Thompson Calorimeter, No. 643, page 138, but is designed for burning a weighed quantity of fuel in a platinum crucible under water, by directing a slow stream of oxygen from a gas-holder or compression-cylinder upon it.
- The oxygen passes down the vertical tube, which contains the stopcock. Wire-gauze baffle-discs are seen around the combustion-chamber; these serve to break up the escaping gaseous products into small bubbles, and thus to cause them to be more completely cooled by the water.
- The apparatus is immersed in water contained in a glass beaker, which is again surrounded by a metal vessel with a glass slip let into its side. The fuel is then kindled by means of a small fuse, as has been already described, and the oxygen stream is started by opening the tap as soon as the chamber containing the kindled fuse has been lowered into the water.
- See Clowes & Coleman’s “Quantitative Chemical Analysis,” 19^9 edition (J. & A. Churchill).
- A. Price, not including platinum crucible .. .. .. .............£2 2 6
- B. Price, including platinum crucible.................. ..................5100
- (Price varies according to the market price of platinum.)
- 642
- p.137 - vue 154/385
-
-
-
- 138 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CALORIMETERS FOR FUEL TESTING
- 643.—The Lewis Thompson Calorimeter.
- In the “ Lewis Thompson ” Calorimeter the fuel to be tested is burnt by combined Oxygen in a small metal diving bell, under the surface of a known weight of water, and the increase in temperature of the water gives the necessary data for the calculation of the calorific value of the fuel. As supplied for commercial purposes, the instruments are graduated for use with the Fahrenheit thermometer, and consequently the latent heat of steam is taken as 967. It follows then, that if a unit weight of fuel is burnt under the surface of 967 unit weights of water, and if all the heat is imparted to the water and raises it i°, the same amount of heat would have converted a unit weight of water at 2120 Fah. into steam at the same temperature. Two grammes of the fuel in a finely divided condition are mixed with eleven times the weight of a finely powdered mixture of three parts potass chlorate to one of potass nitrate, and the mixture is pressed, a little at a time, into a small copper crucible. A small piece of wick, soaked in potass nitrate, is fixed into the upper surface of the charge, and the crucible is then placed in the combustion chamber, being held in position by means of a brass plate to which three clutch-springs are fitted. After igniting the fuse, the whole apparatus is plunged into the cylinder, which contains 967 X 2 = 1934 c.c. of water at a known temperature.
- The mixture ignites, and the fuel bums at the expense of the combined oxygen present in the potass chlorate and nitrate, whilst the products of combustion bubble up through the water, escaping through small holes in the
- base of the chamber. When combustion is complete, the water is admitted to the chamber by opening the tap in the tube of the chamber, and the water is well agitated by raising and lowering the apparatus several times.
- The apparatus is then withdrawn, and the temperature of the water taken with the thermometer ; 10 per cent, is added to the number obtained as the difference between the initial and final temperatures, to allow for heat absorbed by the apparatus, radiation, etc., and the total is looked upon as giving the number of unit weights of waiter which a unit weight of the fuel would evaporate. As an example:—
- Temperature of water before combustion = 62° Fah.
- ,, .. .» after ,, =75°
- Rise in temperature .. .. 13
- Add 10 per cent..................... 1-3
- Evaporating power .. .. 14-3
- Therefore, as a gramme of the fuel will evaporate 14-3 c.c.
- of water, 1 lb. will evaporate 14-3 lb.
- (Vide Liquid and Gaseous Fuels” by V. B. Lewes.)
- A. Price, complete in polished mahogany case, consisting
- of combustion cylinder, with separate spring clutch, base, 6 cylindrical copper furnaces, 2 short ditto, glass water cylinder, thermometer, balance and weights, iron mortar and pestle, sieve, oxygen mixture, etc., with instructions for use .. .. each £7 15 0
- B. As above, but with cheap scales instead of balance.
- each £6 5 0
- CATHETOMETERS
- 644.—Reading Telescope. This is a simple and cheap form of instrument which may also be used as a catheto-meter.
- The slider carries a telescope which can be focussed from 3 metres to infinity. Telescope is furnished with cross wires and an erector, so that figures, etc., are seen in their proper position.
- Mounted on heavy iron base ; upright rod is nickel-plated.
- Price .. ..£3 5 0
- 645.—Telescope, as used in apparatus No. 644, may be had separately......... price £12 6
- 646.—Cathetometer. cheap make and finish, millimetre scale, with sliding telescope, fine micrometre screw adjustment, eye-piece with cross wire, metal scale on heavy iron base with levelling screws
- £11 10 0
- 647 .—Ditto, better quality, with vernier £12 15 0
- p.138 - vue 155/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 139
- W. & J. GEORGE {LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THE “COLLEGE” CATHETOMETER
- Laboratory Pattern.
- a splendid laboratory instrument, and
- Highest Quality and Finish,
- 648.—The “ College ” Cathetometer is
- we can recommend it with every confidence. The Telescope, which can be focussed from 3 ft. to infinity, is fitted with an object glass of 15 cm. focus, and 22 mm. aperture. The Telescope Carriage works along an accurately graduated rod over a distance of 50 cms.
- The Telescope is provided with level and cross wires, and can be set horizontal by means of a fine adjusting screw.
- Prices include rack and fine vertical adjustment and rack motion focussing arrangement to Telescope, as figured, and mounted on heavy tripod foot.
- A. Range 50 cms., reading to *Vth mm.
- Price £10 17
- B. Range 50 cms., reading to Tih>th mm.
- Price £12 5 0
- 649.—Cathetometer, Government pattern, highest quality and finish. Extra strongly made. Can be used either horizontally or vertically. A millimetre scale runs almost the entire length of the bar.
- The position of the Telescope is read by means of a vernier attached to the telescope support. The Telescope, which is provided with a level and cross wires, has a focal length of about 7 in., and is adjusted horizontally.
- Can be focussed from infinity to within 3 ft.
- A. = range 50 cm. and reading to ^th mm..........£12 15
- B. = range 50 cm. and reading to T^th mm.
- C. = range 100 cm. and reading to 5-Vth mm.
- D. = range 100 cm. and reading to T<roth mm.
- E. = Rack motion to Telescope
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence ail orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.139 - vue 156/385
-
-
-
- 140 F.
- E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CALCIUM CHLORIDE TUBES
- 650.—Calcium Chloride Tubes, 657. — Calcium Chloride
- U-form, plain. Tubes, with bored stoppers, well
- Length 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 in. ground in, and leading tubes.
- Diam. 1 f f I f f 1 in. Length 4 5 6 8 in.
- Each 6d. 7d. 7d. 8d. gd. rod. r/4. Diam. | | f fin.
- Per doz. 4/6 5/6 6/- 7/- 8/- 9/- 14/- Each .. 2/6 3/- 4/- 4/8
- 651.—C alcium Chloride Tubes, U-form with side tubes. Length 45 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- I I f ! I I 1 in.
- 7d. lod. iod. nd. 1/1 1/2 1/7
- Diam.
- Each
- 651 Per doz. 6/3 8/9 9/- 10/- 11/- 12/- 17/-
- 658.—Calcium Chloride Tubes,
- with well-ground-in stoppers and bent leading tubes.
- Length 4 5 6 7 8 10 in.
- Diam. 1 | f f | 1 in.
- Each 1/6 1/10 2/1 2/6 3/6 4/9 6s8
- 652.—Calcium Chloride Tubes,
- Wohler’s, with 3 bulbs.
- Length 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- Diam. 1 f f I f f 1 in.
- Each 8d. 9d. 10d. 1/1 1/3 1/5 1/11
- 653.- -Ditto, stoppered and bent outlet tubes.
- Each 2/10 3/- 3/3 3/6 3/9 4/- 4/9
- 659.—Calcium Chloride
- Tubes, with long limb and bulb for successive sealings.
- Each Per doz.
- 1/9
- 20/-
- 659
- 654.—C alcium Chloride Tubes, Marchand’s form, with cork and leading tube.
- Length 45 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- Diam. i f f f f f 1 in.
- Each gd. gd. lid. 1/1 1/2 1/4 i/g
- 654 Doz. 8/- 10/- 10/-11/-12/6 14/-18/9
- 660.—Calcium Chloride Tubes,
- Fresinius’ form.
- Length 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- Diam. If f f f f 1 in.
- Each gd. rod. nd. 1/- 1/2 1/8 2/-Perdoz. 7/9 8/9 9/9 10/-12/-16/-21/-
- 660
- 1 655.—Calcium Chloride Tubes, 661.—Calcium Chloride Tubes, bent
- straight form, with 1 bulb. form, with 1 bulb.
- 1 Length ..4 5 667 8 10 in. Length ..4 5 6678 10 in.
- ii [) Diam. .. \ f I I f f 1 in. Diam. .. | f fill 1 in. ^
- 655
- Each .. 3d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 5d. 6d. 7d.
- Per doz... 2/6 3/- 3/3 3/6 4/- 4/6 5/6
- Each .. 3d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 5d. 6d. 7d.
- Per doz... 2/6 3/- 3/3 3/6 4/- 4/6 5/6
- 656.—Calcium Chloride Tubes,
- straight form, with 2 bulbs.
- Length . Diam. . Each 656 Per doz..
- 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- I f f I I I 1 in
- 4d. 5d. 5d. 6d. 6d. 7d. 8d.
- 3/6 3/9 4/6 4/9 5/- 5/6 7/-
- 662.—Calcium Chloride Tubes, bent
- form, with 2 bulbs.
- Length 4 5 6 6 7 8 10 in.
- Diam. .. | f f f f f 1 in.
- Each .. 4d. 5d. 5d. 6d. 6d. 7d. 8d.
- Per doz... 3/6 3/9 4/6 4/9 5/- 5/6 7/-
- 662
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.140 - vue 157/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 141
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CALCIUM CHLORIDE TUBES, JARS, Etc.
- 663. — Improved Calcium Chloride Tubes, with well-ground-in bored stoppers, and with bulb at bottom. Size 5 in. X | in.
- Each................ 4/-
- Per dozen .. .. 46/-
- 664
- 664.—C o m b i n e d Calcium Chloride and Soda Lime
- Tube, Dennstedt’s, with well - ground - in drilled stoppers and stopcock .. each 11/-
- If _ jj 665
- 665. — Calcium
- Chloride Tubes,
- Schmitz pattern, limbs
- about 8 in. long.
- each 7/6
- 666. — Drying Apparatus, Bonn University Pattern, complete on stand price £2 7 6
- 669.—Plain Calcium
- Chloride Jars, made of white crystal glass, with tubulure near bottom.
- Height. Diam. Price each.
- 8 in. x i| in. .. 3/6
- py .10 ,, x 2 ,, .. 3/9
- \|| 12 ,, X 2 ,, .. 4/-
- 16 ,, X 2i ,, .. 4/3
- 669
- 670.—Stoppered Calcium Chloride Jars.
- Height 8 10 12 14 16 in.
- Price .. -.8/- 9/6 11/- 12/- 13/-each.
- FOR POTASH BULBS
- SEE INDEX.
- 667.—Stand for supporting CaCI2 Tubes, etc., polished teak, with three hooks each 5/-
- 668 .—Ditto, larger size with six hooks.. .. .. each 6/6
- 671.—Stand for supporting CaCI2 Tubes, polished teak, with three hooks .. each 6/-672 .—Ditto, larger size, with six hooks.. .. .. each 7/6
- 673. — Triangular Calcium Chloride Vessels, polished on all sides, for placing inside balance cases.
- 2 in. X if in. .. each 1 /4 per doz."15/-
- 674.—Drying Apparatus, Berlin University Pattern, complete, with four wash bottles and two U-tubes, on nicely polished
- stand .....................£2 12 6
- 675 .—Ditto, but with only two wash bottles
- and one U-tube, complete .. .. 112 0
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.141 - vue 158/385
-
-
-
- 142 F. E. BECKER & CO.
- w.
- NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CARBONIC ACID APPARATUS
- 677.—Schrotter’s C02 Apparatus, improved form, with lower part ground on, so that the apparatus can be easily cleaned out and dried .. each 8/-
- 68o
- 680.—C a I c i m e t e r, Schiebler - Burk -hard’s, for the determination of C02 in saturated gases.
- Complete as figured £3 15 0
- 679.—Cooper’s Apparatus for determining the percentage of Carbon
- Dioxide in a Carbonate.
- This apparatus is an improvement upon existing forms in its comparative cheapness, extreme lightness, and the ease and rapidity with which it can be used.
- The following comparison with Schrot-ter’s form will speak for itself.
- SCHROTTER’S.
- 1. Price 7/6.
- 2. Weight ioo grams.
- 3. Cleaning and drying—at least | an hour.
- 4. Once broken—no further use.
- COOPER’S.
- 1. Price 3/6.
- 2. Weight 35 grams (loaded).
- 3. Cleaned and dried in 5 minutes.
- 4. Every part can be replaced.
- To use the apparatus, remove the
- rubber stopper F carrying the pipette and drying bulb G, weigh the test tube, both before and after putting in the carbonate (difference in mass = weight of carbonate used). Into the small test tube C, put a few drops of strong Sulphuric Acid.
- Remove stopper D, and by suction, fill the pipette A with acid, say HC1, pinch the rubber tube B, and replace D. Put into E a little water, replace the stopper F, and hang the whole to the Specific Gravity hook of a balance and then weigh. Slightly squeeze the rubber tube B between the finger and thumb, and allow a few drops of acid to drop from A.
- The liberated gas escapes through the drying apparatus G. When the action is over remove the stopper D, and attach B to a suitable apparatus, and aspirate until the C02 in E, is eliminated. Replace D, and weigh the whole apparatus—the loss of weight represents the evolved C02.
- Price each 3/6
- 678.—Parnell’s Apparatus.
- plete as figured.
- each per doz.
- co2
- Com-
- 2/-
- 22/-
- CALCIMETERS
- 681.
- Schiebler’s
- Calci meter,
- for volumetrically estimating the amount of Carbon Dioxide in Calcium Carbonate, native carbonates, etc.
- (Full working details on application.)
- A. Complete as figured.
- £4 5 0
- 682.
- Calcimeter,
- Schiebler-
- Finkener’s.
- Complete as figured.
- £3 5 0
- 682
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.142 - vue 159/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO,, NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 143
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CENTRIFUGAL MACHINES
- 683.— Centrifugal Machine, making 3,000 revolutions per minute, and with clamp for fixing to table. Well finished and strongly made.
- A. Centrifuge with 2 tubes, each 15 c.c. capacity..
- £1 10 0
- B. Ditto, with 4 tubes, each 15 c.c. capacity.
- £1 17 6
- 6 8 4 .—C entri-fugal Machine.
- Complete with clamp for fixing to table, and fitted for two or four tubes, each 15 c.c. capacity. The machine makes 3,000 revolutions per minute, and is most useful for obtaining sediment in blood, urine, etc.
- A. With 2 tubes.
- £2 0 0
- B. With 4 tubes.
- £2 7 6
- 685D
- 685.—Two-Speed Centrifugal Machine. This apparatus is geared for two speeds, namely, 3,000 and 10,000 revolutions per minute, and is made either for two or four tubes, and with ot without a protecting cover and lid (as illustrated).
- A. Centrifuge for 2 tubes and provided with hasmato-
- crite head for blood testing, etc., but without protecting cover and lid .. .. .. .. £2 15 0
- B. —Ditto, for 2 tubes, with protecting cover and lid 3 15 0
- C. Ditto, for 4 tubes, without protecting cover and lid 3 3 0
- D. Ditto, for 4 tubes, with protecting cover and lid 4 4 0
- 686. —Plain Tubes for Centrifugal Machines,
- capacity 15 cc. .. each 4d.
- per doz. 3/6
- 687. —Graduated Tubes for Centrifugal Machines, capacity 15 c.c.
- each 1/2 ; per doz. 12/-
- 688. —Graduated Tubes for Centrifugal Machines, with necks for milk analysis.
- each 1/3; per doz. 12/6
- 686
- 1?
- 688
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.143 - vue 160/385
-
-
-
- 144 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CONDENSERS
- 689
- 689.—Liebig’s Condensers. Glass body and glass inner tube complete, with rubber connections. Length of body 8 12 15 18 21 24 30 in.
- Diam. of body. .1 if if if if if if in.
- Each .. ..2/6 2/9 3/6 4/- 4/9 5/3 6/-
- 690.—Inner Glass Tubes for Liebig’s Condensers.
- Length of stem 12 16 19 22 24 28 34 in.
- Each .. ..1/2 1/4 1/6 1/8 1/10 2/- 2/4
- 691
- 691.—All Glass Spiral Condensers, with
- long glass spiral fused into outer jacket.
- Length of body .. 10 . 12 16 20 in.
- Each ...............7/- 8/6 10/6 15/-
- 692.—Improved shortened Liebig’s Condensers.
- This condenser has many advantages over the ordinary form, its length being only about 10 inches, but despite its short length it will give the same result as an ordinary Liebig’s condenser having a length of 20 to 24 inches. As will be seen from the illustration it is very compact, hence much easier to handle and more convenient for connecting
- up.
- each 6/6
- 692
- 693.—Liebig’s Condensers. All glass, with
- inner tube fused into outer body.
- Length of body 10 12 15 18 21 24 30 in.
- Diam. of body 1 if if in.
- Each .. ..4/- 4/8 5/3 6/3 6/9 7/9 9/6
- 694.—Allihn’s Condensers. Ordinary pattern all glass, inner tube with bulbs fused into outer body.
- Length of body 8 10 12 16 20 24 in.
- Each .. -.4/- 4/6 5/- 5/9 7/- 9/-
- 695 ||
- 695.—Improved Allihn’s Condensers.
- This form of condenser is a great improvement on No. 694, in that the inner tube is made up of a large number of concavo-convex bulbs, which offers a much greater cooling surface, causing the condensation to be much more rapid.
- Length of body .. .. 10 12 16 20 in.
- Each ............... 6/6 7/6 8/6 9/6
- 696.—Dr. Graham’s Condensers. Complete, with adapter and side tubes. Body, 30 in. by 1 in.
- A. Fitted with ordinary corks .. .. each 4/6
- B. Fitted with indiarubber corks .. .. ,, 6/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.144 - vue 161/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 145
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DOUBLE SURFACE CONDENSERS
- 697. — C p i b b ’ s Double Surface Condensers.
- Length of body 4§ 8 in.
- Diam. of body i£ in.
- Each.. .. 6/6 9/6
- Pi
- •|;
- 698
- 698.—Double Surface Condensers,
- 697A.—Double Surface Condenser,
- for fractional distillations, King’s College pattern. Complete with cork and tubes.
- each 3/-
- new pattern. Specially made by us for and in general use in the Government Laboratory.
- each 12/6
- 699. — Improved Double Surface Condensers. All
- glass. Very efficient and having a large condensing surface.
- Length
- of body 46 8 10 in.
- Diam. if i| if if in. Each 9/610/612/614/-
- 700.—New Combination Double Surface and Spiral Condenser. Maximum cooling surface giving rapid condensation. Spiral 36 inches long. The semi-sealed-in water delivery tube ensures a constant supply of cold water to both spiral and outer jacket—each 21 /-
- 701 y
- 701.—Double Sur-
- face Condensers,
- with central double tube. Improved pattern. Having a large condensing surface it does its work rapidly, and there is no escape of ether vapour when used as a reflux condenser.
- each 8/6
- 702
- 702.—All-glass Ball Condenser, improved form. The two concentric glass bulbs form an effective water-jacket and large cooling surface .. each 9/6
- 7°3
- 703.—Paul’s Double Surface Condenser of great efficiency. Its structure and compactness make it particularly suitable for refluxing purposes.
- Length of* body 10 15 cm. Each .. 7/9 9/6
- Length of
- body 20 25 30 cm.
- Each .. 10/6 15/- 16/6
- 704. — Clarke’s Single Surface Condenser. Condensing efficiency equal to the ordinary double surface pattern.
- Length of body 10 15 cm. Each .. 6/- 7/6
- Length of
- body 20 25 30 cm.
- Each .. 9/- 10/6 12/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- 1
- p.145 - vue 162/385
-
-
-
- 146 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 7°5
- 705.—Inland Revenue Condenser. Latest improved pattern, with body of correct diameter and correct number of spirals, and as made specially by us for the Government Laboratories each 15/-
- CONDENSERS
- (For Copper Stills and Condensers, see Index.)
- 706. —Sir Edward Thorpe’s Inland Revenue still, as supplied by us to the Government Laboratories.
- A. Price, complete on stand, with burner, as illustrated .. .. .. ..£3180
- B. Price, complete on stand, without burner
- £3 16
- 707. —Spare parts for above as follows :—
- A. Distilling Flask, latest pattern .. 2/3
- B. Bent Glass Connecting Tube, with two india-
- rubber corks .. .. .. .. 2/3
- C. Stand with special clamps and teak base
- £2 2 0
- D. Argand Burner, with steatite top and stopcock ............................16/6
- E. Special Spiral Condenser, latest improved and
- correct pattern, as No. 705 .. 15/-
- 706A
- 708.—Condenser Stand, strongly made, with double oxidised brass clamps all in one piece, adjustable to various heights, and made to take any size condenser ....................each 17/6
- 709
- 709.—S p e c i a I Condenser Clamp, oxidised brass, for condensers of all sizes, and to fit any size retort stand rod.
- each 6/6
- 710.—Soxhlet’s Ball Condenser, consisting of two balls, one inside the other.
- A. Brass nickel-plated .. 12/-
- B. All glass .. .. .. 8/-
- 710
- 711/2
- 711.—Liebig’s Condenser, with copper body 18 in. long, on adjustable tripod stand, and glass inner tube about 32 in. long by 1 in. diameter.. each 31/6 712 —Ditto, with copper body, 24 in. long, on
- adjustable stand..................each 42/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.146 - vue 163/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 147
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CORKS, CORK RINGS AND CORK MATS
- | For Prices and details of Rubber Corks, see Index.
- 713. — Ordinary Corks, finest quality, picked for chemical purposes. Cheaper qualities are not recommended for Chemical Laboratory work.
- Diameter, narrow end ' Price
- Diameter, narrow end Price
- 714 .—The above sizes assorted
- t I
- 1/9 2/3
- 3/- 3/9
- | in. 4/8 gross.
- i if if if if in. 6/9 8/6 10/- 11/6 14/-gross.
- per gross 4/-
- 715.—Shives (for wide-mouth bottles), about f in. to f in. thick.
- Diam., narrow end f f i if if if if in. Price .. 2d. 2d. 3d. 4d. 5d. 6d. 7d. doz.
- Diam., narrow-------------------------------
- end .. if if if 2 2f 3 3l 4 in-
- Price .. 8d. 10d. 1/- 1/3 1/5 2/6 3/- 4/- doz.
- 716.—Common Bungs, for bottles and jars, about i in. to if in. thick.
- Diam., narrow end .. if 2 2\ 2b in.
- Price.........1/- 1/3 2/- 2/3 doz.
- Diam., narrow end 2f 3
- Price .. .. .. 2/6 7/-
- 3i 3i in-7/6 8/- doz.
- 717.—“ Suberit ” Compressed Corks. These corks are made from clean new granulated Cork and bound together under pressure. They are not affected by Water, Steam, Carbon Bisulphide, Turpentine or Benzine, but owing to the nature of the binding medium they should not be used with acetic acid, acetone, ether, nitrobenzene, alcohol, or methylated spirits.
- Diam. of narrow end 12 14 16 18 mms.
- Price per gross .. 2/- 2/3 2/9 3/6
- Diam. of narrow end 20 22 25 30 mm.
- Price per gross .. 4/2 5/-7/8 10/9
- Rings
- 718.- “ Suberit ” Cork
- for hot flasks, beakers, etc.
- No............. 1 2 3 4 5
- Outside diam. gf 7f 6 4f 3f in.
- Inside diam. 7! 6f 4! 3f if in.
- Price, each .. 2/9 2/6 2/1 1/7 1/3
- 719.—“Suberit” Cork IVIats
- for hot flasks, beakers, etc.
- No. .. 1 2 3456
- Diam. .. 4f 4! 4f 4f 4! 4f in.
- Thickness if if 1 f f f in.
- Price, each 1/11 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/6 1/-
- CORK BORERS AND CASES
- 722.
- 720.—Cork Borers, best make, with rod.
- A. Set of Three .. per set 1 /8
- B. „ Six „ 3/-
- C. ,, Nine „ 4/9
- D. ,, Twelve .. .. 7/-
- 721.—Cork Borers, nickel-plated, with separate handle to each borer.
- A. Set of Three
- B. ,, Six ..
- C. „ Nine ..
- D. ,, Twelve
- per set
- 2/6
- 4/9
- 7/6
- 10/
- A. Set of Three
- B. „ Six ..
- C. ,, Nine ..
- D. ,, Twelve
- Cork Borers, Special Quality for L e c t u re
- Table, all
- steel tube, with separate handle to each borer per set
- 4/~
- «/-
- 12/-
- 16/-
- 723. —Japanned Tin Cases, cylindrical, suitable for Cork
- Borers Nos. 720.
- A. B. C. D.
- For set of .... 3 6 9 12 borers.
- Price................6d. 8d. 9d. 10d. each.
- 724. —Japanned Tin Cases, flat form, with lid, suitable for Cork Borers Nos. 721 and 722.
- For set of Price
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- A. B. C. D.
- 3 6 9 12 borers.
- 1/9 2/- 2/9 3/3 each.
- p.147 - vue 164/385
-
-
-
- 148 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CORK BORERS, KNIVES AND SQUEEZERS
- 725. —Apparatus for Boring India-Rubber Corks. Strongly
- made with clamp for fixing to bench ; complete, with set of nickel-plated cork borers.
- A. With 15 borers to bore holes from in. to 1 in. diameter .. .. 57/6
- B. Extra sets of 15 borers ...................................26/-
- 726. —Apparatus for Boring India-Rubber Corks, as No. 725, but with holes in base to screw to bench.
- A. With 15 borers to bore holes from in. to 1 in. diameter .. .. 50/-
- B. Extra sets of 15 borers .. . . . . .. .. . . .. 26/-
- 727.—Knives for Cutting Corks ..............each 1/9
- 72 8.— Cork Borer Sharpener, with steel knife each 2/-
- 729. — Cork Squeezers,
- improved form to take corks of any size.
- each 8/-
- 730. — Cork Squeezers, iron, best quality each 4/-
- CRUCIBLES
- Fop PORCELAIN CRUCIBLES, see pages 12-14. For SILICA CRUCIBLES, see pages 17, 18 and 27. Fop NICKEL CRUCIBLES, see page 32.
- 731. — Silver Crucibles, highly finished, with covers. Any size made to order.
- (Lowest prices on application.)
- 732.—P I a t i n u m Crucibles, with lids. Prices vary according to the market price of platinum.
- Diameter f in. Depth § in.
- I „ „ 1 „
- 1 „ „ if „
- if „ „ ii „
- ,, „ ,, if „
- if „ „ if „
- Capacity 1 drachm „ 2 „
- 4
- 5 7
- if ounce if ,,
- Prices
- on
- appli-
- cation.
- A platinum crucible, capacity 1 oz., weighs approximately
- ,1 oz.
- 733.—Gooch Crucibles, made of Platinum. Size A. 20 c.cm. i-o oz. Troy = 30 grammes.
- ,, B. 30 c.cm. 1-3 oz. Troy = 40 grammes.
- ,, C. 40 c.cm. 1-7 oz. Troy = 50 grammes.
- Oup stock of pupe Chemicals and Acids is vepy considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.148 - vue 165/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 149
- W. & J. OEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CRUCIBLES (Continued)
- 734.—Fireclay Crucibles, “ London round.”
- No......... i 2 3 3| 4 4| 5 5| 6 6f 7 8 9 10 u 12
- Height .. 2| 2| 3f 3l 4 5 6 6| 7 8 9 10 11 12 in.
- Price, per doz. 2/6 3/9 4/9 5/9 6/9 8/6 10/6 13/6 15/- 18/9 24/6 37/6 51/- 66/- 85/- 112/6
- 735.—Covers for London Round Crucibles.
- For No. .. 1 2 3 3fc 4 4fc 5 5$ 6 6| 7 8 9 10 n 12
- Price, per doz. 3/- 3/- 3/9 5/6 5/6 6/9 7/9 7/9 10/3 10/3 12/6 15/9 18/- 22/6 31/6 40/6
- 736.—Fireclay Crucibles, “ Battersea Round.”
- Size .. A B C D E F G H J K L M N 0
- Height .. 2f 3 3i 4 42 5 5f 5i 6f 7\ 8 8f 9t 10 in.
- Diameter .. if if 2f 2f • 3 3t 3t 4t 4t 5i 5! 6* 7 in.
- Price, per doz. 2/6 3/3 Covers for above. 4/6 5/6 6/6 7/9 10/- 12/- 15/3 19/6 28/6 32/6 45/9 61/-
- Per doz. .. 2/3 2/3 3/- 3/- 4/6 5/6 6/9 6/9 7/9 10/3 10/3 12/6 15/9 18/-
- 737.— Fireclay Crucibles, “ Battersea Triangle.”
- Covers
- Size. Height. Width. Price per doz. for same, per doz.
- s 4f in. 4 in. 13/3 7/9
- T 4 » 3f >> 10/6 7/9
- U 3l >> 3i )> 8/- 6/9
- V 3i » 2I >> 6/9 5/6
- w 2f ,, 2f „ 4/3 4/6
- X 2i >> 2j „ 3/6 4/6
- Y 2 ,, It » 3/- 3/-
- z if „ If „ 2/9 3/-
- YY „ If „ 2/3 2/3
- ZZ „ I ,> 1/9 2/3
- 741.—Battersea Fluxing Crucibles, soft fine clay.
- Height.
- 2 in.
- 2*
- 738.—Crucil
- Height .. Diameter..
- Price, per dozen.
- Shape, for copper, Juleff’s.
- • • 2f 2f 3t 3f in.
- .. 2f 2f 3f 3f in.
- . 5/9 5/6 7/6 9/6
- 739.—Salamander Crucibles, not affected by moisture or frost, and require no annealing. Each number represents a capacity of about 2 lb. For example, No. 2=4 lb. capacity.
- Crucibles No... • • 3/o 2/0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
- Height .. 2* 2f 2f 2ff 4i 4f 5f 5f 6 7 7f in.
- Price, each .. . . 5d. 6d. 8d. 9d. 1/5 2/1 2/9 3/4 3/10 5/- 6/1 7/2
- ,, per doz. .. 4/- 5/4 6/8 8/- 15/- 22/6 30/- 36/- 42/- 54/- 66/- 78/-
- 740.—Roasting Dishes.
- 742.—Scorifiers, clay.
- ^Nl. C.cSjp V^TERSE*/
- Diameter 2\ 3 4 5 i
- Price, per doz. 5/- 5/9 6/9 8/3
- Outside diam. 1 i| ij 2 2.\ 2f 3 3i 4 in.
- Frigros&r } 18 20/3 22/6 24/9 27/- 29/3 36/- 42/9 54/- 63/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.149 - vue 166/385
-
-
-
- 150 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CRUCIBLES—(Continued)
- 743.—Skittle Pots, fireclay.
- Height 3 4 5 6 8 io 12
- Per doz. 7/9 11/3 13/6 15/9 23/9 41/- 61 /-
- 744.—Annealing Cups, for gold assay.
- Height •• i* ii 2 2f
- Diameter .. i£ ii ij if I|
- Price, per doz. .. 6/9 7/6 8/3 9/- 10/6
- 745. —Sheet Iron Crucibles, with
- covers.
- Diameter if 2f 2f 3! in.
- Price, each .. 1/6 1/9 2/3 2/9
- 746. —Crucibles, copper, spun in one piece.
- Top Diameter .. 2§ 2f 31 in.
- Height ...................2 2f 2f
- Price .. .. . • 3/- 3/6 4/-
- FOR PORCELAIN, SILICA AND NICKEL CRUCIBLES
- See Pages 12-14, 17, 18, 27 and 32.
- 747. — “ Nivoc ” White Fireclay Crucible Supports.
- Very convenient for use with desiccators (see No. 791)—
- each 2d. per doz. 1/6
- 748.—Porcelain Capsules, best
- quality, for evaporations, ignitions, weighing, etc.
- No. .. .. .. .. .. 1
- Diameter .. .. .. .. 2|
- Price, each .. .. .. .. 6d.
- ,, per doz. .. .. .. .; 4/9
- o
- 2
- 4 cms.
- 10d.
- 8/2
- CRUCIBLE AND
- 749.—Crucible Tongs with Bow, dull iron,
- strongly made and well finished, 8 in. long.
- Each ........................10d.
- Per doz......................9/-
- 750. —Crucible Tongs. Straight, dull iron. Same
- quality as No. 749. Strongly made and well finished. 8 in. long .. .. .. each 9d. ; per doz. 7/6
- 751. —Crucible Tongs. Polished brass. Best
- quality. 8 in. long .. each 1/8; per doz. 18/-
- FURNACE TONGS
- 752.—Crucible Tongs with bow, best
- quality and strongly made, 8 in. long.
- Each. Doz.
- A. Polished Brass .. 1/10 21/-
- B. Gun-metal .. .. 2/2 23/6
- C. German Silver .. 2/6 29/-
- D. Pure Nickel .. 7/3 86/-
- 753.—Crucible Tongs fitted with Platinum Shoes, with bow.
- Price varies according to the market price of platinum.
- A. Gun-metal .. each 35/-
- B. German Silver 37/6
- C. Pure Nickel 37/6
- 754.—Scorifier Tongs, with spring.
- Length.. .. 24 32 in.
- Price................3/6 4/6 each.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.150 - vue 167/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 151
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CRUCIBLE TONGS
- 755.—Iron Tongs, straight. Length .. 14 18
- Price .. 3/- 3/6
- 24 m. 4/- each.
- 756.—Iron Tongs, bent.
- Length 14 18 20 in.
- Price .. 3/- 3/6 4/- each.
- 761.—Basket Tongs, iron.
- Length 24 28 32 in.
- Price .. 24/- 27/- 30/-each.
- 762.—Cupel Tongs.
- Length .. 30 36 in.
- Price .. .. .. 5/- 5/9 each.
- O
- 757.—Bow Tongs, iron, with bend.
- Length .. . . 14 20 in.
- Price .. .. 4/6 5/6 each.
- 763.—Charcoal Tongs.
- Length 14 16 18 in.
- Price .. 2/6 3/- 3/6 each.
- 758.—Bow Tongs, iron.
- Length 14 18 24 in.
- Price .. 3/6 4/- 4/6 each.
- 764.—Iron Bar Scrapers.
- 3/- each.
- 765.— Iron Bar Scrapers, chisel end.
- 4/- each.
- 759.—Iron Bar Scrapers.
- 4/- each.
- 760.—Wrought Iron Ladles.
- Diameter 3 4 5 6 in.
- Price .. .. 1/9 2/3 2/9 3/6 each.
- 766.—Mercury Tongs, with cup for picking up small globules of mercury.
- Polished iron .. .. .. each 3/-
- MODELS OF CRYSTALS
- 767.—Glass Models of Crystals, cut and polished, for illustrating the six systems of Crystallography.
- A. Set of 20, about 3 cm., complete in box . . . . ..£2150
- B. „ 40 „ „ .....................3 17 6
- C. „ 60 ,, „ „ ...............5 10 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.151 - vue 168/385
-
-
-
- 152 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- CRYSTAL DRAINERS, TILES, Etc.
- 768 . — Porcelain Crystal Drainers, with perforated bottoms, for draining or filtering.
- Diameter 4i 5i 5! . 6| in.
- Capacity .. 6 10 14 16 oz.
- Price .. 3/- 3/6 4/- 4/6 each.
- 773.—White Porcelain Tiles,
- glazed both sides—
- /T7
- Size
- Price
- ••5 6 7
- .. 2/3 2/9 3/-
- 8 in. square, 3/6 each.
- 769. — Porous Plates,
- about 9 in. diam., for drying crystals.
- each 8d. ; per doz. 7/-
- 774.—Ditto, but glazed on one side only.
- Size 3 5 6 7 8 in. square
- Price ..1/3 1/6 2/- 2/4 2/9 each.
- 770.—Porous Saucers, about 5 in. diam., for drying crystals .. .. each 5d. ; per doz. 4/-
- 775.—Ditto, biscuit porcelain for arsenic testing, size 4 in. x 2\ in...........................each 1/-
- 771.—Circular
- drying crystals. Diameter Price
- Porous Tiles for
- 6 8 in.
- .. 1/2 1/8 each.
- 776.—White Porcelain Tiles,
- with three cavities .. .. each 1/9
- tory for drying crystals or as flasks, etc.
- Per doz. 3d. Per 100
- 772. — Becker’s Compressed Filter IVIatS, special quality. These mats will be found very useful in the labora-bench pads for hot beakers,
- 2/- Per 1,000 18/-
- 777.—White Porcelain Tiles,
- with six cavities .. .. each 2/3
- 778,—White Porcelain Tiles,
- with twelve cavities .. each 3/-
- DEFLAGRATING
- SPOONS, Etc.
- 779. —Wood Splints for
- Oxygen experiments, etc.
- per bundle 3d.
- 780. — C edar Wood Splints.
- per bundle 1 /-'
- P 782.—Wire Taper Holders,
- for gas experiments.
- $ each 6d.
- I per doz. 5/6
- 781.—Porcelain Capsules for floating on water.
- Each
- 5d.
- Per doz. .. 4/9
- 783. —Deflagrating Spoons, best
- make, complete with brass cap each 10d
- per doz. 8/6
- 784. —Spoons only, brass cup on iron
- rod, but without cap .. .. each 5d.
- per doz. 4/-
- 785. — Deflagrating Spoons on Stand,
- polished brass for P205 experiment, etc.
- each 3/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.152 - vue 169/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 153
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DEFLAGRATING
- 786. Deflagrating Globes
- for burning Phosphorus in Oxygen.
- Diameter.... 8 io 12 in.
- Price, each .. 4/8 6/8 14/-
- 787.—Detonating Bottles, stoppered, strong glass for exploding mixed gases.
- Each .. .. ..........4/-
- Per dozen .. .. .. .. 47/-
- GLOBES, Etc.
- 788.—Deflagrating Jars, made of
- very thin glass, best quality, closed at bottom.
- Capacity .. 300 700 1500 2000 c.c. Price .. .. 1/3 2/- 2/3 2/9 each.
- 789. — Eprouvettes,
- strong glass, on glass foot.
- Each.............. 1/-
- Per dozen .. .. . . . . 11/-
- 790.—Eprouvettes, strong glass, for explosions. Size about 9 in. X if in.
- Each .. 1 /- Per doz. .. 11/-
- DESICCATORS
- 791
- 791. — Desiccators,
- Schiebler’s, with ground-glass cover and perforated zinc disc.
- Inside dia. 45 6 7 in.
- Each 5/- 5/6 7/- 11/-
- Inside dia. 8 9 10 in.
- Each .. 16/6 21/- 27/6
- 792.—D esiccators,
- Schiebler’s, for vacuum, with well-ground glass cover, and tubulure in centre of cover.
- Inside dia. 4 5 6 7 in.
- Each .. 6/9 7/6 8/6 14/-
- Inside dia. 8 9 10 in.
- Each .. ..19/6 23/- 30/-
- 792
- 793
- 793.—Professor Schiff’s Im-
- proved Desiccator, with well-, ground-in glass stopcock, with glass hook.
- Internal diameter .. 10 i2-|cm.
- Each............14/- 16/-
- 794.—D esiccators,
- Schiebler’s, with tubulure at side without stopcock.
- Inside diameter 4 5 6 in.
- Each .. .. 6/9 7/6 8/6
- Inside diameter 7 8 in.
- Each..........14/- 19/3
- BECKEB UHW0«V>-
- ipUUSmil uniiiftwn^iwmimur
- 795. — Schiebler’s Desiccators, as No.
- 792, but with well-ground-in glass stopcock, with hook and perforated zinc disc.
- Inside diam. 4 5 6 in.
- Each .. 13/9 15/6 17/6
- Inside diameter. 7 8 in.
- Each .. . . 22/6 30/-
- 795
- 796. —D esiccators,
- for vacuum, made of strong white glass, 6 in. inside diameter.
- Each..........14/-
- 797. Desiccators,
- for vacuum, as No. 796, but fitted with glass stopcock, with hook and indiarubber cork. Each...........19/6
- 796
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.153 - vue 170/385
-
-
-
- 154 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DESICCATORS
- (See also previous Page.)
- 798.—Hem pel’s Improved Desiccators, with well-ground glass cover with knob, separate acid dish and wire tripod.
- Inside diameter .. 4 5 6 in.
- Price, each .. .. 8/- 9/- 11/-
- 799.—H em pel’s Improved Desiccators, as No. 798, with separate acid dish and wire tripod, but with cover fitted with well ground-in glass stopcock with hook.
- Diameter .. 4 5 6 in.
- Price, each .. .. 15/- 17/- 22/6
- 800.— Hempel’s I m p r o ve d Desiccators,
- with well-ground-in stopper and stopcock with glass hook. As will be seen from the illustration the drying medium (sulphuric acid) is placed in the upper part of the desiccator. As dry air has a higher specific gravity than moist air, the moist air rises to the upper part, and desiccation proceeds more rapidly than in desiccators which have the drying medium in the lower part.
- Inside Diameter .. 4 5 6 in.
- Price .................... 17/6 21/- 26/-
- 801.—“ Nivoc” White Fireclay Crucible Supports.
- Very convenient for use with desiccators (see No. 791).
- Each 2d.; per doz. 1 /6
- FOR BELL JARS WITH GROUND GLASS FLANGES,
- SEE PAGE 118.
- 802. — Friihling’s Desiccators, inside diameter 8 in., with ground-on cover with knob, but without the perforated porcelain support.
- each 18/9
- 803. —Perforated porcelain support for above.
- each 8/6
- 804. — Friihling’s Desiccators, inside diameter 8 in. with ground-on cover with stopcock and hook, but without the perforated porcelain support.
- each 26/6
- 805. —Perforated porcelain support for above.
- each 8/6
- 806.—Sulphuric Acid Desiccator Dish, for supporting capsules, etc.
- Diameter 4! in. .. .. each 6/-
- 807. — Triangular Desiccators, polished on all sides, for placing inside balance cases.
- A. 2 in. x if in. .. .. each 1/3
- B. 3| X 2j in....... „ 1/6
- 808.—Square Glass Plates,
- l in. thick and ground on one side, for desiccators, bell jars, etc.
- Size .. .. 5 6 8 10 12 14 in.
- Price, each .. 1/6 1/9 2/- 3/- 4/- 6/6
- 809.—Discs Of Perforated Zinc for Desiccators.
- Diameter ... 10 12 Ml 17 19 cm.
- Each .. 3d. 5d. 6d. 8d. 10d.
- Dozen .. 2/9 4/6 5/6 7/6 9/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.154 - vue 171/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 155
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DIAMONDS, TUBE CUTTERS AND GREASE PENCILS
- 810.—Glaziers1 Diamonds, guaranteed best London make, for cutting crown and sheet glass, etc.
- each 15/-
- 812.—Diamonds for writing on glass,
- 811.—Gauge Glass Tube
- diamond and steel rod, as figured. Length of rod .. .. .. 18
- Price .. .. .. .. 20/-
- A.—Ditto, graduated in inches
- or millimetres .. each 26/-
- Cutters, with
- 24 30 in.
- 21 /- 22/-
- 27/- 28/-
- guaranteed best quality.
- Size
- Price, each..
- London make
- .. No. 1.
- .. 9/-
- and superior
- No. 2.
- 12/6
- 813. — Improved Glass Tube Cutter, for cutting glass tubes of various diameters and lengths. The cutting wheel may be changed when worn out, making this practically an everlasting tool. This cutter is. largely used by professional glass blowers.
- Instructions for Use :—Place the tube to be cut on a table or other level surface, insert the rod, and bring the wheel in contact with the glass. Bear down slightly on the tool, and at the same time impart a rotary motion to the tube with the palm of the left hand. The cutter wheel will then mark a perfect circle on the inner surface of the tube, and a gentle tap will cause it to break off with a clean smooth fracture.
- For longer lengths break off the glass tube roughly and trim the ends with the cutter.
- A. With 8-|- in. Rod .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . • .. .. each 5/-
- B. ,, 15 ,, ,, and loose Metal Disc 2 in. diameter.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ,, 6/-
- C. Extra Cutting wheels for above .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. per dozen 10/8
- 814. —Glass Tube Cutters, small size each 3/-
- 815. —Extra wheels for same, each, 11 d. ; per doz. 10/6
- 816.—Glass Cutting Knife, made of specially tempered steel, with handle .. .. each 1 /6
- 817.—Grease Pencils for writing on glass,
- best quality.
- A. Red
- B. Blue
- C. Yellow
- Each.
- 5d.
- 5d.
- 5d.
- Per dozen.
- 4/6
- 4/6
- 4/6
- 818.—Glass Tube Cutters, extra large size for cutting tubing of large bore.
- each 4/3
- 819 .—Extra wheels for same .. each 11d.
- Per doz. 10/6
- 820. — Sebatier’s Ink, for
- writing on glass. In gutta-percha bottle.
- Per bottle ..........2/9
- FOR TRIANGULAR FILES, SEE PAGE 179.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.155 - vue 172/385
-
-
-
- 156 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DIALYSERS -
- 821.—Graham’s Dialyser.
- This form of Dialyser consists of two rings of pure gutta-percha, one fitting over the other, and between which is tightly stretched a sheet of Dialysis Paper. The mixed solution is poured into this ring, and the latter with its contents is then placed in a glass basin containing a large quantity of water, on which it floats. After a period of about two days a more or less complete separation of the mixed solution will have taken place.
- A. Gutta Percha Rings 4 6 8 10 in. diam.
- Price .. .. 3/6 5/- 7/6 10/6 per pair.
- B. Glass Basins, suitable for above—
- To take Ring 4 6 8 10 in. diam.
- Price .. . .. 2/- 3/- 5/5 7/6 each.
- 822. —Be 11-shaped Glass Dialysers, with two flanges.
- Diameter .. 3 4 5 in.
- Price .. 1/- 1/4 1/8 each.
- 823. —Cylindrical Jars for above, without feet.
- Diameter .. .. 6x4 8x5 gb X 6| in.
- Price .. .. .. 8d. 1/2 2/- each.
- 824. —Dialysis Papers, cut into squares.
- Size .. 5 6 8 10 in. square.
- Price .. .. 9d. 10d. 1/3 1/9 per doz.
- DISTILLATION APPARATUS
- 825.—Stout Copper Still with pure Tin Worm
- Condenser, in zinc cylinder, complete with constant level and self-filling arrangement.
- Capacity of Still, galls.
- Price
- each.
- £3 10 0 4 10 0 6 10 0
- 826.—Cheap Form Still for Students’ Use.
- This Still is simple in construction and there is nothing to get out of order.
- Directions for Using.—Put the water into cylinder, fix on cover and place the still over heating apparatus, which can be a spirit stove, oil lamp, gas or ordinary fire. Allow a gentle stream of cold water to pass through the conical cover. When the water in the cylinder boils, the steam rises, settles on the inner surface of the cone, and being condensed by the cold water outside, drops into the funnel, and is caught on the outside by a bottle or other vessel placed for that purpose. The cone and funnel should be kept scrupulously clean, otherwise impurities are apt to get into the distillate.
- Made of stout tin plate with copper bottoms.
- each 18/6
- „ 27/6
- 827. — Improved still of stout sheet copper, as made by us for the India Offlce and other Government Departments. This still is very economical in use, simple in construction, and with fair use will last a number of years without getting out of order.
- Full working details and instructions are sent out with each still.
- A.
- B.
- C.
- Capacity 2 gallons, producing about 4 pints of distilled water per hour .. ..£576
- Capacity 4 gallons, producing about 6 pints of distilled water per hour .. .. £6 17 6
- Capacity 6 gallons, producing about 8 pints of distilled water per hour .. .. £9 17 6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.156 - vue 173/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 157
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- STILLS
- ELECTRIC STILLS.
- 828
- From the sectional illustration it will be seen that the cold water enters at (A) where it should be controlled by screw-down water tap. It passes thlough the pipe (B) to the outside of the condensing chamber and coil (C and D). After filling the tank and coil, the overflow water passes through the pipe (E) into the small feed tank (G), which is so arranged that there is no loss of heat at this point and no disturbance of the constantly boiling water in the evaporating chamber (J). The overflow water is taken by the pipe (F) to a suitable waste drain.
- The Heating Elements (K) are mounted on the underside of the evaporating chamber, and when the water is flowing and the current is switched on, the water rapidly boils. The steam given off rises through the cone (L) and impinges on to the various surfaces of the walls and coil in the condensing chamber, where it rapidly condenses the drops of distilled water falling into the distillate chamber (H) from whence it flows through the outlet (I) into a suitable receptacle.
- It will be seen that the action is simple and automatic; absolutely no attention is required, so long as the water is flowing, nothing can go wrong.
- For economy in working, it is suggested that the flow of the feed water should be so regulated that the temperature of the waste water is about 150° F. ; at this point the still is working at its greatest efficiency.
- All parts of the still are easily detachable and accessible, including the elements. Its construction is robust and its design particularly suitable for workshop use.
- Section of 828
- 828.—Electric Still, as above, size 18 x 17 in., output 4 pints per hour, weight 20 lb., consumption 2,000 watts.
- Price .. . . ....................£13 10 0
- No. of elements fitted.. . . . . . . 8
- A. Price of spare elements .. .. . . 3/- each.
- {Please state voltage when ordering.)
- 829.—Improved Patent Automatic Still (Patent No. 6916), made of stout copper, tinned inside and so constructed that it can be readily taken in half for cleaning purposes. In the small stills producing 6 and 7 pints of distilled water per hour, the boiler capacity is only 5 pints, and the Inland Revenue Authorities wall allow their use free of licence on application. In the large size, making 3 J gallons per hour, the capacity of the boiler is under 1 gallon. Permission may be obtained for the use of the large one free.
- A. Small size to produce 6 pints of dis-
- tilled water per hour £5 0 0
- B. Ditto, to .produce 7 pints of distilled
- water per hour .. £6 15 0
- C. Gas Burner and Stand for either of
- above .... £0 9 0
- D. Medium size, to produce if gallons of
- distilled water per hour £10 0 0
- E. Combined Burner and Stand for
- above .... £2 10 0
- F. Medium size Still and Tubular
- Boiler to produce 2\ galls, per hour £13 0 0
- G. Combined Burner and Stand for
- above .... £2 10 0
- H. Large size Still to produce 3! to 4!
- galls, of distilled water per hour
- £27 10 0
- K. Combined Burner and Stand for
- above .... £3 10 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.157 - vue 174/385
-
-
-
- 158 F. E.
- BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DISTILLATION APPARATUS
- FLASKS.
- 830.—Resistance Glass Distillation Flasks. Round
- bottom, with side tube in middle of neck. Best quality.
- Cap. 30 50 100 125 175 c.c.
- Each rod, 1/- 1/1 1/2 1/6
- Dozen 9/9 10/6 12/9 13/9 17/9
- Cap. 250 350 500 750 rooo 1500 c.c.
- Each 1/9 2/- 2/3 3/- 3/6 4/6
- Doz. 20/6 23/6 26/6 35/- 41/- 53/-
- 831.—Copper Distillation Flasks, with brazed joints and side tube.
- Capacity 300 500 1000 c.c.
- Price, each 18/- 22/6 30/-
- 832. — Claisen’s Distilling Flasks,
- with two necks for fitting with capillary tube and thermometer, or capillary tube and separating funnel. Capacity. Price, each. 30 C.C. 2/-
- 50 „ 2/6
- 100 ,, 2/9
- 150 „ 3/-
- 250 „ 3/6
- 500 „ 4/6
- 833. — Ladenburg’s Distillation Flasks,
- made of well-annealed glass, with three and four
- bulbs in neck.
- Capacity. Each. Per doz.
- 100 C.C. 2/- 23/-
- 150 „ 2/3 26/-
- 250 „ 2/8 31/-
- 500 „ 3/3 38/-
- 1000 „ 5/- 59/-
- DISTILLATION TUBES.
- 834.—Fractional Distilla-
- tion Tubes. Professor Young’s design.
- No. of Pears Price, each .. Per dozen ..
- 4 8 12
- . 3/- 5/- 7/-
- . 35/- 59/- 83/-
- 835.—Fractional Distilla-
- tion Tubes. Professor Young’s design.
- No. of Discs......... 15 20
- Price, each .........3/- 3/6
- 836.—Fractional tion Tubes.
- Thomas’ pattern. With 3 5
- Distilla-
- Young and
- 8 sections.
- Each
- 15/- 22/6 34/6
- 835
- 837. — Glynsky’s Distillation T ubes, with glass beads.
- 4/9
- 8/-
- 10/6
- 838.—Le Bel & Heninger’s
- Distillation i Tubes.
- No. of Bulbs .. 2 3 4
- Price, each 3/3 4/9 6/6 j
- No. of Bulbs .. 5 6
- Price, each 9/6 12/- j
- 838
- 839. —Distillation Tubes, straight, plain each 10d.
- 840. —Distillation Tubes, with one bulb „ 1/2
- 841. —Distillation Tubes, with two bulbs „ 1/7
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.158 - vue 175/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVQC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 159
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DISTILLATION APPARATUS
- 842.—Distillation Apparatus, for determining the volatile acids in wine.
- Price, complete as illustrated .. .. .. .. .. 37/6
- 843.—Distillation Apparatus for Blichfeldt’s Method for the Estimation of Butter and Coco-nut Fat in Margarine. (Registered Design No. 563872-)
- The fat is saponified by a mixture of aqueous potash and glycerol, and the fatty acids are liberated by acidification with sulphuric acid. The resulting mixture is distilled in a specially designed apparatus, as illustrated, in which the connecting tube, condenser tube and receiver are all in one piece.
- The distillate is treated with an excess of decinormal soda solution and trans-
- ferred to a 200 c.c. measuring flask. The total volatile acids are determined by titrating back with decinormal sulphuric acid. The neutral soap solution is now treated with excess of decinormal silver nitrate solution, and 10 per cent, of solid sodium nitrate is dissolved in the liquid in order to salt out all the sparingly soluble silver salts. After making up to 200 c.c., the precipitated silver salts are filtered off, and the excess of silver nitrate is determined volumetrically in the filtrate.
- The volatile fatty acids are thus determined as soluble and insoluble silver salts.
- The ratios of soluble to insoluble silver salts derived from Butter and Coco-nut Fats respectively, differ considerably from one another, and afford a ready means of determining these substances in presence of one another.
- A full report of the Paper read by Mr. S. H. Blichfeldt before the Society of Chemical Industry may be Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, dated July 15, 1910. No. 13. Vol. XXIX.
- Complete, as figured, with conical flask, made of resistance glass
- 844. —Sir Edward
- Thorpe’s Revenue
- Still, as supplied by us to the Principal Chemist of the Government Laboratories.
- A. Price, complete on stand,
- with burner, as illustrated.
- £3 18 0
- B. Ditto without burner.
- £3 16
- 845. —Spare parts for above as follows :—
- A. Distilling Flask, latest pat-
- tern ............2/3
- B. Bent Glass Connecting
- Tube, with two india-rubber corks .. .. 2/3
- C. Stand with special clamps
- and teak base—
- £2 2 0
- D. Argand Burner, with stea-
- tite top and stopcock
- 16/6
- E. Special Spiral Condensers.
- 15/-
- 845. — Reichert - Wol I ny Apparatus,
- for determining the volatile fatty acids in butter and margarine.
- {See “ The Analyst,” December, 1909, Pages 309 to 313.) Price, including tripod stand and burner, but without retort stand and clamp .. .. .. 18/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.159 - vue 176/385
-
-
-
- 160 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DISTILLATION APPARATUS
- 846. — Raikow’s Distillation Apparatus, for
- fractional distillation in vacuum. Complete with five receiving vessels.
- (" Chemik-er-Zeitung,” 1888, page 693.)
- Each .. .. 15/-
- 847.
- Briihl’s Apparatus for Fractional Distillation under reduced Pressure.
- A. Small size, with five tubes. Capacity 25 c.c.
- each
- B. Medium size, with five tubes. Capacity 40 c.c.
- each
- C. Large size, with five tubes. Capacity 80 c.c.
- each
- 30/-
- 42/-
- 48/-
- 848.—K j e I d a hl’s Distillation Apparatus, consisting of conical flask made of resistance glass, rubber cork, Kjeldahl splash head and resistance glass Kjeldahl flask, as illustrated.
- A. Complete .. .. 6/6
- B. Splash heads only,
- with 2 bulbs and trap . . . . 3/-
- 849.— K j e I d a h I’s Distillation Appa-
- ratus, complete as illustrated, with stoppered cylindrical separating funnel and flasks made of resistance glass.
- A. Complete .. 15/-
- B. Splash head only 2/6
- 850.—K j e I d a h I’s Still Heads, as made by us for the Government Laboratories.
- Each .. .. .. 2/6
- 851
- 851.—Kjeldahl’s Distillation Apparatus,
- as illustrated.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. .. . . .. 9/6
- B. Complete, as figured .. ' .. .. 17/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals andJAcids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.160 - vue 177/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 161
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DISTILLATION APPARATUS
- 852.—Kjeldahl’s Apparatus for the Estimation of Nitrogen. Prices for the complete apparatus
- are as follows :— For
- Complete as figured, including all glass parts
- 3 4
- £3 17 6 £5 2 6
- 6 tests.
- £7 5 0
- 853.
- Kjeldahl’s Apparatus for the Estimation of Nitrogen,
- complete with all glass parts and vertical condensing vessel.
- ABC
- For..... 3 4 6 tests.
- Each....£5 5 0 £6 5 0 £7 15 0
- 854.—Wagner’s Nitrogen Estimation Apparatus, complete as figured, including glass parts and separate iron digesting stand, but without burners.
- A
- For.............. 2
- Each ............52/6
- B C
- 4 6 tests.
- 72/- 90/-
- 855.—Stand and Set of Burners for Kjeldahl’s Nitrogen Test, as figured, but without the flasks.
- ABC
- For .. .. 3 4 6 tests.
- Each ...... 41/- 45/- 52/6
- 856.—Kjeldahl’s Apparatus for Nitrogen Determination, consisting of heating stand with Bunsen burner, copper condenser and separate heating stand, with burners for digestion flasks. Complete with glass parts.
- A B C
- For .... 3 4 6 tests.
- Each.. .. £6 10 0 £8 10 0 £12 10 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.161 - vue 178/385
-
-
-
- 162 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DRYING OVENS
- All our copper ovens are made from best selected copper sheets which are
- specially rolled for us.
- We are prepared to quote for cheaper quality ovens made of thinner sheet copper, but these are not to be recommended where the ovens are likely to be put to continual use.
- 857.—Hot Air Drying Ovens, strongly made
- of best hard sheet copper, and fitted with copper perforated shelf sliding on copper ledges ; two tubulures for thermometer and thermostat ; and air regulator.
- A B C
- Height inside 6 7 8 in.
- Width 6 7 8 „
- Back to front 6 7 8 „
- Price, each .. . . 24/- 27/6 35/-
- D E F
- Height inside 9 10 io in.
- Width ,, 9 10 12 ,,
- Back to front } y 9 10 IO „
- Price, each .. .. 40/- 47/- 60/-
- 858.—Strong Iron Quadrupods for above.
- For oven . . A B C
- Price; each.. .. 4/- 4/6 4/6
- For oven . . D E F
- Price, each.. •• 5/- 5/3 5/6
- 859.—Hot Water Drying Ovens, strongly
- made of best hard sheet copper, and fitted with copper perforated shelf sliding on copper ledge ; hinged door with air regulator ; two tubulures for thermometer and thermostat ; tubulure with screw cap for filling ; and
- water gauge. A B C
- Height inside 6 7 8 in.
- Width 6 7 8 „
- Back to front 6 7 8 „
- Price, each D 39/6 E 52/6 F 65/- G
- Height inside 9 IO 10 12 in.
- Width 9 10 12 14 „
- Back to front 9 10 10 io ,,
- Price, each 78/6 95/- 105/- 125/-
- 860.—Strong Iron Quadrupods for above.
- For oven • • • A B C
- Price, each . */- 4/- 4/6
- For oven D E F G
- Price, each • 5/- 5/3 6/6 8/-
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.162 - vue 179/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 163
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DRYING OVENS
- 861.—Improved Type Drying Ovens.
- The illustration shows an entirely new form of Drying Oven. They are strongly built up of angle-iron framing and legs, with “ Eternite ” sides and door. The “ Eternite ” is § in. thick, and has all the heat and fire resisting properties of asbestos, but is very much stronger, being as hard as slate, and is unaffected by the laboratory atmosphere. Its durability is considerably above metal, and ovens made of this material will outlast several copper or iron ones. The bottom consists of an iron plate, and is renewable in a few seconds at a cost of 6d., which renders the oven as good as new. Another feature is that these ovens do not warp or twist out of shape, as is usually the case with copper air ovens. Temperatures up to 300° C. easily obtained. A great saving of gas is also made, as very little radiation takes place.
- The following are stock sizes. Other sizes made to order at prices quoted on receipt of size required.
- Prices, inclusive of burner.
- Inside size of Oven.
- Height. Width. Depth.
- inches, inches. inches.
- A. 8 x 8 x 8 £2 14 6
- B. 10 x 10 X 10 £3 10 0
- C. 12 x 12 X 12 £4 15 0
- X H X Tt- H Q 14 £6 18 6
- A comparison of prices will show that the initial cost of this new form of oven is slightly above copper ovens, but their many advantages and great durability make them very much cheaper.
- ELECTRICALLY HEATED OVENS
- 862/3
- Electrically Heated Drying Ovens.—Constructed of strong angle iron frame with Uralite panels. Wound internally with high resistance coils of alloy having a melting point above i,ooo° C. Two windings or circuits are used, with 3-way indicating switch, of series-parallel type, giving minimum, medium and maximum amperage. These ovens are suitable for use between 70 0 and 500° C. Voltage and maximum temperature required should be stated on enquiries and orders. The large sizes only are fitted with double doors as illustrated. Sizes between 8 in. and 14 in. have single door. These ovens may be used on either D.C. or A.C., and may be wired for voltages between 100 and 260. {Please state voltage required when ordering.)
- 862. —Hot Air Ovens.
- A. 8 x 8 x 8 in.
- B. 10 X 10 x 10 ,,
- C. 12 x 12 x 12 ,,
- D. 14 x 14 X 14 ,,
- E. 18 x 12 x 12 ,,
- 863. —Hot Water Ovens
- F. 8 x 8 x 8 in.
- G. 10 x 10 x 10 ,,
- H. 12 x 12 x 12 ,,
- J. 14 x 14 X 14 „
- Prices include Controlling Switch and Connecting
- Plug.
- {Please state voltage required when ordering.)
- each £8 0 0 £10 15 0 „ £12 10 0 £14 5 0 £21 10 0
- each £9 15 0
- £11 0 0 „ £13 5 0
- „ £16 0 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.163 - vue 180/385
-
-
-
- 164 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- VACUUM DRYING OVEN
- Vacuum drying ovens are made to order of any required size for heating by gas, steam or electricity, and fitted with either water or air jacket. The illustration represents a gas heated, water-jacketted copper vacuum oven, with removable front and window each end. Internal size io| in. diameter by 14 in. deep, fitted with shelf.
- 864.—Vacuum Oven, as per Specification and illustration .. £28 10 0
- A. If electrically heated .. .. extra £4 0 0
- Other standard sizes are 7^ in., 13 in., 18 in. diameter internal, for which quotation will be given on receipt of requirements.
- WATER-JACKETTED
- CONSTANT-TEMPERATURE
- OVEN
- This oven is designed to give a constant temperature of 1050 C. inside, or may be adjusted to any constant temperature between that and ioo° C. It is brazed and riveted, with water jacket and air jacket. By means of the automatic gas regulator A B, a constant pressure is maintained in the water jacket; this pressure is adjusted if lb., to give an internal temperature of 1050 C. This regulator is perfectly automatic, and as there is no escape of steam the oven may be left day and night—in fact, it is an advantage to have it constantly in use, as the strain of seams and joints caused by the contraction of cooling is minimised.
- 865.—Water-Jacketted Constant Temperature Oven, as Specification above.
- Internal dimensions.
- A. 10 X 10 X 10 in. deep . . £20 10 0
- B. 12 X 12 X 14 in. . .. £23 10 0
- C. 12 X 12 X 18 in. . .. £27 0 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory*
- p.164 - vue 181/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 165
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DRYING OVENS
- 866.—Sheet Iron Drying Ovens, with two tubulures for thermometer and thermostat, and movable shelf.
- 866
- Back to Width. Height. Front.
- A. 7 5 5 in.
- B. 8 8 8 „
- C. 9 9 9 „
- Price 17/6 21/- 28/6 each.
- 866A. —Stands for Ditto.
- Full size A. each 4/-
- „ B. „ 4/6
- C. „ 5/-
- 868
- 868.—Triple Copper Drying Oven, on strong sheet iron support. Each compartment, 9 in. X 7 in. X 6 in.
- Price .....................................£4 7 6
- 867. — Hot Water Oven, made of stout copper, with four compartments, which are divided into two halves by means of insert-plates.
- Outside dimensions of oven :— 30 cm. long x 23 cm. high x 13 cm. deep.
- 867
- Price, including gauge, constant level apparatus, and 4 holes fitted with covers .. .. .. £5 10 0
- 869. — Hot Water
- made of strong copper plate with four openings at the top, each 10 cm. diameter, and fitted with concentric rings for use as water baths.
- Inside Width .. 24 cm.
- ,, Height .. 20 ,,
- ,, Depth .. 27 ,,
- Each £5 15 0
- Oven on Stand,
- 869
- 870. — Hot Water Oven, copper, fitted with double door for Calcium Chloride for drying the air before it passes into the air chamber ; movable copper shelf, air regulator, glass gauge, and tap. Complete on stand. Size of oven 9 in. X 8 in. X n| in,
- Price................................................£4 17 6
- We shall at all times be pleased to quote for Copper Laboratory Apparatus to customers’ own designs and
- specifications on receipt of full details.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.165 - vue 182/385
-
-
-
- 166 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBINED DRYING OVENS AND STILLS
- All our stills are made from best selected copper sheets, which are specially rolled for us.
- 871.—Cheap Combined Drying Oven and Still. Strongly made and well finished in every detail. This apparatus will produce about 5 pints of distilled water per hour. The oven is provided with a perforated copper shelf sliding on copper ledges and the door is covered with uralite. Complete with burners.
- Made in three sizes as follows :—
- A. Outside dimensions of oven 9 X 9 X 9 in.
- B. „ ,, ,, 14 X 10 X 10 in.
- C. ,, ,, „ 16 x 12 x 14 in.
- £5 17 6 £7 10 0 £9 17 6
- 872.—Combination Drying Oven, Still and Water Bath. This
- apparatus will produce about 6 pints of distilled water per hour and is fitted with still, automatic feed and burner. As will be seen from the illustration the oven is provided with six evaporating holes with covers. Size of oven 14 x 10 x 10 in. Dimensions over all 3 ft. x 2 ft. x 1 ft. .. .. .. .. .. £10 9 0
- 873 .—Ditto, but fitted with special tap, which makes it impossible for the water supply to be turned off unless the gas is also turned off at the same time .. £11 .8 6
- For Colonial and Foreign use
- we fit a suitable oil blast furnace
- to ovens and stills where gas
- is not obtainable.
- 872/3
- 874.—Combination Drying Oven and Still, as No. 872, but constructed so as to produce 2 gallons of distilled water per hour with a gas consumption of 70 cubic feet. For this apparatus a f-inch gas supply pipe is required. Size of oven 16 X 12 X 14 in.
- A. Without special tap to control water and gas simultaneously £15 0 0
- B. With special tap to control water and gas simultaneously £15 19 6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ) hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.166 - vue 183/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 167
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBINED DRYING OVENS AND
- STILLS
- 875.—Combination Stili and Drying Oven.
- The Still-head produces between 6 and 7 pints of distilled water per hour, the oven is fitted with a removable sliding shelf. All parts becoming corroded by distillation are easily accessible for cleaning. These ovens are made by us in many sizes and any number of compartments. Glass doors may also be fitted. Full specifications, prices and particulars of larger ovens post free on application.
- Made throughout of best hard rolled copper, and tinned inside. Brass fittings and burners. Prices include burner and stand complete, as illustrated.
- A. Size of Oven 23 x 23 x 23 cm. .. £7 5 0
- B. ,, ,, 35 X 25 x 25 cm. .. £9 8 6
- C. ,, ,, 40 X 30 X 35 cm. .. £12 2 0
- See Special Note under No. 900, page 170, for heating by means of Primus Paraffin Burners, for districts not served by gas.
- In designing these Ovens and Stills special attention has been paid to all part? becoming corroded by distillation. These are readily removable for cleaning and easily replaced.
- 876
- 876. —Patent Combination Still, Oven and Evaporating Pan.
- This Combination is specially designed for Research Laboratories, Public Analysts’ Laboratories, etc., where a variety of small drying and concentrating operations are frequent and numerous. The top, forming the evaporating bath, is fitted with five openings, each 2\ in. diameter, with cover ; eight openings each fitted with set of concentric rings varying in diameter from 8 in. to 2 in., shallow sand bath 4 in. diameter, and three conical openings for drying funnels containing filters, etc. The still head is of the patent 6916 type (see page 157), producing continually and automatically 7 pints of distilled water per hour. The oven is fitted with constant level, sheet iron stand and gas burners. The shelf inside compartment is perforated, and slides on side runners. With the exception of the stand, the whole is made of rolled copper and tinned inside. All parts becoming corroded by lime deposits through distillation are easily accessible and removable for cleaning. Internal size of oven compartment 12 in. x 9 in. x 7! in., size of waterbath 26 in. x 27 in. x 4 in. deep.
- Price complete : Gas Heated as illustrated £18 0 0
- 877. —Ditto, Electrically Heated.. .. £23 8 0 {Please state voltage, either A.C. or D.C. suitable).
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.167 - vue 184/385
-
-
-
- 168 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.;I.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LQNDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBINED DRYING
- OVENS AND STILLS
- Combination Set of Ovens, Still and Water
- Bath. As will be seen from the illustration this apparatus consists of four separate ovens, each oven being 8 in. square and provided with perforated copper shelf sliding on copper ledges. There are also eight evaporating holes with covers. The distilling apparatus will produce about eight pints of distilled water per hour. The whole of the ovens and still are made of strong copper sheet and fitted with machined gun-metal castings. The doors of the ovens are of bronzed gun-metal and fitted with double glass panes.
- The gas consumption of the apparatus is 40 cubic ft. per hour.
- This apparatus can, if desired, be fitted with steam spiral for heating the water, and for this purpose a steam supply of 8 lb. pressure or above is necessary.
- For Colonial and Foreign use we fit suitable oil blast furnace to ovens and stills where gas is not obtainable.
- 878 —Furnished with 8 in. ovens and glass-
- panelled doors, as illustrated .. . . £32 10 0
- 879 —Furnished with 10 in. ovens and glass-
- panelled doors .. .. .. .. 37 10 0
- 880 —Furnished with 8 in. ovens and
- uralite-covered doors .. .. .. 30 0 0
- 881 —Furnished with 10 in. ovens and
- uralite-covered doors .. .. .. 33 10 0
- 882.—Special tap to control water and gas
- simultaneously .. .. ' .. extra 15 0
- Combination Set of Ovens, Still and Water Baths, specification as No. 878, but fitted with two ovens instead of four. The still head gives 7 pints per hour.
- 883.—Furnished with 8 in. * ovens and
- uralite-covered copper doors £16 5 0
- 884.—Furnished with 10 in. ovens and
- uralite-covered copper doors 21 0 0
- 885.—Furnished with 8 in. ovens and
- glass-panelled doors 18 10 0
- 886.—Furnished with 10 in. ovens and
- glass doors as illustrated 23 5 0
- 887.—Special tap to control water and gas
- simultaneously extra 1 5 0
- In designing these Ovens special attention has been paid to all parts becoming corroded by distillation. These are readily removable ' for cleaning and easily replaced.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.168 - vue 185/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 169
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBINED DRYING OVENS AND STILLS
- Combined Ovens and Still, specification as No. 878, but without evaporating holes, and furnished with six ovens instead of four ; the distilling apparatus producing about eight pints of distilled water per hour.
- 888. —Furnished with 6 in. ovens and uralite-covered copper doors
- 889. —Furnished with 6 in. ovens and glass-panelled doors
- 890 .—Furnished with 8 in. ovens and
- uralite-covered copper doors
- 891 .—Furnished with 8 in. ovens and
- glass-panelled doors
- 892 .—Furnished with 10 in. ovens and
- uralite-covered copper doors
- 893 .—Furnished with 10 in. ovens and
- glass-panelled doors
- 894.—Special tap to control water and gas simultaneously .. .. .. extra
- £33 0 0
- 35 10 0
- 36 10 0
- 40 0 0
- 41 0 0
- 44 0 0
- 15 0
- 895.—Combined Ovens and Still as above,
- but furnished with nine ovens, each 8 in. x 8 in. x 8 in.
- A. Furnished with uralite-covered doors £46 0 0
- B. ,, ,, glass-panelled doors .. 49 10 0
- C. Special tap to control water and gas
- simultaneously .. .. .. extra 15 0
- 896
- 896.—Combined Ovens and Still, with
- four compartments, two 8 in. x 8 in. x 8 in. and two 18 in. x 8 in. x 8 in. The two small doors are provided with glass panels, and the two larger ones of sheet copper insulated with a covering of “ Uralite.”
- A. Price, as illustrated .. .. .. £38 0 0
- B. ,, if all doors of copper .. .. 36 0 0
- C. „ if all doors of glass .. .. 41 0 0
- 888/895
- 897. — Combined Ovens and Still,
- with three compartments arranged as illustrated. The top is provided with holes (and covers) for evaporating basins, etc. Two compartments 8 in. x8in. x8in. and one compartment 18 in.
- X 8 in. x 8 in.
- A.
- B.
- C.
- Price, as illustrated ,, if all doors of copper
- „ if all doors of glass
- £30 0 0 28 10 0 31 5 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.169 - vue 186/385
-
-
-
- 170 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBINED DRYING OVENS
- AND STILLS
- 898.—Large Set of Combination Ovens, Still and Water Baths, consisting of one oven measuring 20 in. X 12 in. two ovens each measuring 10 in. x 8 in., two ovens, each measuring 8 in. x 8 in. ; one still capable of giving 2 galls, of distilled water per hour, and eight evaporating holes with covers. The over-all dimensions, including stand and burners, are 48 in. x 36 in. x 12 in.
- A. With copper doors .. .. .. .. .. £37 10 0
- B. Special tap to control water and gas simultaneously
- extra 15 0
- The illustration shows a Still (No. 829, page 157) in use with a drying bath. This is one of many methods of utilising the waste hot water. The hot water from constant level of Still runs through bath as seen, and can then be used also for other purposes where hot water is required.
- 899 .—Price, complete with Size A. Still, Cat. No. 829, as illustrated, but with our latest form of Burner (as shown in illustration on page 157).
- £7 12 6
- 900.—Combined Still and Oven, arranged for heating by means of Primus paraffin burners, supplied by large steel reservoir, fitted with pressure gauge and filling funnel. Specially recommended for use in districts not served by gas. Output of distilled water j.\ gallons per hour, size of oven 16 in. X 12 in. x 10 in. inside sizes.
- ................. £32 0 0
- This method of heating may also be fitted to Combined Oven and Still, No. 875, page 167, at an extra cost of £915s. for either of the three sizes listed.
- For No. 875 a single burner is fitted, giving 4 pints distilled water per hour.
- p.170 - vue 187/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 171
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WATER
- 901
- 901.—Hemispherical Water Baths, made
- of stout spun copper, with set of concentric rings and two handles.
- Diameter 13 15 18 20 23 cm.
- Price .. 7/6 8/9 10/6 12/- 14/6
- 902.—Ditto, fitted with constant level arrangement.
- Diameter • 13 15 18 20 23 cm.
- Price . 13/6 15/6 17/- 18/- 21/-
- 902A.—Iron stands for above.
- 3/- 3/6 3/9 4/3 4/6
- 903
- Diameter
- Each
- 90 3. — Owen’s College Pattern Water Baths, made of stout copper with set of concentric rings and fitted with constant level and overflow arrangements. Complete as illustrated.
- B
- 8 ir
- 18/6
- 904. —Conical Water Baths, made of stout copper, with set of concentric rings, and fitted with constant level and overflow arrangement. Very economical in use.
- Diameter .. 13 r6 18 20 23 26 cm.
- Price .. .. 13/6 15/9 17/6 21/- 24/- 27/6
- 905. —Tripods for same, with clip to keep bath in
- position .. 4/6 4/6 5/3 5/3 6/- 6/6
- BATHS
- 906. — Cast-Iron Water Baths. White enamelled inside with copper concentric rings, two handles and flange to fit on to tripod. These baths are strongly made and will withstand a great deal of wear and tear.
- 906/7
- Diameter 13 *5 22 c
- Price, each .. .. 6/- 8/- 10/- 14/6
- 907.—Strong Tripods
- for same .. .. 3/- 3/6 3/9 4/6
- 908. — Meyer’s Funnel-shaped Water Bath,
- made of stout copper, complete on tripod stand with set of porcelain rings, constant level arrangement and glass condensing funnel.
- Each £3 17 6
- 909. — Copper Water Bath, 25
- cm. long by 21 cm. wide by 9 cm. deep, provided with 4 openings (each fitted with rings and covers) and constant level apparatus. Price £2 7 6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.171 - vue 188/385
-
-
-
- 172 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. &J..GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WATER BATHS
- 910.—Water bath, fitted with copper steam coil (D) for heating. The legs being high enough to allow Bunsen Burner under when steam pressure is not available. Made of hard copper-plate, tinned inside. Standard £ in. sockets for steam connection, provided at A and C. B is constant level arrangement for water. Cover plates each have porcelain knob. The size and number of holes may be had to order. This type of bath is also made circular.
- Price, as illustrated, with six openings each 11.5 cm., eight of 10 cm., seven of 9 cm., and two of 8 cm. with rings, a total of 23. The top measures 76 cm. by 43 cm. ; depth 12 cm. ; height of legs 20 cm.
- £17 10 0
- Other sizes quoted on receipt of particulars.
- These steam-heated Water Baths are in use in many of the leading Scientific Institutions in the Kingdom, including Government Laboratory, Royal College, Dublin, Imperial, College, London, and in Colonial Universities.
- jam...
- 911.Com-b i n atio n Water Bath,
- made of stout sheet copper, 34 cm. long by 20 cm. wide by 12 cm. deep, with funnel heater, three openings for evaporations, two chambers for drying, etc. Price, complete, with constant level apparatus and quadrupod, £5 0 0
- 912.
- Combi nation Water Bath,
- made of stout sheet copper, 33 cm. long, 18 cm. wide, and 12 cm. deep. > The body has one . opening for funnel, 5 in. diameter, one evaporating hole fitted with improved concentric rings and hole for thermometer, complete on quadrupod with constant level arrangement.
- Each £2 15 0
- ELECTRICALLY HEATED WATER BATHS
- 913
- 913.
- Electrically Heated Water Bath
- of cast iron, white enamel inside and japanned outside, complete with copper concentric rings of improved type, 2 yards of flexible cord and plug.
- Diam.
- A. 13 cm.
- B. 17 „
- C. 21 „
- Loading. 350 watts 550, „
- 700
- Price.
- £1 12 6 1 18 0 2 10 0
- 914. Electrically Heated Water Bath, as No. 913, but fitted with water inlet and constant level apparatus as per illustration.
- 914
- Diam. Loading. Price.
- A. 13 cm. 350 watts .. £2 0 0
- B. W » 550 „ 2 5 0
- C. 21 ,, 700 2 17 6
- When ordering, please state voltage required.
- p.172 - vue 189/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 173
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- EUDIOMETERS AND GAS TUBES
- 915.—C avendish’s Eudiometer, on mahogany stand, with v stopcock, and screwed to tit air pump.
- each £2 17 6
- 915
- t I
- 916. — Ure’s Eudiometers, with
- platinum electrodes.
- A. 25 c.c. in l .. . . .. each 5/6
- B. 50 c.c. in ! .. .. ,, 7/-
- 917. —Tube, graduated, with one stopcock on open limb and platinum electrodes at the top of closed limb.
- Each ................................14/-
- M
- 917
- 6(
- +81
- jtlOl
- 7J-I2I
- fill
- +10
- .T ;!l
- Tfiai
- 9-20
- -22
- ^Z|
- 4-261
- 4
- 918
- 918.—Bunsen's Eudiometers,
- with platinum electrodes, graduated.
- 250 300 400 500 600 800 mm.
- 5/- 6/- 6/9 7/- 10/6 14/- each.
- 919 .—Ditto graduated 100 c.c. in half divisions .. .. .. each 9/6
- 920.—Mitscherlich’s Eudio-
- meter, with platinum electrodes and glass stopcock; graduated in c.c., extra stout tube.
- Each .. ..................8/-
- 921. — Lecture Eudiometer,
- graduated 50 c.c. in with two stopcocks and platinum electrodes.
- Price, not including metal stand .. 17/6
- 922 —Ditto, complete on metal stand with two terminals on base of stand 28/6
- 923
- 923.—Stout Indiarubber Pad
- for use with Eudiometers .. each 1 /-
- 924. — Gas Measuring Tubes, graduated.
- 924
- Capacity. Graduated in Price, each.
- 10 c.c. iV C.c. .. 1/9
- 20 ,, 1 „ .. 2/-
- 25 „ 5" > > .. 2/6
- 50 „ 1 5 >> .. 3/-
- 50 „ rV ” .. 4/-
- 100 ,, 1- » .. 4/-
- 100 ,, 1 10 >> .. 8/-
- 150 „ 1 T -» .. 6/-
- 200 ,, 1 1 >) .. 8/-
- !5.—Ditto, with well-ground-in stopcock at top.
- Capacity. Graduated in Price, each.
- 25 c.c. tV c.c. .. 6/6
- 50 „ 1 s >> .. 7/6
- 926. —Eggertz’ Carbon Tubes, for
- the estimation of carbon in steel.
- Capacity .. .. .. 10 20 30 c.c.
- Divided into .. .. iV TV rTV C-C.
- Graduated tubes, per pair 3/6 5/9 7/9
- 927. —Plain Tubes for above.
- Capacities as above.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. 8d.
- U (j
- 926/7
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.173 - vue 190/385
-
-
-
- 174 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FAT EXTRACTION APPARATUS
- 928.—Soxh let’s Fat Extraction Apparatus, made of well-annealed glass.
- Inside Inside
- height Inside total
- to top of diameter height Price,
- Capacity, syphon tube, of body. of body. each.
- 30 c.c. 90 mms. 21 mms. 145 mms. 4/-
- 60 c.c. 95 mms. 31 mms. 160 mms. 4/6
- 100 c.c. 118 mms. 34 mms. 180 mms. 5/3
- 200 c.c. 140 mms. 45 mms. 208 mms. 8/-
- FOR SOXH LET THIMBLES,
- SEE PAGES 39 AND 44.
- 929
- 929. —Soxh let’s Fat Extraction
- Apparatus, with glass stopcock on body, made of well-annealed glass.
- Inside Inside
- height Inside total
- to top of diameter height Price,
- Capacity, syphon tube, of body. of body. each.
- 30 c.c. 90 mms. 21 mms. 145 mms. 7/-
- 60 c.c. 95 mms. 31 mms. 160 mms. 7/6
- 100 c.c. 118 mms. 34 mms. 180 mms. 8/6
- 200 c.c. 140 mms. 45 mms. 208 mms. 11/6
- 930. —Soxhlet’s Fat Extraction
- Apparatus, with glass stopcock on
- syphon tube.
- Capacity .. .. 30 60 100 200 c.c.
- Each .. -.7/- 7/6 8/6 11/6
- 933.—Government Laboratory Pattern Soxhlet Apparatus,
- as supplied by us to the Principal Chemist of the Government Laboratories. Consisting of flask, Soxhlet apparatus and special spiral condenser, all ground to fit into each other. Price, complete, with two extra flasks ground to take the Soxhlet apparatus. The three flasks are interchangeable, and each bears an identification mark.
- per set 27/6
- 933
- 934.—Ball Form
- Condenser, brass nickel-plated, for use with Soxhlet’s Apparatus.
- each 12/-
- 931.—Fruh ling’s Fat Extraction Apparatus,
- with stoppered inner tube made of well-annealed glass.
- Each, complete .. .. 13/6
- 932.—Schidrowitz Extraction Apparatus,
- designed to avoid unsatisfactory cork connections by the substitution of a mercury seal around the neck of the flask. For continuous extraction the thimble holder shown can be supplied, or it can be fitted with a syphon tube for intermittent working for those who prefer the latter.
- A. Price per set, with plain
- flask.............30/-
- B. Price per set, with drying stopper .. .. 33/-
- 932
- 935. —Soxhlet’s E x t ractio n Apparatus,
- consisting of water bath 6-| in. diam. with improved concentric rings and constant level apparatus, special stand, Bunsen burner and nickel-plated metal ball condenser.
- A. Without glass
- parts or ball condenser .. 32/6
- B. With glass parts,
- but without ball condenser 40/-*
- 935
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation
- Leading Scientific Press.
- vide Opinions of the
- p.174 - vue 191/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 175
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FAT EXTRACTION APPARATUS
- GAS HEATED.
- 936.—Soxhlet’s Extraction Apparatus, consisting of special stand, with burners and clamps and three water baths with concentric rings, flasks, Soxhlet apparatus and spiral condensers ground to fit.
- Price complete, as figured .. .. .. .. .. £8 15 0
- ELECTRICALLY
- HEATED
- SOXHLET
- EXTRACTION
- APPARATUS.
- When ordering please state voltage required.
- 937. — Soxhlet Extractor,
- consisting of electrically heated water bath, with tall retort stand and two clamps. Copper bath,' iron rod and • clamps.
- Prices.
- A. i-test size
- £2 10 0
- B. 2-test size
- £3 5 0
- C. 3-test size
- £4 10 0
- 937
- 938
- 938.—Soxhlet Extractor. As supplied to the Government Laboratories, London ; also to many of the leading Public and Consulting Analysts.
- The water bath is of copper, tubes, clamps, etc., of oxydised gun-metal. May be wound to suit any voltage, alternating or direct current. It has two circuits, one to raise temperature of water quickly, and another lower current to maintain that temperature. When ordering it is necessary to state voltage and working temperature required in water bath. Prices quoted below are inclusive of apparatus, complete with rods, clamps, rings, etc., but not glassware, which is quoted separately. We shall be pleased to quote for electric bath only in cases where clamps, condensers, etc., already exist.
- A. For 2 Tests .. .. .. .. .. ..£600
- B. „ 4 „ 9 10 0
- C. „ 6 „ 12 0 0
- D. „ 8 „ 17 10 0
- p.175 - vue 192/385
-
-
-
- 176 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRICALLY HEATED SOXHLET APPARATUS
- 939
- 939.—Circular form Electrically Heated Soxhlet Extractor, recommended when space is limited or for fixing on small pedestal tables. Bath is detachable from central support and clamps.
- Prices.
- A. 4-test size .. .. £8 10 0
- B. 6-test size .. .. £10 5 0
- 940
- 940.—Improved Form Soxhlet Extractor, electrically heated and arranged with separate water baths, each of which has independent heating and switch. This allows any one or more of the extractors to be used at a time, and as each has three distinct heating circuits controlled by 3-way switch, the baths may be used at varying temperatures to suit solvents in use. One connection, of the ordinary plug type, only is required. The sub-connections to each bath are incorporated with the framework of the extractor. This form of extractor will be found extremely useful in the laboratory owing to its adaptability and great economy. Where one test only is being made, the necessity of heating up enough water for 4 or 6 tests is avoided, and extractions by different solvents and on various materials may be run simultaneously at their respective correct temperature. Suitable for either A.C. or D.C. circuits. Prices do not include glassware.
- WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE VOLTAGE REQUIRED.
- A.
- B.
- C.
- 4-test size (as illustrated) 6-test size 8-test size
- Prices.
- £12 10 0 14 15 0 17 10 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.176 - vue 193/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 177
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FILTER PUMPS
- 941.—F ilter Pumps, cylindrical form, with one side tube.
- ............................2/6
- ............................29/-
- 946.— Filter Pumps, improved form, with two side tubes, one of which may be connected to manometer, or both may be used for a double exhaust.
- Each.............................2/9
- Per doz. . . .. .. .. 32/-
- 942.—Filter Pumps, new form, used at University College, London, etc.
- 947.—Geissler’s Filter Pumps.
- Each.................. .. 1/9
- Each
- 2/6
- Per doz. .. 20/-
- 942 .
- 947
- 943.—Improved Filter
- Pump Tube, with stopcock and manometer tube. With this filter pump tube the air and water can be cut off simultaneously.
- Each...................8/6
- 948. —Fischer’s Filter Pump
- Tubes, with manometer connecting tube and two glass stopcocks. Each .....................9/6
- 949. —Fischer’s Filter Pump
- Tubes, with manometer connecting tube, but without stopcocks. Each 2/-; per doz. 22/-
- 943
- 944.—Filter Pump,
- plain form, improved design, m | Each 4/6
- 45 .—As above, but fitted with valve. The valve works quite automatically, prevents sucking back and renders the use of a “ catch bottle ” unnecessary.
- Each .. .. .. 6/-
- 950.—Improved Form Filter
- Pump. By regulating the water inlet and outlet, it gives a steady and‘Continuous blast of air, a great asset in the laboratory. Far superior to foot bellows in its working and regulation.
- Each ....................15/-
- 945
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.177 - vue 194/385
-
-
-
- 178 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & fJ. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- METAL FILTER PUMPS
- 951. —Korting’s Pattern Filter Pump Tubes,
- brass, without gauge. Each 10/-
- 952. —Ditto, fitted
- with vacuum gauge
- 26/-
- 953.—Improved Metal Filter
- Pump, strongly made in brass and nickel-plated. We can thoroughly recommend this pump, as its special construction makes it impossible for air to pass into the tube when in action, and it also gives a splendid vacuum.
- Each .........................7/6
- 954
- FILTER PUMP FLASKS
- 954.—Filter Pump Flasks,
- strong glass, with side tube.
- Capacity .. 125 250 500 c.c.
- Each .. •• 2/- 2/3 2/6
- Capacity 750 1000 1500 c.c.
- Each .. .. 2/9 3/3 3/9
- Capacity 2000 3000 c.c.
- Each .. 4/9 6/6
- 955.—Walther’s Improved
- Filter Pump Apparatus,
- with funnel-shaped neck with india-rubber ring to form a perfectly airtight joint when in use.
- Capacity, Price each. Price per doz.
- 500 C.C. .. 3/6 41/-
- 750 „ 4/3 50/-
- 1000 „ •• 5/- 59/-
- 955
- 956.—Witt’s Filter
- Pump Apparatus,
- with lid and funnel thoroughly ground to fit for rapid filtration.
- Height of Cylinder. Inside diam. of Cylinder. Price each
- ii cm. 7 cm. 15/-
- 14 » 9 » 18/6
- 16 „ 11 „ 21/-
- 959.—Filter Pump Apparatus, fitted complete with Gooch’s crucible, glass adapter and india-rubber cork.
- Each, complete .. .. .. 9/-
- 957.—Filter Pump Apparatus, with funnel
- 957
- thoroughly ground into flask.
- Capacity Diameter Price of Flask. of Funnel, complete.
- 250 c.c. 7 cm. 4/6
- 500 „ 9 „ 6/-
- 1000 ,, 12 ,, 8/-
- 958.
- Filter Pump Ap-paratus, complete with funnel india-
- rubber stopper, bell jar with ground-in stopcock, strong beaker and ground glass plate.
- each 25/-
- 960.—Filter Pump Flasks.
- Wahl’s pattern with stopcock, but without the funnel.
- Capacity 1 2 litres.
- Price, each .. .. 7/- 9/6
- 960
- 959
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.178 - vue 195/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HflTTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 179
- W. A J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FILTER PUMP APPARATUS
- 961.—Adapters, funnel-shaped, for Gooch’s Crucibles, end of stem ground off at an angle.
- Internal dia. of cup For Gooch’s crucible
- No...............
- Each
- Per dozen
- 20 26 32 38 mm.
- 1234 8d. gd. 1/2 1/5
- 6/- 8/- 12/- 16/-
- 962.—India-rubber Cones,
- to take Gooch Crucibles, as figured.
- A. For Gooch Crucible, Size i 7d.
- B. „ „ ,, „ 2 8d.
- C. „ „ „ 3 9d.
- D. „ „ „ „ 4 10d.
- FOR GOOCH CRUCIBLES
- SEE PAGES 12, 13, 14, AND 18.
- Diameter Price, each
- FILTER CASES,
- 963.—Filter Paper Cases,
- japanned tin, to hold ioo filters.
- • 2| 3 4 5 6 8 in.
- . 6d. 9d. 1/- 1/3 1/6 2/-
- DRYERS, Etc
- 965. — Filter Dryers, tinned
- iron, conical.
- ............V-
- .............11/-
- 966.—Becker’s Compressed Filter Mats.
- Special quality. These mats will be found very useful in the laboratory for drying crystals or as bench pads for hot beakers, flasks, etc.
- Per doz. 3d. Per ioo 2/- Per 1,000 18/-
- 964.—Filter Paper
- Case, japanned tin, hinged front, and made to take two packets of each size.
- Each ... .. 13/6
- 967.—Filter Rings, Berlin
- porcelain, two arms. . each V- 1 !' "
- 968.—Ditto, three arms . . each 2/- ill 1 xj/ liiij
- 969.—Filter Cones, porcelain. Diameter 52 72 90 mm.
- Price .. .. 1/- 1/4 2/- each
- 970.—Platinum Filter Cones, perforated. From 12/- to 25/- (price very variable).
- FILES
- 971. —Triangular Files, in polished handles, for cutting glass tubing and rod.
- Each 9d. ; per doz. 8/-
- 972. —Ditto, without handle each 7d. ; per doz. 6/6
- 973.—Flat File,
- for sharpening cork borers .. each 9d.
- 974.—Rat-tail Files, for enlarging holes in corks .. .. .. each 10d. ; per doz. 9/-
- 975 .—Ditto, without handle each 8d. ; per doz. 7/6
- 976.—Flat File and Rasp, 8 in. each 1/6
- FOR DIAMONDS AND GLASS TUBING CUTTERS SEE PAGE 155.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.179 - vue 196/385
-
-
-
- 180 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 977. — Funnels,
- Plain.
- correct
- FUNNELS
- angle, 978. — Ribbed.
- Dia. 2* 5 6i 7i 9 10 cm. Dia. 2| 5 6-1 7\ 9 10 cm.
- Each 6d. 7d. 8d. 9d. iod. lid. Each 6d. 7d. 8d. 9d. iod. nd.
- Doz.. . 5/- 5/6 7/6 8/- 8/6 10/- Doz. 5/- 5/6 7/6 8/- 8/6 10/-
- Dia. ii| I2i 15 18 20 23 25 Dia. ill I2| 15 18 20 23 25
- Each m H /TO H H 2/- 2/4 3/3 4/6 Each 1/1 1/3 i/5 2/- 2/4 3/3 4/6
- Doz. 12/-14/-16/- 22/- 27/- 38/- 50/-
- Funnels, correct angle,
- Doz. 12/-14/-16/- 22/- 27/- 38/- 50/-
- 979
- 979. —Set of Three Small Funnels, Diameter, \ in. to ij in.
- Per set....................1/-
- 980. —Small Copper Funnels,
- for filling combustion tubes, etc. 980
- Diameter 4! cm. 6 cm.
- ..1/6
- Each..
- 2/-
- 981.—Patent Funnels, very deeply fluted for quick
- filtering.
- Diameter.
- 7 cm.
- 9 „ ii ,,
- 16 „
- 20 ,,
- 24 „
- rfT mt * i j m lii
- Du 985
- 985.—Hot Water
- Funnels, for hot
- filtrations, with tin-
- plate jacket, complete
- with glass funnel and india-rubber cork.
- To take funnel.
- Diameter. Each.
- A. 10 cm. .. .. 9/-
- B. 13 ,, .. 10/-
- C 15 „ .. .. 11/6
- 986.—Ditto, but with stout
- copper jackets, complete with 6-inch funnel.
- Each . .. .. 15/6
- 982.—Enamelled Funnel with handle.
- Steel
- Each.
- . v-
- 1/3
- 1/9
- 983.—Victor Meyer’s Fun-
- nels, for covering evaporating
- dishes.
- Diameter. Each.
- 15 cm .. 6/-
- 20 ,, .. . 7/6
- 25 „ .11/6
- 984. — Porcelain Funnels,
- Hirsch’s, with perforated plate.
- Dia. 5 7 9 11 1214 cm.
- Each 2/2 3/- 3/9 5/3 6/- 8/6
- FOR PORCELAIN BUCHNER FUNNELS SEE PAGES 12-14.
- 987
- 987. — Hot Water Funnel, for hot filtrations, made of stout copper, complete on tripod with glass funnel 6 inches diameter and india-rubber cork Each 17/6
- 988. —Ditto, but with double jacket.
- Each .. .. 23/-
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.180 - vue 197/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 181
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THISTLE AND SEPARATING FUNNELS
- 994.— Separating Funnels, bulb form, long stems, light blown clear glass, with stopper and stopcock.
- 989 990 991
- 989.—Thistle Funnels, plain, straight form. Length .. .. .. 8 10 12 18 in.
- Each .. .. .. 4d. 4d. 4d. 6d.
- Per dozen............ 2/9 3/- 3/3 5/3
- with bend and one
- 990.—Thistle Funnels,
- safety bulb.
- Length
- Each.............
- 12
- 10d.
- 18 in.
- 1/2
- 991.—Thistle Funnels, with bend and two safety bulbs.
- Length .. .. 12 18 in.
- Each .............1/2 1/4
- r
- 992___Thistle Funnels
- with Side-gas leading Tubes, clear glass. Each 1 /9 Per doz. 20/-
- 992
- 993. — Graduated Separating Funnels, conical shape, with stopper and stopcock, best quality clear crystal glass.
- Capacity .. Each
- 150
- 9/-
- 250 c.c.
- 10/6
- 993
- Each.
- 4/-
- 5/-
- 6/-
- V-
- 9/-
- 14/6
- i' .Ms \;sir
- 995.—Separating Fun-
- nels, light blown clear glass, conical shape, with stopper and stopcock.
- Capacity 100 250 350 500 c.c. 995 Price each 4/6 7/6 8/6 9/6
- 994
- eparating and stopcock. Funnels, cylindrical,
- A B Price
- Capacity. Price gradu-
- c.c. each. ated.
- 150.. .. 6/- 9/-
- 250.. 6/6 10/6
- 500.. .. 9/- 14/-
- 750.. .. 12/- 17/-
- 1000.. .. 14/6 20/-
- 1500.. .. 17/6 23/6
- with
- 997.—Separating Funnels,
- cylindrical, with stopcock, open at top.
- Capacity 30 50 100 200C.C.
- Price each 3/3 3/9 4/6 6/-
- 997
- 998.—Funnels with short narrow
- stems for filling barometer tubes, specific gravity bottles, etc.
- Each............................4d.
- Per doz. .. .. .. •. • • 3/9
- .3
- 998
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.181 - vue 198/385
-
-
-
- 182 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd.
- 999
- 999. —Funnels, with
- and long stem.
- Diameter.
- 7-| cm. .. io ,,
- 12 J ,, .............
- 15“ ....................
- 1000. —Funnels, thick
- glass with stopcock. Diameter.
- 10 cm.
- I2-| ,,
- 15“ „ .............
- I7l- „ .............
- SEPARATING FUNNELS
- stopcock
- 1001.—Funnels, made of
- thick heavy glass, with stopper and stopcock.
- Capacity.
- 250 c.c.
- 500 „
- 1000 ,,
- 2000 ,,
- 3000 ,,
- 5000 ,,
- FUNNEL STANDS
- 1002.—Funnel Stands with boxwood screw.
- To hold one funnel.
- Each
- A. White wood 2/6
- B. Hard teak wood .. 5/-
- C. Polished mahogany 5/-
- 1003.
- Funnel Stands with boxwood screw. To hold two funnels.
- 1003
- A. White wood
- B. Hard teak wood
- C. Polished mahogany ..
- each
- 3/3
- 6/6
- 6/6
- 1004.—C o m b i n e d Funnel and Burette Stand, best quality, with boxwood screws.
- Made in hard teak.
- Each Per doz.
- 1005
- 1005.
- Brass Funnel Stand,
- with thumbscrew for adjusting to various heights.
- Each .. 3/-
- 1006
- 1006. — Hard Teak Wood Funnel Stands,
- to take four funnels, each 7/6 ; per doz. 85/-
- 1004
- 1007
- 1007.—Funnel Stand,
- consisting of tripod foot, rod and three brass rings lined with boxwood, with blocks and thumbscrews.
- each 10/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.182 - vue 199/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 183
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS COMBUSTION FURNACES
- FOR
- HEDLEYS IMPROVED COMBUSTION FURNACE See page 314
- FOR
- ELECTRIC
- FURNACES
- See pages 187 to 191
- 1008. —Becker’s Improved Erlenmeyer’s Combustion Furnace, with arrangement for
- raising or lowering the burners. There is also a horizontal adjustment for the burners, which are provided with stopcocks with lever handles. Complete with all necessary tiles. A B C D
- No. of burners .......... 15 20 25 35
- Price ......................£7 10 0 £8 10 0 £9 10 0 £10 10 0
- 1009. —Extra Tiles for above .......................each 1/9 ; per dozen 20/-
- XOIO
- 1010.—Fletcher, Russell & Co.’s
- Combustion Furnace No. 2 Pattern.
- This furnace takes tubes up to 1 inch external diameter, and as the Furnace Body is made in 6 inch sections it can be made any convenient length without obstruction. Price per 6 inch section, complete with all necessary fireclay parts.
- 1011.—Turner’s Furnace. Improved pattern for Carbon Combustions, etc. The burners are provided with stopcocks with lever handles.
- Complete with tiles, etc........38/-
- 1012. — F. E. Becker & Co.’s Gas Furnace for heating tubes.
- Complete with sheet iron tray on adjustable supports, with four flat burners. Total length 16 in.
- £2 15 0
- 28/6
- IOII
- AS
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.183 - vue 200/385
-
-
-
- 184 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS FURNACES
- 1013.—Uhlmann’s Explosion Gas Furnace, with two Mannesman steel tubes and condensing tubes .. .. .. each £9 10 0
- 1014
- 1014. —Tube Furnace, after Gattermann, with metal burner, and arrangement for regulating the temperature, etc.
- Price, complete .. .. .. .. ..£650
- 1015. — Erlenmeyer’s Air Oven, complete on stand, without burners.
- A. With two tubes.
- Each .. £1 12 0
- B. With four tubes.
- Each .. £2 5 0
- 1016
- 1016.—Patent Injector Furnace, strongly recommended as an improvement on the Injector Furnace for all work, not only as regards the available margin of power, but also the gauze in the burner is at a safe distance from the Furnace, and not liable to damage at very high temperatures. As with the ordinary Injector Furnace the power depends entirely on the air pressure, the bore of the air jet, and the gas supply.
- 1017.—Concentric Jet Furnaces for
- Chemical Laboratories, and all purposes where high temperature and rapid working are required.
- Prices
- Size. Outside Measure. Price.
- A. To take No. 00 crucibles, capacity l lb. iron
- B. To take No. 1 crucibles, capacity 2 lb. iron
- C. To take No. 3 crucibles, capacity 6 lb. iron
- D. To take No. 6 crucibles, capacity 12 lb. iron
- £1 10 6 £1 12 6 £2 17 6 £3 12 6
- No. 00. Taking crucibles 2\in. high, 2 in. wide £2 9 6
- No. 1. Taking crucibles 3 in. high, 2f in. wide 2 19 6
- No. 3. Taking crucibles 4J in. high, 3| in. wide 3 15 6
- No. 6. Taking crucibles 6 in. high, 4| in. wide 5 7 6
- These Furnaces will fuse wrought iron tool steel or pure nickel with a high pressure air supply.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.184 - vue 201/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 185
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 1018.
- New “ Dwarf ” Pattern Furnace, gives three times the heat of an ordinary Bunsen burner, although the quantity of gas consumed is exactly the same. Marble can be reduced to quicklime in ten minutes.
- Size No... i 2
- Price .. 5/- 7/6 each.
- GAS FURNACES
- For Electric Furnaces, see pages 187 to 191.
- 1021. —Student’s Furnace,
- gives a very hot flame ; very useful for heating small hard glass tubes. Price complete with burner and tube holder.. .. .. each 3/6
- 1022. —Tube Holder only, to
- fit ordinary Bunsen burner.
- Each ................2/6
- 1019.—P rofessor Ramsay’s Gas Furnace, as used in the University College, London, made to fit into a Bunsen burner f-in.
- Each .. .. 14/6
- 1020 —Ditto, with f-in burner .. each 18/6
- 1023.—Curved Attachment, with
- foot, for fitting on above burner so that it can be laid down lengthways, as is necessary at times where space is limited.
- Each .........................2/3
- 1023
- FOR BUNSEN, MECKER,
- AND TECLU BURNERS,
- SEE INDEX.
- GAS MUFFLE FURNACES
- Russell & Co.’s Muffle Furnace,
- For ELECTRIC FURNACES, see pages 187 to 191.
- 1024.—Fletcher,
- Instructions for use :—
- The gas supply tap and pipe must be large and clear, so as to give as great a pressure of gas as possible at the burner nozzle, although the actual consumption of gas is small. The indiarubber tubing used must of necessity be perfectly smooth inside. The tubing made on wire, whether the wire is removed or not, will not work these burners satisfactorily. All Muffle Furnaces are sent out with a 2 ft. 6 in. chimney, having a cast iron foot to enable it to stand steadily, and a short handle by which it can be readily lifted with the crucible tongs. The gas supply specified is required to work each furnace at its full power, and the flame must be visible in the chimney.
- If the gas supply is deficient, the furnaces can be worked at a lower heat by partially closing the top of the chimney until the flame becomes visible, or by working without chimney. If the burner plate becomes red hot, it is a sign that the gas supply is deficient. The points of blue flame are always visible when the burner is looked into sideways, unless the gas supply is too small to work the furnace satisfactorily. To light the burner without removing the upper part of the furnace, put a lighted taper through the burner casing up between the grooves in burner plate, then turn the gas on slowly. If the furnace is hot it may be necessary to cover the air opening Furnace round the gas entrance to prevent the flame descending through the gauze with Draught at the moment of lighting. The burners can be easily taken apart, and must be kept clean.
- Space inside Muffle...........................
- Gas Supply required...........................
- Gas Consumption per hour for Draught Burner
- A. PRICE, for Draught only
- B. Extra Muffles, Clay .................
- C. ,, Grids for Burners
- D. ,, Gauzes for Burners
- Cat. No. 1024/261 Cat. No. 1025/461 Cat. No. 1026/661
- Wide. High. Long. Wide High. Long. Wide. High. Long.
- .. 2 in. 2 in. 4 in. 3f in- 3 in. 6| in. 5t in. 4! in. 9 in.
- \ in. 1 in. f in.
- — 60 c. feet. 70 c. feet.
- £6 10 0 £7 15 0 £9 15 0
- 3/- 5/6 8/6
- 5/6 5/6 5/6
- 2/3 2/3 2/3
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.185 - vue 202/385
-
-
-
- 186 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Improved Adjustable Pyrometer
- (THE PYROMIKE—RUDGE-WHITWORTH PATENT).
- THE LITTLE INSTRUMENT
- SIZE 2i" X ir.
- WEIGHT 5J ozs.
- PATENTS—
- BRITISH 10617 - 1905-13875 - 1913-
- FRANCE 465898 - 1913-
- BELGIUM 262845 - 1913.
- ITALY
- 182/521 - 1913. U.S.A.
- 844962 - 1914.
- FOR BIG TEMPERATURES.
- The Pyromike is the pyrometric equivalent of The Micrometer.
- (Registered No. 353487)
- THE PYROMIKE is only 2\ inches long and i| inches diameter. Its weight is only 5| oz., and all that is necessary for ascertaining all temperatures over a wide range is comprised within this small compass.
- Securely enclosed in the instrument is a glass-ended tube with collapsible sides containing dye solutions. This vessel is hermetically sealed and screened from light. By means of a screw-end, something like that of a screw micrometer, the collapsible cell is compressed, and the length of the column of dye solutions shortened. A mark on the screw-end travels over a graduated spiral on the body tube and indicates the temperature.
- There are no wires, leads, mirrors, delicate electrical instruments, and no accessories.
- TO TAKE TEMPERATURES.
- Look through the Pyromike at the object, i.e., port-hole in the muffle door or furnace wall. Unscrew the screw-end, when something like this will be seen.
- When the disc vanishes, the temperature can be read off at once from the markings on the Pyromike.
- OBSERVING THE TEMPERATURE.—First screw in the screw-end so as to shorten the instrument and compress the collapsible tube. Then apply the eyepiece to the eye and point the instrument toward the hot object, viewed preferably through a small hole in the muffle door, so as to ensure a dark background round the object in question. The part of the object visible should now appear as a coloured patch. If it is not visible, screw the end in further until it is. Next turn the screw-end steadily backwards until the patch just ceases to appear coloured. Then stop turning, and read the temperature on the graduated spiral.
- NOTE .—Sometimes, after apparently disappearing, the colour comes back. If it remains, screw out again until it vanishes. It takes from | to i minute for the eye to get accustomed to the dark.
- CAUTION .—When cold, moisture from the eye is liable to condense on eyepiece. To obviate this, the instrument should be shaken to and fro in the air and then applied to the eye again.
- AFTER USE.—Always screw the end out as far as it will go.
- This system for determining temperatures has been employed with success for many years by thousands of users of Stereo-Pyrometers. Different eyes give readings in surprisingly close agreement with one another.
- The Adjustable Pyrometer is an improvement specially adapted for those who prefer an instrument capable of indicating intermediate as well as fixed temperatures.
- TEMPERATURE RANGES.
- 600° to 850° C.—-Annealing. 850° to 1400° C.—Re-heating Bessemer Ingots, Porcelain, Glazed Bricks.
- 700° to 1050° C.—Heat Treatment of 1000° to 1600° C.—Firebricks, Glazed Earthenware, Porcelain, Emery
- Steel. Wheels, Glass.
- 800° to 1200° C.—Case-hardening, Roll- 1200° to 1800° C.—Steel-making, Siemens Martin, Bessemer, and Blast
- ing, Brick-making. Furnaces.
- When ordering PLEASE STATE RANGE. =^1
- 1027.—Improved Adjustable Pyrometer (The Pyromike), complete in neat leather case as described above .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £6 6 0
- WE ARE THE SOLE MAKERS OF THIS INSTRUMENT.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.186 - vue 203/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 187
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRIC LABORATORY FURNACES
- Considerable improvements have been made in Electric Muffle Furnaces, and the various types illustrated are of the latest improved patterns and the result of a long experience in their manufacture. Our Furnaces are suitable for temperatures up to 1000° C. or for short periods up to 1200° C. Obviously the life of the heating element will be considerably lengthened if the lower temperature (1000° C.) is only occasionally exceeded.
- Great care has been taken in both the electrical and mechanical design of these furnaces. The “ All Metal ” construction is a great advance on all other types, as not only are the Muffles more robust, but better heat insulation is ensured. A further point which has had considerable attention is the easy replacement of new wound heating tubes or chambers. Our experience in correctly winding the heating chamber for the various Muffles we make is again the outcome of long experience, and we particularly desire to point out that where a long life is desired it is of the utmost importance that this highly specialised work should not be attempted by users themselves. The heating wire used for the windings is a special form of alloy, capable of withstanding reasonably high temperatures for extremely long periods. In this connection we would emphasise the impoytance of installing a bare Theymo-Couple and Pyrometer as a check to temperatures. (For details, see page 191.)
- It is also necessary to point out that the current consumption of an Electric IVluffle is no guide or check to temperatures.
- These types of Electric Muffles are largely used for carbon estimation, etc. The cases of Tube Muffles are constructed of substantial sheet iron, or aluminium, strengthened by angle iron sides and ends, the latter forming the legs. Special care and attention has been devoted to both the electrical and mechanical design and construction of these Muffles, and we are consequently able to offer a Muffle of sound construction at a reasonable price.
- New wound heating chambers can be supplied from stock. Particular attention is directed to the heating winding of our Tube Muffles which, like all our other types, consists of a special alloy capable of withstanding reasonably high temperatures for lengthy periods. Care should be taken to install a bare thermo-couple and pyrometer to prevent undue temperatures being reached.
- 1028.—Single Tube Electric Laboratory Muffles. Suitable for a temperature of iooo° C. or for short periods 12000 C.
- Prices include Regulating Resistances. See Page 191.
- 1028 Size A B C D ! E
- Length of tube in inches 12 12 12 12 12
- Internal diameter of tube in inches 1 i* II 2
- Units per hour o-6 07 075 o-8 0-85
- Price of Furnace Complete £9 7 6 £9 10 0 £10 5 0 £10 10 0 £10 15 0
- Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each £15 0 £17 6 £1 10 0 £1 13 0 £1 16 6
- 1028 Size F G H J K
- Length of tube in inches 16 16 16 16 16
- Internal diameter of tube in inches 1 ii r| if 2
- Units per hour o-8 0-9 1 i-i I‘I5
- Price of Furnace Complete £10 17 6 £11 2 0 £11 15 0 £12 0 0 £12 10 0
- Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each £1 11 6 £1 15 0 £1 17 6 £2 0 0 £2 3 6
- 1028 Size L M N 0 P
- Length of tube in inches 20 20 20 20 20
- Internal diameter of tube in inches 1 i| if 2
- Units per hour 1 I-I5 1-25 i-35 1-40
- Price of Furnace Complete £11 18 0 £12 10 0 £13 10 0 £13 17 6 £14 0 0
- Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each £1 16 6 £2 2 0 £2 5 0 £2 10 0 £2 17 6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.187 - vue 204/385
-
-
-
- 188 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRIC LABORATORY FURNACES
- Two-Tube Electric Muffle, 1029A and b.
- TUBE MUFFLES.
- (For full specification of these muffles see previous page.)
- The type of Rheostat for controlling temperatures is illustrated on page 191. The design of this Rheostat is a great advance upon the usual sliding type, which has many disadvantages. Our Rheostats give a wide range of control and are of superior design and construction.
- 1029.—Two- and Four-Tube Electric Muffles.
- 1029 Size A B C
- Number of tubes 2 2 4
- Length of tubes, inches 12 12 12
- Internal diameter of tubes, inches if if if
- Price of Furnace Complete £12 17 6 £13 17 6 £16 0 0
- Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each £17 6 £1 13 0 £17 6
- The above prices include a Regulating Resistance, see page 191.
- All Muffles illustrated and described on this and the preceding page can be supplied with tubes extending outside the muffles at a slight extra cost.
- All Electric Tube Muffles are suitable for a temperature of 1000° C. or for short periods 1200° C. and can be operated by either alternating or direct current. When ordering please state voltage of circuit.
- Four-Tube Electric Muffle, 1029c.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.188 - vue 205/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 189
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRIC LABORATORY FURNACES
- 1030.—Laboratory Crucible Furnace (Vertical Pattern).
- This Muffle has been specially designed for the heating of crucibles and for general laboratory work. It is cheap, reliable, and of a portable nature, and can be used for numerous experimental purposes. The chamber, of all metal construction, is 3 inches diameter by 9 inches long.
- Temperatures up to iooo° C. or for short periods 1200° C. may be obtained (see note on page 187).
- Suitable for either alternating or direct current.
- A. Price, complete with resistance .. .. .. .. .. .. £11 11 0
- B. Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each .. .. .. .. 2106
- For illustration and specification of regulating rheostat, see page 191.
- The above Muffles may be supplied in any diameter up to 12 inches, prices and
- particulars on application.
- Electric Crucible Furnace, No. 1030.
- 1031.—Rectangular Electric Muffle.
- When ordering please state voltage of circuit.
- For certain operations rectangular-shaped Muffles are desirable. The illustration shows such a Muffle with its essential features. It should be noted that the Muffle casing is equally substantial as those used in our other types of Laboratory Muffles. The metal door is hinged at the bottom, and provided with a lagged covering to prevent end heat losses. The electrical or heating winding is exactly similar to our other types of Muffles, and will be found to compare most favourably with Electric Muffles of any other make. As previously stated all our heating windings consist of a special alloy wire, capable of withstanding reasonably high temperatures for long periods. In addition, special knowledge of winding and construction enables us to supply Electric Muffles which we claim are superior to any at present on the market.
- Catalogue No. 1031. Size of Chamber in inches. Price of Furnace complete with Regulating Rheostat (page 191). Extra Replacement Wound Chambers, each.
- A 8x3 X 3 £12 15 0 £1 17 0
- B II X 3i X 2\ £13 17 6 £2 8 6
- C 15 X 6 X 3-0- £17 9 0 £4 5 0
- D T9 x 5 x 7! £22 12 0 £7 2 6
- The Muffles can be supplied with a Pack entry for Pyrometer at a slight extra charge.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.189 - vue 206/385
-
-
-
- 190 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRIC MUFFLE FURNACES
- OVAL SHAPED MUFFLE (Regd. Design).
- These Muffles are made in six different sizes, and have been specially designed to permit the use of a flat floor on which the work to be heated can be placed. The absence of sharp edges on the outside of the heating chamber provides all the advantages of smooth winding, adding considerably to the length of life of the heating winding employed, whilst the interior presents a uniform heat and the advantages of a level floor mentioned above. The outside casing of these Muffles is either substantial gauge black iron or aluminium plate, having end and side angle pieces, as a frame work. The door can either be hinged, or at a slight additional cost, a counterbalanced door can be substituted. In the former case it is advisable to specify inlet at back for thermo-couple.
- Oval Electric Muffle, No. 1032.
- Flat Oval Muffles are made in the following sizes : —
- The muffle chambers used in our Oval Muffles are of a special refractory composition, capable of withstanding high temperatures. In addition to the many uses which these muffles can be put to in the laboratory they are also largely used for production purposes in numerous industries.
- NOTE.—The above Furnaces can be supplied with counterbalanced sliding doors at 10 per cent, extra on above prices.
- Cat. No. 1032. Voltage ; Range. : Internal Dimensions of Heating Chamber in inches. Power Con- sumption in Watts. Price of Furnace Complete. j Extra Replacement Wound Chamber.
- Length. Width. ! Flat ! Floor. 1 Height. . 1
- A j 100-250 13 2f If | | I 700 £20 17 6 £2 17 6
- B 100-250 i 13 4x 1 2| ! 4 IOOO 23 5 0 3 7 6
- C 100-500 i 13 5i 3i ! 2 1400 25 10 0 5 2 6
- D 100-500 1 15 8i 5i ! 3 ! 2600 32 0 0 7 10 0
- E 100-500 ! 17 ir 7 ! 4 4200 40 3 0 14 7 6
- F ! 200-500 1 23 i6f H O i 6 i 9500 55 4 0 24 17 6
- 1033.—Control Panels.
- All Muffles can be supplied with Control Panels consisting of a double pole switch, two fuses, connecting plug and ammeter for measuring the current, mounted on base board as illustration. This combination, together with a pyrometer, makes a complete installation.
- Price.
- A. Up to 5 amps. .. .. .. . • • • • • • • ..£450
- B. „ 10 „ ........................................4 15 0
- C. „ 12 „ ........................................ 5 2 6
- Prices of larger control panels than above quoted on receipt of full particulars.
- Control Panel, No. 1033.
- To prevent overheating and possible damage to the heating elements of our Electric Muffle Furnaces a PATENT AUTOMATIC CUTOUT, No. 1034, which operates at 960° C., may be supplied at an extra cost of £5 5s. These cutouts, however, cannot be fitted to the small tube muffles.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ,* hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.190 - vue 207/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 191
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.;
- RHEOSTATS AND PYROMETERS
- FOR USE
- WITH ELECTRIC FURNACES.
- 1035.—Regulating Rheostat.
- The type of regulating resistance supplied with our various sizes of Electric Muffles is illustrated herewith, and all prices include this resistance. We do not favour the type of sliding resistance, chiefly on account of mechanical and electrical disadvantages. Our resistances, as will be seen from the illustration, consist of a slate panel with adjustable laminated brass handle, making contact on solid brass studs, which are in turn mounted on the slate base. The whole frame carrying the spiral resistance coils and slate base, etc., is mounted on iron frame with lug ends for fixing on wall. The spirals are covered with a perforated metal cover, allowing excellent ventilation. The whole arrangement provides for temperature control over a wide range.
- For Control Panels to work in conjunction with these Rheostats, see page 190.
- 1036.—Wall Type Pyrometer for use with Electric Muffles.
- A most reliable instrument, having an aluminium case, hard stove enamelled with brass terminals and is fitted with an anti-parallax mirror. The instrument is mounted in a cast aluminium wall-bracket which allows it to be rotated to face any convenient direction. The Compensating Leads provided with the Pyrometer make the cold junction the actual terminals of the Indicator, which is in accordance with the most approved practice.
- With Electric Muffles the use of BARE Thermo Couples is strongly recommended, as the absence of a protective sheath very much reduces the “ lag ” and sluggishness otherwise inseparable from the use of enclosed couples.
- For purposes where a protective sheath is essential, however, we manufacture an Enclosed Couple, which is supplied with the Pyrometer if specially ordered. Bare Couples are sent unless such special instructions are given.
- Standard Pyrometers as above are calibrated to i,ooo° C., but for temperatures over 10000 C. a Platinum Rhodium Couple is necessary.
- Prices on application.
- Price of Pyrometer Equipment, calibrated to iooo° C., complete, comprising Wall Type Indicator, Compensating Leads and 12 Bare Couples or one Enclosed Couple .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £16 0 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.191 - vue 208/385
-
-
-
- 192 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FLASKS
- 1037.—Pfeffer’s Porous Flasks
- for the preparation of Potassium Ferrocyanide membranes.
- A. Capacity 50 c.c. .. each 2/6
- B. „ 150 c.c. .. ,, 3/-
- C. „ 1,000 c.c. .. ,, 8/-
- 1039. — Beer Distillation Flasks, with convex bottom, as supplied by us to the Government Laboratories for use with Sir Edward Thorpe’s Revenue Still. British Resistance Glass.
- Each.......................... 2/3
- Per dozen.................... 26/-
- FOR DEWAR’S VACUUM FLASKS and other VACUUM VESSELS see INDEX and PHYSICAL APPARATUS CATALOGUE.
- 1038. — Funnel-shaped Conical Flasks, with deep gutter for Iodine Determinations, with hollow stoppers carefully ground into necks.
- Capacity .. 125 250 500 c.c.
- Each .. 3/- 5/- 6/6
- 1040. Assay Bulb Flasks,
- quality.
- finest
- Capacity Each.. Per dozen
- 30
- 8d.
- 7/-
- 60 90
- 10d. 1/-
- 8/6 11/-
- 125 c.c.
- 1/2
- 13/-
- 1041.—Assay Flasks,
- glass.
- Capacity .. .. 100 c.c.
- Each .. . . 1/3
- FOR ALL OTHER FLASKS
- see Pages 2-5.
- COPPER BOILING FLASKS
- A 1042.—Boiling Flasks, made of strong copper round bottom, with long necks.
- Capacity 4 8 16 32 48 oz.
- Price, each .. 10/6 13/6 18/6 25/6 35/-
- For copper Distillation Flasks see Index.
- 1043.—Boiling Flasks,
- made of strong copper, flat bottom.
- Capacity 1 2 litres.
- Price, each .. 27/6 31 /-
- FLUORIC ACID APPARATUS
- made 1045.—Lead Capsules.
- Diameter .. 5 7! 10 cm.
- Price, each 9d. 1/6 2/3
- 7 6 For Gutta Percha Bottles for holding Fluoric Acid, see Index.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.192 - vue 209/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 193
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1047
- 1047. —Orsat’sGas Analysis Apparatus, as No. 1046, but with three absorption tubes and capillary connecting tube with four stopcocks, complete in case £5 10 0
- 1048. —Spare Capillary Tube
- with four stopcocks for above
- £16 6
- (For prices of other spare parts see No. 1046.)
- 1049. —Orsat’s Gas Analysis
- Apparatus, as No. 1046, but with two absorption tubes, complete in case .. .. £4 10 0
- 1050. —Spare Capillary Tube
- with three stopcocks for above 21 /-
- 1051. —Stead’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, complete £8 10 0
- 1052. —Bone and Wheeler’s Gas Analysis Apparatus,
- 1046
- 1046.—Orsat’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, for the analysis of furnace gases, etc. ; latest improved pattern. We can thoroughly recommend this apparatus, as it is very compact and easily manipulated.
- A. Price complete with four absorption tubes, and palladium
- asbestos tube in well-finished wooden case with sliding doors £8 5 0 Spare parts for the above apparatus as follows :—
- B. Capillary connecting tube with five stopcocks .. each £110 0
- C. Graduated burette, with jacket and india-rubber stoppers
- each 0 16 0
- D. Absorption pipettes filled with glass tubes .. .. ,, 0 9 6
- E. ,, „ with ground-in stopper and copper spiral
- each 0 12 0
- F. Tubulated bottle .......................... ,, 026
- complete .. .. £34 0 0 •
- 1053.—Allen’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, for the analysis of furnace gases—
- A. Glass parts only .. £2 17 6
- B. Complete in wooden case £3 15 0
- M
- p.193 - vue 210/385
-
-
-
- 194 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1054. — Lindemann’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, for the determination of oxygen.
- A. Glass parts only £1 15 0
- B. Complete in
- wooden case £2 15 0
- 1055.—Winkler’s Gas Analysis Apparatus,
- for the determination of carbon dioxide.
- A. Glass parts only £1 15 0
- B. Complete in
- wooden case £2 15 0
- 1056.—Dr. Haldane s Laboratory Apparatus, for the determination of carbonic acid, oxygen, nitrogen and firedamp. As Fig. 5, page io, of Dr. Haldane’s book, “ Methods of Air Analysis.”
- A. Price, complete as illus-
- trated, but without rheostat £7 7 0
- B. Price of rheostat
- £110
- 1056
- 1057
- 1057.—Dr. J. S. Haldane’s Portable Apparatus for Analysis of Mine Gases.
- (See “ The Investigation of Mine-Air,” by Sir C. Le Neve Foster and Dr. Haldane, 1905, page 116.
- The Apparatus is arranged in a portable Mahogany Cabinet, with a rod to screw into the base, so that it may be stood against the sides of a gallery in the mine, and the analysis made on the spot. The external dimensions of the cabinet are 13 X X 3J inches, and the weight when charged ready for use is about five pounds.
- Price of complete apparatus, as illustrated, but without rheostat ..£770 Price of Rheostat .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 110
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.194 - vue 211/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 195
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd.. PROPRIETORS.
- ^GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1061
- 1059. —Dr. Haldane’s Portable C02 Apparatus. Latest improved pattern for use in factories and workshops.
- For full description, see Blue-Book containing report of Committee on “ The Ventilation of Factories and Workshops ” (cd. 1302), 1902, and “ Methods of Air Analysis,” by Dr. Haldane, page 63.
- Price complete, in elegant polished mahogany case, with handle for carrying .. .. ..£600
- 1060. —Dry Battery and Rheostat for No. 1059.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. ..£110
- 1061.—Dr. Haldane’s Portable Apparatus
- for general air and gas analysis. As Fig. 10, page 48, of Dr. Haldane's book, “ Methods of Air Analysis.”
- A. Complete apparatus as figured .. ..£880
- B. Dry battery and rheostat for ditto .. £1 1 0
- 1062.—The Stonedust Meter, designed to measure rapidly the percentage of ash in a mine dust, and thus giving an indication of its explosibility. The procedure is briefly as follows :—
- Wipe the instrument perfectly dry throughout, and insert graduated tube after vaselining the ground portion in order to make a perfect air-tight joint.
- Methylated Spirits should now be slowly run in from a burette until the level of the liquid reaches the 100 mark on the graduated tube. Read the volume of methylated spirits required—say 58'8 c.c. Deduct from this a constant, viz. 8'8 c.c. This leaves (58*8 — 8‘8) = 5°‘° c.c., an4 5°‘9 c-c- *s the CLuantity of spirit to be used when testing the dusts. It is best to mark the burette at this point.
- In testing a mine dust, weigh out 25 grms. (of the sieved dust not dried) to the nearest o’i grm. and transfer to the bottom flask portion of the apparatus. Insert graduated tube, after vaselining it as before, and add from the burette about 30 c.c. of methylated spirits. Now shake very thoroughly in order to wetthe dust and remove all air bubbles, this is all important. Next add the residual methylated spirits until the total quantity added is (in the case of this instrument) 50^0 c.c. The percentage of ash is then read off directly by the level of the surface of the liquid in the graduated tube.
- For full details see papers by J. W. Whitaker, B.Sc.,A.I.C. (Lecturer in the Mining Department of University College, Nottingham), on “An Alternative Method of Testing the Mine Dust.” Excerpt from the transactions of the Institute of Mining Engineers, Feb. 1923, Vol. LXIV., pages 191-202.
- Price, complete as above .. .. .. .. . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15/-
- For Burettes and Burette Stands, see Index.
- p
- 1062
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation j vide Opinions' of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.195 - vue 212/385
-
-
-
- 196 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- HEMPEL’S
- GAS ANALYSIS
- APPARATUS
- 1063.—Hempel’s Simple
- Absorption Pipette for
- liquids.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 4/9
- B. Complete on iron stand .. 9/6
- C. Complete on improved
- wooden stand .. .. 10/-
- 1064.—Hempel’s Simple Absorption Pipette for
- solids.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 5/-
- B. Complete on iron stand .. 10/-
- C. Complete on improved
- wooden stand .. .. 11/6
- 1065.—HempePs Compound Absorption Pipette
- for liquids.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 7/-
- B. Complete on iron stand .. 13/-
- C. Complete on improved
- wooden stand .. .. 12/6
- 1068
- 1066.—Hem pel’s Absorption Pipette, with top bulb filled with glass beads.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 7/-
- B. Complete on improved
- wooden stand .. .. 11/6
- C. Complete on iron stand .. 15/-
- 1067.—Hempel’s Compound Absorption Pipette for
- solids.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 7/6
- B. Complete on iron stand .. 15/-
- C. Complete on wooden stand.. 12/6
- 1068.—Hempel’s Explosion Pipette, with stopcock and platinum electrodes.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. 14/-
- B. Complete on improved
- wooden stand, as illustrated 18/6
- 1069— H e m pe I’s Simple Absorption Pipette, for
- solids, fitted with well-ground-in glass stopcock for connecting direct to Hempel's Burette.
- Complete on improved wooden stand.. 12/6
- 1070. — Hempel’s Simple Absorption Pipette, for
- liquids, fitted with well-ground-in glass stopcock for connecting direct to Hempel’s Burette.
- Complete on improved wooden stand.. 12/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.196 - vue 213/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1 197
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- HEMPEL’S GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1071
- 1071.—Hem pel's Hydrogen Pipette. Complete on wooden stand as illustrated.
- 1072
- 1072.—Hempel’s Explo-
- sion Pipette. Complete on wooden supports, with reservoir as illustrated .. .. 17/6
- 1074
- 1074. — Explosion Pipette, improved
- form, with platinum electrodes, rubber tubing and pinchcocks.
- A. Glass parts only .. .. .. 18/-
- B. Complete on wooden stand with terminals.
- 28/6
- 1075
- 1075. — Ettling’s Gas Pipette for
- liquids. Mounted on stand .. .. 12/-
- 1076
- 1076. — Explosion P i p e tte. Mounted on stand .. 17/-
- 1073. — Hempel’s Explosion Pipette.—Mounted on stand.
- Each .. £110
- 1077.—Ettling’s Gas
- Pipette, for solid absorbents. Mounted on stand .. .. 12/-
- 1073
- 1077
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.197 - vue 214/385
-
-
-
- 198 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- APPARATUS FOR GAS ANALYSIS
- 1078.—Lunge’s Nitrometer, for the convenient and accurate method of Analysis of Saltpetre. Improved form.
- Professor Lunge in his article on A -p page I5 °f the Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, January, 1882, points out that this is a modification of his instrument originally adapted to the direct estimation of Nitric Acid in Nitre, and so constructed as to admit of the evolution of a larger volume of gas than 50 c.c.
- The bulb below the three-way stopcock in part A has a capacity of about 100 c.c., and the portion below is graduated from 100 to 140 c.c. in I c.c.
- The levelling tube B, with a bulb of about 100 c.c. capacity, terminates above the bulb in a graduated tube, the graduations having reference to length rather than to volume.
- The apparatus is made of thick, strong glass.
- Price complete as figured, with graduated levelling tube .. ..£140
- 1078
- 1079.—Lunge’s Nitrometer, original pattern. The graduated tube carries a three-way patent stopcock, and has a capacity of 50 c.c. divided into £ c.c., with plain levelling tube. All made of thick, strong glass.
- Price complete as figured, with plain levelling tube,
- 14/6
- 1079
- 1080. — Allen’s Nitrometer. The
- filling cup is graduated at 3 points, viz., 2-5, 5, and 10 c.c. The graduated tube has a capacity of 50 c.c., divided into 1- c.c., with plain levelling tube. All made of thick, strong glass.
- 16/-
- xo8o
- 1081.—Nitrometer, as No. 1078, but the filling cup in part A graduated to 10 c.c. in J c.c., and the graduated tube with bulb graduated 100 c.c. to 140 c.c. in /o c.c. Plain levelling tube. All made of thick, strong glass.
- Price complete as figured, with plain levelling tube .. .. £1 10
- 1081
- 1082. —Tennant’s Nitrometer.
- The graduated tube carries a three-way patent stopcock, with funnel at top and bulb at bottom. Plain levelling tube. The capacity of the graduated part is 50 c.c., and divided into i c.c. All made of thick, strong glass.
- Price complete as figured, with plain levelling tube .. .. .. 27/-
- 1083. —Tennant’s Nitrometer,
- as above, but graduated part 100 c.c., divided into } c.c.
- Price complete, with plain levelling tube,
- 32/-
- 1082
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.198 - vue 215/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 199
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- HEMPEL’S BURETTES.
- 1084.—Hem pel’s Gas Burette, with pinch tap loo c.c. in on loaded feet, without india-rubber pressure tubing .. .. .. .. £110
- A. Ditto Glass parts only .. .. 15/-
- 1085.—Hem pel’s Gas Burette, as No.
- 1084, but with glass stopcock at top and three-way
- stopcock at bottom ...........£1 12 6
- A. Ditto Glass parts only .. .. 16 0
- 1086.—Hem pel’s Gas Burette, as No.
- 1084, but improved glass stopcock with oblique bore
- £1 16 0
- A. Ditto Glass parts only .. .. 111 6
- 1087
- 1087.— Schiff’s Nitrometer, improved form, with mercury reservoir and india-rubber tubing.
- Complete, each £12 6
- 108 8. — Crum’s Graduated Nitrogen Tubes, with
- stopcock.
- A. 30. c.c in TV .. 8/-
- B. 50 c.c. in TV .. 9/- a
- I Ooo
- 1089. —Hem pel’s Improved Gas Burette,
- not affected by change of temperature or atmospheric pressure, for measuring volumes up to 100 c.c., complete on stand with levelling reservoir and holder. Complete as figured .. .. .. .. £3 7 6
- See Hempel’s “Methods of Gas Analysis,” 1902, page 61.
- 1090. —Hempel’s Improved Gas Burette,
- not affected by change of temperature or atmospheric pressure, as No. 1089, but for measuring volumes up to 150 c.c.
- Complete as figured .. .. each £3 19 6
- 1091. —Hempel’s Improved Gas Burette,
- as No. 1089, but for measuring volumes up to 10 c.c. and especially for the estimation of gases generated in the cultivation of Bacteria.
- Complete as figured .. .. each £3 19 6
- 1089 1090 1091
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.199 - vue 216/385
-
-
-
- 200 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LUNGE’S IMPROVED GASVOLUMETERS
- (See Journal of Society for Chemical Industry, May, 1890, page 547.)
- 1092.—Lunge’s Apparatus, for
- the estimation of saltpetre and other soluble salts.
- A. Complete with stout india-
- rubber pressure tubing £1 11 6
- Spare parts as follows—
- B. Gas measuring tube A .. .. 16/3
- C. Reduction tube B .. .. 8/-
- D. Plain glass pressure tube C .. 1/6
- 1094.—Lunge’s Apparatus, for
- the analysis of manganese, chloride of lime, etc.
- A. Complete with stout india-
- rubber pressure tubing.. £2 0 0
- Spare parts as follows—
- B. Gas measuring tube A .. .. 14/6
- C. Reduction tube B .. .. 15/-
- D. Small generating'flask with rubber
- stopper .. .. .. .. 5/-
- E. Plain glass pressure tube C .. 1/6
- 1097.—Lunge’s Apparatus, for
- the analysis of saltpetre, nitrose, nitrocellulose and dynamite.
- A. Complete, with stout india-
- rubber pressure tubing £2 17 6
- Spare parts as follows—
- B. Gas measuring tube A .. 12/6
- C. Reduction tube B .. .. 11/-
- D. Plain glass pressure tubes C and
- F .. .. .. per pair 3/-
- 1098. — Emmerling’s Absorption Tubes.
- Each ..........4/9
- 1099.—Babo’s Absorption Tubes.
- Each ..........4/-
- 1099
- 1093.—Lunge’s Apparatus, for the
- estimation of nitrogen in elementary organic analysis.
- A. Complete with stout india-
- rubber pressure tubing .. £2 5 0
- Spare parts as follows—
- B. Gas measuring tube A ..£110
- C. Reduction tube B .. .. 18/-
- D. Plain glass pressure tube C.. 1/6
- 1095.—Horn’s Nitrometer for the examination of smokeless powders, nitrocellulose, etc. (see Sanford’s Nitro Explosives, 1906, Fig. 43)-
- t
- Each
- 30/-
- 1096.—Elliott’s Gas I Analysis Apparatus
- ?! (see Chemical News, Oct.
- f! 19th, 1883).
- A Complete as illustrated—
- y £2 15 0
- 1095
- 1100. —El Mott’s Gas Analysis Apparatus,
- simple form.
- Each .. ..£15 0
- 1101. — Explosion Burette for Elliott’s Gas Analysis Apparatus.
- Each...........£10 0
- 1100
- j)
- IIOI
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.200 - vue 217/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 201
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1102. — Wanklyn’s Gas Bottle, ioo oz.
- capacity.
- (See Wanklyn’s “ Gas Engineer’s Manual.”) Each.............10/6
- 1103. — Wanklyn’s Gas Tubes.
- Small
- Medium
- Large
- 3/-
- 5/6
- 10/6
- 1104. — Chancel’s Flask, for taking the specific gravity of gases.
- Each .. .. 11/6
- 1105. — Winkler’s Gas Absorption Apparatus.
- Each .. .. 10/6
- 1106. — Rudorff’s Apparatus, for estimating carbon-dioxide in coal gas by titration.
- £15 0
- 1107.
- R u d o r ff’s Apparatus,
- for estimating carbon-dioxide, improved form, with Petters-son’s compensating tube.
- Each
- 32/6
- 11 08. —Lu nge’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, modified by Hesse .. 9/-
- 1109.—L u n g e’s Gas Analysis Apparatus, modified by Winkler.
- Price, not including india-rubber ball .. 6/-
- 1110. — Palladium Tube.
- (Price varies.)
- Lowest price on application.
- 1111.—Palladium Tube, filled with
- palladium asbestos. (Price varies.)
- Lowest price on application.
- 1112.—Palladium Tube,
- with stand and burner.
- (Price varies.)
- Lowest price on application.
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation ; vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.201 - vue 218/385
-
-
-
- 202 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1113. —Sheard’s Absorption Bulbs for carbonic acid. Each 3/6
- 1114. —Sheard’s Apparatus for Estimation of C02 in Coal Gas,
- consisting of two bulbs, aspirator with glass tap, graduated flask and rubber connections, all complete on stand .. 307-
- See Hornby’s Gas Engineers’ Laboratory Handbook.
- 1115. —Hempel’s Apparatus, for
- the estimation of carbon in iron.
- Complete on stand,
- £5 15 0
- 1116. —Ditto, glass parts only,
- £3 7 6
- 1117
- 1117. —Gas Sampling Tubes, W
- clear glass, bulb form.
- Each............. .. .. 1/4
- Per doz. .. .. .. .. 15/-
- 1118. —Gas Sampling Tubes,
- with two well-ground-in glass stopcocks.
- Each.........................6/6
- 1119.—Cylindrical Gas Sampling Tubes, about 9 in. x in., with two well-ground-in glass stopcocks. Each....................8/6
- 1120.—Cylindrical Gas Sampling Tubes
- Each......................1/6
- Per doz. . . .. .. 17/-
- 1121.
- Stead’s
- Gas
- Sampling
- Bottle,
- complete, with well-ground-in glass stopcocks.
- Each.. 15/-
- 1122.—Gas Condensation Tubes, with stopcocks on the horizontal tubes .. .. each 8/-
- 1123.—Gas Condensation Tubes, with stopcocks on the vertical tubes. Each .. .. .. 8/-
- 1123
- 1124.—Gas Condensation Tubes, with
- three stopcocks and bulb.
- Each
- 13/6
- 1124
- 1125
- 1125.—Gas Condensation Tubes, straight
- form, with three stopcocks and two bulbs.
- Each.............................. .. 12/-
- 1126.—Three-way Tubes, T -form.
- Length of limbs 25 Outside dia. 35 35 35 50 50 mm.
- of limbs 5 6 7 8 9 10 mm.
- Each .. 2d. 3d. 4d. 5d. 6d. 6d.
- 1127.—Three- way Tubes, Y-form.
- Length of limbs 25 Outside dia. 35 35 35 50 50 mm.
- of limbs 5 6 7 8 9 10 mm.
- Each.. 2d. 3d. 4d. 5d. 6d. 6d.
- 1126
- -V
- 1127.
- 1128. — Three-way c Tubes. T-form, with two well-grdund-in glass stopcocks.
- Each ..................4/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.202 - vue 219/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 203
- GAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1129.—Gas Analysis Apparatus for Sulphur Compounds.
- A. Bunsen Burner, stea-
- tite top, metal stand, with air-holes and depression, for wide end of trumpet tube 20/-
- B. Trumpet tube 6/-
- C. Glass cylinder, with
- hole in bottom
- 10/-
- D. Glass marbles, per
- hundred .. 2/6
- E. Beaker
- 1129
- F. Condenser tube, bent
- G. Adjustable table support
- H. India-rubber cap
- J. India-rubber tube, to suit above, i in. bore per ft.
- 10d.
- 6/-
- 15/-
- 2/-
- 4/6
- 1132. — Oettel’s Apparatus for the Determination of Fluorine as Silica Tetra Fluoride.
- Each ................18/6
- 1133 •—Stand, clamps and india-rubber tubing for same 12/6
- 1130. —Bale’s Apparatus for the
- estimation of sulphur in spent oxide—
- 12/6
- 1131. —Spent Oxide Flask only—
- 5/-
- The weighed quantity of the spent oxide to be tested is placed in the small inner tube, and carbon bisulphide is placed in the flask, care being taken that this does not reach above the bottom of the oxide tube. By means of a water bath, or other suitable arrangement, the bisulphide is vaporised and passes through the hole in the upper portion of the oxide tube, and being again liquefied in the condenser, percolates through the oxide and dissolves out the sulphur. The bisulphide is distilled off and the sulphur weighed. The apparatus is also suitable for extraction of oils, resins, alkaloids, etc., by means of alcohol, ether or other volatile solvent.
- 1134. — Ammonia Saturator, consisting of
- cylinder filled with glass beads .. .. each 13/-
- A. Wood stand for above, to hold two.. ,, 10/6
- B. Burette, ioo septems graduated, with pinchcock,
- rubber tube, and glass jet, ioo divisions .. 6/6
- C. Burette stand, for above .. .. .. 7/6
- D. Pipette, to deliver 25 septems .. .. 1/8
- E. Ditto ,, 50 ,, .. .. 2/3
- GAS GENERATORS, Etc.
- 1135.—Gas Generator for Oxygen, extra hard glass combustion tube fitted with cork and delivery tube. Each .. .. .................... .. 1 /-
- 1136.—Gas Preparation Flask, with cork and delivery tube, for oxygen, etc.
- Capacity of flask .. 250 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Price.............1/3 1/6 1/9 2/-each.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.203 - vue 220/385
-
-
-
- 204 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE: (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS GENERATING APPARATUS
- 1137.—Gas Preparation
- Flask, complete as figured, for Hydrogen, Chlorine, etc.
- Capacity of Flask.
- Price,
- each.
- 500 c.c. 750 „
- 1000 ,,
- 1500 „
- .. 1/10 .. 2/-.. 2/6 .. 3/-
- 1138.—Gas Generating Flask, capacity 40 oz. with wash bottle, capacity 32 oz., fitted complete as illustrated.
- 5/-
- 1141.—Kipp’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus, of
- latest improvement, white crystal glass," broad base and wide tubulure to take large pieces of iron sulphide.
- Diameter Capacity of centre of centre Price, bulb. bulb. each.
- 3 in. £ litre. 19/6
- 4 * „ 22/-
- 5 » 1 „ 32/-
- 7 „ 2 ,, 40/-
- 1142. — Kipp’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus, as above, but without safety funnel and stopcock.
- Capacity of centre bulb .. £ \ 12 litres.
- Each ................ 10/6 13/6 21/- 30/-
- 1139.—Gas Generating Flask, with bent tube and thistle funnel in one piece, and ground thoroughly into neck.
- Capacity. 250 c.c. 500 „ 1000 „
- Each.
- .. 3/9 .. 4/6 .. 4/9
- 1140.— Apparatus for Constant Supply,
- consisting of two bottles, with two tubulures at bottom, connected by rubber tube, one for holding the dilute H2S04, the other for the FeS.
- A. Complete, 20 oz.
- capacity .. 5/6
- B. Complete, 40 oz.
- 1140 capacity .. 9/6
- 1143.—Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus
- for constant supply.
- Place aspirator A upon a block or shelf. Continue pouring HC1 into A until it completely fills B, and allow a little to fall upon the Iron Sulphide in C. Turn off the glass stopcock, and after a time sufficient gas will have been given off to force HC1 in B back into A, leaving B full of HaS ready for use.
- A. Complete, 40 oz. capacity ..........12/6
- B. „ 80 „ „ .. .... 15/6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation j vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.204 - vue 221/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 205
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS GENERATING APPARATUS
- 1144.—The “ Hirsch ” Gas Generating Apparatus (Patent
- No. 161681), for producing Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Carbon Dioxide, Hydrogen, etc.
- The well-known defects and waste which accompany the usual forms of gas generators have been overcome by having under control a top feed of acid, which is admitted a drop at a time to the surface of the reacting material, contained in a tower, constructed to prevent rapid subsidence of the said material, and of sufficient length to ensure the complete neutralisation of the acid, before passing to the spent-liquor receiver below.
- The gas outlet from the spent-liquor receiver serves a twofold purpose— first, by creating a downward pressure in the tower, it prevents fouling by assisting in the removal of spent-liquor ; secondly, being below the generating zone, it eliminates all risk of spray being carried forward, thus dispensing with the necessity of washing the gas on this account.
- As generation practically ceases with the closing of the acid supply, the apparatus can safely be used in the open laboratory.
- The acid feed once adjusted, the generation of gas will continue without attention and with great regularity, for a very considerable period.
- The top acid reservoir should be supported on a shelf or suitable stand and connected to the acid feed tube by means of a piece of rubber pressure tubing.
- The “ Hirsch " gas generator will do a great deal more work than a 2000 c.c. apparatus of the Kipp type without recharging.
- Price, complete as illustrated .. .. .. .. ..£330
- 1144
- 1145.
- De Kon-inck’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus.
- Complete on stand as figured.
- £3 5 0
- 1147
- 1147.—Babo’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus. Complete on stand.
- V-
- 1148 .—Ditto, without stand. Each ..............3/-
- 1145
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.205 - vue 222/385
-
-
-
- 206 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS COLLECTING APPARATUS
- PNEUMATIC TROUGHS.
- 1149
- 1149. — Pneumatic Troughs, round, thick
- strong glass.
- Diameter .. 6 8 10 12 14 in.
- Height .. .. 4 4 5 5 6 in.
- Each .. 2/- 3/- 4/3 7/6 15/-
- 1150.—Japanned Tin, with
- movable shelf.
- Length. Width. Height. Each.
- A. 1 gall. .. 10 in. .. 6* in. .. 6 in. . . 4/6
- B. 2. „ • • „ .. 8f „ .. 6* „ . 6/6
- C. 4. „ ..13 „ •• 9! „ •• 9! „ • • 8/-
- D. 6 „ .. I5l „ .. 12 ,, .. 12 ,, . 10/6
- 1151.—Japanned Zinc, with side shelves and
- movable shelf.
- EX A. Length B. 10 in. 14 „ Width 6 J in.., „ 8 „ . Each. 6/6 9/6
- in* c. 17 » „ 12 ,, . . 13/6
- vHI D. 21 ,, ,, 12 ,, . . 15/6
- 1151
- 1152.—Pneumatic Troughs, stout white crystal glass, rectangular.
- X152
- Height in cm. 5 6 12 15 16 15 16
- Width „ 10 i5 20 25 30 30 35
- Length ,, 5 10 12 15 16 20 25
- Each .. 2/- 3/4 7/6 9/6 12/- 15/- 18/€
- 1153.—Brass Sliding Shelves, to fit above
- from 4/- to 10/- each.
- 1154
- 1154.—Stoneware Pneumatic Troughs,
- glazed inside and out, and guaranteed acid proof. Diameter
- Height............
- Price, net
- 26 30 42 cm.
- 10 13 18 „
- 5/6 6/9 13/6 each.
- 1155.—Vertical Pneumatic Trough, tall glass jar on broad foot with expanded mouth ; best white glass.
- Height.. 10 16 18 in.
- Width .. 2| 2| „
- Width of mouth •• 2\ 3h 4§ „
- Price .. .. 2/- 2/9 3/3
- 1155
- 1156.—Vertical Pneumatic Trough, best white glass with extra-wide mouth.
- Diameter of mouth ,, ,, body .
- Height Each
- 1156
- 1157.—Bas ins, pale green glassj cheap kind, with rough bottoms, suitable for pneumatic troughs, etc.
- A. Diameter about ir in., depth 8 in.
- B. ,, „ 14! in., ,, 10 in.
- C. „ „ i6| in., ,, 12J -in.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest-laboratory.
- p.206 - vue 223/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 207
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS JARS, BEEHIVE SHELVES, Etc.
- cc I
- 058
- 1158.—Graduated Gas Jars, with
- well-ground flange.
- Capacity ioo 200 300 400 500 cm.
- Divided into 100 100 150 100 100 parts.
- Each .. 2/- 2/3 2/9 3/3 3/6
- Per doz. 22/- 24/- 29/6 34/- 37/6
- 1163.—Gas Jars, with glass foot and well-ground flange.
- Height 6 8 8 10 12 in.
- Inside dia. I* 2 2 2 in.
- Each 10d. 11d. 1/3 1/5 1/6
- Per doz. .. 8/6 9/6 12/6 14/6 16/-
- Height 12 16 20 24 in.
- Inside dia. 3 3 3 4 in.
- Each 1/9 2/9 5/- 7/6
- 1163
- 1159.—Gas Trays, glazed
- stoneware.
- Diameter 2 2| 3 4 in.
- Each .. 6d. 6d. 7d. 9d.
- 5 6 7 8 9 10 in.
- 11d. 1/2 1/4 1/9 2/- 2/3
- 1164.—Glass Covers, ground
- on one side, for use with gas jars.
- Diameter 5 6| 7^ 9 cm.
- Per doz. 8d. 10d. 1/2 1/9
- 1164
- Diameter 10 11 12\ 15 17J 20 23 cm.
- Per doz. 2/- 2/6 3/- 4/- 7/6 10/- 13/-
- Diameter Each ..
- 1160.—Stoneware Bee-
- hive Shelves, glazed inside
- i
- 5 and out, for use with pneumatic troughs.
- 7\ 10 1215 cm.
- . 10d. 1/2 1/6 2/-
- 1165.—White Glass Beehive Shelves, finest quality.
- Diameter .. 7^ 10 . 12J 15 cm.
- Each .. 2/3 2/6 3/- 3/6
- 1165
- 1161.—Porcelain Mercury Troughs, wide shape.
- Capacity 8 16 lb.
- Length 18 20 cm.
- Width.. ..6 71 „
- „6i ~ Each .. ..6/6 12/6
- 1166.—Porcelain Mercury Troughs, 22J x
- 4! cm., to contain 4 lbs.
- Each
- 1166
- GAS WASH BOTTLES
- 1162
- 1162. — Small Cy I i n d r ical Gas Wash Bottles, all glass, about 4 in. x 1 in. Each .. .. 1/6
- Per doz. .. 17/-
- 1167.—Gas Wash
- Bottles, capacity about 100 c.c.
- 1167
- Each.. Per doz.
- .. 1/6
- 17/-
- 1168-- S chie-bier’s Gas Wash Bottles,
- plain.
- Each .. ..2/9
- 1169.—Sch ieb Wash Bottles,
- Each
- 2168 1169
- ler’s Gas
- with stopcock.
- .. 4/9
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.207 - vue 224/385
-
-
-
- 208 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS WASH BOTTLES, Etc.
- 1170
- 1170.—W ashing Bottles, flat bottom flask, fitted with bent tubes and india-rubber stoppers.
- Capacity. Each.
- 250 c.c. 1/9
- 500 c.c. .. 2/-
- 750 c.c. .. 2/3
- 1000 c.c. .. 3/-
- 1171.—W ashing Bottles, conical flask, fitted with bent tubes and india-rubber stoppers.
- Capacity. Each.
- 250 c.c. .. 1/9
- 500 c.c. .. 2/-
- 750 c.c. .. 2/3
- 1000 c.c. .. 3/-
- 1172.— Gas Wash-
- ing Bottles,
- Dreschel’s form, tall pattern, with inlet and outlet tube, in well - ground stopper.
- Capacity 125 175 250 c.c. Each.. 4/3 4/6 6/-Capacity 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each.. 7/6 9/- 11/6
- 1173
- 1173.—Gas Washing
- Bottles, Cloez’ form, capacity about 100 c.c.
- Each .. .. .. 3/-
- 1174.
- Dr. Muencke’s Wash-bottle.
- WOULFFE’S BOTTLES
- Capacity. 100 c.c. 250 c.c.
- Each.
- 7/6 10/-
- 1175.—Woulffe’s Bottles, best white
- glass with two necks, ground inside. Capacity 125 250 500 1000 c.c.
- Each .. 2/6 3/3 4/- 5/6
- [175
- 1177.—Woulffe’s Bottles, with two necks and with tubulure at bottom.
- Capacity
- Each
- Capacity Each ..
- 500
- 5/-
- 750
- 6/6
- 8/6
- 1000 c.c.
- 7/6
- 2 litres.
- 10/6
- 1177
- -Woulffe’s
- three-necked.
- Bottles, finest white crystal
- Capacity .. .. 125 250 c.c.
- Each .. 3/- 4/3
- Capacity .. .. 500 750 IOOO c.c.
- Each .. 5/- 6/- 7/-
- Capacity .. 1500 2000 c.c.
- Each .. 8/- 10/-
- 1178.—Woulffe’s Bottles, with three necks, and with tubulure at bottom.
- Capacity .. 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. .. 5/6 7/- 8/-
- 12 litres.
- 5iy-
- .. 500 750
- .. 5/6 7/-
- Capacity 247 Each .. 11/- 18/6 27/-
- 1179
- 1179.—Woulffe’s Bottles, finest white crystal glass, with leading tubes ground in.
- Capacity .. .. .. .. 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 c c.
- Each ................... 8/- 9/6 11/- 12/- 15/- 21/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ,* hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.208 - vue 225/385
-
-
-
- F E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 209
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GAS HOLDERS, ASPIRATORS, Etc.
- 1180
- 1180—S t r o n g White Crystal Glass Gas Holder,
- with well ground-in stopcocks and tall funnel.
- Capacity. Each.
- A. 2 litres .. 35/-
- B. 4 >> .. 42/6
- C. 8 „ 65
- D. 10 .. 82/6
- 1181
- 1181. — Muencke’s Double Aspirator,
- made of strong japanned zinc and mounted on iron stand.
- Capacity of aspirators 5 litres.
- Each .. .. £4 5 0
- FOR OTHER GLASS AND STO N E WA RE AS PIR ATORS, SEE PAGE 111.
- 1182. — Double Japanned Zinc Aspirator, complete on iron stand, with glass tubes and india-rubber corks.
- Capacity. Price.
- A. \ gallon .. 30/-
- B. 1 .. 35/-
- C. 2 „ .. 45/-
- 1183.—S ingle Japanned
- Zinc Aspirator , with two
- stopcocks.
- Capacity. Price.
- A. 5 litres .. 27/6
- B. 10 ,, .. 37/6
- 1184.—Bunsen’s Gas Holder, for mercury, graduated in millimetres.
- A. With rubber tubing connec-
- tion at top, capacity 500 c.c.
- Each...............10/6
- B. With glass stopcock at top,
- capacity 500 c.c.
- Each...............16/-
- 1184
- xi 85
- 1185. —Cooper’s Plain Receivers.
- Each .............1 /-
- 1186. — Cooper's Stoppered Receivers
- Each .............1/9
- 1187
- 1187.—Pepy’s Gas Holder, made of stout japanned zinc, complete with funnel, water gauge and stopcocks.
- Capacity. Each.
- 2 gallons .. .. 65/-
- 4 „ 79/6
- 6 „ 92/6
- 8 „ .. 105/-
- 1188.—Pepy’s Gas
- Holder, made of strong copper, best quality, fitted with funnel, water gauge and stopcocks.
- Capacity. Each.
- 2 gallons .. .. 90/-
- 4 .. 105/-
- 6 „ .. .. 115/-
- 8 „ .. 127/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- N
- p.209 - vue 226/385
-
-
-
- 210 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 1189.—Reichert’s Gas Regulator. This
- regulator consists of three parts—a hollow T-piece, a stem and a bulb. The T-piece fits like a stopper in the upper widened portion of the stem. One arm of the T is open and connected with the gas supply; the vertical portion terminates in a small orifice, and is also provided with a minute lateral opening. The stem is provided with a lateral arm, and this arm, the stem and the bulb contain mercury. The regulator is fixed in the oven by means of a rubber cork, so that the bulb projects into the interior of the oven.
- When the oven reaches the required temperature, the mercury is forced up by means of the screw in the lateral arm, until it closes the orifice at the extremity of the vertical portion of the T.
- The gas which passes through the lateral orifice is sufficient to maintain the apparatus at the required temperature. If the temperature of the oven falls, the mercury contracts, and gas passing through the terminal orifice of the T increases the flame of the burner, and the temperature is restored.
- Price, filled with mercury, ready for use .. .. 9/6
- 1190. —Reichert’s Gas Regulator, with glass
- stopcock .. .. ...........each 15/-
- 1191. —Ostwald’s Toluene Gas Regulator,
- empty, with clip .. .. .. .. each 5/-
- 1192. —Ostwald’s Toluene Gas Regulator,
- empty, with stopcock .. .. .. each 13/6
- 1193. —Page’s Gas Regulator. This regulator works on the same principle as Reichert’s (No. 1189), but instead of the T-piece there are two pieces of glass tubing. The outer tube surrounding the upper part of the stem can be raised or lowered.
- The upper end of this tube is closed by a cork which carries a narrow glass tube which represents the vertical arm of the T, passing within the stem of the regulator. This has a terminal and a lateral opening, and is the means of entrance for the gas. The regulator is adjusted by observing when the thermometer indicates the required temperature, and then pushing down the short outer tube until the terminal opening of the inner tube, which is carried down with it, is obstructed by the mercury.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. each 3/6
- 1194
- HYDROMETERS, LACTOMETERS, Etc.
- 1194. —L actometer, paper scale, small size, with test tube, complete with directions for use.
- Each................... 1/6
- 1195. —Lacto'meter, with
- ivory scale, in tin case, with directions for use.
- Each ...................3/6
- 1196. —Oleometer, for linseed, rape, sperm, etc., etc., the standard qualities of which are indicated on the scale.
- Each . . .. .. .. 3/-
- 1197.—Urinometers, for medical use, o° to
- 60 °, in leather case .. .. .. .. each 3/6
- 1198 —Ditto, with graduated immersion tube, in case.
- each 5/-
- 1199 —Ditto, paper scale, in cardboard case each 2/-
- 1200. —Graduated Immersion Tubes
- each 2/9
- 1201. —Accumulator Hydrometer, with flat
- bulb and very open scale, divided into unit degrees, to enable the specific gravity of the electrolyte in cells to be accurately taken .. .. .. .. each 3/3
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.210 - vue 227/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 211
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- HYDROMETERS
- (See also next page.)
- 1202.—Specific Gravity Hydrometers. Direct reading.
- Range
- Divided into Each
- Range
- Divided into Each
- 0700° to o-8oo° o-8oo° to 0-900° 0-900° to i-ooo° i-ooo° to I-200C
- r r i° r
- 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6
- . . 1-200° to 1-400° 1-400° to i-6oo° i-6oo° to i-8oo° i-8oo° to 2-000C
- 00 00 90 2°
- f ! T T
- 2/6 3/- 3/3 3/3
- 1203.—Specific Gravity Hydrometers. Direct reading.
- Range .. .. .. .. 0-700° to i-ooo° i-ooo° to 2-000°
- Divided into.. .. .. .. £° JT°-°
- Each............................ 4/6 4/6
- 1204. —Twadde11’s Hyd rorneters. Improved form for liquids heavier than water. Each degree is equal to 5° Specific Gravity. Mercury poise.
- Table of Specific Gravities indicated by Twaddell’s Scale.
- Each.
- Twaddell’s No. 1. 0° to 24° Specific Gravity i-ooo to 1-120..................2/6
- ,, ,, 2. 24° to 48° „ „ I-I20 to 1-240 .. .. .. 2/6
- „ „ 3. 48° to 74° „ „ 1-240 to 1-370...................2/6
- „ „ 4. 74° to 102° „ „ 1-370 to 1-510...................2/9
- „ „ 5. 102° to 138° ,, „ 1-510 to 1-690...................3/3
- „ „ 6. 138° to 170° ,, „ 1-690 to 1-850...................3/6
- 1205. —Beaume’s Hydrometers, for heavy liquids. Scale 0° to 70°. Each 2/9
- 1206. —Beaume’s Hydrometers, for LIGHT liquids. Scale 10° to 70°. Each 2/9
- Scale of Beaume’s Hydrometers for HEAVY liquids, No. 1205.
- Reading degrees on Beaume Scale 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
- Equals degrees Specific Gravity .. .. 1-ooo 1-035 1-074 i'ii6 i-i6i i-2io 1-263 1-321
- Reading degrees on Beaume Scale .. 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
- Equals degrees Specific Gravity .. .. 1-384 r'454 I'53I 1-617 1714 1-822 1-945
- Scale of Beaume’s Hydrometers for LIGHT liquids, No. 1206.
- Reading on Beaume Scale 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
- Equals Specific Gravity 1-ooo 0-986 0-973 0-960 0-947 0-935 0-916 0-911 0-900 0-888
- Reading on Beaume Scale 30 32 34 36 38 40 50 60 70
- Equals Specific Gravity 0-878 0-867 0-857 0-847 0-837 0-827 0-782 0-742 0-705
- 1
- I
- -i
- I
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.211 - vue 228/385
-
-
-
- 212 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- HYDROMETERS
- I2II
- 1207. —Set of 2 Small Hydrometers,
- for use with small quantities of liquids, -700 to 1 -ooo, and i-ooo to 2-000, with glass solution tube and cases .. .. per pair 5/-
- 1208. —Universal Hydrometer, for
- specific gravities -700 to 2-000 each 5/-
- 1209. —Set of 3 Standard Hydrometers, 700 to 2'000, divided in fives, in case, with thermometer and trial jar.
- Per set.........................£2 5 0
- 1210. —Set of 4 Standard Hydrometers, -700 to i-ooo, i-ooo to 1-300, 1-300 to i-6oo, i-6oo to 2-000, divided in single degrees, in mahogany case, with thermometer and trial jar.
- Per set.........................£2 10 0
- 1211. —Set of 7 Standard Hydrometers, for accurate determinations, divided in single degrees, -700 to -850, -850 to i-ooo, i-ooo to 1-200, 1-200 to 1-400, 1-400 to i-6oo, i-6oo to i-8oo, i-8oo to 2-000, in mahogany case, with thermometer and trial jar, as illustrated.
- Per set.........................£4 10 0
- 1212
- 1212.—Standard Twaddell’s Hydrometers set of six, in well-finished case, lined with velvet, each hydrometer fitted in a separate compartment.
- Per set .. .. ..£300
- 1213
- 1213.—Sikes Hydrometer, well gilt, solid turned ball 9 in. ivory scale thermometer, boxwood comparative rule, fitted in polished mahogany case. Complete with book of strengths and assay jar. Price ................................................£3 10 0
- 1214.—Sikes Hydrometer, well gilt, solid turned ball 7 in. ivory scale thermometer, fitted in polished mahogany case, complete with book of strengths and assay jar.
- Price ....................................................£3 5 0
- 1214
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.212 - vue 229/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 213
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- HYDROMETERS, TRIAL JARS, Etc.
- 1215
- Each . .
- 1215.—Syringe Hydrometer for testing the Acid in Accumulators. To take a reading squeeze the bulb and insert the rubber tube into the acid through the filter cap of the battery. On gradually releasing the bulb, sufficient acid will be drawn into the glass tube to float the hydrometer. Remove from the cell and the actual sp. gr. will be shown on the scale at the point of flotation.
- The required density is usually stated on the battery, but for ordinary purposes it may be taken as 1,200.
- .....................4/9
- 1216.—Trial Jars, for hydrometers.
- Per
- 6 in. ! Each. high, i\ in. diameter 9d. dozen. 7/6
- 8 „ i-l 11d. 9/6
- 10 ib V- 10/6
- 12 i| 1/2 12/-
- 14 „ ii- 1/4 14/-
- 16 „ ii 2/6 ‘28/-
- 18 „ 2/9 31/-
- Other sizes to order.
- 1217. —Trial Jars, widened at top.
- Height 10 n 16 12 16 24 in.
- Diam. at top 2\ ij- 2\ 3 3 3»
- Each .. 2/- 2/6 2/9 3/- 3/6 4/6
- 1218
- STEAM
- 1218 — Copper Vessels, for use as Steam Boilers,
- best make, with inlet and outlet tubes and water gauge as figured.
- Each.
- A. 1 litre capacity 12/-
- B. 2 „ 15/6
- C. 3 „ 18/6
- HEATERS
- 1219.—Vessels for use as Steam Boilers.
- Each.
- A. Made of stout tin, 1 litre
- capacity .. .. .. 1 /-
- B. Made of stout tin, 2 litre
- capacity .. .. .. 1/3
- C. Made of stout copper, litre
- capacity .. .. .. 7/6
- D. Made of stout copper, 1 litre
- capacity .. .. ..10/6
- E. Made of stout copper, 2 litre
- capacity .. .. .. 13/6
- 1219
- FOR ALL OTHER STEAM HEATERS AND INDUCTION COILS 000
- PHYSICAL APPARATUS CATALOGUE.
- INDUCTION COILS
- [For Batteries, see page 116.)
- 1220.—Ruhmkorff’s Induction Coils, cheap make,
- wound with silk-covered copper wire, with paraffin-wax insulation ; mounted on polished mahogany bases.
- Length of Spark 3 16 i 5 16 T6 13 ITT II6 i| in. 2 in.
- A. Price, with ordinary Commutator 12/6 15/- 19/6 28/6 42/- 55/— 80/- — —
- B. ,, ,, Ruhmkorff’s ,, — — — 32/6 48/- 62/6 87/6 95/- 135/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.213 - vue 230/385
-
-
-
- 214 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ANATOMICAL SPECIMEN AND MUSEUM JARS
- 1223
- 1224
- 1221.—Anatomical Specimen Jars with well ground-in stopper, made of best white crystal glass—
- Height 5 6 7 8 8 8 10 10 10 cm.
- Inside diameter 5 3 3 3 5 8 3 5 cm.
- Each .. .. 1 /- 10d. 11d. 1/2 1/6 2/2 1/5 1/9 2/4
- Height 12 12 12 15 15 15 18 20 20 25 cm.
- Inside diameter 10 3 6 10 4 5 8 10 10 12 15 cm.
- Each 3/4 1/7 2/- 3/6 2/- 2/2 3/3 4/9 5/3 6/3 9/6
- Height .. 30 30 30 30 40 40 40
- Inside diameter 6 8 10 15 10 121- 15
- Each .. 5/- 5/3 7/- 11/6 10/- 13/- 18/-
- 45 cm. 10 cm.
- 11/6
- 1222. —An at omical Jars, with “knob” stopper, same prices and sizes as No. 1221.
- 1223. —Anatomical Jars, with slightly oval stopper, same prices and sizes as No. 1221.
- 1224. —Anatomical Jars, same prices and sizes as No. I22i.
- 1225. —Anatomical Jars, same prices and sizes as No. 1221.
- 1226.—Cylindrical Specimen Bottles, with well-ground-in inverted stoppers.
- Capacity .. 2 4 8 12 oz.
- Each 1/6 1/9 2/6 3/-
- Capacity .. .. 16 20 30 40 oz.
- Each .. 3/3 3/9 4/6 6/6
- 1226
- 1227. — Mushroom Shaped Specimen Bottles, with top portion ground on.
- 4
- 4/6
- 52/-
- 5i
- 5/-
- >8/-
- 6]- in.
- 7/-
- 82/-
- 1228.—Semi-solid Specimen Bottles,
- well ground-in stoppers.
- These bottles are all of one height—viz. 15 cm. Capacity in c.c. 5 10 20 50 100
- Each 1/8 1/9 1/10 2/2 2/8
- Per doz......... 19/- 20/- 21/- 23/- 32/-
- with
- 125
- 3/-
- 35/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.214 - vue 231/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 215
- JARS (VARIOUS)
- 1229.—Museum Jars,
- cylindrical pattern, made of strong white crystal glass, with drop-on loose cover with cut knob.
- 1229
- Height 10 12 15 cm.
- Diam. 10 12 i5 »
- Each 3/- 3/8 5/9
- Per doz. 35/- 43/- 68/-
- Height 20| 3i 26 cm.
- Diam. 201 21 26 „
- Each 10/6 15/- 15/-
- Per doz. 124/- 175/- 175/-
- 1230. —GI ass J a rs,
- oblong, polished sides, best white glass.
- "" Jj
- I i
- fe/ j
- I I: 1 !l
- 1230
- Height .. Hi 16 i6i 19 21 25^ cm.
- Length .. 10 io| 14 12 20 21
- Width .. 4 4 7\ 9 10 I2i „
- Each 9/6 10/6 11/- 12/6 14/- 15/-
- 1231.—Exhibition or Show Bottles,
- best quality white crystal glass, cylindrical, on foot, with hand-cut stoppers finely polished.
- 1231
- Size No. 00 0
- 1
- 2
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- Height to top of stopper. 6 8 12 14 16 18 20 24
- Height
- without
- stopper.
- 4*
- 6*
- 10
- 12
- 14
- 15
- i6|
- 20
- Diameter of body of bottle.
- 1 in.
- if if
- 2
- 2*
- 2|
- 3
- Price,
- each.
- 5/-
- 6/-
- 6/9
- 9/-
- 10/6
- 13/-
- 15/-
- 25/-
- 1232.—Exhibition or Show
- Bottles, best quality white crystal glass, cylindrical, on foot, with hand-cut stoppers finely polished.
- Height without stopper.
- ni in. I3l „
- Height with Diameter of
- stopper. body of bottle. Each.
- 16 in. 2| in. 11/6
- 18 „ 2\ „ 14/-
- 1232
- 1233.—Exhibition or Show Bottles, best quality white crystal glass, cylindrical, on foot, with hand-cut stoppers finely polished.
- Height including stopper .. 132 in.
- Diameter .. .. • • 2§ ,,
- Price, each............. 9/6
- 1233
- GLASS JARS FOR COLD SOLUTIONS.
- 1234.—Glass Jars, straight sides, lipped, white glass, for cold solutions.
- Capacity .. 250 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. ..1/3 1/10 2/3 2/6
- Capacity 2 3 4 litres.
- Each .. . 3/3 3/9 4/6 5/6
- 1235.—Glass Jars, cylindrical form, without feet, flange or spout, made of fine white crystal glass.
- Height .. 101 12
- Diameter 8|
- Per dozen 7/- 8/-Height .. 151 15I
- Diameter 10 13
- Per dozen 11/- 13/-Height .. 21 21
- Diameter n 13
- 13 15! cm.
- 10 9
- 10/- 10/-
- 18 18 cm.
- 12 15
- 13/- 14/- 19/-
- 21 26 26 cm.
- 15 13 15 „
- 13
- 9
- 9/-
- 16
- ill
- Per dozen 16/- 18 - 23/- 23/- 30/
- 1235
- STONEWARE JARS FOR STORING DRY CHEMICALS.
- 1236
- 1236.—Stoneware Jars, with Shut-over Lids, for storing Dry Chemicals.
- Price, each.
- 1/9 2/2 2/8 3/3 3/10 4/6
- 1237.—Stoneware Jars, with Airtight Covers, for storing Dry Chemicals.
- Capacity .. 10 20 40 60 oz.
- Price, each .. 2/2 2/3 3/- 4/-
- Capacity .. 80 120 160 240 oz.
- Price, each .. 4/6 5/6 6/- 8/-
- 1237
- Every requisite for Chemical! Physical! and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- to the
- p.215 - vue 232/385
-
-
-
- 216 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON). Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOOKS OF LABELS, Etc.
- Hydrochloric
- FLASKS
- (CONCENTRATED)
- Commercial
- STANDARD
- SOLUTIONS
- Normal
- Bismuth
- Decinormal
- Actual size Specimen Labels in Books of Labels Nos. 1238 and 1239.
- 1239.—Becker’s New Book of Gummed and Varnished Labels, as No. 1238, but smaller book. Contains 200 assorted labels.
- Per book .. .. .. .. .. .. 1/-
- Sulphuric
- Acid dilute -j
- h2so4 1241. — Plain Gummed Labels, with border
- in packets of 100.
- 1238.—Becker’s New Book of Gummed and Varnished Labels, for reagent bottles, standard solution bottles, cupboards, and drawers. Contains over 400 labels, a few specimens of which are illustrated above.
- Per book .........................2/-
- 1240.—Gummed and Varnished Reagent Labels, in packets. Each packet contains 100 labels of one kind.
- We keep in stock labels for practically all reagents in general laboratory use.
- Price, per packet .. .. .. .. . . 10d.
- Size . . 2Xf 2 x 1 2 xf- 2 x | in.
- Per 100 .. 5d. 5d. 6d. 8d.
- Per 1,000 .. .. 3/9 3/9 4/9 6/6
- Size • • 22x § 2-1 X| 3 X f 3ixf in.
- Per 100 8d. 8d. 8d. 8d.
- Per 1,000 .. 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6
- Size • • 3Xi 3X1-1 3X2 in.
- Per 100 8d. 10d. V-
- Per 1,000 .. 6/6 8/- 9/6
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.216 - vue 233/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 217
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABELS
- 1242.—Book shut.
- 1242.—“ Halfo” Book of Chemical Labels, compiled and arranged by Professor Sir George Cory, of the Rhodes University College, Grahamstown, South Africa.
- The labels in this book are so arranged that any possible combination of names of metal and acid-radical substances can be formed. Also contains several large labels printed in bold type, suitable for cupboards, drawers, shelves, etc.
- Per book 2/-
- ;!! COBALT COBALT
- if
- I COPPER COPPER
- {!];
- j! ^ COPPER COPPER
- ! COPPER ** COPPER
- ^ COPPER * COPPER
- . FERROUS FERROUS
- t FERROUS FERROUS
- - FERROUS ' - FERROUS
- I FERRIC FERRIC
- | FERRIC •* FERRIC
- I :
- OXIDE. - OXIDE. -
- DIOXIDE. - DIOXIDE. - j
- DIOXIDE. - DIOXIDE. -
- TRI OX IDE. - TRIOXIDE. -
- TETROXIDE. - TETROXIDE. -
- PEROXIDE. - PEROXIDE. - I
- PEROXIDE. - PEROXIDE. -
- PHOSPHATE.- PHOSPHATE.-
- PHOSPHATE.- PHOSPHATE.- j
- PHOSPHATE.- PHOSPHATE.- j
- i
- 1242.—Book opened.
- 1243.—Sheets of Gi
- able size for ordinary following labels :—
- Sodium Hypochlorite. Potassium Ferricyanide.
- ,, Chromate.
- ,, Iodide.
- ,, Sulpho-cyanide.
- Ammonium Acetate.
- ,, Molybdate.
- ,, Sulphate.
- Mercuric Chloride.
- Platinic ,, .
- Magnesium Sulphate. Stannous Chloride.
- Calcium Cobalt Nitrate.
- Ferric Chloride.
- Acetic Acid.
- Tartaric Acid.
- Price, per sheet
- ,, per dozen sheets. .
- mmed Labels, of a suit-reagent bottles, containing
- Nitric Acid (concentrated). Hydrochloric Acid (concentrated).
- Sulphurous Acid Solution. Barium Hydrate.
- Alcohol.
- Ether.
- Hydric. Potassic Sulphate. Potassium Cyanide.
- ,, Chlorate.
- Starch.
- Microcosmic Salt.
- Methylated Spirit.
- Charcoal.
- Copper Oxide.
- Soda Lime.
- .....................V-
- .....................8/-
- 1244.—Sheets of Gummed Labels, of a suitable size, for ordinary reagent bottles, containing following labels :—
- Sodium Hydrate. Sulphuric Acid (cone.).
- ,, Phosphate. ,, ,, (dilute).
- ,, Carbonate. Nitric Acid (dilute).
- Potassium Ferrocyanide. Hydrochloric Acid (dilute). Ammonium Oxalate. Sulphuretted Hydrogen Solution.
- ,, Chloride. Lime Water.
- ,, Carbonate. Borax.
- Fusion Mixture.
- Ferrous Sulphate (crystals). Manganese Dioxide.
- Potassium Nitrate.
- Lime (powder).
- ,, Sulphide.
- ,, Hydrate.
- Barium Chloride. Calcium Sulphate. Silver Nitrate.
- Lead Acetate.
- Price, per sheet
- ,, per dozen sheets
- 10d.
- V-
- 1245. — Sheets of Labels, containing 6oo assorted chemical labels, gummed ready for use.
- Per sheet.. .. .. .. . . .. . . 1 /-
- 1246.—Plain Gummed Labels, with border, £ in. X | in., for microscope slides.
- Per ioo .. .. .. 5d.
- 1 2 3 4 5
- 1247.—Sets of Bench Figures, for numbering benches, bottles, apparatus, etc. From i to 500 in consecutive numbers. Gummed and perforated as dotted lines. Ready for immediate use .. .. .. .. 1 /- per book.
- We are also prepared to quote for figures of larger sizes. Prices on application.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence ail orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.217 - vue 234/385
-
-
-
- *18 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1248. — Becker’s Improved Apparatus for Decomposing Water into One Part of Oxygen and Two of Hydrogen,
- with two stopcocks, bulb reservoir and platinum electrodes. We specially recommend this form of apparatus, as the platinum electrodes are fitted through india-rubber corks. This arrangement is a great improvement on the earlier patterns which have the platinum ^vires fused through the glass, and consequently are a continual source of trouble owing to the platinum loops breaking off.
- A. Price, with plain limbs .. 19/6
- B. Ditto, with the limbs gradu-
- ated in ccms. ., .. 22/6
- C. Special stand for above, with
- adjustable clamp and support and with two terminals on base ................10/6
- 1249. — Becker’s Improved Apparatus for Electrolysis of H20 and HCI, complete with i pair carbon electrodes with terminals, and i pair platinum electrodes.
- A. Price with plain limbs .. 22/6
- B. Price with carbon electrodes
- only.....................17/6
- C. Ditto, with the limbs graduated
- and with i pair carbon electrodes, and i pair platinum electrodes .. .. .. 24/6
- D. Special stand for above with
- adjustable clamp and support and with two terminals on base .. .. .. 10/6
- 1251.—Apparatus for Synthetically Demonstrating the Composition of C02 and so2. The volume of carbon dioxide or of sulphur dioxide produced by igniting carbon or sulphur in oxygen remains the same as that of the volume of oxygen at the commencement of the experiment.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. 24/-
- 1252 .—Stand for same with adjustable clamp and support .. .. 10/6
- 1253. —Apparatus to Demonstrate that when Two Volumes of Hydrogen and One Volume of Oxygen combine to form Water Vapour, there is a Contraction in Volume.
- Glass U tube with stopcock, platinum electrodes and jacket through which Amyll alcohol vapour passes .. .. 16/-
- 1254. —Stand for above, with
- terminals .. .. 10/6
- 1255.—Glass Worm
- Condenser for Condensing the Amyll Alcohol Vapour, with tripod .. .. .. 6/-
- 1250. — Tube, graduated, with one stopcock on open limb and platinum electrodes at the top of closed limb.
- Each..............................14/-
- 1256. — Electrolysis Apparatus, V form.
- Each...................12/-
- 1257. —Complete, with stand
- 18/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.218 - vue 235/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 219
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1258.—Lecture Apparatus, consisting of three tubes, with stopcocks and platinum electrodes for demonstrating that hydrogen combines only with oxygen in the same proportion as generated from water. Price, not including metal stands .. .. 47/6
- 1259 —Ditto, complete with three stands .. 78/-
- 1260. —Stoppered U Tubes may be ordered
- separately. Price, with one stopcock .. .. 14/-
- 1261. —Ditto, with two stopcocks .. .. 17/-
- 1266. — Lecture Eudiometer,
- graduated, with two stopcocks and platinum electrodes. Price, not including metal stand .. .. 17/6
- 1267. — Ditto, complete on metal stand, with adjustable clamp and two terminals on base.
- 28/6
- 1266
- 1268. — Apparatus, with two
- stopcocks and platinum electrodes to demonstrate that three volumes of hydrogen combine with one volume of nitrogen to form two volumes of ammonia gas.
- Price, not including metal stand 17/-
- 1269. - Price, complete on metal stand.
- 27/6
- < >« !)j*>
- < *
- 1265
- 1262.—Straight Tube, stoppered at each end, and with a stopcock at one-third its length, to demonstrate that when H and Cl combine (to form HC1), their volumes are constant .. .. .. each 11/6
- 1263.—Straight Tube with two Stopcocks and Platinum Electrodes to demonstrate that one volume of Chlorine and one volume of Hydrogen combine without alteration of volume .. each 15/-
- (Price varies according to market price of platinum.)
- 1264; — Apparatus, to show the
- effects of temperature and pressure on compound or simple gases. Complete with metal stand £3 15 0
- 1265.—Ditto, glass parts only 1 19 6
- 1265A —Ditto, simpler form, with two tubes and one water jacket 18/6
- 1270. — Long Straight Tube, with glass stopcock, to demonstrate the volumetric analysis of ammonia by the aid of chlorine .. each 15/-
- 1270A.—Tall Glass Cylinder, for use with above 16/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.219 - vue 236/385
-
-
-
- 220 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1271. —Two Glass
- Chimneys, with corks, india-rubber stopper, and tubes as figured, for burning oxygen in hydrogen or illuminating gas.
- Price, complete .. 13/6
- 1272. — Ditto, without
- stand, clamp, and pinch-taps .. .. 5/-
- 1273.—Glass Chimney, with
- wire gauze cap, cork and delivery tube, to prove that only the external part of a flame is hot.
- Price complete, with iron stand and clamp .. .. .. 13/6
- 1274 .—Ditto, without stand and clamp . . .. .. 5/-
- 1275. — Glass Chimney, with
- brass cap (fitted with slide valve), corks, and tubes; for burning air in illuminating gas, and to show the principle of the Bunsen burner. Price complete, as figured .. 13/6
- 1276. —Ditto,
- but without stand and clamp.
- Price .. 5/-
- Instructions for use.-—To show the burning of Gas in Air, remove slide valve C, introduce coal gas into bent tube A until all air has been expelled from the glass chimney. Place slide-valve over hole and apply a light at B, when gas will burn at bottom, as shown in Fig. i. Now open slide valve, when the flame will be drawn up and burn as Air in Gas (see Fig. 2).
- The excess of coal gas (mixed with the products of the combustion of the inner jet) will burn feebly with a nearly colourless flame at top of chimney. Inside the chimney the oxygen of the air burns in the coal gas ; outside the top of the chimney the coal gas burns in the oxygen of the air.
- Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
- 1277.—Apparatus to show the Combustion of Oxygen and Nitrogen by means of the electric spark, consisting of globe with three necks and electrodes with rubber corks and glass tube .. each 5/6
- 1278. — Apparatus for the decomposition of Steam
- 1279. — Apparatus for Decomposition of Water,
- mahogany base with terminals and metal bridge for supporting the collecting tubes.
- Each.............15/-
- by means of the electric spark, consisting of globe with platinum electrodes, fitted into flat bottom boiling flask.
- A. Complete as figured
- 1280.—Ditto, but with
- graduated glass tubes. Each............ 17/6
- ....................7/«
- Globe only with Platinum Electrodes .. 5/—
- (Price varies according to market price of platinum.)
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.220 - vue 237/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 221
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1282. — flp-
- paratus for Decomposi-t i o n of Water, with graduated collecting tube. Each .. 10/6
- (Price varies according to market price of platinum.)
- 1283
- 1283 — Voltameter for Mixed Gases,
- Schuster & Lees’ pattern. The graduated tube is easily filled by slightly tilting apparatus on one side ; any excess liquid overflows into the side reservoir. Pressure always remains constant. We are sole makers of this apparatus. Price 18/6
- 1284
- 1284.—Apparatus for the Decomposition of Water, “ Lecture Table ” pattern, consisting of a funnel-shaped glass basin having two platinum electrodes, each ending in a barrel-shaped terminal for connecting to wires of battery; two glass limbs suspended from hooks of sliding carrier, mounted on nicely-finished metal stand with hooks and adjustable ring. Price, complete as figured .. .. 30/-
- 1285 .—Ditto, but limbs graduated .. .. 35/-
- 1286
- 1286. Reynold’s Apparatus,
- for determining the weight of hydrogen displaced from acidulated water by magnesium.
- Each ......................3/-
- See Fig. 7, Reynold’s “ Experimental Chemistry,” Part I.
- 1287.—Voltameter for Mixed Gases, “ Nivoc” pattern, consisting of an accurately graduated tube open at one end, and well ground-in stopcock at the other. Price, including insmolten platinum electrodes ...............each 9/6
- 1288. — Neumann’s Voltameter, complete with platinum electrodes, levelling tube and india-rubber tubing.
- Each...............25/-
- 1289. — Metal Stand
- for above, with clamp and terminals.
- Each...............10/6
- 1288
- l
- 1290. — Bunsen’s Apparatus, to show generation of hydrogen. Complete as figured with platinum electrodes 25/-
- 1291. — Bunsen’s Apparatus, to show generation of explosive gas. Complete as figured, with platinum electrodes, 25/-
- 1292. — Lecture Apparatus, for
- determining the specific gravity of gases by diffusion.
- Each ................ .. .. 25/-
- p.221 - vue 238/385
-
-
-
- 222 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1293.—Lecture Apparatus,
- for determining the specific gravity of gases by effusion.
- Complete .. . . .. £3 10 0
- 1294.—Apparatus to synthetically demonstrate the composition of Acetylene, by fusing carbon in hydrogen. Complete, with carbon electrodes and terminals .. 9/6
- 1293
- 1295. — Lecture Apparatus, for
- demonstrating the manufacture of acetylene gas A. Price, complete as figured, with acetylene burner for lighting 25/-B, but without stopper, funnel, bottle, and cork .. 15/-
- 1296.—Globular Porous Clay Diffusion Bulbs each 1/6
- 1294
- 1297.— Apparatus for demonstrating the phenomena of diffusion, consisting of porous cylinder, with well-fitting india-rubber cork and bent glass tube with bulb each 3/6 (Fig. ii, Roscoe & Schor-lemmer, Vol. I.)
- 1298. — Apparatus for verifying the Law relating to Diffusion of Gases. Designed by Ll. T. Jones, B.Sc.,
- F.C.S., Llanelly.
- The apparatus serves to show in a convincing manner that:—
- 1. The lighter, the gas is, the
- greater is its rate of diffusion.
- 2. The rates of diffusion
- of different gases vary inversely as the square root of their densities.
- The apparatus consists essentially of a U tube with one long arm A and a short arm B (Fig. i). The top of B is closed with a piece of clay pipe-stem F sealed at the top and attached to B by india-rubber tubing. Near the end of B is a side tube C, to which is attached another side tube E, which passes to the back of the apparatus as shown in Fig. 2. This acts as a safety valve and leads into tube Y, which contains water. A drying tube X is attached to E to prevent any moisture in Y from entering the tube C and thus mixing with the gas under examination. In the case of a noxious gas being used, an absorbent liquid is put into Y to absorb the excess and thus prevent its escaping into the air.
- At the top of A, which is provided with a stopcock K, is a small funnel G, which also is provided with a stopcock 5. Before experimenting, the gas is passed through U tube W to be purified.
- To perform the experiment, connect W with the generating apparatus, and allow the gas to pass through tubes C and E. Close K and open D. Pour mercury through G till it reaches the same level, say M, in both arms. Now close D. Pour in more mercury until A and G are filled, then close the stopcock S. The gas in B, in the meantime, will have forced through the porous pipe F so that B will be now full of mercury. Open the stopcock K and D and let the mercury run out from B till the graduation 0 is reached, the gas taking its place. Close K and D, and open S. The gas in B will thus be subjected to a pressure of two atmospheres, and, consequently, its volume will be suddenly diminished. Finally, the time taken for the mercury to rise in B, say through eight or more divisions, is noted.
- Price . ..................................£2 5 0
- p.222 - vue 239/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 228
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1301.—Bunsen’s Absorp-tiometer for measuring the Solubility of Gases in Liquids.
- This apparatus consists of a graduated tube E, into which known volumes of the gas and liquid are introduced. The lower end of this tube is furnished with an iron screw, by means of which it can be securely screwed down upon an india-rubber pad, in.order to completely close the tube (seen in the side figure). The tube containing the gas and liquid under examination is lowered into a tall cylinder GG, in the bottom of which is a quantity of mercury.
- The cylinder is then filled with water, and the cap P screwed down. Thermometer K registers the temperature. The apparatus is then briskly shaken, in order that the liquid in the eudiometer may exert its full solvent action upon the gas, and on slightly unscrewing the tube from the caoutchouc pad, mercury enters to take the place of the dissolved gas. The tube is again closed and the shaking repeated, and these operations are continued until no further absorption results.
- Finally, the volume of gas is measured, the temperature noted, and the pressure ascertained by reading the position of the mercury within the tube, and deducting the height of the column from B to the surface of the mercury A, from the barometric pressure at the time of making the experiment. The temperature of the water in the cylinder may be varied, and the coefficient of absorption at different temperatures can thus be determined. Price, complete as
- figured.......................£14 10 0
- (See Newth’s “ Text-Book of Inorganic Chemistry,” Longmans, Green & Co.)
- 1299.—Apparatus for preparing Amorphous Phosphorus, bent tube with three bulbs of hard glass. (Roscoe & Schorlemmer).
- Price of tube only .. . . .. .. .. 4/6
- 1300.—Becker’s Registered Liquefaction Apparatus. (Invented by Paul Wertheim, B.Sc., Hons. Lond., L. C.P., Senior Physics Master, Tiffin’s Boys’ School, Kingston.) Will liquefy sulphur dioxide and ammonia. Useful for
- students, demonstration, and projection on lantern screen. Simple ; effective. Once filled always ready. For chemical and physical laboratories. Price, without pump (any bicycle pump will do) . . .. 10/6
- This apparatus will liquefy S02 at temperature up to 50 ° C., and ammonia up to 200 C. • It will indicate pressure of liquefaction, the measurement being obtained by simply applying Bojde’s Law to the change of volume of the air enclosed in tube E. It is designed to allow the limb con-
- taining the gas to be surrounded with water at different temperatures, so that the pressure of liquefaction over a range of temperatures may be obtained.
- INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING TUBE WITH GAS.
- Owing to the difficulty of ensuring the safe arrival—if sent out already filled—the apparatus has been constructed so that it can be filled in the simplest possible manner on arrival-—the tubes being constricted ready for drawing off. Having unscrewed the rough board from back (this board is used for safe transit only) proceed as follows : (i) Take out valve A and pour in mercury until it fills about |- in. of the wide tubes D and G. (2) Connect H to gas generator, holding the apparatus in a slanting position so that the mercury just covers the elbow C. Pass the dry gas through until all the air is driven out (make sure that the gas is dry, and that all the air is completely driven out). (3) Hold the apparatus in an upright position and seal off at BB. (4) Pour in more mercury until it stands half-way up tube D. Replace the valve and pump carefully until a little mercury comes out of the middle tube E, and in this way drive the gas out of this limb, (5) Take out valve again ; this releases the pressure so that the mercury descends in middle tube £ and air enters (6) Seal off at F. (7) Fill tube D to within J in of the top with mercury and replace valve A. (8) Screw ordinary bicycle pump on to valve A and pump until gas is shown in liquid form in tube B.
- 1300
- p.223 - vue 240/385
-
-
-
- 224 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LECTURE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS
- 1302.—Heidenhain and Meyer’s Absorptiometer (Modified Form).
- In this instrument the measuring tube and the absorption vessel are separate, and it admits of the use of much larger volumes of liquid. By means of the three-way cock a, the gas to be experimented upon is introduced into A by first raising and then lowering B ; and the volume is measured when the levels of the mercury in A and B are coincident. By means of the three-way cock b, the vessel C, of known capacity, and which is connected with A by means of a flexible metal capillary tube, is filled with the desired liquid. The vessels A and C are then put into communication, and by raising B, and opening the tap c, a definite volume of the liquid is run out into a measuring vessel, which represents the volume of gas that enters. The gas and liquid are then thoroughly agitated, after which the gas is passed back into A by lowering B, and, when A and C are in communication, opening the tap c beneath mercury. By measuring the diminution in volume suffered by the gas, the volume absorbed by the known volume of liquid is obtained. The measuring tube and absorption vessel are kept constant at any desired temperature by surrounding them by water, or with vapours at known temperatures.
- A. Price as figured .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 17/6
- (See Newth’s “ Text-Book of Inorganic Chemistry.”)
- LUPKE’S APPARATUS FOR ELECTRO-CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS.
- (Fully described in Dr. Lupke’s Elements of Electro-Chemistry.)
- 1303.—Electrolytic Cell for
- the decomposition by electrolysis of a solution of zinc chloride, etc., with platinum electrodes.
- Each .. .. 10/6
- (Price varies according to market price of platinum.)
- 1304.—Apparatus for the Decomposition of Stannous Chloride. This apparatus is fitted with one pure tin and one pure copper electrode.
- Complete on stand .. .. 25/-
- sMx>
- 1305. — Electrolytic Cell,
- for demonstrating that the copper (of a copper anode) is dissolved, when brought into contact with
- anions • 18/6
- jr. ^ 1306.
- r~ Electro-lytic Cel I,
- i \ for demonstrat-» ing the formation
- li i ps of hydrogen peroxide and ozone when
- | 1 I sulphuric acid is
- 1 1 decomposed by
- 1 11 electrolysis.
- 5^ Each .. 25/-
- 1307
- 1308
- 1307. —Apparatus for the Electrolysis of Hydrochloric Acid, complete with carbon electrodes and terminals.
- Each.....................17/6
- 1308. —Electrolytic Cell with Insoluble Anode,
- for the electrolysis of a solution of oxygen salts. Complete with platinum anode and copper cathode.
- Each.....................18/6
- (Prices vary according to the market price of platinum.)
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory
- p.224 - vue 241/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 225
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LUPKE’S APPARATUS FOR ELECTRO-CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS
- 1309. — Voltameter for the Electrolysis of Solutions,
- arranged so that the electrolyte formed at the cathode can be drawn off separately from the electrolyte formed at the anode.
- With Platinum Electrodes each 27/6
- (Price varies according to the market price of platinum.)
- 1310
- 1310. — Apparatus for
- Demonstrating the Principle of Pole Research .. ... each 25/-
- 1311. — Apparatus for Demonstrating Pole Reaction.
- A. Glass parts only .. 9/-
- B. Special Stand for same 7/6
- 1311
- 1312.—Nernst Apparatus,
- for separating metallic potassium at the cathode.
- Each .. .. 15/-
- 1313.—Castner-Kellner Electrolytic Cell,
- for electrolytically decomposing the alkaline chlorides.
- Each
- 14/6
- 1312.
- 1313
- 1314. — Nernst Apparatus, for
- demonstrating the migration-velocity of the Mn04 ions .. .. .. each 15/-
- 1315. —Stand, with Clamp, for above
- 10/6
- 1316.
- H i 11 o r f’s Electrolytic Cell,
- complete with terminals and electrodes.
- Each
- 10/6
- 1317. — Apparatus for the Electrolysis of Lead and Manganese Salts,
- glass part with binding screws ... ... 6/-
- (Platinum basin extra, at lowest market price.)
- *anrH»
- 1318.—Apparatus for Demonstrating Migration-Velocity of the Ions.
- Complete as figured.........
- each £2
- the 2; 6
- 1319.—Apparatus to show the Formation of a Current by Reduction and Oxidation.
- A. Glass parts only
- B. Complete with table
- 42/6
- 1320.—Apparatus to show the Formation of a Current by a Difference in the Concentration of the Solution.
- Complete on wooden stand 15/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- o
- p.225 - vue 242/385
-
-
-
- 226 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGEJ (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LUPKE’S APPARATUS FOR ELECTRO-CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS
- 1321.—G r o v e-
- Ostwald Cell, for
- hydrogen and oxygen. Complete with glass dish, as figured.
- £3 15 0
- 1323. — Meyer’s Amalgam Cell.
- 15/-
- 1324.—Cell for Demonstrating the Solution-Pressure of Non-Metals.
- Each...........25/-
- 1322. — Pas-chen’s Apparatus for the estimation of the difference of potential between a metal and an-electrolyte, on wooden stand, without galvano-ope.
- Each .. 30/-
- 'i~rr
- 1325. — Decomposition Cell, for proving that the tension of decomposition increases with the progress of dilution, with platinum electrodes.
- Each................15/-
- (Price varies according to the market price of platinum.)
- 1326. — Irreversible Cell, with liquid (Chromic acid) depolarisation, without gas jar and pneumatic trough.
- 25/-
- 1327
- 1327. —Apparatus to
- show that the Electro-Motive Force is Constant, provided the concentration of the solution is constant.
- Complete .. .. 16/-
- 1328. — G r o v e-O s t-wald Cell, for hydrogen and chlorine, with platinum electrodes.
- Complete .. £2 12 6
- (Price varies according to
- the market price of platinum.)
- 1328
- 1329.—A pparatus for Electrolysis of mixed Electrolytes.
- A. Glass vessel with platinum anode,
- rubber cork and binding screw
- 13/6
- (Price varies according to market price of platinum.)
- B. Metal Stand .. .. .. 7/6
- C. Platinum cathode at lowest market
- rate.
- 1330. —Apparatus with Looser’s Thermoscope,
- for comparing the amount of heat generated in the cell with that generated in the external circuit.
- Complete on wooden stand .. £4 5 0
- 1331.—Cell, with Copper Electrodes, for demonstrating the decomposition between soluble electrodes.
- 9/6
- 1332 ,—Ditto, fitted with one iron and one zinc electrode.
- 9/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.226 - vue 243/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 227
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LUPKE’S APPARATUS FOR ELECTRO-CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS
- 1333. — Irreversible Cell, with solid depolarisators.
- Price without galvanometer ......... 37/6
- 1334. — Apparatus for proving that Hydrogen is
- i333 always liberated
- at the Cathode and not at the Anode 18/6
- 1334
- 1335. — Dr. Classen ’s Apparatus for theelec-trolytical estimation of copper, consisting of platinum cone and spiral, and stand with adjustable clamp with binding screws.
- (Price varies according to
- the market price of platinum.
- (Lowest price on application.)
- 1336. —Silver Voltameter, consisting of silver cone and spiral, and stand with adjustable clamp with binding screws.
- The silver is deposited on a platinum cup from a solution of pure nitrate of silver in water. Greater accuracy is obtained than with the copper voltameter.
- Price complete, as figured .. .. .. £118 6
- 1337.
- Silver Volta-
- meter, comprising adjustable silver anode clamped to a double terminal of special design which can be raised or lowered and clamped at desired height; strong brass ring with terminal at side, with brass upright mounted on nicely finished slate base. This apparatus will take a platinum vessel measuring about 30 mm. high X 35 mm. diameter, and weighing approximately |-ths of an ounce. This voltameter is fully described in Watson’s “Text-Book of Practical Physics.”
- Price complete, as figured
- £1 15 0
- 1338.—Platinum Vessel for use with above. Price varies according to the market price of platinum.
- 1339.—Decomposition Cell, fitted
- with one platinum and one aluminium electrode.
- Each.........................19/6
- (Price varies according to the market price of platinum.)
- 1340. — Apparatus for Estimating the Position of Hydrogen in the Tension
- Series. Complete with one lead and one copper electrode.. .. 16/6
- 1341 .—Apparatus to Demonstrate that the Intensity of Adhesion of Hydrogen Ions under Ordinary Pressure is less than that of Potassium Ions.
- 1340 Complete as figured £2 5 0
- 1341
- 1342.—Apparatus for Demonstrating the Phenomena of Polarisation of Galvanic Elements.
- Each...........15/-
- NEWTH’S APPARATUS
- 1343. —Apparatus for showing the Light-
- ness of Hydrogen on the Lantern Screen, as described in Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments ” (Fig. 9) ......each 4/6
- 1344. —Apparatus to Show the Colour of Incandescent Hydrogen, as described in Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments ” (Fig. 12)
- each 5/-
- 1345. —Apparatus for showing the De-
- composition of Water on the Lantern Screen, as described in Newth’s "Chemical Lecture Experiments ” (Fig. 41) .. .. .. each 6/-
- 1346. —Apparatus to Show the Formation of Hydrochloric Acid by Synthesis, as
- described in Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments ” (Fig. 65). Price, without stand and clamp .. 5/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, frpm a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.227 - vue 244/385
-
-
-
- 228 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PLATINUM APPARATUS FOR ELECTROLYSIS
- '
- Weights are approximate only. Lowest prices on application.
- (.Illustrations half size.)
- 24 grammes.
- 1348 1349
- 0-5 oz. 0-5'oz.
- 16 grammes. 16 grammes.
- 16 grammes
- 1351 1352
- o-6 oz. 0-9 oz.
- 18 grammes. 27 grammes.
- 1353 0-3 oz.
- 9 grammes. ' per pair.
- MERCURY VESSELS, Etc.
- 1354. —IV* e r c u r y
- Vessel, made of iron, to hold 25 lb. of mercury.
- Price, including lid and metal tap as figured
- 8/6
- 1355. —Ditto, to hold 76
- 1357. — Japanese Fibre Mercury T rays.
- Each.
- A. 12 in. square 3/-
- B. 15 „ „ 4/6
- 1358. — Mercury T rays, made of wood, dead-blacked.
- 12 in. long, 8 in. wide, 1 in. deep .. .. each 2/-
- lb. of mercury .. 12/6
- 1354
- 1356.—Glass Reservoirs for
- Mercury, strongly made. '
- Capacity .. 125 250 500 700 1000 c.c. Each .. 1/8 1/11 2/6 3/6 4/6
- FOR PORCELAIN MERCURY TROUGHS, SEE INDEX.
- 1359. Canary Wood Mercury Tray, with plug in corner, and two handles.
- 1359
- Size about 23 in. x 16 in. x 2 in...........each 15/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.228 - vue 245/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 229
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- METALLURGICAL AND
- 1360.—Square Steel Anvil Blocks, polished on one face.
- Size .. i£xi|x| 2X2Xi 4x4x1 4X4X1! in. Price each 2/6 3/3 12/- 21/-
- f 1361 .—Anvils, square-faced, with fang, for Chemists, Geologists, etc.
- Size of Face i| 2 2\ 2-| in.
- Weight between 2—3 3—4 4—5 5—6 lb.
- Each .. ..7/- 10/6 12/- 15/-
- 1362.—Horn Assay Scoops.
- Each 8d. j per dozen 7/-
- 1 363.—Horn Scoops.
- Length .. 12 14 16 cm.
- Price, each .. 1/- 1/4 1/6
- A. 2 xi X | in.
- B. 3 xi X | „
- C. 3 x ii x | ,,
- D. 4 XI XI,,
- E. 4| X i| X | „
- F. 6 X if X 2 ,,
- G. 7f X if X 2 ,,
- H. 9I x 2f x 2 ,,
- 1364. — Ingot or Bar Moulds.
- .. each 1/3
- ........... 1/6
- .. 1/6
- „ 2/3
- 2/3
- •• „ 6/-
- ............. V-
- 8/6
- ASSAY APPARATUS
- 1366. — Crucible
- m e t a 11 urgical fine clay crucibles or cupels of 1 inch inside diameter as used in most of the large M e t a 11 u rgical Laboratories.
- Each .. 27/6
- Mould for making small
- 1367. —Ingot or Bar Mould, with two divisions.
- Each division 4 x 2f X 2| in. .. .. each 7/6
- 1368. — Ingot or Bar Mould, with three divi-
- sions, measuring respectively 1 x 1 in., 2 x 1 in. and 3 X 1 X | in............................each 7/6
- FOR FULL DETAILS OF LATEST IMPROVED PATTERNS OF
- ELECTRIC MUFFLE FURNACES, ELECTRIC TUBE FURNACES,
- ------------ELECTRIC CRUCIBLE FURNACES,---------------
- with RENEWALS, RESISTANCES, and PYROMETER EQUIPMENT,
- SEE PAGES 187 TO 191.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.229 - vue 246/385
-
-
-
- 230 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COLLECTIONS OF MINERALS, FOSSILS & ROCKS
- 1371.—Elementary Collections of Minerals, Fossils, and Rocks.
- 50 small specimens, all with name, locality, etc., in cabinet .. .. ..£150
- 100 small specimens, all with name, locality, etc., in cabinet . . .. ..£220
- 200 small specimens, all with name, locality, etc., in cabinet .. .. .. £3 15 0
- 200 large specimens, all with name, locality, etc., in cabinet with 6 drawers £6 10 0
- 200 large and specially selected specimens, all with name, locality, etc., in cabinet
- £8 10 0
- 1369. —Small Collections for Boys.
- A. 20 specimens of Earthy Minerals, all named, in
- box .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/6
- B. 20 specimens of Metallic Minerals and Ores, all
- named .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/6
- C. 20 specimens of Sedimentary Rocks, all named.. 3/6
- D. 20 specimens of Igneous, Metamorphic, and Vol-
- canic Rocks, all named .. .. .. 3/6
- E. 20 specimens of Precious Stones, Gems, and Orna-
- mental Stones, all named, in box .. .. 6/6
- F. 20 specimens of Fossils from different formations 3/6
- 1370. —Elementary Collections (in Cabinets).
- Arranged to illustrate Dana’s “ Mineralogy.”
- 50 specimens, small, but all characteristic, with name and locality, in cabinet ..’ .. ..25/-
- 100 specimens, small, but all characteristic, with name and locality, in cabinet .. .. £2 2 0
- 200 specimens, small, but all characteristic, with name and locality, in cabinet .. .. £3 15 0
- 1372.—Collections of Metallic Ores.
- Collection of 100 ores of metals, i| x 1 in. £3 15 6 ,, ,, ,, ,,2x2 in. £5 17 6
- MINERALS FOR BLOWPIPE WORK.
- 1373. —Set of 25 Fragments of Minerals,
- for blowpipe work .. .. .. .. 5/-
- 1374. —Set of 50 Fragments of Minerals,
- for blowpipe work .. .. .. .. .. 10/-
- 1375. —Set of 104 Larger Fragments of
- Minerals, for blowpipe work .. .. 36/-
- 1376. —Set of 40 Larger Fragments, for
- use with " Ross’s Pyrology ” .. .. .. 12/-
- 1377. —Set of 80 Larger Fragments, for
- use with “ Ross’s Pyrology ” .. .. .. 25/-
- MORTARS AND PESTLES
- 1378
- 1378.—Mortars and Pestles,
- heavy glass.
- Diameter 2\ 3 46 in.
- Each .. 1/5 1/6 2/3 4/3
- Per dozen 14/6 15/9 24/- 48/6
- FOR
- PORCELAIN
- MORTARS AND PESTLES, SEE PAGE 14.
- 1379. — Horn Mortar Scrapers.
- Length .. .. 10 cm.
- Each .*...........10d.
- 1380. — Wedgwood Ware Mortars and Pestles, biscuit inside and out.
- Prices include pestle with wooden handle,
- 1380
- Outside diameter .. 3 3 J 4 in.
- Price, each .. .. 2/3 2/9 3/-
- Outside diam. 4! 5J 6 6| in.
- Price, each .. 3/3 4/- 5/3 6/6
- Outside dia. 789 10 12 in.
- Price, each 8/6 9/- 11/- 14/- 27/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.230 - vue 247/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 231
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MORTARS AND PESTLES
- 1381.—Agate Mortars and Pestles, best selected, highly polished, for analytical use and the pulverisation of hard substances.
- Diameter 30 35 40 45 50 65 70 mm.
- Price 3/6 4/6 5/3 6/- 6/6 10/- 13/-
- Diameter •• ’75 80 • 85 90 100 120 mm.
- Price 14/- 18/- 20/- 22/- 28/- 50/-
- 1382.—Mortars and Pestles.
- Iron, bell-shaped, turned inside, with iron pestle. Best quality.
- Diameter 4 5J 6 8 10 in.
- Price, each 3/9 7/6 11/3 16/6 25/6
- Diameter Price each
- 1383.—Mortars and Pestles.
- Iron, bowl-shaped, turned inside, with iron pestle. Best quality.
- 4 5 6 7 8 9 in.
- 5/6 10/- 14/- 18/-21/- 25/-
- 1384. — Mortar and Pestle of
- hardened polished steel, in three pieces for crushing minerals.
- Diameter of Pestle' • • .. 15 17 mm.
- Price, each ' .. .. 12/- 17/-
- 1385. — Mortar and Pestle of
- hardened polished steel, in three pieces, mounted in gun-metal base.
- Diameter of Pestle .. .. 17 mm.
- Price, each .. .. .. 17/-
- 1386. —Mortars and Pestles, heavy iron, turned inside. Complete with pestle with wooden handle, 4 feet long.
- Diameter .. 4 5 6 in.
- Height 04 6f 8 „
- Price, complete .. 16/6 19/6 48/6
- Diameter .. 7 8 10 in.
- Height .. ioi nl
- Price, complete .. 66/- 87/- 150/-
- Side bow handles to mortar can be supplied at 2/- each extra.
- ORE SAMPLE CRUSHERS AND GRINDERS
- 1387.—Ore Sample Grinder, of the well-
- known disc type, adapted for grinding all kinds of ores and similar materials to any desired degree of fineness. All wearing parts of steel and having extra large bearings. Very simple in operation and quickly and effectively cleaned out.
- Each................................£21 0 0
- 1388.—Ore Sample Crusher.
- Specially designed with the object of quickly cleaning out when changing from one sample to another.
- All kinds of Ore Samples and similar materials quickly reduced to about J in. and smaller.
- Adapted for either hand or power, all wearing parts of steel.
- Price.
- Size No. 1, having jaw opening
- 3 in. X 2 in. .. £18 0 0
- Ready for Work.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.231 - vue 248/385
-
-
-
- 232 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE. HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Lt<*., PROPRIETORS.
- PATENT MORTARS AND PESTLES
- For use by Chemists, Assayers, Colour Grinders, Cement Manufacturers, etc. For grinding and mixing most substances, either in wet, dry, or plastic state. The special features of the. machines are : Extremely easy to work, easy to clean, clean in working. Will grind and mix all kinds of substances usually ground and mixed by hand with the ordinary mortar and pestle. The hardest gold and other ores may be quickly reduced to a fine powder by their use.
- The Mills illustrated are with Cast Iron Mortars and Pestles, but can be supplied with Granite, Marble, Stone, Porcelain, Wood or Steel Mortars and Pestles to suit various materials at extra cost.
- 1389.—Patent Mortar and Pestle for Hand Power. The illustration shows the machine in position for operating, fitted with iron mortar and runner, and runs on ball bearings. Size of mortar, io in. diam. x 4 in. deep ; approximate weight, 3 qrs.
- Price .. .. .. .. ..£900
- mortar and runner, 1 cwt,; size of
- base, 15^ in. x 9 in. Price .. £10 10 0
- 1391.—Ditto, but with mortar measuring 15 X 5 in. Price ..................................£21 0 0
- 1392.—Patent Mortar and Pestle, adapted for
- Power. The illustration shows the machine in position for cleaning. The runner being raised, rests directly over the mortar, and may be cleaned with brush or palette knife.
- All that is cleaned off the runner falls directly into the mortar. Size of mortar, 10 in. x 4 in. deep ; size of base, 15 \ in. x 9 in.
- Price .. .. £10 10 0
- 1393. —Ditto, but mortar measuring 15 in. x 5 in. Price .. ..£21 0 0
- 1394. — Large Power-Driven Mortar and Pestle. Much larger and more powerful than No. 1391. The illustration shows mill fitted with granite mortar and runner (see note above). An emptying slide may be fitted in bottom of mortar if required to allow material to pass through while running.
- Price with Iron Mortar.
- Size of mortar, 20 x 6 in. .. .. .. £57 10 0
- Prices of larger sizes on application.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.232 - vue 249/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 233
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- u NIVOC” GRINDING MORTAR
- 1395.—Grinding Mortar for Crushing and Pulverizing Ores, Coal and Coke, Rocks of all kinds, Phosphate, Clays, and for Amalgamating Gold Ores.
- A hand machine which will crush and pulverise coarse material at one operation, and discharge the finished product as soon as pulverised.
- This machine will pulverise all kinds of ores, coal, rocks, pig iron, phosphate, clay, etc., and for amalgamating gold ores it is unequalled.
- It does the work of two other machines —a rock breaker and a buckboard or mortar.
- It pulverises faster than other hand mortars.
- It is easy to clean, as there are no joints or corners in which the pulverised material can collect. It revolves more easily when working than when empty.
- It discharges the material as soon as pulverised.
- No sieves need be used with this machine ; by passing the material through the second time, it will be reduced fine enough for all laboratory purposes.
- The working-surfaces are tempered as hard as steel can be tempered, thereby minimising the wear.
- The cover is made so that it can be used as a small hand mortar, the ends of the handles being rounded to form pestles.
- The machine has been in constant use for over ten years, so that it has been thoroughly tested out.
- The following tables show the time required to grind one pound each of common window glass and pig iron ; also the fineness of each after passing once through the pulveriser. The pulverised products were passed through a series of six sieves. The per cent, remaining on each sieve is shown in the tables :—
- Sectional View.
- Glass. Pig Iron.
- 40-mesh sieve ! per cent. 40-mesh sieve .. 00 per cent,
- 60 ,, • • 2| 60 ,, .. .. 1 „
- 80 „ • • I2-| 80 ,, • • 5i „
- 100 ,, •• 13 roo • • I3i
- 120 •• 2i „ 120 • • 4 2'
- 140 ,, .. ioi 140* „ • - 9b
- Amount passed through 140.. ••59 Amount passed through 140.. • • 6 7
- Total ... 100 Total .. 100
- Time of pulverising.. .. 7! min. Time of pulverising.. 12 min.
- The substances were selected on account of their commonness. The difficulty of pulverising them is well known.
- Price £5 7 6
- p.233 - vue 250/385
-
-
-
- 234 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MOLECULAR WEIGHTS APPARATUS
- (For Beckmann’s Apparatus, see page 117.)
- 1396.—Landsberger’s Apparatus for the determination of Molecular Weights. (Modified by Walker Sc Lumsden.)
- For full instructions see “ Introduction to Physical Chemistry,” 1910 edition, by James Walker, LL.D^, F.R.S. (Macmillan & Co., Ltd.), also Journal of Chemical Society, 1898, Vol. LXXIII., Part II, page 5.
- A. Price complete, including thermometer, 70° C. to 105° C., graduated
- in tenths and caoutchouc stoppers .. .. .. 25/-
- B. Price, without thermometer .. .. .. .... 16/6
- L
- 1397. — Nessler
- Glasses, for
- water analysis.. Colourless glass and polished bottoms, plain, not graduated.
- Height 5 6| in.
- Perdoz. 10/9 12/6
- NESSLER GLASSES.
- 1398. — Nessler Glasses, with one mark at 50 c.c.
- Each .. .. 1/3 Per doz. :. 13/6
- 1399. — Nessler Glasses, with one mark at 100 c.c.
- Each .. .. 1/4 Per doz. .. 14/-
- 1400. — Nessler Glasses, with two marks at 50 c.c. and 100 c.c.
- Each .. .. 1/7 Per doz. .. 16/6
- 1401. — Nessler Tube Stand,
- black wood, with glass shelf, and white opaque bottom.
- Each .. .. 5/-
- 1402. —Nitrogen Bulbs.
- Each .. 2/3
- Per dozen.. 26/-
- NITROGEN BULBS
- 1403. — Nitrogen Bulb,
- V ollhard’s modification. Each .. 2/6
- Per dozen.. 29/-
- 1404.—Nitrogen Bulbs (Will & Varrentrap’s).
- 1405. — Nitrogen Bulbs, with cork (Will & Varrentrap’s).
- 1406. — Nitrogen Bulbs, with funnel.
- Each .. .. 1/8
- Per dozen .. 18/-
- Each .. ..1/10
- Per dozen .. 20/-
- Each .. ..1/10
- Per dozen .. 20/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.234 - vue 251/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 235
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- OIL TESTING APPARATUS
- 1407.—Sir Boverton Redwood’s Standard Viscometer, as adopted
- by the Mineral Oil Association as the standard instrument for determining the viscosity of lubricating oils. Fully described in Sir Boverton Redwood’s paper (see Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, Vol. V., p. 126). Consisting of a silvered copper oil cylinder about if inches diameter and about 3J- inches deep, and provided with an agate jet suitably mounted so that no leakage can take place even when the apparatus is used at high temperatures. The oil cylinder is surrounded by a copper bath, and the whole is supported on a tripod stand with levelling screws. The apparatus is complete with ball valve, two thermometers and 50 c.c. flask as illustrated.
- A. Complete, with thermometers and certificate of accuracy .. .. £8 0 0
- B. Polished mahogany case (if required), extra . . .. . . .. £110 0
- 1407
- 1408.—Abel’s Petroleum Test Apparatus.
- 1408
- Board of Trade Standard Pattern with latest modifications.
- Complete in polished mahogany case, with two thermometers and Board of Trade Certificate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £11 0 0
- 1409. — Engler’s Standard Viscometer,
- consisting of two flat brass pans forming an inner oil pot, gilt inside, and having a platinum outlet, with cover carrying a thermometer and an outer water-bath on metal tripod, with gas burner and a measuring flask with mark on neck. Each instrument is accompanied by a certificate.
- Price complete on tripod stand with gas burner, thci-mometer and measuring flask .. ..£600
- 1409
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.235 - vue 252/385
-
-
-
- 236 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- OIL TESTING APPARATUS
- 1410. — Pensky-Mar-ten’s Flash-Test Apparatus, complete with stirrer and thermometer, 8o° to 250° C., packed in polished wood cabinet, with burner.
- Price £7 0 0
- 1410
- 1411.—Gray’s Flash-Point Apparatus,
- latest pattern, for determining the flash-point of heavy mineral oils.
- A. Price, with thermometer registering up to 550° Fah.,
- complete in polished mahogany case £7 5 0
- B. Ditto, but with nitrogen-filled thermometer registering
- up to 700° Fah. .. .. ..£7150
- (See Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, April, 1891.)
- 1412.—Toluene Vapour Bath for estimating loss due to Evaporation of Oil.
- See pp. 47 and 48 “Lubricating and Allied Oils,” by E. A. Evans, F.C.S., A.M.I.P.T.
- (.Published by Messrs. Chapman & Hall.)
- 13 ra^rBoRE jJL •*4 boreTtFi JHi 7' n n
- j i 4 2%
- m! 1 m,—, r 1“ L ll a
- "nn- ! 'hi SHEET COPPER- 1 1 • 1 • 1 1 J
- § t-
- 1412
- This method is described in J.I.E.E., Vol. LIV, No. 258, 1916, by the Research Committee on Insulating Oils. The apparatus consists of a copper bath fitted with a reflux condenser. The upper portion of the bath contains a trough, the ends of which can be closed by push-in doors. The oils to be tested (5 c.c.) are weighed into crucibles with flat bottoms and vertical sides in. in internal diameter. The crucibles are placed in the trough and surrounded to their upper edge with lead shot or small glass beads. A thermometer is inserted into the shot. By boiling the toluene a uniform temperature of oil at ioo° C. is maintained. The heating is conducted for eight hours, at the end of which time the ,oil is re-weighed and the loss per cent, calculated.
- Price of Copper Bath on Stand, as diagram .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . ..£350
- 1413.—Flask for estimating the Saponification Value of an Oil, consisting of a flask about 200 c.c. capacity, into which is ground a condenser tube about 3 ft. long.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8/6
- For method employed see “Lubricating and Allied Oils,’’ by E. A. Evans, F.C.S., A.M.I.P.T. [Published by Messrs. Chapman & Hall.)
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.236 - vue 253/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 237
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- OIL TESTING APPARATUS
- TO FILTER PUMP
- 1414.—Apparatus for Estimating the Amount of Water in Oil.
- See p. 79, “Lubricating and Allied Oils,’’ by E. A. Evans, F.C.S., A.M.I.P.T. (Published by Messrs. Chapman & Hall.).
- Two hundred grams of oil is weighed into a conical copper flask A, which has a capacity of about 800 c.c. The flask is fitted with side tubes and is closed by an india-rubber bung b, through which a glass leading-in tube t passes to the bottom of the flask, its lower end being constricted to a fine orifice. The flask is immersed in a water-bath P. The side tube of the flask is connected to an absorption train, which consists of the following : two small stoppered U-tubes c and d, surrounded by a freezing mixture w; two calcium chloride tubes E and f, and a guard flask R, which is connected to a pump. Between e and F a mercury pressure tube G is connected. The tube T is connected to a calcium chloride tower l, and this to a tell-tale bottle m. A tap k is interposed between m and l, and another H between E and F.
- The tap k is closed and the pump started. When the mercury in g reaches a constant level, h is closed. If the apparatus is air-tight, which it must be, the mercury will remain at the same level. Then air is drawn through at the rate of three bubbles per second, and the bath P raised to 2120 F. The water from the oil is collected in c, d and E, and can be weighed in them. If any oil should pass over into c and d it can be separated and a correction made after weighing by absorbing the water with anhydrous copper sulphate and extracting the oil with dry petroleum spirit.
- To avoid frothing of the oil dry pumice or anthracite should be placed in the flask with the oil, and a careful regulation of the reduced pressure may assist. In fact, the addition of pumice is always used as a precaution. The copper flask is used owing to the risk of fracture when removing the pumice.
- Price of complete Apparatus, as illus'.rated .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. £4 5 0
- no
- hquio PtHAfnn fhSQ,
- o
- NO,
- 1415
- /V. OH
- 1415.—STANDARD APPARATUS FOR TESTING THE SLUDGING PROPERTIES OF OIL.
- Consisting of flask with ground-in condenser connected to four wash bottles each with ground-in tops.
- Price complete .. .. .. .. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. £1 17 6
- For method employed see “Lubricating and Allied Oils,’’ by E. A. Evans, F.C.S., A.M.I.P.T.
- {Published by Messrs. Chapman & Hall.)
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.237 - vue 254/385
-
-
-
- 238 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LIQUID OXYGEN
- Liquid Air consists mainly of oxygen and nitrogen, and when freshly prepared is a nearly colourless liquid, boiling at — igo° C. As the more volatile nitrogen evaporates, the temperature rises and the liquid assumes a bluish tinge—the colour of liquid oxygen.
- In the liquid state, air occupies -g-^th part of its ordinary volume, or, in other words, if liquid air be vaporised and restored to normal temperature it will expand 800 times.
- Vacuum Vessels.
- Vacuum vessels are necessary for the storage of liquid air and those gases which only liquefy at low temperatures.
- Vacuum vessels are either cylindrical or globular in shape, and consist of one glass vessel enclosed within another. The space between these vessels is thoroughly exhausted and sealed under a high permanent vacuum. Heat radiates across the vacuous space very slowly, consequently liquid stored in a vacuum vessel is admirably insulated from the action of external heat and only vaporises slowly away.
- The efficiency of the vacuum vessel is increased by silvering, as radiation from outside is thus partially reflected.
- Liquid air evaporates from vacuum vessels at the rate of from 5 per cent, to 15 per cent, per twenty-four hours, according to the size of the vessel, the evaporation from small vessels being more rapid than from large.
- (For further information on liquefaction of gases, see “ The Experimental Study of Gases,” by Prof. Morris W. Travers. Macmillan & Co.)
- AND LIQUID AIR
- We are prepared to supply Liquid Air at the following rates, in quantities of not less than r litre at a time, delivered ex works—
- 1416. —Liquid Air .. .. per litre 15/-
- and 10/- net for every additional litre supplied at the
- . same time.
- 1417. —Liquid Oxygen is supplied at an increase of 5/- per litre on the above net prices.
- 1418. —Vacuum Vessels may be hired at a rental of 3/- per week, but customers are strongly recommended to purchase their, own vessels.
- NOTE.—We supply the liquid in our own glass vacuum vessels, which are lent free of charge for a period not exceeding seven days.
- The vacuum vessels are packed in specially constructed wooden boxes, and every effort is made to guard against breakage, but the conditions of sale are that all breakages which occur after the vessels leave the works are debited to the customers. On no account can we hold ourselves responsible for any evaporation which may take place during transit.
- The railway companies carry liquid air at parcel rates per passenger train at owner’s risk.
- For the convenience of customers living in the
- COUNTRY WE WILL DELIVER LIQUID AIR OR LIQUID OXYGEN BY SPECIAL MESSENGER TO ANY LONDON, BIRMINGHAM,
- Manchester, or Newcastle railway station, to be
- FORWARDED BY ANY SPECIFIED TRAIN, AND IT IS ADVISABLE THAT THE CUSTOMER SHOULD MEET THE TRAIN ON ARRIVAL.
- VACUUM VESSELS
- w
- 1419
- 1419.—Dewar’s Cylindrical Demonstration Vacuum Vessels, for
- holding liquid air, oxygen, hydrogen, etc.
- Internal Dia. Length. Cap. A Clear Glass. B Silvered Glass.
- 4 cm. 20 cm. 260 c.c. Each. 7/6 Each. 9/6
- 4 » 30 „ 400 ,, 9/- 11/6
- 4 » 40 „ 500 „ 10/6 13/6
- 5 „ 20 ,, 430 „ 9/- 12/6
- 5 „ 30 „ 620 „ 12/- 15/-
- 5 „ 40 „ 850 „ 15/- 18/-
- Note.—For demonstration purposes the Clear Glass Vessels are recommended.
- Any of the above vessels may be hired at a rent charge of 3/- per week (at Customer’s risk). Customers are, however, strongly recommended to purchase their own demonstration vessels. For ordinary lecture purposes the vessel of 400 c.c. capacity is recommended.
- 1420.—Dewar’s Globular Demonstration Vacuum Ves-
- sels. A B
- Capacity. Clear Silvered
- Litres. Glass. Glass.
- i 6/- each 8/- each.
- 1- •• • • 8/- „ 10/6 „
- 3 4 • • .. 10/6 „ 13/6 „
- I .. 12/6 „ 15/6 „
- 2 .. 22/6 „ 26/- „
- 5 •• .. 42/- „ 48/- „
- 1421.—Polished Wooden Supports, for use with Vacuum Vessels. No. 1420 .. .. 3/- to 5/- each.
- 1422 .—Ditto, but made for use with the cylindrical pattern, No. 1419.
- 3/- to 5/- each.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.238 - vue 255/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 239
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- OXYGEN
- 1423.—Special Low TemperatureThermo-
- meter, filled with pentane, for liquid air experiments.
- A. + 30° to — 8o° C. in single degrees, milk glass scale,
- each 17/6
- B. +30° to — 200° C. in single degrees ,, 30/-
- 1424. — Double - Walled Vacuum Vessels, wine glass shape.
- Each.
- A. 70 mm. diam., clear glass . . .. 5/6
- B. ,, ,, silvered glass .. 7/6
- APPARATUS
- 1425. —Siemen’s Ozone Tube, superior finish, mounted on polished teak stand, as figure each 18/6
- 1426. —Siemen’s Ozone Tube, covered with
- 1427.—COMPRESSED GASES.
- We can supply Oxygen, Coal Gas and Hydrogen at usual trade prices.
- When ordering, please state whether
- IT IS DESIRED TO BUY THE CYLINDER OR WHETHER IT IS REQUIRED ONLY ON LOAN.
- Size of Cylinder should also be given,
- AND WHETHER NIPPLE UNION AND KEY ARE REQUIRED.
- tin-foil
- each 12/-
- 1428.—Apparatus to demonstrate that Contraction takes place when Oxygen is converted into Ozone.
- (See Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments,” Fig. 28, p. 34, 1899 edition.)
- Price, without platinum wire.
- 15/-
- 1429.—Apparatus to
- demonstrate the Absorption of Ozone by Turpentine.
- (See Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments,” Fig. 29A, p. 35, 1899 edition.)
- Price, without the platinum wire.
- 22/6
- 1430.
- Ozone Induct i o n Tube (all
- glass), complete with outer vessel for dilute sulphuric acid. Price .. 9/6
- 1431.—Ozone Tube, simple form. (See Newth’s “ Chemical Lecture Experiments,” Fig. 25, p. 31, 1899 edition.)
- 1432.—O zone
- Tube, with outer jacket containing
- dilute sulphuric acid. (See Newth’s ‘‘ Chemical Lecture Experiments,” Fig. 27, p. 32, 1899 edition.)
- With platinum wire
- Each 15/-
- Each
- .. 17/6
- PIPETTE RESTS AND STANDS
- 1433.—Porcelain Fluted Rest, for
- pipettes, with four flutes .. each 3/-
- 1434.—Porcelain Fluted Rest, for pipettes, glass tubes, platinum needles, etc.
- Each................1/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.239 - vue 256/385
-
-
-
- 240 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PIPETTE STANDS (Continued)
- 1435.—Pipette Stand, made of hard teak wood, to hold 12 pipettes horizontally, six on each side.
- Each .. .. .. .... .. .. 5/9
- FOR PIPETTES, SEE PAGES 8, 9, and 11.
- 1436.—Revolving Stand
- for Pipettes, polished black wood.
- Each..............10/-
- 1437. —Ditto, superior quality, mahogany with porcelain foot. Each.........................19/6
- POTASH BULBS
- 1438
- 1438.—L iebig’s Potash Bulbs.
- Each ..
- 1/8
- A
- ml JyjL.
- u® I44°
- 1439 1440.—Geissler’s or
- 1439.—Geissler’s or Mohr’s Potash
- Mohr’s Potash Bulbs, with calcium
- Bulbs. chloride tube attached.
- Each 3/- Each 4/-
- \ A Y~
- po / ij%
- iHii! 1443
- 1443. — Bender’s Potash
- Bulbs, with ground-on calcium
- chloride tube, as made by us for
- Woolwich Arsenal.
- Each 6/6
- 1441
- 1441.—G e i s s I e r’s Potash Bulbs, with
- well ground-on calcium chloride tube.
- Each.............4/3
- 1442
- 1442.—Arnold’s Potash Bulbs,
- as described in "Steel Works Analysis,” Fig. 10. Each .. .. 2/6
- 1444.—Potash Bulbs
- (Gomberg’s), new and improved form .. .. each 6/-
- 1444
- 1445.—Potash Bulbs, improved form, giving double the absorption power of ordinary potash bulbs; weight when filled about 34 grammes.
- Each .. .. 8/6
- 1445
- Oup Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation: vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.240 - vue 257/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 241
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- POLARISCOPES
- SEE ALSO PHYSICAL APPARATUS CATALOGUE. POLARISCOPES OF ALL OTHER MAKES SUPPLIED AT CURRENT LIST PRICES.
- 1446
- 1446.—Polariscope, best quality and finish, constructed on Laurent’s half-shadow principle. The polariser consists of a rotatable Nicol prism, the position of which can be read to one degree by divided arc and index, and a Laurent half-shadow plate. In front of the polariser is placed a small chamber for the reception of a liquid colour filter, usually bichromate of potassium. The analyser consists of a Nicol prism, carried by a protected divided circle read by vernier to -r degree, and an observing telescope. Two solution tubes, 10 and 20 cm. long, are supplied—these are placed in a piece of tube which lies concentrically with the axis of the instrument.
- Price, complete in case .. .. .. .. ..£1200
- 1447.—Polariscope, “College” pattern, guaranteed highest quality and finish. All parts are of the most solid construction and will withstand a great deal of wear and tear. This instrument is so constructed that the various methods of measuring the rotation of the plane of polarisation can be carried out in the same instrument. It is thus possible to compare the different methods and to show the student any advantage one method may have over another for any specific purpose. The transforming of the instrument from one type to another is rapidly and easily made. Starting with the plain instrument, the accessories listed below can be added, so as to obtain any type of polariscope or sac-charimeter in current use, and this without sacrifice of accuracy. The polariser and analyser are mounted at the ends of a strong iron bar, which slides up or down, and can be clamped to a stout vertical pillar, supported by a heavy iron tripod. A stout draw-tube slides within the vertical pillar, and can be clamped thereto—it carries the supports for solution tubes, troughs, etc. At c-ne end of the iron bar are fixed the Nicol-prism polariser and collimating lens ; at the other end are fixed the Nicol-prism analyser and observing telescope. The analyser is mounted in a vertical circle read by two opposite verniers to -oi degree ; provided with clamp and fine adjustment and two small reading microscopes. Two solution tubes are supplied with the instrument.
- 1448
- 1448.—School Polariscope.
- This is a simple form of instrument mounted on an iron stand, in which a two-decimetre tube can be used, and by means of which practical work can be done in the elementary chemical laboratory, where it is inadvisable to use an expensive instrument. Price £6 5 0
- Prices :
- A. Price, in case .. .. .. .. £19 5 0
- B. Biquartz, fitted to the above .. .. £14 0
- C. Laurent half-shadow quartz plate, with index and
- graduated arc, fitted to the above .. £2 0 0
- D. Poynting’s quartz plate, fitted to the above £1 12 0
- E. Lippich two-prism polariser, fitted to the above
- £5 12 0
- F. Soleil quartz wedges and compensation plate, with
- scale and vernier and rack-motion adjustment, fitted to the above .. .. .. .. £8.00
- G. Solution tube 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 cm. each £0 12 0
- H. Glass troughs, price according to size.
- J. Apparatus to convert the instrument into a Wild’s
- polaristrobometer .. .. . . £4 16 0
- K. Light filter, to fit over collimating lens £0 12 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable j hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p
- p.241 - vue 258/385
-
-
-
- 242 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- AIR PUMPS
- 1489 .—Diameter of plate, 4J in.
- 1490. „ „ 5 „
- 1491. „ „ 51,,
- 1492. 7 »
- Air Pump,
- single barrel, on polished mahogany base, with stopcock.
- Each.
- £2 2 6 2 7 6 2 12 6 2 17 6
- 1497. —Tate’s Air Pump, fitted on heavy iron
- base for screwing to table. Length of barrel, 16 in., diameter of plate, 7 in. .. .. each £5 10 0
- 1498. —Ditto, but fitted with plate, 8 in. diameter.
- £5 15 0
- 1493.
- Air Pump Plate,
- on stand, diameter of plate 10 in.
- Each .. £2 17 6
- 1493A.—P res-sureTubing to
- fit ditto.
- 1/6 per foot.
- 1494. — Exhausting Syringe, length of barrel, 5 in. .. 12/-
- 1494A.—Ditto, length of barrel, 8 in. .. .. 22/6
- 1495. —Condensing Syringe, 5 in. barrel 12/-
- 1496. —Ditto, 8 in barrel .. .. 22/6
- 1499. —Tate’s Air Pump, plate 7 in. diameter, as No. 1497, but fitted with strong clamp to fix to table.
- £5 5 0
- 1500. —Ditto, but fitted with 8-in. plate.. £5 10 0
- 1501. — Exhausting and Condensing Syringe,
- with strong clamps for fixing to bench. The barrel is 8 in. long, and 11 in. diam.
- £1 18 6
- 1502. —Exhausting and «
- Condensing Syringe, am-...........—7-
- length of barrel, 6 in. 16/6 ^
- 1503. —Ditto, length of barrel, 8 in.27/-
- GERYK VACUUM PUMPS (Fleuss’ Patents)
- THE “GERYK” PUMP.
- 1504.—Small Portable Geryk Pump, designed to meet the demand among Schools, Laboratories, etc., for a cheap efficient vacuum pump. The pump is precisely the same as that of the well-known No. o “ Geryk ” Patent Vacuum Pump, and is capable of giving the same vacuum, i.e., one fiftieth of a millimetre off perfect. Owing to the vertical pull, these pumps are quite easy to work. They are extremely light and portable, these advantages being effected by dispensing with the more elaborate rotary motion of the original “ Geryk."
- A. No. 5 size with i|- in. diameter cylinder by 4 in. stroke, including spare charge of
- oil ...................................... .. ..£7 0 0
- B. No. 6 size with longer stroke to make the pump double size, including spare charge
- of oil .. .. .. ..£800
- C. 7 in. brass vacuum plate fitted with screw plug for regulating the admission of
- air, length of india-rubber tube for connection to pump, and removable brass tube for connection to apparatus other than a bell jar. All mounted on cast iron stand.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£2170
- D. 8 in. ditto ditto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£320
- E. 9 in. ditto ditto . . .. .. .. ... .. .. ..£450
- F. Oil sealed stopcock fitted to inlet of either of the above-mentioned vacuum plates
- £17 6
- G. Glass bell jar with ground flanged rim and knob at top, suitable for 7 in. vacuum
- plate .. .. .. ..£096
- H. For 8 in. ditto . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. 0 10 6
- J. For 9 in. ditto ....................................0126
- K. “ U ” mercury gauge mounted on wooden stand .. .. .. 0 5 6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.242 - vue 259/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 243
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GERYK PATENT VACUUM PUMPS
- 1505. —Geryk Patent Air Pump, No. o size with 7 in. plate and vacuum gauge, suitable for schools, elementary classes, etc., with new patented improvements. Fast running type.
- Diameter of cylinder i|- in.
- Stroke .. .. .. 4 in.
- A. Price, without plate
- and gauge .. £7 5 6
- B. Price, with plate and
- gauge.. .. £9 12 6
- With this pump, all the ordinary phenomena can be produced, such as freezing water by evaporation, etc. Vacuum obtained within -3 of 1 millimetre less than perfect vacuum, as registered by the McLeod gauge.
- 1506. — Geryk Patent Air Pump, No. o size as above, but motor driven. Complete with Electric Motor (continuous current up to 250 volts) and suitable Reduction Gear, mounted on same baseplate, including Single Acting Starting Switch. Also fitted with 7 in. Plate and Vacuum Gauge.
- [When ordering please state voltage.)
- Price.............................. ....................£28 0 0
- 1507.—Geryk Patent Air Pump, No. i size as illustrated, with new patented improvements. Fast running type.
- Diameter of cylinder 2 in. Stroke .. .. .. 4 in.
- Price.............. £9 12 6
- This pump is specially designed for hard work in laboratories. It is of larger diameter than the No. o, and consequently exhausts more rapidly. It is so frictionless that a boy can readily work it; it is always ready for use, even if put away for any length of time.
- 1508 —Ditto, but motor driven as No. 1506 .. .. £29 15 0
- 1509.—Geryk Air Pump,
- as above, but larger. No. 2 size. Diameter of cylinder 2 in.
- Stroke .. .. .. 10 in.
- Price..................£14 0 0
- 1510 —Ditto, but motor driven as I5Q7 No. 1506 .. .. £36 15 0
- 1514. —Geryk Patent Air Pump.
- Duplex A .. £35 0 0
- This pump has 2 in. cylinders by 5 in. stroke.
- Special vacuum stopcock, fitted with screw plug for regulating admission of air 26/6 This pump can be worked by hand if required.
- 1515. —Geryk Patent Air Pump.
- Duplex B, with 21 in. cylinders by 5 in. stroke .. .. .. £43 15 0
- Stopcock .. .. extra £1 15 0
- 1516. —Geryk Patent Air Pump. Duplex C, with 3 in. cylinders by
- 7 in. stroke .. .. .. £70 0 0
- Stopcock .. .. extra £2 12 6
- 1517. —Geryk Patent Air Pump.
- Duplex D, with 31 in. cylinders by 7 in. stroke...........£87 10 0
- Stopcock .. .. extra £3 13
- ACCESSORIES FOR GERYK PUMPS.
- 1511 — Air Pump Plate, on
- stand, diameter of plate 10 in.
- Each.................£2 17 6
- 1512. —Pressure Tubing, to fit
- ditto............per foot 1/6
- 1513. —Special Oil, eminently suitable for high vacua for use with Geryk pumps .. per pint 2/6
- 1518.—Geryk Patent Air Pump, Duplex No. 1, extra powerful, for the rapid production of very high vacua, with new patented improvements. Fast running type.
- This pump has been used and tested by well-known scientists who have found it invaluable. The vacuum obtained is comparable with that given by a Sprengel Pump and the exhaustion of air is, of course, infinitely more rapid.
- Diameter of cylinders Stroke Price ..
- p.243 - vue 260/385
-
-
-
- 244 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RETORTS
- 1519.—Retorts, stoppered.
- Capacity 150 250 400 c.c.
- Each .. 1/5 1 /io 2/4
- Dozen.. 15/2 19/4 25/-
- Capacity • • 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 c.c. Capacity 50 125 250 500 750 1000 c.c.
- Each .. •• 2/5 2/9 3/- 3/8 3/ii 5/i Each 1/- i/3 1/6 2/- 2/6 2/6
- Dozen .. .. 25/6 30/- 32/- 40/- 42/3 — Dozen 11/6 13/6 16/9 21/6 26/6 27/-
- 1520.—Retorts, plain, unstoppered.
- 1521.—Clark’s Retort and Receiver.
- 1521
- Each .. Per dozen
- 1/2
- 12/-
- 1522.—Sheet Iron Retort with delivery tube.
- Each ............10/-
- 1522
- 1523.—Stoppered Retort and Receiver, the receiver ground into the stem of the retort.
- Capacity .. .. 125 250 500 c.c.
- Each .. 5/9 6/6 8/6
- 1524.—R etort for
- Oxygen, consisting of copper tube 10 in. x 2 in., with brass cap and leading tube to clamp on top.
- Each ................16/6
- 1525.—R etort for Oxygen, consisting of copper tube 10 in. X 2 in., with cork and delivery tube.
- Each .....................7/6
- 1526.—New Improved Oxygen Retort, made
- of strong iron. As will be seen from the illustration this retort has an extra wide mouth so that the inside is “ get-at-able.” The retort can be easily taken to pieces, and is provided with safety valve and asbestos washer.
- Price complete, with long leading tube .. .. 15/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.244 - vue 261/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 245
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RECEIVERS
- 1527.—Receivers, tubulated.
- JT Capacity 2 4 8 oz.
- Each.. 1/2 1/4 1/7
- ^ Capacity 16 32 48 oz.
- Each.. .. 2/- 2/6 3/-
- 1528.—Receivers, tubulated and stoppered.
- § Capacity 2 4 8 oz.
- .JjL Each.. 1/6 1/10 2/4
- —rJF 111 Capacity 16 32 48 oz.
- Each.. .. 3/- 3/9 5/-
- 1 1529.- Receivers , three-necked.
- 1 Capacity 2 4 8 oz.
- 1 Each.. 1/9 2/3 3/-
- Capacity 16 32 48 oz.
- Each.. .. 4/- 5/6 7/6
- 1530.—Receivers, four-necked. Capacity .. 8 16 20 32 48 oz.
- Each .. 4/3 5/6 6/6 7/-, 8/6
- 1531.- Capacity Each .. Capacity Each .. Receivers, plain. .... 4 8 .1/3 1/6 .. — 32 .. — 2/3 16 oz. 2/-48 oz. 2/9
- 1532.- -Receivers, two-necks.
- Capacity .. 4 8 16 oz.
- Each .. 1/9 2/- 2/6 C
- Capacity .. — 32 48 oz. ^
- Each .. — 3/- 4/-
- 1533.—Receivers, three-necks. Capacity .. 4 8 16 oz.
- Each .. .. 2/- 2/3 3/3
- Capacity .. — 32 48 oz.
- Each .. — 3/9 4/9
- 1534.—Receiver, with bent tube thoroughly ground into neck.
- Capacity $12 3 4 litres.
- Each.. 3/9 6/- 8/6 10/- 12/6
- RETORT STANDS
- 1535. —Iron Retort Stand,
- total height about 15 in., base 4I in. X 3 in. ; fitted with three malleable iron rings, the largest being 3! in. in diameter. Price, complete 4/6
- 1536. —Iron Retort Stand,
- total height about 17^ in., base in. X 4! in. ; fitted with three malleable iron rings, the largest being 3J in. in diameter. Price, complete 5/3
- 1537. —Iron Retort Stand,
- total height about 22 in., base 8 in. x 5 in. ; fitted with three malleable iron rings, the largest being 4^ in. in diameter. Price, complete 6/6
- 1538. —Iron Retort Stand, total height about 24 in., base 9 in. x 5f in. ; fitted with four malleable iron rings, the largest being 5 in. in diameter.
- Price, complete 8/-
- 1539. —Iron Retort Stand, total height about
- 30 in., base 12 in. X 6 in. ; fitted with four malleable iron rings, the largest being 6 in. in diameter.
- Price, complete 9/6
- 1540.—L aboratory Stands, superior quality and finish, for lecture table work. The base, which is extra heavy and has a perfectly even surface, carries a polished steel rod, which is screwed into it. We stock the following sizes :—
- Diameter of Base Height of Rod Diameter of Rod Price, each
- 1541.—Special large size boss-heads and clamps for above stands .. .. 8/6
- 18 23 30 cm.
- 35 75 100 „
- 12 16 25 mm.
- 5/- 7/9 11/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.245 - vue 262/385
-
-
-
- 246 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RETORT STANDS
- 2
- i
- 7
- I6
- 7
- I6
- T”
- p.246 - vue 263/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 247
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RETORT STANDS
- Iron Retort Stands, without Rings, with upright rods screwed into bases. For illustrations, see page 246.
- Catalogue Reference .. 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547
- Height of Rod •• 15 17! 22 24 30 36 in.
- Diameter of Rod 1 nr & 1 2 K
- Length of Base •• 4f 6* 8 9 12 12 „
- Width of Base 3 42 5 5f 6 7 »
- Price, each .. 1/6 2/3 3/- 3/6 4/9 6/-
- ,, per dozen .. 17/- 26/- 35/- 41/- 56/- 71/-
- Metal Stands, with Heavy Tripod Feet, having smooth rods screwed into them, as illustrated on page 246.
- Catalogue Reference .. 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552
- Total Height 16 20 26 33 40 in.
- Diameter of Rod 3 s is b * ..
- Spread of Foot .. 2| 3i 3l 5t 7\ „
- Price, each 1/9 2/3 3/3 4/6 6/9
- ,, per dozen 20/- 26/- 38/- 53/- 80/-
- RETORT RINGS
- Malleable Iron Rings, with bosses and to | inch in diameter. screws for clamping to retort stands as figured. Bosses will fit rods up
- Catalogue Reference 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559
- Diameter of Ring 2 3i 3f 4i 5 6 in.
- Price, each 11d. V- 1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5
- „ per dozen .. 10/- 11/- 12/- 13/- 14/- 15/- 16/-
- 1560.—Malleable Iron Rings, plain, to fit into open bosses.
- Diameter 2 2\ 3 4 41 5 6 in.
- Each .. 7d. 8d. 9d. 10d. 11d. 1/- 1/3
- 1561.—Table Support, iron plate with boss-head
- and clamping screw for fitting on to retort stands to support Bunsen burners, etc.
- Each .. ......................1/9
- 1562.— Double Boss Heads,
- iron with thumbscrews.
- Each 1/2; per dozen 13/-
- heavy
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.247 - vue 264/385
-
-
-
- 248 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEOROE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RETORT STAND CLAMPS
- 1567.—Nivoc Laboratory Clamp. Brass with iron boss-head. We recommend this particular pattern as an engineering product and an example of high-class British manufacture. It has been specially designed and manufactured by us to obviate those little annoyances which are familiar to the user. The elliptical opening of the jaws ensure a 'perfect grip, and the arrangement of the opening screw is such that it is impossible for the threads to bind or stick.
- To take tubes up to 2\ in. diameter. Price, including double boss-head........................... .. .. each 4/6
- 1563/5-
- The “ Moveable Joint” Clamp.—As will be seen by the illustration the jaws of this clamp can be moved either to the right or to the left, thus enabling the operator to make slight adjustments to his apparatus without having to remove the boss-head from its original position.
- The clamp is strongly made of gun-metal and is fitted with an iron rod.
- Prices include double boss-head.
- 1568.—The “Students” Brass Clamp. Small size, to take tubes up to r| in. diam. Price, including double boss-head .. .. each 3/9
- «1569.—The “Stu-
- dents” Brass
- Clamp. Large size, to take tubes up to 3! in. diam. Price, including double boss-head each 5/6
- Each.
- 1563 —For tubes up to 1^ in. in diameter 5/-
- 1564 .—For tubes up to 3 in. in diameter.. 6/6
- 1565 .—For tubes up to 4 in. in diameter.. 8/6
- 1566.—Special Condenser Clamp,
- oxidized brass, for condensers of all sizes, and to fit any size retort stand rod.
- Each
- 6/6
- 1570.—The “ Science School” Clamp.
- Strongly made of iron; small size, to take tubes up to i| in. diam., etc. Price, including double boss-head, .each 3/9
- 1571.—The “Science School” Clamp.
- Strongly made of iron ; medium size, to take tubes up to 2\in. diam. Price, including double boss-head each 4/6
- 1572.—The “Science School ” Clamp.
- Strongly made of iron ; large size, to take tubes up to 3J in. diameter. Price, including double boss-head .. .. 5/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.248 - vue 265/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 249
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RUBBER TUBING
- Guaranteed Finest London Make.
- (Prices are subject to fluctuations of the market.)
- If desired we can supply rubber tubing of cheaper quality, but we would point out that the tubing listed below is the best quality and is the only kind we can conscientiously recommend for Chemical work.
- ABC D E F
- K J H G
- 1573. —Black Cut Sheet Rubber Tubing, guaranteed made of best selected rubber, for chemical work. Illustrations are shown actual size. Size D is the most suitable for Bunsen burners.
- Size ....................................A B C D E F G H J K
- Inside diameter...........................| J . f h f f | i inch.
- Price, per foot.........................2d. 3|d. 5d. 6|d. 9d. 1/2 1/9 2/10 4/- 4/6
- 1574. —Red Rubber Tub ing, guaranteed made of best selected rubber, for chemical work. Illustrations are
- shown actual size.
- Size .................................A B C D E F G H J K
- Inside diameter.......................| f | f | f i inch.
- Price, per foot......................2d. 3|d. 5d. 8d. 9d. 1/5 1/9 2/10 4/- 4/6
- 1575.—Bunsen Burner Tubing, special quality and thicker walled.
- Price, per foot .....................................................................................7d.
- In coils of 6o ft., per foot .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6d.
- We have been supplying this quality for some time to many Educational Institutions and now list it by special request.
- W For Flexible Metallic Tubing with rubber ends see Index. “W
- 1576.—Extra Thick-walled Rubber Tubing for Pressure, best quality.
- Size ..................A
- Outside diameter .. f
- Inside diameter .. J
- Price, per foot .. 8d.
- B C D E
- * * * i m.
- I fV is >,
- 1/- 1/2 1/6 2/6
- 1577.—Canvas Lined Rubber Pressure
- Tubing. Guaranteed best quality. This tubing, although not so flexible as ordinary pressure tubing, will withstand a much higher pressure.
- Outside diameter .. \ \ | in.
- Inside diameter .. J iw »
- Price, per foot .. ..1/6 1/2 2/9
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.249 - vue 266/385
-
-
-
- 250 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SQUAT PATTERN RUBBER CORKS
- Guaranteed Finest London Make.
- FOR PRICES SEE PAGE 253
- FOR PRICES SEE PAGE 253
- Illustrations are shown full size. For prices, see page 253, No. 1578.
- TALL PATTERN RUBBER CORKS.
- Guaranteed Finest London Make.
- Illustrations are shown full size. For prices, see page 253, No. 1579.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.250 - vue 267/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 251
- MV. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FOR PRICES SEE PAGE 253
- SQUAT PATTERN RUBBER BUNGS
- Illustrations are shown full size. For prices, see page 253, No. 1580.
- FOR PRICES SEE PAGE 253
- p.251 - vue 268/385
-
-
-
- 252 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FOR PRICES TALL PATTERN RUBBER BUNGS I for pr.ces-
- SEE PAGE 253 SEE PAGE 253
- ---------- Illustrations are shown full size. Fop prices, see page 253, No. 1581. -
- FOR PRICES SHALLOW RUBBER BUNGS FOR PRICES
- SEE PAGE 253 For Steam Jackets, etc. SEE PAGE 253
- Illustrations are shown full size. Fop prices, see page 253, No. 1582.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.252 - vue 269/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 253
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RUBBER CORKS
- For full-size illustrations, see pages 249, 250 and 251.
- 1578.—Squat Pattern Rubber Corks, best quality, solid, one or two holes. Finest London make. (For
- full-size illustrations, see page 250.)
- Diameter of narrow end •& f ik t 1 1 in.
- Each .. • • 3d. 3d. 3d- 3d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 5d. yd. 7d-
- Per dozen • • 2/- 2/- 2/6 2/6 3/6 3/6 4/6 4/6 6/- 6/-
- Diameter of narrow end • • 14 ii if i| if in.
- Each .. .. 8d. nd. 1/1 i/4 1/6
- Per dozen •• 7/- 10/- 12/- 15/- 15/6
- 1579.—Tall Pattern Rubber Corks, best quality, solid, one or two holes. Finest London make. (For full-
- size illustrations, see page 250.) Diameter of narrow end nT i JL 16 1 * ' 0- & 1 11 in Iff ln*
- Each . iid. ifd. 2d. 2d. 2|d. 3d. 4d- 5d. 6d.
- Per dozen • 1/- 1/3 1/6 1/9 2/- 2/9 3/6 4/3 5/3
- Diameter of narrow end 3 13 4 16 1 1 iff in.
- Each .. yd. gd. iod. nd. 1/2
- Per dozen .. 6/6 7/6 9/- 10/- 13/6
- 1580.—Squat Pattern Rubber Bungs, best quality, solid, one or two holes. Finest London make. (For
- full-size illustrations, see page 251.) Diameter of narrow end r| iff 2 2* 2\ 2f 2§ 2ff 3 in.
- Each • i/9 2/6 2/8 3/4 4/- 6/- 6/6 7/~ 8/-
- Per dozen .. . 20/- 29/- 30/- 38/- 46/- 71/ - 77/ 83/- 93/-
- 1581.—Tall Pattern Rubber Bungs, best quality, solid, one or two holes. Finest London make. (For full-
- size illustrations, see page 252.) Diameter of narrow end ii iff if if iff 2 in.
- Each i/ii 2/5 3/5 4/- 4/3 6/8
- Per dozen .. ... 22/- 28/- 40/- 46/- 48/- 77/-
- 1582.—Shallow Rubber Bungs, for steam jackets, etc., best quality, solid. Finest London make. (For full-size illustrations, see page 252.)
- Diameter of narrow end .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. i-J if if 2 2^ in.
- Each.......................................................................2/3 2/6 3/- 3/6 4/6
- Per dozen.................................................................. 26/- 29/- 35/- 40/- 53/-
- The prices of all rubber goods are subject to the fluctuations of the rubber market
- FOR PRICES OF ORDINARY BARK CORKS SEE PAGE 147
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.253 - vue 270/385
-
-
-
- 254 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- INDIA-RUBBER SUNDRIES
- 1583.—India-rubber Caps with Tubulures,
- for bottles and glass jars, with i, 2, or 3 necks. When ordering please state which.
- Diameter of Cap .. § 1 i| if in.
- Price ................ 9d. 9d. 9d. 10d. each.
- 1590.—India-rubber Teats, for use with
- pipettes, drop bottles, etc.
- A. Per dozen Small. 1/9
- Per gross. .. 18/6
- B. Per dozen Medium. .. 1/10
- Per gross .. 19/6
- C. Per dozen Large. .. 2/-
- Per gross 21/-
- Diameter of Cap Price
- 4 if 2 in-
- 1 /- 1/3 1/6 each.
- 1591.—India-rubber Blowing
- with silk nets.
- 1584.—Rubber Caps for covering flanks, test tubes,
- etc. Diameter .. 1 6 3 5 4 1 in. 1592.- -India-rubber Blow-
- I Per dozen .. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. ing Balls, single form, with
- Diameter 1 H H wih-i tHco 2 in. valve .. each 2/-
- Per dozen .. 4d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 5d.
- A. Small 3/3 B. Medium 3/9
- Balls, black, C. Large 5/-
- 1585.—Rubber End-Pieces for
- stirring rods.
- Per doz.
- A. For small-sized rods 1/6
- B. For medium-sized rods .. .. 1/9
- C. For large-sized rods .. 1/10
- 1586.—I ndia-rubber T Tubes for connecting glass tubes, etc.
- Each.
- Small .. .. 8d.
- Medium .. 10d.
- Large .. .. 1/3
- 1587.—Rubber Circles for Foot Bellows,
- best quality, 10 in. diameter.
- Each ....................2/6
- 1588 .—Ditto, ditto, 12 in. diameter each 3/-
- 1589.—String Net, with wire
- for foot bellows .. 2/- and 2/6
- 1593.—I n d i a-r u b b e r Cones, to take Gooch Crucibles, as figured.
- A. For Gooch Crucible, Size 1 7d.
- B. ,, ,, ,, 2 8d.
- C. „ 3 9d.
- D. „ 4 10d.
- 1595.—Rubber Gloves, thin sheet, best. Per pair .........
- 10/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.254 - vue 271/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 255
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SAND BATHS
- 1596.—Tinned Iron Sand Baths, shallow pattern.
- Diameter •• 13 i5 20 25 cm
- Each .. 2d. 2d. 3d. 6d.
- Per dozen .. 1/- 1/9 2/3 5/6
- 1597—Sheet Iron Sand Baths, strongly made, shallow pattern.
- Diameter .. 13 15 20 25 cm.
- Each ............7d. 8d. 10d. 1/2
- Per dozen .. .. 6/- 6/9 9/- 12/-
- 1598—S heet Iron Sand
- Baths, strongly made, deep pattern.
- Diameter Each Per dozen •• 13 1/3 .. 13/6 15 1/6 15/6 20 1/9 18/9 25 cm. 2/2 23/3
- 1599.—Copper Sand Baths, shallow, as Fig.
- 1597-
- Diameter .. 8 10 13 15 cm.
- Each .. 1/- 1/3 1/6 2/4
- 1601.—Iron Sand Bath, with Legs,
- as supplied to the Birmingham Municipal Technical School.
- Dimensions of Bath,
- 13 X X 7 in. high.
- Each .. .. 13/6
- 1602.—Portable Sand Baths, on wrought-iron stand, with arrangement for raising or lowering
- Diameter .. 10 12 15 18 20 25 cm.
- Each .. 10d. 1/2 1/8 2/- 2/6 2/9
- Per dozen .. 9/- 13/- 19/- 23/- 29/- 32/-
- the gas burner.
- Inside dimensions of Bath.
- A. 25 X 15 cm.
- B. 40 X 20 ,,
- C. 50 X 25 „
- D. 60 x 45 „
- 27/-
- 33/-
- 39/6
- 52/6
- 1603.—Babo’s Safety Baths, for flasks varying in size from 1 to 5 litres. These baths are made of sheet iron and furnished with asbestos strips to prevent the flask from coming into contact with the hot metal part.
- No 1 2 3 4 5
- Diameter .. 11 13 i5 18 22
- Each 1/9 2/- 2/6 2/10 3/3
- 6
- 27 cm.
- 4/3
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.255 - vue 272/385
-
-
-
- 256 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ELECTRIC HOT PLATES
- The Laboratory Hot Plates described below are obtainable in two types, each of which possesses special virtues for particular purposes.
- The enclosed type is fitted with a machined cast iron top and is very robust. For laboratory or factory use this pattern cannot be improved upon ; its efficiency is high, although there is of necessity a certain time lag in the first boiling.
- The open luminous type is particularly .useful for ordinary laboratory utensils. The heating in this instance is effected more by radiation than conduction, and thus its efficiency does not depend upon good contact between the surface of the utensil and the hot-plate.
- All the large hot-plates are provided with heat regulation, the connections giving low, medium and full heat.
- 1604/5/6 Enclosed Type.
- 1607
- Open Luminous Type.
- 1609/10/11
- Cast iron hot plates for laboratory and manufacturing purposes.
- Cat. No. Dimensions in inches. Consumption in watts. Weight in lb. PRICE Black finish. No. of Heats. No. of Elements fitted. Price of each spare Element.
- *1604 5|- diam. 400 4t £ s. d. 0 19 6 I 2 3/-
- 1605 6f „ 750 9 15 0 3 3 3/-
- 1606 9i .. 1,000 ni 1 12 0 3 4 3/-
- *1607 6 „ 650 5t 110 1 1 6/-
- 1608 11 1,500 16 2 0 0 3 2 8/6
- 1609 16 x 18 1,000 24 2 12 6 — 4 3/-
- 1610 18 X 12 2,000 46 5 5 0 — 8 3/-
- 1611 24 X 12 2,500 56 6 5 0 — 10 3/-
- * Price includes 3 yards flexible cord and lampholder adaptor.
- Please state catalogue numbers and voltage when ordering.
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.256 - vue 273/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 257
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SIEVES
- 1612.—Brass Wire-Gauze Sieves in Sets of Three, a set consisting of one each sieve (30, 60 and 90 mesh) mounted in Japanned tin frames, complete with cover and bottom as illustrated.
- Diameter .. Price, per set
- 4 6 9 in.
- 8/- 10/- 16/6
- ipplied in parts, prices as below.
- 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618.—Japanned Tin Covers,
- 4 6 8 9 in. with Knob, to fit above sieves.
- 1/8 2/6 3/3 4/- each.
- 1/8 2/6 3/3 4/- .. Diam. 4 6 8 9 in.
- 1/8 2/6 3/3 4/- „ Each .. 1/3 1/6 2/- 2/6
- 2/- 3/- 3/9 4/9 „
- 2/- 3/- 3/9 4/9 „ 1619.—Japanned Tin Bottoms,
- 2/6 3/6 4/3 5/6 „ to fit above sieves.
- 2/6 3/6 4/3 5/6 „
- 3/6 4/6 5/6 7/- „ Diam. 4 6 8 9 in.
- 3/6 4/6 5/6 7/- „ Each .. 10d. 1/3 1/4 1/8
- Catalogue Reference Diameter ..
- A. 10 Mesh
- B. 20
- C. 3°
- D. 40
- E. 60
- F. 80
- G. 90
- H. 100
- J- 120
- 1620.- -Stai
- Japanned Tin Frames,
- diameter 8 inches.
- Wire Weaving Mesh. £ s. d.
- 5 8 10 12 16 20 30 40 Each 1 0 0
- 50 60 70 80 90 Each 1 3 0
- 100 120 150 200 Each 1 6 0
- 1621.—Japanned Tin Receiver and Cover, for above ........per set 9/-
- 1622.—Standard Sieves, as recommended by the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy. Polished brass frames, diameter 8 inches.
- Wire Weaving Mesh. £ s. d.
- 5 8 10 12 16 20 30 40 Each 1 19 6
- 50 60 70 80 90 Each i 2 i 3 6
- 100 120 150 200 Each j 2 6 6
- 1623.—Polished Brass Receiver and Cover, for above ...................per set 15/9
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- Q
- p.257 - vue 274/385
-
-
-
- 258 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SIEVES
- -Gauze Sieves with Wooden Rims, best quality.
- Diameter .. * .. ..6 8 10 12 in.
- 20 Mesh 2/2 2/6 3/10 4/6 each.
- 30 „ 2/2 2/6 3/10 4/6 „
- 60 ,, 2/9 3/3 4/6 5/-
- 80 ,, 4/- 5/6 7/6 9/9 „
- 90 „ 4/4 6- 8/- 10/6 „
- 100 ,, 4/6 6/6 8/9 11/6 „
- , 9 in. diameter, each 5/- -; 12 in. diameter, each 7/-
- SPATULAS AND STIRRING RODS
- r FOR NICKEL SPATULAS, SEE PAGE 32. -
- 1626.—Horn Spatulas, palette-knife form.
- Length .. 10 12 15
- Each .. 4d. 5d. 7d.
- Per dozen .. 3/6 4/6 6/6
- 20 cm. i/3
- 12/9
- 1627
- 1627.—Horn Spatulas, double pattern Length Each
- Per dozen
- 10 13 15 20 cm.
- .. 5d. 6d. 8d. i/3
- 4/6 5/3 6/9 12/9
- 1628.—Ebonite Stirring Rods, with india-
- rubber cone at the end .. .. .. each 10d.
- 1629 .—Ditto, plain, 9 to 12 in. long, without rubber cone, rounded ends—
- Each 4d. ; per doz. 3/6
- Per dozen Per gross
- 7d.
- 6/-
- 9d.
- 8/-
- 1/10
- 20/-
- 2/9
- 30/-
- Rubber End Pieces for Stirring Rods.
- See page 254.
- C
- 1631
- 1631.—Steel Spatulas, in wood balance handle. Length of blade 3 4 5 6 7 in.
- Each ..1/2 1/3 1/4 1/7 2/6
- 1632
- 1632.—Steel Spatulas, tapering blade, best make and very flexible. Length of blade, 4 inches.
- Each 1/4; per doz. 15/-
- 1633
- 1633.—Horn Spatulas, very thin and flexible, suitable for microscopic work, etc. .. .. each 6d.
- 1634
- 1634.—Vulcanite Spatulas.
- r™ " 1 Total length • • 13 I5i 18 20 cm.
- 1630 -Glass Stirring Rods, with Each .. 6d. 8d. 9d. 10d.
- 1630.- rounded Per dozen .. 5/6 7/- 7/6 9/6
- ends.
- Length . 6 9 12 18 in. ^70
- 1635
- 1635.—Horn Leaves or Mortar Scrapers.
- Length .. 3 4 5 6 8 in.
- Each .. 7d. 10d. 1/1 1/5 1/9
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.258 - vue 275/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 259
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PLATINUM SPATULAS
- A. —Platinum Spatula on Agate pestle.
- B. —-Platinum Spatula, fixed in Ebony handle.
- C. —Platinum Spatula in Ebony handle.
- D. —Platinum Spatula, Palette Knife pattern.
- E. —Platinum Spatula, Wire pattern, flattened at one
- end, 0-5 oz. = 16 grammes.
- F. —Platinum Spatula, Spoon and Shovel pattern—o-8
- oz. to i oz. = 24 to 30 grammes.
- G. —Platinum Spatula, Pear-shaped at one end.
- H. —Platinum Spatula, Square pattern.
- The above Spatulas can be made to any required size and weight; unless otherwise specified a weight of about 0-5 = 16 grammes will be sent, representing a Spatula of the size illustrated, No. 1636D. Lowest prices quoted on application.
- SPOONS
- 1637. —Horn Spoons, best quality, with spatula handle.
- Length............... 4 5 6 8 in.
- Each ................6d. 7d. 9d. 1/3
- Per dozen . 4/10 6/3 7/6 13/6
- 1638. -—Horn Spoons, with ordinary handle.
- A. 3 in. .. .. .. .. .. each 5d.
- B. Teaspoon size .. . . .. .. ,, 10d.
- C. Dessert-spoon size .. .. .. ,, 1/-
- D. Tablespoon size .. .. .. .. ,, 1/3
- 1639
- 1639.—Platinum Spoons, at market rate. [Lowest prices on application.)
- 1640
- 1640.—Glass Spoons, best crystal glass.
- Size .. .. .. Tea- Dessert- Table-spoon.
- Each............9d. 1/3 1/6
- 1641
- 1641.—Porcelain Spoons, glazed round bowl, pierced with holes for lifting crystals out of a solution .. .. .. .. .. each 2/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.259 - vue 276/385
-
-
-
- 260 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPOONS
- 1642.—Wire-Gauze Spoons, for sodium or potassium .. .. each 1/5; per doz. 18/-
- 1643 .—Ditto, with cover each 2/2 ; per doz. 24/-
- 1644.—Sodium Tongs, with long arm and spoon ends '.. .. .. .. .. each 5/-
- 4 in. long
- 5
- 6 „
- 7
- 9
- 12
- 15 „
- 18
- 1646.—Tinned Iron Spoons, for fusions, etc.
- each 6d.; per doz. 5/-
- SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLES, Etc.
- 1647.—Specific Gravity Bottles, unadjusted, with perforated stopper.
- 1647
- Approx. Capacity 25 50 c.c.
- Each .. .. 1/- 1/2
- Per dozen .. 11/6 13/6
- 1648.—Specific Gravity Bottle, unadjusted, Harrow School pattern.
- Each......................9d.
- Per dozen .. .. .. 8/-
- 1648
- 1649.—Specific Gravity Bottle, with perforated stopper, grammes. Carefully adjusted.
- A. 10 grammes .. .. each 3/9
- B. 25 „ „ 4/6
- C. 50 „ „ 5/6
- D. 100 ,, ,, 6/6
- 1650 —Ditto, as above, but in grains.
- 25Q grains..............each 3/9
- 500 ............. „ 5/6
- 1,000 ,, Special Government
- Laboratory Pattern.. each 12/-
- 1651.—Specific Gravity Bottle, in tin case with brass counterpoise.
- 10 grammes .. each 7/6
- 25 » 9/-
- 50 • „ 11/-
- TOO „ 12/6
- 1652 —Ditto, as above, but in grains.
- 250 grains....................each 9/-
- 500 „ „ 11/-
- 1,000 ,, „ 12/6
- 1653.—Specific Gravity Bottle, with
- well ground-in thermometer stopper. Thermometer outside.
- Capacity .. 25 50 100 grammes.
- Each .. .. 10/6 12/6 15/-
- 1654- Ditto, marked in grains.
- Capacity .. 250 500 1,000 grains.
- Each .. .. 10/6 12/6 15/-
- 1655.—Specific Gravity Bottle,
- Regnault’s, with ground-in stopper and mark on neck.
- Capacity............25 50 grammes.
- Each ...............2/9 3/3 „
- 1656 .—Ditto, in grains.
- Capacity .. .. .. 250 500 grains.
- Each .................2/9 3/3
- 1657.—Lunge and Rey’s Bulb Pipette
- with 2 stopcocks for taking the specific gravity of acids.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. .. 9/6
- 1658.—Glass Bulbs, with two stopcocks and glass hook, for taking the specific gravity of gases.
- A. 1,000 c.c. capacity .. each 14/-
- B. 2,000 c.c. ,, .. ,, 16/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.260 - vue 277/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 261
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECIFIC
- 1659.—G lass Vessels for Specific Gravity.
- Each .. .. 1 /-
- Per dozen .. 11/-
- GRAVITY TUBES, Etc.
- n,r"
- 1660. — Spren-gel’s Specific Gravity Tubes.
- Price
- 4/-
- 1661.—Nicol’s Speci-1 fic Gravity Tube or Pyknometer, for Determining the Expansion of a Liquid.
- This consists of a cylindrical glass bulb, having two horizontal tubes of fine bore. A mark is made round the centre of the right-hand horizontal tube, and the liquid is drawn in as far as this mark by means of a piece of india-rubber tube. On heating the Pyknometer, the liquid will flow out in both directions, and it is again adjusted to the mark.
- A. 5 c.c............each 1/6; per dozen 17/-
- B. io „.............. ,,1/6; „ 17/-
- A B C
- 1662.—Specific Gravity Tubes for measuring the specific gravity of volatile liquids as described in Watson’s " Text-book of Practical Physics,” page 89,
- 1906 Edition.
- Fig. A . .. each 3/3
- Fig. B. . 4/-
- Fig. C. .. 2/3
- CAUTION.—As no grease must be used on the stopper or tap, care must be taken not to force these in too tightly or they will stick, and great difficulty may be experienced in removing them.
- SPECTRUM ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1663.—Flask, with parallel walls, for examining absorption band in liquids. Capacity about 2 c.c.
- Each
- 2/-
- 1664.—Rectangular Tubes, for examining absorption band in liquids.
- Length 2 5 10 15 20 cm.
- Price .. 3/6 5/6 7/6 9/6 10/6 each.
- 1665.—Magic Lantern Slide, showing diagram of the Solar Spectrum .. .. .. each 15/-
- 1666.—Plates of Crystal, for showing absorption phenomena .. each, from 10/6 to 25/-
- 1667.—Set of Reagents, for Spectrum Analysis, consisting of 10 bottles containing salts of the following metals : Ba, Ca, Na, K, Sr, Sn, Tl, Cs, Li, and Rb. Price, including 10 platinum wires with glass rods and polished stand .. .. .. .. £2 2 0
- 1668 .—Ditto, consisting of 6 reagents only. Price, complete .. .. .. .. .. . • 27/6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.261 - vue 278/385
-
-
-
- 262 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- VACUUM TUBES FOR SPECTRUM ANALYSIS
- 1669.—Vacuum Tubes, for Spectrum Analysis, guaranteed best quality, containing—
- Each.
- Oxygen .. .. .. . . .. .. 7/6
- A.
- B. Hydrogen
- C. Nitrogen
- D. Chlorine
- E. Carbonic Acid
- F. Iodine
- G. Bromine
- H. Hydrochloric Acid
- J. Argon
- K. Helium
- L. Neon
- M. Krypton
- N. Xenon
- 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 7/6 27/6 27/6 £3 15 0 7 10 0 11 10 0
- Tubes filled with other Gases can be supplied to order at reasonable prices.
- 1670.—Vacuum Tubes, for Spectrum Analysis, Bulb pattern. Prices, etc., as No. 1669, plus 20 per cent.
- 1671.—Spectrum Analysis Tube, for filling with various gases. Price, complete, with two well ground-in stopcocks, as figured .. each 10/6
- 1672.—V a c u u m Tubes, for Spectrum Analysis,
- “End-on” pattern, guaranteed best quality, containing— Each.
- A. Oxygen.. .. 11/6
- B. Hydrogen .. 11/6
- C. Nitrogen .. 11/6
- D. Chlorine .. 11/6
- E. Carbonic Acid .. 11/6
- F. Iodine .. .. 11/6
- G. Bromine .. 11/6
- H. Hydrochloric Acid 11/6
- K. Argon .. .. 37/6
- L. Helium .. .. 37/6
- M. Neon .. £3 15 0
- N. Krypton .. 7 10 0
- O. Xenon each£11 10 0
- P. Mercury ,, 12 6
- Q. Cadmium ,, 12 6
- 1673. — Goetze’s Vacuum Tubes for Spectrum Analysis. This tube gives a spectrum of remarkable definition, and was awarded the Gold Medal at the St. Louis Exhibition.
- A well-known professor detected a minute quantity of argon in one of these tubes filled with helium, and also, when using a Michelson’s Echelon Spectroscope, obtained the double helium line. {Further details will be sent post free on application.)
- A. Price, filled with Hydrogen or other common Each.
- gases £1 2 6
- B. ,, ,, Argon 2 15 0
- C. ,, ,, Helium 2 15 0
- D. ,, ,, Neon 4 5 0
- E. ,, ,, Krypton .. 4 5 0
- F. ,, ,, Xenon 12 15 0
- G. ,, ,, mixture of Helium and
- Argon in equal parts.. 2 15 0
- 1674.—Goetze’s Vacuum Tubes for Spectrum Analysis, with windows made from Uviol glass.
- -A. Price, filled with Hydrogen or other common Each.
- gases .. £1 10 0
- B. ,, Argon 3 0 0
- c. ,, Helium . 3 0 0
- D. ,, Neon 4 15 0
- E. ,, Krypton .. 4 15 0
- F. ,, Xenon 13 5 0
- 1675.— Goetze’s Vacuum Tubes for Spec-
- trum Analysis, with windows made from quartz.
- A. Price, filled with Hydrogen or other common Each.
- gases £2 15 0
- B. > > „ Argon 3 15 0
- C. ,, ,, Helium 3 15 0
- D. ,, ,, Neon 5 10 0
- E. ,, ,, Krypton .. .. 5 10 0
- F. ,, ,, Xenon 13 10 0
- considerable; hence all orders are executed with
- the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.262 - vue 279/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 263
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTRUM ANALYSIS APPARATUS
- 1676.—Brass Spectroscope Stand, on
- heavy iron foot and provided with adjustable slider for holding three platinum wires fused into glass tubes.
- A. Without platinum wires .. .. each 3/9
- B. Platinum wires fused into glass tubes, for use with
- above, extra .. .. .. .. each 2/-
- 1677.—Brass Spectroscope
- Stand, with adjustable slider, carrying a rotatable six-way platinum wire holder.
- A. Price, mounted on heavy iron foot, as figured .. .. .. 15/-
- W4
- 1678.—Brass Spectro-
- scope Stand, mounted on heavy iron foot, fitted with spring clips for making electrical contact with spectrum tubes, otherwise same specification as No. 1677.
- B. Platinum wires fused into glass tubes, extra .. . . .. each 2/-
- A. Price, complete, as figured
- £17 6
- B. Platinum wires fused into
- glass tubes, extra.
- Each 2/-
- DIRECT VISION
- SPECTROSCOPES
- 1679.—P o c k e t Direct Vision
- Spectroscope, small size, with fixed slit
- Each £110
- 1680.—Pocket Direct Vision Spectroscope,
- with fixed slit, achromatic object glass and 3 element prism, in case .. .. .. .. £110 0
- 1681. —Pocket Direct Vision Spectroscope,
- with adjustable slit, achromatic object glass and 3 element prism, in case .. .. .. £2 5 0
- 1682. —Pocket Direct Vision Spectroscope,
- with adjustable slit, comparison prism, achromatic object glass and 3 element prism, in case £2 12 6
- 1683. —Pocket Direct Vision Spectroscope,
- with adjustable slit, comparison prism, mirror, achromatic object glass and 3 element prism, in case £3 15 0
- 1684. —Pocket Direct Vision Spectroscope,
- large size, with adjustable slit, comparison prism, mirror, micrometer scale, achromatic object glass and 3 element prism, in case ..................£5 15 0
- 1685. — Spectroscope,
- best quality, with adjustable slit, photographed micrometer scale, right-angled prism for showing two spectra in the field of view at the same time, achromatic lens, etc. Price, complete in nicely finished morocco case, velvet-lined £6 15 0 This instrument will show Fraunhofer’s lines, bright lines of the metals and gases, and the absorption bands in coloured gases, crystals, or liquids, and may be used for many experiments in spectrum analysis.
- 1686. — Direct Vision Spectroscope, extra
- large size, on stand, with adjustable collimator and telescope, adjustable slit, with micrometer screw and divided drum to -oi mm., comparison prism, mirror, micrometer scale, 5 element prism, in case £12 0 0
- 1687. —Stand, simple pattern, for use with Spectroscopes Nos. 1680 to 1684..............£1 10 0
- 1688. —Stand, superior quality, for use with Spectroscopes Nos. 1680 to 1684. Price complete, with adjustable holder, stage for absorption boxes and tubes, and
- ' mirror .. .. .. .. . • £3 5 0
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.263 - vue 280/385
-
-
-
- 264 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROSCOPES
- 1689.—Table Spectroscope, for use in schools, comprising prism 6o° of dense flint glass ; collimator and telescopes of 18 mm. aperture and 180 mm. focal length ; collimator provided with an adjustable slit and a reflecting prism for showing two spectra in the field at the same time; scale tube provided with a photographic fine scale. Price, mounted on heavy metal foot, as figured .....................£7 10 0
- 1690. —Mahogany Case, with lock and key.
- Extra £1 7 6
- 1691. —Table Spectroscope, as No. 1689, but
- without comparison prism and photographic scale. Price, complete .. .. .. .. .. £6 10 0
- 1692.—Table Spectroscope, “Science School” pattern. In this instrument the prism is enclosed in a brass drum to which the telescope, collimator and scale tube are attached. A gas burner is fixed to the scale tube. The dense glass prism is i| in. high, and is permanently fixed to the metal box.
- Telescope and collimator are provided with object glasses having an aperture of 25 mm., and a focal length of 250 mm. The collimator is provided with an adjustable slit and a reflecting prism for showing two
- spectra in the field at the same time. The scale tube is provided with a photographic fine scale and achromatic lens. Price .. .. .. .. £7 10 0
- 1693. —Box, with handle, etc., as figured, extra 16/-
- 1694. —Telescope, made adjustable either to right or
- left by means of screws .. .. .. extra 16/-
- 1695. —Rack and Pinion Motion fitted to either
- telescope or collimator .. .. .. extra 16/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.264 - vue 281/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 265
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROSCOPES
- 1696.—Table Spectroscope, best quality and finish. This instrument is provided with a dense glass prism, 15 in. high, telescope and collimator. It has achromatic object-glasses ij in. diameter, adjustable slit fitted with a reflecting prism, by means of which two spectra can be shown in the field of view at the same time, sliding adjustment to eye end of telescope, and Huyghenian eye-piece. The circle is divided to | degrees, and reads by a vernier to i minute, enabling angular measurements to be taken.
- Price, in polished case .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £15 10 0
- 1697 •—Ditto, with rackwork adjustment to eye end of telescope .. .. .. .. .. .. 1650
- 1698.—Table Spectroscope, “College”
- pattern, with circle 6 in. in diameter, divided to read by vernier to i minute of arc. The telescope and collimator are provided with achromatic object-glass, 12 in. focus, ij in. aperture. The telescope is provided with crosswires, rack-motion clamp and fine adjustment.
- The collimator is provided with adjustable slit, comparison prism, and wedge for varying the length of slit. The prism is adjustable by means of three levelling screws and is rotatable. Complete adjustments are provided for both telescope and collimator. The scale tube Two eye-pieces and one dense flint or crown glass prism, of suitable size, are supplied with the instrument.
- A. With case .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. price £15 0 0
- B. Hollow prism f-in. hole .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ,, 1 17 6
- C. Rack-motion to collimator .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ,, 0160
- D. Micrometer symmetrical slit to o-ooi mm.' .. .. .. .. .. .. .. •. ,, 5 12 6
- complete adjustments and is detachable from the instrument.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.265 - vue 282/385
-
-
-
- 266 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROSCOPES
- 1699. —Table Spectro-
- scope, superior quality, “ Board of Education ” type. May also be used as a Goniometer. The circle is 6 in. in diameter, and divided to read by vernier to i minute of arc.
- The rotating prism table is fitted with a clamp for the prism, and a division for setting the prism. A movable reader is supplied for reading the vernier. The prism, which is in. high with if in. long face, can be of either light or dense flint as desired. The collimator is provided with a well-made adjustable slit having non-corrosive jaws, wedge for reducing the aperture, comparison prism, and protective cap. A screw adjustment is provided for correcting the parallelism of the jaws should this at any time require correction. The telescope has rack and pinion focussing, -high and low-power eye-pieces with spider webs for measurement, and tangent screw for slow motion. The objectives of both telescope and collimator are good achromatics of 12 in. focal length and in. clear aperture. Price mounted on a heavy iron tripod stand as figured, in case .. .. .. .. £15 15 0
- 1700. —Photographic Fine Scale, adapted on a third tube uniform in design with telescope and collimator.
- extra 3 15 0
- 1701. —Rack Motion to Collimator ............................................ 0 15 0
- 1702. —Hollow Prism, with i-in. hole .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ,, 250
- 1703.—Model Spectroscope, for showing deviation and dispersion of light. This apparatus consists of i glass prism ; 2 convex lenses of io and 15 in. focus ; stands for same ; metal screen with a slit in it; screen to receive the spectrum ; gas flame and 2 blocks. Price, complete as
- figured....................................£1 12 6
- {For further details, see Clay’s “ Practical Exercises in Light.”)
- and about one-third of the spectrum is included in the field at one time.
- The Spectroscope consists of a Collimator, with an adjustable slit (A) at one end, an Object Glass {B) at the other, and a Thorp Diffraction Grating (14,500 lines) (C) a fitted into the same tube. Hinged on to this tube is a telescope, with an object glas (D) at one end and crosswires (E) and eye-piece (F) at the other. The centres on which this telescope is hinged are on the level of the grating, and the telescope is moved by a micrometer screw divided into 100 parts. This screw moves the telescope on a true sine motion so that the positions of the lines in the spectrum as they travel across the cross-wires are read in wave-length measurements, each division being equal to 10 Angstrom units. An index gives the number of turns of the screw.
- The instrument is supplied for use in the hand, as a portable Spectroscope, or on a fully adjustable table stand.
- Prices.
- A. Rafferty Wave Length Spectroscope for use in hand,
- with low-power eye-piece, in case .. £8 10 0
- B. Ditto, on tripod table stand .. .. 9 5 0
- C. High-power eye-piece, extra .. .. 0 17 6
- 1704. — The Rafferty Wave Length Spectroscope. This instrument is made with the well-known Thorp replica of the Rowland Grating, and is so constructed that the positions of the lines in the spectrum are read direct on a revolving drum in wave lengths (Angstrom Units).
- It is inexpensive and yet gives remarkably accurate results ; with the ordinary eye-piece it gives an apparent dispersion of about 30°, the whole of the spectrum being included in the field of view at once. By the addition of a high-power eye-piece the dispersion is increased to 90°,
- p.266 - vue 283/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 267
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROMETERS
- 1705.—Students’ Auto-collimating Spectrometer.
- The essential feature of this class of Spectrometer is, that the telescope performs the functions of both telescope and collimator. This is effected by placing the slit in the field of the telescope, covering the lower half of it. The slit is adjustable from the outside by means of a milled-head screw on the right of the telescope. A hole on the left of the telescope admits light, which is reflected by a prism on to the slit. An image of the slit is thrown by the object-glass on to the 30° prism placed on the prism table of the instrument, and reflected by the posterior face of this prism back upon its own path, the object-glass forming an image of the slit in the upper half of the field.
- The telescope has an object-glass of 1 in. clear aperture and of about 9 in. focal length, and is provided with rack-motion focussing arrangement. The circle is 5 in. in diameter and is read by two opposite verniers to 1 minute, and is provided with clamp and fine adjustment. The prism table is adjustable by means of three levelling screws, and can be raised or lowered to any convenient position. The whole instrument is strongly constructed, and is packed in a neat case.
- Price, complete with prism
- 1706. — Students’ Spectrometer, S.X.
- Pattern. This instrument was designed to meet the demands of those requiring a cheap, yet reliable Spectrometer. It has a protected 5-in. circle, read by vernier to 1 minute. The circle and telescope are attached to the outer centre and move together. The telescope is counterpoised and provided with cross-wires, rack-motion focussing arrangement, clamp and fine adjustment. The collimator has a protected adjustable slit and clamping ring, so that it can be set for verticality and focal distance once for all. The prism table is adjustable by means of three levelling screws, and can be raised or lowered to any convenient height; it can be clamped to the inner centre, which carries the vernier, and which is provided with clamp and fine adjustment. The object glasses of both telescope and collimator are about 7 in. in focal length, and have a clear aperture of | in. Adjustments are provided for setting the optical axes of telescope and collimator at right angles to the vertical axis of the instrument. One eye-piece, grating-holder, prism clamp and reader are supplied with the instrument.
- £9 0 0
- Prices of Students’ Spectrometer, No. 1706.
- A. With case £9 0 0
- B. Without rack-motion and fine adjust-
- ments 7 10 0
- C. With two verniers, extra 11/6
- D. Rack-motion to collimator 15/-
- E. With 9-in. telescope and collimator, extra 8/6
- F. Comparison prism attached to slit 11/6
- G. Extra dense flint glass prism 15/-
- H. Ordinary dense flint glass prism 13/6
- K. Crown glass prism 13/6
- L. Hollow prism, with f-in. hole 16/-
- M. Copy of Rowland’s grating 22/6
- N. Illuminating attachment to eye-piece .. 11/6
- 0. Plane parallel mirror, silvered both sides 15/-
- P. Large ordinary dense flint glass prism,
- suitable for the 9-in. telescopes 24/~
- Q. Ditto, crown glass 24/-
- R. ,, extra dense flint glass .. 25/6
- SPECTROSCOPES AND SPECTROMETERS OF ALL OTHER MAKES SUPPLIED AT CURRENT LIST PRICES.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : cidelOpinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.267 - vue 284/385
-
-
-
- 268 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROMETERS
- 1707. — Students’ Spectrometer, S.N.
- pattern. The circle of this instrument is about 5 in. diameter, and read by two opposite verniers to i minute. The circle and verniers are well protected. The telescope is counterpoised and provided with cross-wires, rack-motion focussing arrangement, clamp and fine adjustment. The collimator has a protected adjustable slit and clamping ring by which the slit can be set for verticality and focal distance once for all. The object glasses are about 7 in. in focal length with a clear aperture of | in. Adjustments are provided for setting the optic axes at right angles to the vertical axis of the instrument. The prism table is adjustable by means of three levelling screws, and can be raised or lowered to any convenient height; it can be clamped to the inner centre, which carries the verniers and which is provided with clamp and fine adjustment. One eye-piece, grating holder, prism clamp, and reader are supplied with the instrument. The uprights which support the telescope and collimator are thrown out sufficiently to give ample room for the attachment of polarising apparatus. These consist of (1) a Nicol prism polariser and analyser, each mounted in a rotating circle read by vernier to 5 minutes, and fitting the object ends of telescope and collimator (an adapter is supplied by which the analyser may be attached to the eye end of telescope) ; (2) a rotating circle, reading to 5 minutes, and fitting the object end of telescope or collimator, to which may be fitted a J wave plate, Babinet compensator, etc. ; and (3) an extra Nicol and mount for the Babinet compensator, when used at the eye end of telescope. The Babinet compensator is fitted with micrometer screw and scale reading to -oi mm.
- Prices.
- A. With case .. .. £10 10 0 L. Illuminating attachment to eye-piece .. £0 11 6
- B. Rack-motion to collimator, extra 0 15 0 M. Plane-parallel mirror, silvered both sides 0 15 0
- C. 9-in. telescope and collimator, extra 0 8 6 N. Nicol prism polariser and analyser (the
- D. Comparison prism to slit, extra 0 11 6 pair) 6 0 0
- E. Extra dense flint-glass prism .. 0 15 0 0. Divided circle to 5 minutes 2 5 0
- F. Ordinary dense flint-glass prism 0 13 6 P. J-wave plate and stage 0 12 0
- G. Crown glass prism 0 13 6 Q. Babinet compensator with extra Nicol
- H. Hollow prism, f-in. hole 0 16 0 and mount 6 15 0
- K. Copy of Rowland’s grating 12 6 R. Eye-pieces, each .. 0 11 6
- 1708.—College Spectrometer, T.N. pattern. This instrument is constructed on similar lines to those of the Students’ Spectrometer, No. 1707, with the exception of the centre work. In this, the inner axis carries a 5-in. circle and the prism table, while the outer socket carries the telescope and verniers. The circle is well protected and read by two opposite verniers to 1 minute. The prism table and telescope are both provided with clamp and fine adjustment. The prism table can be raised or lowered, is adjustable by means of three levelling screws and can be detached from the instrument, and other apparatus used in its place. The object lenses of telescope and collimator are achromatic, and have a focal length of 9 in. and a clear aperture of nearly 1 in. The telescope is provided with rack-motion focusing arrangement and cross-wires; and the optic axis can be set radially and at right angles to the vertical axis of the instrument. The collimator is provided with a protected adjustable slit, comparison prism and wedge for reducing the length of the slit; and it can also be set radially and at right angles to the vertical axis of the instrument. One eye-piece, grating holder, prism clamp and reader are supplied with the instrument.
- Prices.
- A. With case ... .. £15 0 0 G. Hollow prism, f-in. hole.. £1 7 0
- B. Divided on silver, extra.. 1 10 0 H. Copy of Rowland’s grating, about 14,500
- C. Rack-motion to collimator 0 16 0 lines 1 2 6
- D. Dense flint-glass prism 1 2 6 K. Illuminating attachment to eye-piece .. 0 11 6
- E. Crown glass prism 1 2 6 L. Mirror, silvered both sides 0 15 0
- F. Extra dense flint-glass prism 1 6 6 M. Eye-pieces, each 0 11 6
- p.268 - vue 285/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 269
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECTROMETERS
- 1709.—College Spectrometer, T.E. pattern. The circle of this instrument is fixed. The movement of the telescope is read by two opposite verniers on the lower edge of the circle; and the movement of the prism table is read by two opposite verniers on the upper in the figure) for reading the verniers are supported edge of the circle. Two small microscopes (not shown on an arm which moves concentrically with the circle, and can be set to read either edge. Both edges of the circle are protected. The telescope is counterpoised, and provided with cross-wires, rack-motion focussing arrangement, clamp and fine adjustment. The collimator is provided with a protected adjustable slit, comparison prism and fixing ring, by means of which the slit can be set for verticality and focal distance once for all. The slit has means for setting the jaws parallel and an arrangement for varying its length. The prism table is adjustable by three levelling screws, and can be raised or lowered to any convenient height, and is provided with clamp and fine adjustment. The lenses of telescope and collimator have a focal length of about io in. and a clear aperture of i in. Adjustments are provided for setting the optical axes of the telescope and collimator at right angles to the vertical
- axis of the instrument, and also for setting the axes radial, or otherwise, to the circle. The prism table can be detached from the instrument, and crystal holder and other apparatus used in its place. One eye-piece, grating holder and prism clamp are supplied with the instrument. The whole is packed in a neat case.
- A. With 5-in. circle, reading to i minute..
- B. ,, 6 „ „
- C. ,, 6 „ ,, ,, 30 secs. ..
- D. „ 7J,, ,, ,, 10 „
- E. If divided on silver, extra
- F. Rack-motion to collimator, extra
- G. Dense flint glass prism, iJ x if face
- H. Crown glass prism, same size
- K. Extra dense flint glass prism do.
- L. Hollow prism, with f-in. hole ..
- M. ,, ,, ,, brass case
- N. Copy of Rowland’s grating, 14,514 lines to the
- inch
- O. Illuminating Attachment to eye-piece (a modified
- form of Gauss’ eye-piece)
- P. Plane parallel mirror, silvered both sides
- Q. Extra eye-pieces, each
- R. Nicol prism polariser and analyser to fit over the
- object end of collimator and telescope—the analyser fitted with divided circle, reading to 1 minute, with clamp and fine adjustment ..
- £18 0
- 18 15
- 19 10 21 15
- 1 10 0 16 1 8 1 8 1 17
- 1 17
- 2 12
- 1 2
- 0 11 0 15 0 11
- 7 5
- Prices.
- 0 s.
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 6
- T.
- U.
- V.
- w.
- X.
- 6
- 0
- 6
- Y.
- Z.
- Zi.
- Z2.
- The above, with divided circle to 1 minute, clamp and fine adjustment to both polariser and analyser
- Divided circle to 5 minutes, to carry j-wave plates, etc.
- J-wave plate and stage
- Babinet compensator, with Nicol and eye-lens
- Micrometer symmetrical slit, reading to -ooi mm.
- One right-handed and one left-handed 30° quartz prism, and one right-handed and one left-handed quartz lens to fit in telescope and collimator
- Crystal holder, consisting of 2 curved and 2 plane slides with screw adjustment ..
- Crystal holder, simple construction
- Liebisch total reflectometer, adapted to take the place of the prism table
- Kohlrausch total reflectometer, adapted to take the place of the prism table
- £10 2 6
- 2 5 0
- 0 12 0 6 15 0 5 5 0
- 5 5 0
- 5 12 6 1 2 6
- 7 10 0
- 7 10 0
- 1710. — Repeating Spectrometer, “University ” pattern. The construction of this instrument is such that the telescope can be rotated and accurately set independently of either circle or verniers, and it can also be clamped to the circle in such a manner that the telescope and circle move together; so that in measuring the angular movement of the telescope, the angle can be read step by step all round the circle, thus eliminating any error due to eccentricity. The circle is divided on silver and read by two opposite verniers to 10 seconds. There are four concentric axes—the inner one carries the verniers and the prism table, etc. ; the second one is attached to the base of the instrument; the third carries the circle, and the fourth the telescope. Each axis is provided with clamp and fine adjustment. The focal length of telescope and collimator is about 10 in. The telescope is provided with rack-motion and cross-wires, and an adjustment for setting the cross-wires. The collimator is also provided with rack-motion and a symmetrical slit. An adjustment is provided for setting the telescope and collimator radial or otherwise.
- Price, with case
- (.Accessories, the same as for Spectrometer, S.N. pattern, see page 268, No. 1707.)
- £37 10 0
- p.269 - vue 286/385
-
-
-
- 270 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- “NIVOC” PATENT STENCILS
- Now used all over the world where Chemistry is taught. Bad Drawings things of the past.
- Student’s sketch, drawn by hand in the usual way.
- Drawn by the same student, but with use of “ Nivoc’ Patent Stencil.
- LONDON
- F E BECKER & C°.
- Stencil No. 1 (£ Actual Size).
- It has been found that Students when supplied with these Stencils take a greater interest in their work, and produce perfectly symmetrical drawings in a remarkably short space of time.
- Stencil No. 2 (£ Actual Size).
- Stencil No. 2 will be found useful for producing drawings on a larger scale than is possible with No. i, but most Science Masters order an equal quantity of each.
- EXAMINATIONS.
- Extracted from the Matriculation and Science Programme of the University of London :—
- ^ Candidates taking Chemistry will he permitted, if they desire it, to use a stencil for making drawings of apparatus•”
- USE “NIVOC” PATENT STENCIL.
- The Indian Educational Authorities have sanctioned the use of these Stencils.
- PRICES.
- 1711. —“ Nivoc ” Stencil No. 1 ............................................. each 1 /-
- 1712. —“ Nivoc ” Stencil No. 2 ....................................... „ 1/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.270 - vue 287/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 271
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- “NIVOC" PATENT STENCILS
- DIRECTIONS AND SUGGESTIONS FOR USE.
- The “ Nivoc ” Stencil consists of a flexible plate having “ cut-outs ” of various articles such as Flasks,
- Beakers, Bunsen Burner, Funnel, etc., so that by placing the point of a pencil inside these “ cut-outs,’’ and following the directions of the curves and lines, all the articles illustrated may be neatly drawn.
- With a little thought and care a great many other articles similar to those illustrated on this page can be drawn, and of course much more quickly and accurately than by hand alone. It will be noticed that the edges of the Stencil itself form different angles, and these are of the greatest assistance when drawing bent delivery tubes (see Figs. 5 and 6). The DOTTED line shown in Fig. A should always be drawn by hand alone—thus to avoid the ugly corner shown in Fig. B.
- Fig. i.
- The edges will also be found useful for drawing Pneumatic Troughs, Retort Stands, Tripod Stands, Tubes, etc.
- FIG. 1.
- For straight lines use edge of Stencil, for capsule—bottom part of crucible, for top part of stopper —one of the circles.
- FIG. 2. Use bulb of flat-bottomed flask, edge of Stencil—and one of the circles.
- FIG. 3. Use edge of Stencil, or if smaller sketch will do—wide-necked bottle.|
- FIG. 4. Use edge of Stencil and two of the circles.
- FIG. 5. Use Thistle Funnel, edges of Stencil, flat-bottomed flask.
- FIG. 6. For large Woulff’s Bottle use wide-lipped Beaker, edges of Stencil, Thistle Funnel, and for the small Woulff’s Bottle use wide-mouthed bottle and edge of Stencil.
- FIG. 7. Use edge of Stencil for straight lines, circles for the bulbs and curves.
- These and many other ways of using the Stencil will suggest themselves to the user.
- The m/m scale may be used for finding the centre of any article drawn with the edge of the Stencil and also for determining the length to' which a line shall be taken.
- The Stencil is transparent, therefore no difficulty should be experienced in drawing one piece of apparatus in the desired relative position to another.
- Fig. C.
- IMPORTANT.—When using “ Nivoc ” Stencils see that your pencil has a fairly sharp point as shown in Fig. C ; also keep pencil in a vertical position, otherwise you will not make symmetrical drawings.
- Fig. 6.
- Fig. 7.
- p.271 - vue 288/385
-
-
-
- 272 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- “NIVOC”
- BLACKBOARD STENCILS
- This diagrammatic sketch was made within a few minutes by an inexperienced draughtsman with the aid of “ Nivoc ” Blackboard Stencils. Other sketches can be made just as quickly by selecting suitable stencils from the set.
- 1713.—The “ Nivoc ” Set of Blackboard Stencils for Demonstrators’ Use. These stencils are similar in design to our patent “ Nivoc ” Stencils for notebooks, fully described on pages 270 and 271, but made on a much larger scale for blackboard use. In addition to a chalk holder and a clamp (both registered patterns), the set comprises eighteen separate wooden stencils, as follows
- 1 Flask, large size.
- 1 ,, small ,,
- 1 Beaker, large size.
- 1 ,, medium size.
- 1 ,, small
- 1 Conical flask, large size. 1 Woulff’s bottle.
- 1 Retort with tubulure. 1 Funnel.
- 1 Bunsen burner.
- 1 Calcium chloride tube. 1 Reduction tube.
- 1 Test tube.
- 1 Crucible.
- 1 Pipette.
- 1 U tube.
- 1 Thistle funnel (top part). 1 Set of circles and angles. Supply of chalks.
- The chalk holder enables the lecturer to draw connecting and delivery tubes (either straight or curved) in one operation, thus ensuring perfectly parallel lines. The clamp is a simple device for holding a chalk so that when being sharpened, a writing edge of uniform and correct thickness is always produced.
- PRICE, complete in wooden box....................................................................£110
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.272 - vue 289/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER <& CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 273
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- STENCILS
- 1714.—Zincplate Stencils, complete in box, consisting of Set of Letters and
- figures with sponge, ink and brush.
- A B C
- Size of letters and figures 1 2 in.
- Price, per set 1715.—Stencil Inks, in various colours. .. 7/6 11/6 14/-
- Black Blue Red
- Each .. 1/- 1/3 1/3
- i7M
- VARIOUS STANDS AND SUPPORTS
- Fig. A Fig. B Fig. C Fig. D Fig. E
- Geometric Tripod Stands.—The geometric forms were designed in the first instance by Professor C. V. Boys. Their use will be readily understood from the illustrations, the three rounded feet of the upper tripod fitting rigidly in the V grooves in the tripod below, and so on until the desired height is attained.
- Made in two heights, viz. : —“ Shallow ” pattern, Fig. A, height 1 in. " Tall ” pattern, Fig. D, height 2| in.
- Fig. B shows two sections of the “ Shallow ” pattern—making a total height of 2 in. ; Fig. C shows nine sections, making a total height (without table-top) of 9 in.
- Fig. E shows a table fitted with three levelling screws for placing on top of either of the two patterns above mentioned.
- PRICES.
- 1716.—“ Shallow ” Pattern, total height 1 in., made of iron (see Fig. A) ......................per doz. 14/-
- 1717. —“Tall ” Pattern, total height 2,\ in., made of iron (see Fig. D) .. .. .. M 15/-
- 1718. —Iron Table Tops, very accurately planed and fitted with three levelling screws (see Fig. E) each 16/-
- 1719. —Plain Ground Glass Table Tops, may be used instead of Fig. E.......................... „ 3/6
- 1720. —Table Top, consisting of one iron geometric tripod (Fig. A) to which is permanently fixed
- a wooden table top .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. n 4/6
- 1721 .—-Ditto, but larger size tripod (Fig. D) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6/-
- 1722
- 1722.—Blocks of Wood,
- round, stained black, consisting of six pieces of different sizes. Per set .. 4/6
- 1723.—Blocks of Wood,
- square shape, stained black, consisting of six pieces of different sizes.
- Per set .. 4/6
- 1723
- 1
- 724.—Be r-zelius Table Support,
- polished mahogany. Consisting of sliding table support, crook for supporting tubes 'and a tripod for globes, basins, etc.
- Each, complete
- 8/6
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- R
- p.273 - vue 290/385
-
-
-
- 274 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TRIPOD STANDS
- 1725.—Tripods, stout iron, triangular.
- Length of side 5 in., height 7 in.,
- each 1 /-
- 1725/8
- 1726. —Tripods.
- height 7 in.
- 1727. —Tripods.
- in., height 8 in.
- 1728. —Tripods.
- in., height 91 in.
- Length of side 6 in., .. each 1 /3
- Length of side 7! .. each 1 /6
- Length of side 10 .. each 2/-
- 1729.—Tripods, stout iron, round.
- Diameter of top 4 in., height 7 in.,
- each 1 /-
- 1730.—T ripods.
- in., height 8 in.
- Diameter of top 6 .. each 1 /3
- 1729/31
- 1731.—Tripods.
- in., height 10 in.
- Diameter of top 8 each 1 /9
- LABORATORY STANDS
- 1732.—Rising Table Supports,
- polished mahogany, loaded foot ; for raising apparatus to different heights.
- Diameter of table.. 3 4 6 in.
- Price, each .. .. 4/9 5/3 7/-
- 1732
- For Retort Stands, see pages 245, 246 and 247.
- ,, Burette Stands, see
- pages 134 and 135.
- ,, Funnel Stands, see page 182.
- ,, Bunsen’s Universal Supports, see page 135.
- ,, HingedWoodenClamps,
- see page 136.
- 1733
- 1733.—Block of Wood with Sliding Rod,
- rising from 4 to 6 in. Each .. .. 2/-
- WIRE GAUZE
- 1734/1737
- 1734. —Iron Wire Gauze, in squares, 10 holes to the inch.
- A. 3 x 3 in. per doz. 10d. C. 5 x 5 in. per doz. 1 /9
- B. 4x4 in. ,, 1/- D. 6x6 in. ,, 2/3
- 1735. —Iron Wire Gauze, in squares, 20 holes to the inch.
- A. 3 x 3 in. per doz. 1/3 C. 5 x 5 in. per doz. 2/3
- B. 4x4 in. ,, 1/4 D. 6x6 in. „ 3/-
- 1738.—Copper Wire Gauze.
- A. Holes to the lineal inch, 10 .. price per sq. ft. 1/6
- B. ,, ,, ,, 20 .. 1/7
- C, „ 30 •• ,, 1/9
- D. » - - 40 .. ,, ,, 2/-
- E. ,, ,, ,, 60 .. ,, ,, 2/6
- F. „ 90 •• ,, ,, 5/3
- 1739.—Brass Wire Gauze.
- A. Holes to the lineal inch, 10 .. price per sq. ft. 1/6
- B. „ „ „ 20 .. 1/7
- C. „ 30 • • > > 1/9
- D. „ „ „ 40 • • 2/-
- E. ,, ,, ,, 60 .. 2/6
- F. „ „ „ 9° • • >> >1 5/3
- 1740.—Iron Wire Gauze, combined with Asbestos,
- lasts much longer than the ordinary wire gauze.
- A. 4 x 4 in. .. .. per doz. 3/9
- B. 5 X 5 in........ „ 4/6
- C. 6 x 6 in. .. .. ,, 5/6
- T74°
- 1736. —Iron Wire Gauze, in squares, 30 holes to the inch.
- A. 3x3 in. per doz. 1/6 C. 5x5 in. per doz. 3/-
- B. 4x4 in. ,, 1/8 D. 6x6 in. ,, 3/10
- 1737. —Iron Wire Gauze, as above, but not cut up.
- A. Holes to the lineal inch, 10 .. price per sq. ft. 9d.
- B. „ „ „ 20 .. „ „ 1/2
- C. „ „ „ 30 •• ,, „ 1/4
- D. „ „ „ 40 .. „ „ 2/6
- 1741.—Asbestos Millboard, in lieu of wire gauze, distributes the heat very evenly; also very useful for placing hot beakers, flasks, etc., upon.
- Each. Per doz.
- A. 4 in. square X in. thick .. 3d. •• 2/-
- B. 5 „ x 1 4d. 3/6
- C. 6 X i 5d. 4/6
- D. 9 ,1 X !- 11d. 10/-
- E. 12 X 1 1/6 .. 16/-
- F. 12 X -fir 2/6 . 25/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.274 - vue 291/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 275
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TRIANGLES
- (For SILICA TRIANGLES, see page 20.)
- 1742.—Pipeclay Triangles.
- Size .. 2 in.
- Per dozen 1/9 1/10
- Per gross 18/- 19-
- Size • • 2| 3 in-
- Per dozen .. 1/10 2/-
- Per gross .. 20/- 20/-
- 1743.—Triangles of Iron Wire with Pipeclay Tubes, the middle of each has a ridge so that the flame can reach the crucible on all sides.
- Side of Triangle 50 60 80
- Price, per dozen .. 3/4 3/6 3/9
- 1744. — Malleable T riangles.
- Side of Triangle i| Price, each .. 2d. Side of Triangle 2\ Price, each .. 3d.
- 100 mm.
- 4/-
- Iron
- 2 in.
- 3d.
- 3 in.
- 4d.
- 1745.—Nickel Wire T riangles.
- Small. Medium. Large.
- 10d. 1/- 1/4 each.
- 1746 .—Ditto, of platinum. Lowest prices on application.
- 1747. — Universal Triangles, iron wire covered, with pipeclay, suitable for small and large crucibles.
- Each .. .. 9d.
- Per dozen.. .. 8/-
- 1748. — Brass T riangles,
- with boss for fixing on to retort stand, and with adjustable screws for crucibles of various sizes each 4/6
- Length
- Each
- SYPHONS AND SYRINGES
- 1749.—Glass Syphons, 1752.—Glass Syphons,
- with suction tube and bulb. with suction tube and glass
- Length 8 10 Each .. 2/3 2/6 13 in. 3/3 stopcock.
- Length .. •— 20 Each .. — 3/9 30 in. 6/- Length Each 12 5/6 15 in. 6/-
- 1750.—Ditto, plain, suction tube. without Length 18 30 in.
- 12 15 18 30 in. Each 7/- 8/6
- . 1/-. 1/4 1/9 2/3
- 1752
- 1751.—Glass Syringes, with
- Solid glass plunger.
- Capacity 1 4 \ oz.
- Each .. 5d. 6d.
- Dozen .. 3/6 4/-
- Capacity 1 2 oz.
- Each .. 7d. 9d.
- Dozen .. 5/6 8/-
- 1751
- 1753.—Glass Syphons,
- with lift pump instead of suction tube .. each 8/6
- 1754.—Glass Syphons,
- improved safety pattern. The action of the syphon is started by blowing.
- Length .. 12 24 in.
- Price .. 4/6 5/6 each.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.275 - vue 292/385
-
-
-
- 276 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- STOPCOCKS
- 1755.—Stopcocks, glass, best quality, very accurately ground. Total length about 9 inches.
- Diam. of bore in plug 12345 mm-Each........... 2/9 3/- 3/3 3/9 4/6
- 1756.—Stopcocks, glass, with oblique bore.
- Diameter of bore in plug 234 5 mm.
- Each ............. 4/3 5/3 6/- 7/6
- 1757.—Stopcocks, glass, with oblique bore and mercury cup.
- Diameter of bore in plug 2345 mm. Each ................ 6/9 7/6 8/- 9/6
- 1758.—Stopcocks, glass, three-way, solid plug. Diameter of bore of plug 234 mm. Each .. .. .. 4/6 5/- 5/6
- 1759.—Glass Taps,
- bent for aspirators.
- 1762.—Stopcocks, glass, with side capillary tubes.
- Diameter of bore in plug .. .. .. 1 to 2 mm.
- Each........................ .. 3/9
- 1763.—Four-way Stopcocks, glass, solid plug.
- 1764.—Three-way Stopcocks, glass, solid plug, as No. 1763 but with three tubes.
- Diam. of bore of plug.
- 2 mm.
- 3 „
- 4 „
- Each.
- 4/-
- 4/6
- 6/-
- 1765.—Stopcocks, glass, single way, with mercury joint at top and bottom to prevent entrance of
- Bore about Each
- 2
- 6/9
- 1766. — Stopcocks,
- glass, three-way, with mercury joint at top and bottom.
- Bore about 2 4 mm.
- Each .. 8/6 12/6
- Diameter of bore 4 5 7 9 mm.
- Each . 3/9 4/6 6/6 7/6
- 1760.—Stopcocks, small, for sealing to burettes, bore 1 to 2 mm., shape as in Burette No. 65, Fig. D, page 10 ' .. .. .. .. .. each 2/9
- 1761.—Stopcocks, small, for sealing to burettes, bore 1 to 2 mm., shape as in Burette No. 66, Fig. E, page 10 .. .. .. .. .. each . 2/9
- 1767.—Stopcocks, small, three-way, for sealing to burettes, bore 1 to 2 mm., shape as in Burette No. 67, Fig. F, page 10 .. .. .. .. each 4/-
- 1768.—Ground Glass Joints, made out of soft soda glhss tubing, ready for sealing on.
- Diameter of tube 10 12 14 21 25 mm.
- Each .. ..2/4 2/6 3/3 4/- 5/3
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.276 - vue 293/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 277
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TEST
- 1769.
- — Test Tubes. Best thin hard white
- packed in cardboard boxes.
- Length in inches. 2 X Diameter in inches. i .. Per single gross. .. 1/9 Per gross taking io gross of one size. 1/6
- 2 X 1 •• .. 2/9 2/4
- 3 X i •• •• 3/" .. 2/6
- 3 X 1 •• .. 3/6 .. 3/-
- 3 X 1- .. •• 4/- .. 3/6
- 4 X * •• 5/- .. 4/-
- 5 X i •• .. 6/6 .. 5/6
- 5 X 1 • • • • 7/~ .. 6/-
- 5 X f • • .. 7/6 .. 6/3
- 6 X f • • .. 8/- .. 6/6
- 6 X 1 • • .. 10/- .. 9/-
- 6 X 1 •• 15/- .. 13/6
- 6 X ii •• .. 24/- .. 22/-
- 7 X i£ .. .. 26/- 24/-
- 8 X .. 46/- .. 40/-
- 1770.—Bacteriological Test Tubes, guaranteed finest quality and extra strong for Bacteriological work.
- Length .. • • 5 6 6 7 in.
- Diameter .. § § § § in.
- Per dozen 1/2 1/3 1/8 1/10
- Per gross .. ..12/- 13/- 18/- 20/-
- 1771.—Test Tubes on feet.
- Height 3 4 5 5 6 6 67 m.
- Diam. § b \ f f f 1 i£ in.
- Each 3d. 3d. 3d. 4d. 5d. 5d. 7d. nd.
- ^ Doz. 2/- 2/3 2/6 3/- 3/6 4/- 6/- 10/-
- TUBES
- 1772.—Test Tubes, extra strong, and made out of thick hard glass Combustion Tubing.
- Length in Diameter Price Price Price
- inches. in inches. each. per doz. per gross.
- 3 X \ •• .. 3d. V- 21/-
- 4 X b .. • • 3d. 2/3 24/-
- 5 X t •• .. 4d. 2/6 28/-
- 6 X t •• .. 4d. 3/- 32/-
- 5 X 1 .. 4d. 3/3 35/-
- 6 X 1 • • 5d. 3/6 40/-
- 6 X I .. 6d. 5/6 60/-
- s 1773. — Test 1774. — Test ,
- —. Tube, with Tube, with bulb. J
- side tubes, 6 in. A. 5 in. x | in., (g
- X | in. Per dozen 1/6 ^ Per gross 16/- m
- Each .. 6d. B. 6 in. x f in.,
- II Per dozen .. 5/- Per dozen 2/-
- fci Per gross 21/6
- 1775.—Test Tubes for Government Heat
- Test, of uniform capacity and weight, with 3 marks to Government specification, fully described in the First Report of the Departmental Committee on the Heat Test as applied to Explosives.
- Each.......................................1/5
- Per dozen .. .. .. .. .. .. 15/-
- 1776.— Ignition Test Tubes, made out of hard Combustion Tubing, without bulb.
- Length .. .. .. 2
- i
- Diameter
- 4 in. £ in.
- 12/-
- Per gross .. .. .. 7/6
- 1777.—Ignition Test Tubes, with bulb. 1777 Per doz. .. 1/8 Per gross .. 17/6
- 1776
- TEST TUBE HOLDERS
- 1778.—Test Tube Holders, wooden, with steel spring or rubber ring for closing jaws.
- Each .. .. 4d.
- Per dozen.. .. 3/3
- 1779.—Test Tube Holder, flat brass, with slider.
- Each .. .. 7d.
- Per dozen .. .. 6/-
- 1780.—Test Tube Holder, wire pattern, in polished handle .. .. .. each 8d. ; per doz. 7/6
- 1781.—Test Tube Holder, extra strong, mounted in polished handle .. each 1 /- ; per doz. 11/-
- 1782.
- Test Tube Holder,
- nickel - plated. Each .. 4d.
- Per dozen 3/3
- WJ
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.277 - vue 294/385
-
-
-
- 278 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TEST TUBE STANDS
- 1783. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, with 6 holes in one row.
- each 1/6
- 1784. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, with 8 holes in one row.
- each 1 /9
- 1785. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, with 12 holes in one row.
- each 2/3
- 1786. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, furnished with 6 holes
- and pegs .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 2/3
- 1787. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, furnished with 8 holes
- and pegs .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 2/9
- 1788. —Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, furnished with 12 holes
- and pegs .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 3/10
- luLyjyiJumt
- 1789.—Test Tube Stand, made of hard teak wood, provided with 22 holes for test tubes and 2 large holes for boiling tubes .. .. .. each 4/9
- 1790. —Test Tube Stand, polished mahogany, with 12 holes in two rows.
- each 3/-
- 1791. —Test Tube Stand, polished mahogany, with 18 holes in two rows.
- each 3/9
- 1792. —Test Tube Stand, polished mahogany, with 24 holes in two rows.
- each 5/-
- 1793.—Test Tube Stand, “ Lecture Table ” pattern, 18 holes in two rows, 4 holes for small funnels, and one drawer .. . • • • • • each, 8/6
- 1794.
- Draining Tray,
- for glass and porcelain apparatus, wire frame absolutely indestructible, rust proof and very strong.
- Size 18 in. X 12 in. 20 in. x 14 in. 22 in. X 16 in. Each 8/6 10/6 12/9
- 1795.
- Wooden Draining i Rack, strongly made, with 33 pegs for test tubes, etc. Each .. .. .. 5/6
- 1796. —Draining Rack, for hanging, furnished with 90 pegs for test tubes and 18 pegs for flasks, etc.
- Each...............................21/-
- 1797. —Solid Porcelain Support for test tubes.
- Each .. .. .. 3/9
- For Test Tube Cleaners, see page 137.
- For Test Tube Baskets, see page 137.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.278 - vue 295/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER &. CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 279
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- TEST GLASSES
- 1798.—Test Glasses, cylindrical on 1799.—Test Glasses, conical, on
- r ; glass foot, with spout. glass foot, with spout. •* Him
- Capacity .. 50 75 125 c.c. Capacity .. .. 30 50 75 c.c. \ I ml
- r Each .. 9d. iod. 1/1 Each .. 8d. 9d. iod. V ’ ‘j
- t ' 1 1 Per dozen .. 8/- 9/- 11/- Per dozen .. 7/- 8/- 9/" \ I
- fj Capacity 200 300 400 500 c.c.' Capacity • • 125 200 500 c.c. y
- §) Each .. .. 1/4 1/7 1/9 1/10. Each .. .. 1/1 i/4 1/10
- 1798 Per dozen . 14/- 17/- 19/- 20/- Per dozen 11/- 14/- 20/- ' 1799
- TEST PAPERS
- 1800. —Blue Litmus Books, Bibulous. Per book 1 |d., per dozen books 1 /4, per gross books 13/6.
- 1801. —Red Litmus Books, Bibulous. Per book 1|d., per dozen books 1 /4, per gross books 13/6.
- 1802. —Extra Sensitive Litmus Papers.
- Red or blue, each book in a separate wrapping. Per book 2d., per dozen books 1/9.
- N.B.—No. 1802 should always he kept in air-tight stoppered bottles.
- 1803. —Tu rmeric Books. Per book 3d., per dozen books 2/-, per gross books 22/6.
- 1804. —Lead Books. Per book 2d., per doz. books 1/6, per gross books 13/6.
- 1805. —Starch Books. Per book 2d., per doz.
- books 1/2, per gross books 12/-.
- 1806. —Congo-Red Books. Per book 3d., per dozen books 2/3, per gross books 21 /-.
- 1810. —“ Centitest ” Perforated Ribbon
- Test Papers, in tin boxes, containing sufficient paper for ioo tests.
- A. “ Centitest ” Blue Litmus. Per box 5d.,
- per dozen boxes 3/9, per gross boxes 43/-.
- B. “ Centitest ” Red Litmus. Per box 5d.,
- per dozen boxes 3/9, per gross boxes 43/-.
- C. “ Duplitest Paper,” perforated ribbon form as above, but with blue and red litmus side by side on one ribbon. Per box 7d., per dozen boxes 5/6, per gross boxes 63/-.
- D. “Centitest” Turmeric. Per box 7d.,
- per dozen boxes 5/6, per gross boxes 63/-.
- TEST PAPER IN SHEETS.
- 1811. —Litmus Paper in Sheets. Blue or
- red............ .............per sheet 2d.
- 1812. —Congo-Red Paper in Sheets.
- per sheet 2d.
- 1813. —Turmeric Paper in Sheets.
- per sheet 2d.
- 1807. —Oil Test Paper, in tubes containing 120 strips. Per tube 10/6.
- 1808. —Phenol-Phthaleine Paper. Per book 3d., per dozen books 2/-.
- 1809. —Brazil Wood Test Papers. Per book 2d., per dozen books 1/6, per gross books 15/-.
- 1814.—Turned Wooden Boxes, for
- holding test papers, platinum foil, platinum wire, etc.
- per doz. 2/-
- 1815.—Litmus Pencil, red one end, blue the other. Instructions for use sent out with each pencil.
- Each ............... ..21-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.279 - vue 296/385
-
-
-
- 280 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- For
- INDIA RUBBER TUBING, see page 249.
- GLASS TUBING
- Soft Soda Glass, in 5-ft. Lengths.
- Illustrations are shown full size.
- oooqoOOOOOO
- ABCDEFG H J K L
- OOOoo
- Q P O N M
- 1816.—Glass Tubing, best quality soft soda glass, for blowpipe work, etc. Guaranteed free from lead.
- Size .. .. .. A
- Outside diameter .. 3 to 4
- Per lb................. 2/6
- Size ........................M
- Outside diameter .. .. 23
- Per lb.......................1/9
- B C D E F
- 4 to 5 6 7 9 10
- 2/6 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
- N 0 P Q R
- 25 30 35 40 45
- 2/1 2/1 2/6 2/6 3/-
- G H J K L
- 12 14 16 19 22 mm.
- 1/8 1/8 1/9 1/9 1/9
- ^ We can draw glass tubing up
- 50 mm. to about 70 mm. outside dia-3/6 meter. Prices on application.
- GLASS
- ROD
- THERMOMETER & BAROMETER TUBING, Etc.
- Illustrations are shown full size.
- ABC D E
- •0000000OO
- ABC D E F G H J K
- 1818. —Thermometer Tubing.
- Soft soda glass, size A (as illustrated)
- 1819. —Thermometer Tubing.
- Soft soda glass, size B (as illustrated)
- 1820. —Thermometer Tubing.
- Soft soda glass, size C (as illustrated)
- per lb. 2/9
- 2/9
- 2/9
- F G H
- 1817.—Glass Rod, soft soda glass. Sizes C, D and E.. .. per lb. 1 /9
- „ A and B .. .. „ 2/-
- ,, F, G and H .. ,, 2/9
- 1821. —Barometer Tubing.
- Soft soda glass, size D (as illustrated)
- 1822. —Barometer Tubing.
- Soft soda glass, size E (as illustrated)
- 1823. —Glass Tubing, Thick Walled.
- Soft soda glass, sizes F, G, H and J (as illustrated)
- 1824. —Glass Tubing, Thick Walled.
- Soft soda glass, size K (as illustrated)
- 2/3
- 2/3
- 2/9
- 2/9
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.280 - vue 297/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 281
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- COMBUSTION TUBES
- 1825
- 1825.—Combustion Glass Tubing. Special
- quality to stand very high temperatures and frequent usings.
- External diameter 5 to 10 io| to 25 26 to 32 mm.
- Per lb......... 5/6 5/- 6/-
- The most convenient size for ordinary Laboratory Work has an inside diameter of 12 io 13 mm.
- 1826
- 1826.—Combustion Glass Tubes, made of
- stout hard glass Combustion Tubing as No. 1825, hut
- cut into convenient lengths ready for use. Internal diam.
- 12-13 mm.
- Length .. 8 10 12 14 18 in.
- Each . yd. 8d. rod. i/i i/3
- Per dozen 6/- 7/6 9/6 12/- 14/6
- 1828
- 1828. —Combustion Glass Reduction
- Tubes, with one bulb, made out of stout hard glass Combustion Tubing No. 1825.
- Each .. .. 10d. Per dozen .. .. 9/-
- 1829. —Ditto with two bulbs.
- Each .. .. 1/- Per dozen .. .. 11/-
- 1830
- 1830.—Combustion Glass Tubes, bent and
- drawn out ready for use. Made out of stout hard glass Combustion Tubing No. 1825.
- Length 12 14 20 30 in.
- Each .. rid. 1/- i/5 i/7
- Per dozen .. 9/6 10/6 15/- 17/-
- 1831.—Iron Tubes, white enamelled inside, 26 in. X f in. ............. .. each 3/6
- eSB9=S^BS^B^B9aS
- 1832.—Iron Tube, 18 in. long, § in. inside diameter, open both ends .. .. .. .. each 1 /6
- 1827.—Iron Tube, 9 in. long, £in. inside diameter, closed one end .. . . . . .. .. each 1 /-
- 1833.—Iron Tube, 12 in. long, | in. inside diameter, closed at one end .. .. .. .. each 1 /3
- FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING
- 1834. —Flexible Metal I ic Steel Tubing, of
- great durability and strength, free from smell. Supplied in 2 ft., 3 ft., 4 ft., 5 ft., and 6 ft. lengths, with
- rubber ends complete—| in. for Bunsen burners.
- A. In lengths of 2 ft., with rubber push-on at each end.
- per 2 ft. length 1/8
- B. In lengths of 3 ft., with rubber push-on at each end.
- per 3 ft. length 2/-
- (Other lengths supplied at 6d. per foot extra.)
- C. Rubber push-ons only .. .. per dozen 4/-
- 1835. —Flexible Metal lie Copper Tubing
- (rubber ends, 4/- dozen extra.) Supplied in any length. Size | in. (for Bunsen burners) .. .. per foot 1/4
- 1834/5
- For Rubber Tubing, see page 249.
- „ Porcelain Combustion Tubes, see page 13. ,, Silica Tubes, see pages 22, 24 and 29.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.281 - vue 298/385
-
-
-
- 282 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THERMOMETERS
- Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, narrow, for passing through corks. Scale
- engraved on stems.
- Each thermometer in cylindrical case, for general laboratory work.
- Cat. No. Range. How Divided. Price each. Price per doz. Cat. No.
- 1836 — 10° to 110° C. single degrees 2/6 27/6 1836
- 1837 0° to 200° C. single degrees 3/- • 35/- 1837
- 1838 — io° to 250° C. single degrees 3/3 37/6 1838
- 1839 o° to 360° C. single degrees 4/6 52/- 1839
- 1840 - 5° to 212° F. single degrees 3/- 35/- 1840
- 1841 — 320 to 2400 F. single degrees 3/3 37/6 1841
- 1842 + io° to 400° F. single degrees 3/6 40/- 1842
- 1843 o° to 6oo° F. every 2 degrees 4/6 52/- 1843
- 1844 o° to 50° C. half degree 3/- 35/- 1844
- 1845 — io° to iio° C. half degree 3/6 40- 1845
- 1846 — io° to 250° C. half degree 4/6 50/- 1846
- 1847 o° to 50° C. fifth degree 4/6 50/- 1847
- 1848 — io° to iio° C. fifth degree 6 /-. 70/- 1848
- 1849 + 5o° to 150° C. fifth degree 6/- 70/- 1849
- 1850 — io° to 50° C. tenth degree 5/6 60/- 1850
- 1851 — 50 to no0 C. tenth degree 6/6 72/- 1851
- BEST BRITISH STANDARD THERMOMETERS FOR RESEARCH WORK
- HIGHEST QUALITY:
- Scale engraved on stem for experiments requiring great accuracy.
- THE NATIONAL PHYSICAL LABORATORY,
- KEW OBSERVATORY. RICHMOND. SURREY
- CERTIFICATE OF EXAMINATION.
- Centigrade Thermometer—No. ... 3a ..............-.......
- by....................sCtmuOLcXb...............................-.......-
- (VERIFIED UNMOUNTED AND IN A VERTICAL POSITION.)
- Corrections {to the nearest O' / ) to be applied to the Scale Readings, determined by comparison with the Standard Instruments at the National Physical Laboratory, Richmond.
- —O' 35 ... ... -j-o-, 70 ... - —O'O
- —0 40 ... ... -to / 75 ... ... — 00
- \-0- 45 ... ... -po / 80 ... ... —O'0
- \ 50 ... ... -0 0 ’ 85 ... ... -0 0
- -to-l 55... ... -0-0 90 ... ... -0-0
- -to/ 60 ... ... -0 / 95 ... -to-/
- -to/ 65 ... 0/ iOO ... ... -/O S.
- Note—l.—When the sign of the Correction is + the quantity noted is to be added to the observed scale reading, and when — to be subtracted from it.
- II. _it is desirable that this instrument should be tested again after some time
- has elapsed, as Mercurial Thermometers are liable to read too high through age.
- III. —The Correction attached to any temperature in the certificate applies only when the whole of the glass and the contained mercury possesses that temperature.
- National Physical Laboratory,
- iHf
- Director.
- Cat. No. Range. Divided to Each. Natl. Physl. Laboratory Certificate.
- Points Tested. Extra.
- 1852 — 30 + 30° C. •1° 14/- II 5/-
- 1853 - -5 + 55°C. •1° 14/- II 4/6
- 1854 -5 + 55° C. •2° 12/- II 4/6
- 1855 + 10 -f- 500 C. •1° 14/- 9 4/-
- 1856 — 10 + iio° C. •2° 16/- 21 12/-
- 1857 + 20 + ioo° C. •2° 15/- 15 10/-
- 1858 + 50 + 105° C. •1° 16/- II 8/-
- 1859 + 50 + 105° c. •2° 14/- II 8/-
- 1860 + 70 + 130° c. •1° 16/- 7 14/-
- 1861 + 80 + 150° c. •2° 17/6 7 14/-
- 1862 J- IOO + 210° C. •2° 22/- 6 15/-
- 1863 + 140 + 210° C. •2° 22/- 7 15/-
- 1864 + 200 + 300° C. '•2° 25/- 6 22/-
- 1865 - 5 + 155° C. •5° 20/- 8 14/-
- 1866 - 5 + 205° C. *5° 21/- 9 15/-
- 1867 0 + 250° C. •5° 21/- 6 18/-
- 1868 0 + 300° C. •5° 25/- 7 22/-
- 1869 0 + 360° C. •5° 27/6 8 22/6
- 1870 + 100 + 400° C. •5° 35/- 7 30/-
- 1871 + 100 J- 500° C. i° 40/- 9 40/-
- 1872 0 + 120° F. •2° 14/- 13 6/-
- 1873 + 20 + 120° F. •5° 10/- 7 3/-
- 1874 + 20 + 220° F. •5° 16/- 19 10/-
- 1875 + 120 + 220° F. •2° 16/- 10 8/-
- 1876 + 30 + 300° F. •5° 20/- 8 14/-
- 1877 + 30 + 400° F. i° 20/- 10 21/-
- 1878 + 30 + 6000 F. i° 25/- 7 20/-
- 1879 + 100 -|- 8000 F. i° 40/- 8 27/6
- p.282 - vue 299/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 283
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- tc
- UJ
- SC
- o
- Ctt
- 1880-1893 Paper Scale.
- THERMOMETERS
- Thermometers of Jena normal glass, with paper scale enclosed in Outer tube, outside diameter of the thermometer from J in. to f in., each thermometer in cylindrical case.
- Cat. No. Range. How Divided. Price each. Price per doz. : Cat. No.
- 1880 — 10° to + 110° C. single degrees 2 3 26/- 1880
- 1881 0° to 200° C. single degrees 2/9 30/- 1881
- 1882 — io° to + 250° C. single degrees j 3/- 34 1882
- 1883 o° to 360° C. single degrees 3 6 40/- 1883
- 1884 o° to 150° F. single degrees 2/- 22/- 1884
- 1885 — 5° to + 212° F. single degrees 2/3 26/- i 1885
- 1886 — 320 to + 240° F. single degrees 2/6 27/6 1886
- 1887 -j- io° to + 400° F. every 2 degrees 2/9 30/- 1887
- 1888 o° to 6oo° F. every 2 degrees 3/6 40/- 1888
- 1889 — io° to + no0 C. half degree 3/- : 34/- 1889
- 1890 i — io° to + 250° C. half degree 3/6 40/- 1890
- 1891 o° to 250° C. fifth degree 5/- 55/- 1891
- 1892 j — io° to + iio° C. fifth degree j 4/6 1 50/- 1892
- 1893 + 50° to + iio° C. fifth degree 4/- ; 45/- i 1893
- Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, with milk-glass scale enclosed in outer tube, outside diameter of tube about f in., each thermometer in cylindrical case.
- 1894 — io° to + iio° C. single degrees 2/9 30/- 1894
- 1895 o° to 250° C. single degrees 3/9 40/- 1895
- 1896 o° to 360° C. i single degrees 4/- 46/- 1896
- 1897 — 5° to + 212° F. single degrees 2/6 27/6 1897
- 1898 — 320 to + 240° F. single degrees 3/- 34/- 1898
- 1899 + io° to + 400° F. single degrees 3/6 40/- 1899
- 1900 o° to 6oo° F. every 2 degrees 4/- 46/- 1900
- 1901.—Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, with both Fahrenheit and Centigrade scales, on strip of milk glass enclosed in outer tube, diameter f in.
- A. 2120 F. and ioo° C. .. each 3/6
- B. 400° F. and 200° C. •• „ 4/-
- C. 6oo° F. and 360° C. .. „ 5/6
- 1902.—Special High Temperature Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, filled with nitrogen, graduated on stem, enamelled backs, diameter about 6 mm.
- A. o°C. to 360° C., in single degrees., each 5/6 E. loo0 C. to 360° C., in half degrees .. each 11/6
- B. ,, „ 4oo°C., ,, ,, „ .. „ 8/- F. + ioo° C. ,, 400°C., ,, single ,, .. ,, 9/-
- C. „ „ „ „ half „ .. „ 9/6 G. o° C. „ 460° C„ „ „ „ .. „ 12/6
- D. -f-ioo°C. to 360° C., ,, single ,, .. ,, 8/6
- 1903.—Special Low Temperature Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, for liquid air experiments; calibrated with the greatest precision, graduated on Stem, enamel backs.
- Range .. .. .. .. .. + 30° down to — 120° .. .. + 30° down to — 200° C.
- Divided into .. .. .. .. .. single .. .. single degrees
- Filled with .. .. .. .. .. Toluol .. .. Pentane
- Price ..................................• 15/- .. .. 28/6
- each.
- p.283 - vue 300/385
-
-
-
- 284 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BECKMANN’S THERMOMETERS
- Directions for handling Beckmann Thermometers when the upper mercury reservoir has become full.—First turn the Thermometer upside down, and then by lightly knocking the mercury bulb, let the mercury thread run forward so that it unites with the mercury in the reservoir. The Thermometer must now be very carefully placed in a slightly inclined position so that the mercury thread does not break but draws the mercury in the reservoir down with it ; this treatment may probably have to be repeated several times. If, however, in spite of this, the mercury cannot be brought back out of the reservoir in this way, the latter must be slightly warmed and then treated as above stated.
- 1904.—Beckmann’s Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, for the determination of molecular weights, milk-glass scale closed by metal cap at the top.
- A. Range of scale, 50 to 6° in Truths .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each
- B. ,, ,, i° in g-^-jjths ..
- C. „ ,, io° to 120 in 7Vths............
- D. ,, >>25° to 30° in Gottis...........
- E. „ ,, 50° to 6o° in TVths .. ..
- 1905.—Beckmann’s Thermometers, of Jena normal glass, with auxiliary scale.
- A. Ordinary pattern, range of scale 50 to 6°, divided into T^ths ; extent of auxiliary scale-division,
- — io° to J- 1200 C. in t° • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • each £1
- B. Ditto, new form, shorter in length, and with smaller mercury bulb .. .. .. ,, 1
- C. Ordinary pattern, range of scale 50 to 6°, divided into -Yths ; extent of auxiliary scale,
- — io° to -f- 1200 C. in ? ° .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ,, £1
- D. Ditto, new form, shorter in length, and with smaller mercury bulb .. .. .. ,, 1
- 1906.—Beckmann’s Differential Thermometer, latest pattern, with fused-in absolute thermometer.
- Range of scale of the differential thermometer, 50 to 6°, divided into , ths; extent of auxiliary scale, — io° to + 120°, divided into f° ; range of absolute thermometer, — io° to J- 120° in Toths .. .. .. .. each £3 3 0
- 8
- 8
- 5
- 5
- 1907.—Powerful Magnifier, with electric lamp complete. Will fit any thermometer. All parts adjustable.
- The electric lamp is fixed to the clamping arrangement and can be worked with a couple of dry cells.
- Each ...............21 /-
- 1908. Powerful Magnifier,
- for reading Beckmann thermometers. Each ..................12/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.284 - vue 301/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 285
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WORKS THERMOMETERS
- Thermometers fop Chemical Works, having an outside diameter of about f in., and with bold paper scale, suitable for workmen’s use.
- Catalogue Reference 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915
- Range ioo° C. 250° C. 360° C. 212° F. 2400 F. 4000 F. 6000 F.
- Price, each 2/- 2/6 2/9 2/6 2/3 2/6 3/-
- Thermometers, as above, but with bold milk-glass scale.
- Catalogue Reference 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922
- Range ioo° C. 250° C. 360° C. 212° F. 240° F. °o 6000 F.
- Price, each 2/6 3/- 3/6 2/6 2/9 3/- 3/6
- 1923.—'THERMOMETERS FOR USE IN FACTORIES. —We are prepared to
- quote very advantageous prices for all kinds of factory thermometers. Customers are requested to furnish us with details regarding the purpose for which thermometers will be used, also total length, range and length of stem.
- ANSCHUTZ NORMAL THERMOMETERS
- 1924.—Complete Sets of Anschutz Normal Thermometers, filled with nitrogen, milk-glass scale in velvet-lined case ; each set consists of the following seven thermometers, over which the complete range of — io° to 360° C. is distributed.
- No. 1 Thermometer having a range of - 10° to 6o° C.
- ,, 2 ,, ,, + 40° to no0 C.
- ,, 3 ,, ,, + 90° to 1600 C.
- ,, 4 ,, ,, + 1400 to 210° C.
- ,, . 5 ,, ,, + 19°° to 260° C.
- ,, 6 ,, ,, + 240° to 310° C.
- . 7 PRICES. + 290° to 360° C.
- 1925.—Complete set, as above, graduated in single degrees and fitted in velvet-lined case .. £3 3 0
- 1926.- ,, ,, half ,, ,, 4 0 0
- 1927- ,, „ fifth ,, ,, ,, 5 0 0
- Thermometers, as above, may be had singly, prices as follows :-
- Catalogue Reference 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934
- Range (Centigrade) - -io° to 6o° +40 0 to 110° +9o°toi6o° +140° to 2100 +190° to 260° +240° to 310° +290 0 to 360° C.
- A. Price, divided in
- single degrees 5/- 6/- 6/- 6/6 8/- 10/6 12/-
- B. Price, divided in
- half degrees 6/6 6/6 8/- »/- 10/6 12/- 13/6
- C. Price, divided in
- fifth degrees 7/6 7/6 10/- 11/6 14/6 16/- 17/6
- NORMAL THERMOMETERS
- 1935.—Set of three Normal Thermometers, with saddle fastening, length about 32 cm., graduated from — 20° C. to + 300° C. in |°, in velvet lined case. The complete range — 20° C. to + 300° C. is distributed over the three thermometers. Price complete .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£2126
- INCUBATOR THERMOMETERS
- 1936.—Incubator Thermometers, with long stem and milk glass scale.
- A. io° to 50° C. in ^° .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 8/—
- B. io° to 8o° C. in 1°....................... .............. ^ g/_
- C. 200 to ioo° C. in £°..................................... ” 10/-
- Thermometers of every description supplied. Write for quotations.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.285 - vue 302/385
-
-
-
- 286 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THERMOMETERS
- 1937.—Platinum Resistance
- Thermometer, for temperatures up to 500°C. Tube, porcelain throughout, 1 in. diameter, platinum bulb, copper leads throughout, hardwood heads, net price .. .. £5 17 6
- 1938 .—Ditto, for temperatures up to 1,200° C.
- Price ...............£9 0 0
- 1939.—Thermo -Electric Thermometer, suitable for research work, determination of recalescent points, etc. Especially useful when only a small quantity of the substance to be measured is available. For temperatures up to 1,400° C., or, with porcelain tube removed, to 1,600° C. Tube, porcelain throughout, 7 mm. diameter. Hardwood head, with simple device for holding the porcelain tube, in order that the tube may be readily replaced during an experiment. A table giving the constants of each thermo-couple is supplied.
- Length of thermometer, 12 in. ; platinum-iridium.
- Price ...............£6 15 0
- Length of thermometer, 12 in. ; platinum-rhodium.
- Price .. .. £7 0 0
- (The above thermometers vary in price according to the market price of platinum.)
- 1947.—Model Thermometer, to illustrate the expansion of liquids by heat, 40 oz. flask, with tube and scale .. .. .. .. .. each 5/6
- 1
- 1940 1943 1944 1946 1947
- 1940.—Empty Thermometer Tubes, size of
- bulb, 1-5 cm., length of stem, 29 cm. per doz. 4/-
- 1941 • —Ditto, medium, size of bulb, 3-5 cm., length of
- stem, 45 cm. .. .. .. .. per doz. 5/-
- 1942 •—Ditto, large, size of bulb, 5-5 cm., length of stem,
- 70 cm. .. .. .. each 8d. ; per doz. 6/6
- 1943. —Empty Thermometer Tubes, enamelled back, with funnel end for filling, size of bulb, 1*5 cm., length of stem (including funnel), 33 cm.
- per doz. 5/-
- 1944. —Ungraduated Thermometers, filled
- with mercury .. .. .. .. each 1 /6
- 1945 .—Ditto, filled with spirit .. .. each 1 /-
- 1946.—Air Thermometer, with graduated scale, large size .. .. .. .. each 6/-
- ^4 Copper Leads Throughout
- CLINICAL THERMOMETERS
- 1948. —4 in. Clinical thermometer, hospital
- pattern, in metal case .. .. each 2/-
- 1949. —4 in. Clinical thermometer, standard “ Imperishable Index,” in metal case
- each 3/-
- 1950. -4 in. Clinical thermometer, improved oval or flat back, rendering the divisions and figures very distinct, whilst its shape prevents it from rolling, in oval plated case
- each 3/6
- 1951. —4 in. Clinical thermometer, with magnifying index, hospital pattern, in metal
- case
- 1952. -4
- 1953. -4
- 1954. -4
- 1955— 4
- 1956— 4
- in.
- each 3/6 Clinical thermometer, “ .Standard
- 1949
- lens front magnifying bore, very sensitive
- 30 sec. “ Standard ” ordinary pattern, in metal case 60 ,, ,, ,, ,,
- rapid aclin., 30 sec. magnifying lens front ,, 60
- each
- 4/6
- 4/6
- 4/-
- 6/-
- 6/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.286 - vue 303/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 287
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOXWOOD SCALE THERMOMETERS
- 1957. — Thermo-
- meters, square-edged boxwood scale, for hanging on walls.
- Each .. .. 1/6
- 1958.—D o u b I e Scale Thermometers, highly finished, bevelled boxwood, with both Centigrade and Fahrenheit scales.
- Each .. .. 3/6
- 1959.—Set of 3 Ther-mometers, Centigrade, Fahrenheit, and Reaumur scales respectively, mounted on polished boxwood back for hanging on wall.
- Each .. .. .. 12/6
- I960.—Set of 3 Ther-mometers, cheaper make, showing Centigrade, Fahrenheit and Reaumur scales, mounted.
- Each ...............6/6
- 1959
- MAXIMUM THERMOMETERS
- . (For Minimum Thermometers, see next page.)
- The self-registering maximum thermometer is used by observers to register the extreme heat during the day. It is usually placed in a Stevenson’s screen, together with the minimum thermometer and the hygrometer. If a screen is not available, a board with a sloping top, to screen from sun and rain, will be found useful. The observation is usually taken at 9 a.m. every morning, when the thermometer is also reset. To reset, hold the top of the thermometer by the right hand and give it two or three gentle swings of the arm, which will cause the column of mercury to descend to its starting point.
- 1961.—Thermometers, maximum, self-registering, boxwood scale, 8 in. .. .. .. each 3/-
- 1962 .—Ditto, io in. .. .. .. .. ,, 3/9
- 1965.—Standard IVIaximum Thermometer,
- self-registering, engine-divided on stem, and figured on opal scale, mounted polished mahogany or oak back.
- £110
- 1963.—IVIaximum Thermometer, better
- quality, boxwood scale, 8 in. .. .. each 6/-
- 1964 .—Ditto, io in. .. .. .. .. ,, 7/6
- 1966.—IVIaximum Thermometer, self-registering, engine-divided on stem, and figured on opal scale, mounted on polished mahogany frame, as No. 1965, but smaller size .. .. .. 15/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.287 - vue 304/385
-
-
-
- 288 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MINIMUM THERMOMETERS
- The self-registering minimum thermometer is used by observers to obtain the extreme of cold during the night. It is usually suspended with the bulb end, slightly inclined downwards, in the Stevenson’s screen, with the maximum and the hygrometer. If a screen is not available it may be suspended on a board with sloping top to shelter from sun and rain.
- The observation is usually taken at 9 a.m. every morning, and the index is reset at the same time. To reset the index, lift the bulb end of the thermometer and allow it to run to edge of the spirit in the tube ; thus set, the instrument may be replaced in its horizontal position.
- 1967.—Thermo meter, minimum, self-registering, boxwood scale, 8 in., as figured .. .. each 2/9
- 1968 .—Ditto, 10 in. .. .. .. .. ,, 3/6
- 1970.—Thermometer, minimum, better quality, boxwood scale, 8 in. as figured .. .. each 4/6
- 1971 .—Ditto, 10 in... .. .. .. ,, 7/-
- 1969. Standard Minimum Thermometers,
- self-registering, engine-divided on stem, and figured on opal scale, mounted on polished mahogany or oak back................................£110
- 1972.—Minimum Thermometer, standard pattern, self-registering, engine-divided on stem, and figured on opal scale, mounted on polished mahogany frame, as No. 1969, but cheaper make .. 15/-
- COMBINED MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM THERMOMETERS
- , 10 I 20 I 30 140 150 160 I 70 I 80 I 90 I lOOl 1101 1201139JJ4
- FREE ZINC BECKER HATTON WALL. LONDON.
- ** . freezing
- - 110 1001 90 80 I 70 I 60 I 50 I 40 1 30 I 20 I 10 10 I
- 1973.—Thermometer, combined maximum and minimum, io in. scales .. .. .. each 17/6
- 1974.—10 in. Window or Bracket Six’s Thermometer, mounted on oak or mahogany board, opal scale and plain figures, with magnet.
- Each ........................£17 6
- 1975.—Six’s Self-Registering Maximum and Minimum, boxwood, in well-finished japanned tin frame, complete with grooved magnet, 8 in.
- Each .. .. 6/6
- 1976 .—Ditto, io in.
- Each .. ..9/6
- 1977. — Combined Standard Maximum and Minimum Thermometers, self-registering,
- Six’s principle, engine-divided on stems, and clearly figured on opal scale, in white metal case with magnet, verified at Kew, io in., £1 17s. 6d. ; 12 in., as illustration, £2 17s. 6d.
- For HYGROMETERS, DIFFERENTIAL AIR THERMOMETERS, Etc., see PHYSICAL APPARATUS CATALOGUE.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.288 - vue 305/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 289
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Improved pattern, as
- 1978.—Victor Meyer’s
- Apparatus for Determining the Density of an Unsaturated Vapour. Ordinary pattern.
- Each.
- Price of inner vessel.. 47-Price of outer glass jacket for ditto .. 5/6 Price of outer jacket for ditto, made of brazed copper .. 37/6 Small stoppered bottles for use with above 6d.
- per dozen 5/6
- A.
- B.
- C.
- D.
- VAPOUR DENSITY APPARATUS
- 1980.—Victor Meyer’s Apparatus for Determining the Density of an Urisaturated Vapour.
- described in Poynting & Thomson's “ Heat."
- The wide tube A contains at the bottom a liquid which has a higher boiling point than the substance of which the vapour-pressure has to be measured. The substance is vaporised in the bulb B, and in doing so displaces its own volume of air, which is driven up the tube C through a length of thick-walled india-rubber tubing attached to the side tube D and into a graduated burette E. This burette is supported in the manner shown within a glass cylinder F, the bottom of the cylinder being closed, either by being drawn down as shown, or with a cork and a drainage tube attached, which can be closed by a pinch-cock G. The liquid to be experimented upon is contained either in a small bottle with a glass stopper, or in a thin-walled glass bulb, which at the commencement of the experiment is hung from a wire J, which passes through the cork which closes the top of the tube C. The form of this wire is shown on a large scale at I. In the position shown the bottle hangs from the lower end of the wire, a loop of wire being attached to the neck of the bottle for the purpose. On turning the wire through two right angles by means of the handle J, the
- wire loop slips off the hook, and the bottle falls down the tube C. A little asbestos placed in the bulb B serves to prevent the bottle breaking the tube in its fall.
- Price 35/-
- 1979.—Hofmann’s Apparatus for Determining the Density of an Unsaturated Vapour. This apparatus is used in the Science Laboratories of Harrow School, and was made specially by us. It consists of an accurately graduated mercury tube about a metre in length, enclosed in a wide glass tube, which is connected to a round-bottomed flask, and an “ all-glass" Liebig's condenser, the latter fitting loosely into a round-bottomed receiver.
- A. Price, complete, as figured .. .. £2 2 6
- B. ,, glass parts only .. .. .. 12 6
- C. ,, of graduated tube and jacket only 0 15 0
- 1 981 . — Victor Meyer’s Apparatus for Determining the Density of an Unsaturated Vapour. “ Stoppered ” Pattern.
- This improved form of Victor Meyer’s apparatus is fully described in Poynting & Thomson’s Text-Book of Physics— “ Heat.”
- A. Price of apparatus, as figured .. . . .. 10/-
- B. ,, outer jacket for ditto.. .. 5/6
- C. ,, outer jacket for ditto, made of brazed
- copper .. .. .. .. .. ..37/6
- D. Small stoppered bottles for use with above,
- each 6d. ; per dozen 5/6
- 1982.—Small Stoppered Bottles, for use in
- vapour-density experiments.
- each 6d. ; per dozen 5/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. Sec comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- s
- p.289 - vue 306/385
-
-
-
- 290 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- VAPOUR DENSITY APPARATUS
- T T
- 1983
- 1983.—Dumas’ Apparatus for Determining the Density of an Unsaturated Vapour.
- A large glass flask, provided with a neck drawn out to a fine tube, was partially filled with the liquid the vapour-density of which was required, and then immersed in a bath of oil or molten metal which could be maintained at a temperature considerably above the boiling point of the liquid. In order to keep the flask immersed, it was held in a heavy metal frame, which also supported thermometers to indicate the temperature of the bath.
- During the ebullition of the liquid in the flask, the vapour formed issued in a small jet from the drawn-out neck. This continued until the liquid was completely vaporised, at which instant the issue of the vapour abruptly ceased. The flask was then full of vapour at the atmospheric pressure and the temperature of the bath. The barometer was then read, and the mouth of the flask was sealed up with a blowpipe. Price ................... .. .. £1 12 6
- 1984. — D u m a s’ Vapour-Density Bulbs, as used in apparatus No. 1983.
- Each..........8d.
- Per dozen .. .. 7/6
- (See Edser’s “ Heat for Advanced Students.”)
- WATCH
- 1985
- 1985.—Watch Glasses.
- Diameter .. 4 5 6 J ?\ 9 10 cm.
- Per dozen .. 1/6 1/8 1/10 2/6 3/6 4/3
- Per gross .. 15/9 17/6 19/6 26/- 39/- 47/6
- Diameter .. ii| I2| 15 17! 20 cm.
- Per dozen .. 5/9 8/6 10/6 15/- 18/-
- Per gross .. 64/- 91/- 114/- 167/- 210/-
- GLASSES
- 1986.—Watch Glasses in
- pairs, ground edges, and carefully adjusted for use with balances.
- Diameter, 2| in. .. .. .. .. per pair 1 /-
- 1987.—F I a t-B o t to m ed Watch Glasses, best quality, ground edges.
- A. Diameter, 2 in.
- B. ,, 2| in.
- 1988.—Spring Wire Clips,
- for watch glasses.
- A. Aluminium .. 4d. each.
- B. Brass .. .. 5d. ,,
- WEIGHING SCOOPS. Etc
- 1989.—C 0 p p e r Assay Scoops, with wooden handles.
- Length of scoop.. Each 5 6 8 10 in. .. 8/6 9/- 10/- 11/6
- 1990.—Horn Assay Scoops, Each 8d. ; per dozen 7/-
- 1991.—Horn Scoops.
- * Length.. 10 12 14 16 cm. Each .. 10d. 1/- 1/6 2/-
- 1992.—Flat-Bottom Weighing Scoops,
- aluminium.
- Length ... • • 65 85 90 mm.
- Each .. 1/3 1/6 1/9
- Per dozen 14/- 17/- 20/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.290 - vue 307/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 291
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- WEIGHING BOTTLES AND TUBES
- 1993.—Weighing Bottles, with wide
- necks and well-ground-in stoppers, best make.
- Height .. 50 5o 70 mm.
- Diameter • • 25 30 25 „
- Price .. 1/2 1/6 1 /6 each.
- Height .. 70 80 90 mm.
- Diameter •• 35 40 50 „
- Price .. .. 2/3 2/9 4/-each.
- 1994.—Weighing Bottles, with contracted necks and well-ground-in stoppers.
- Height .. .. 50 60 75 100 mm.
- Diameter .. 25 29 29 29 ,,
- Price .. ..1/6 2/- 2/3 2/6each.
- 1995.—Weighing Tubes, with well-ground-
- in stoppers, best make, flat bottoms.
- Height .. .. 50 50 75 mm.
- Diameter •• 13 *9 13 „
- Price .. 8d. 9d. 10d. each.
- Height .. •• 75 80 100 115 mm.
- Diameter .. 25 16 25 30 „
- Price 1/3 V- 1/4 2/6 each.
- 1996.—Weighing Bottles, extra wide, with well-
- ground- in stoppers.
- Price
- Height. Diameter. each.
- 20 mm. 30 mm. 2/-
- 20 35 „ 2/3
- 30 „ 38 „ 2/8
- 30 „ 50 „ 3/6
- 30 „ 60 ,, 5/6
- 1997.—Weighing Tubes,
- stoppers, round bottoms.
- with well-ground-in.
- Height 50 50 75 mm.
- Diameter 13 19 13 „
- Price 8d. 9d. 10d. each.
- Height 75 80 100 115 mm.
- Diameter 25 16 25 30 „
- Price .. 1/3 V- 1/4 2/6 each.
- 1998.—Glazed Weighing Paper.
- A. Black .. per quire 4/- ] per ream 75/-
- B. White 4/- ; 75/-
- C. Red 4/-; 75/-
- MISCELLANEOUS LABORATORY APPARATUS
- 1999.—Mansfield’s Oil Gas Apparatus for Laboratories.
- The object of this apparatus is to place in the hands of scientists, whose laboratories are removed from the advantages of a supply of town’s coal gas, a complete plant of great durability and simplicity, which will manufacture and maintain a constant supply of gas. The gas is made from any kind of oil (mineral, animal, or vegetable oil) ; it is permanent, will not condense, and has much greater calorific power than coal gas. All the appliances used for coal gas are readily adapted for use with Mansfield's Oil Gas Apparatus.
- Mansfield’s Oil Gas is distributed in exactly the same manner as coal gas. Pipes of various sizes, according to the distance and the quantity of gas to be carried, are laid to the various points where gas is required.
- We shall be pleased to quote for complete plants on receipt of full details as to requirements.
- ASBESTOS GOODS.
- (Asbestos Millboards, see page 274.)
- Per lb.
- 2000. —Asbestos Cloth, best quality. .. 5/6
- 2001. —Asbestos Paper, for covering flasks
- while exposed to heat .. .. .. .. 2/6
- 2002. —Asbestos Yarn, best quality .. 4/6
- 2003. —Asbestos Tape, 2 in. wide.. .. 6/9
- 2004. - ,, „ Ii „ .. 6/9
- 2005. —Uralite, made of asbestos fibre amalgamated with mineral glue. Being fireproof and unaffected by acids, it is very suitable for covering laboratory benches, etc. In sheets 6 x 3 ft.
- Thickness of sheets.. | i tV I in.
- Per foot super .. 1/3 2/- 2/6 3/3 3/9
- In squares .. .. 10 i2| 15 cm. x § in.
- Dozen.............. 2/- 3/- 4/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.291 - vue 308/385
-
-
-
- 292 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MISCELLANEOUS LABORATORY APPARATUS
- 2006.—Sponges, students’
- size, as supplied by us to Harrow School.
- Each..................8d.
- Per doz. . . 7/-
- 2007 .—Ditto, larger size.
- Each....................................1/-
- Per dozen .. .. . . .. .. .. 10/6
- 2008. —Laboratory Towels .. each 1/6
- per doz. 17/-
- 2009. —Laboratory Dusters .. each I0d.
- per doz. 9/6
- 2010. —Cloths, for cleaning glass-ware, microscope
- slides, etc. .. . . .. .. .. each 1 /3
- per doz. 14/-
- 2011. —Chamois Leathers, best quality, for
- instruments .. . . . . . . .. each 2/-
- 2012. —String Dusters .. per doz. 2/-
- 2013.—Laboratory Coats, made of white or khaki drill with pockets.
- A. 33 inches long...................13/6
- B. 40 ,, ,, ............... .. 15/-
- C. 52 ,, ,, ....................17/6
- 2014. — Rupert’s Drops. These are small glass pear-shaped globules which have been allowed to cool suddenly. On breaking off the thin tail the whole globule breaks up into a powderish mass.
- Price .. per doz. 1 /9
- 2015.
- Bologna Phials. These are small thick-walled glass bottles which have been allowed to cool quickly. Drop one or two sharp-edged pieces of flint inside and then shake them about, when the bottom of the bottle will fall out.
- Each 5d,
- Per doz. 4/6
- 2018.—I n d i a-r u b b e r Stalls.................
- 2019.—I n d i a-r u b b e r Stalls.................
- 2020.—I n d i a-r u b b e r
- Aprons with pockets.
- Each.......................17/6
- 2016.—Measures, japanned tin, with handle, for
- Finger
- per doz. 2/-
- Thumb
- per doz. 3/6
- lecture purposes.
- I litre. \ litre. i litre.
- 1 /8 2/- 2/6 each.
- 2021.—H o t Air Motors. Diameter of piston 54 mm., horse-power i-4oth, diameter of flywheel 20-2 cm.
- Price .. £15 0 0
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence'all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end "of Catalogue.
- p.292 - vue 309/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 293
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MISCELLANEOUS LABORATORY APPARATUS
- 2022
- 2022. —Engler’s Set of Atomic Models,
- in box complete, with full instructions.
- Per set .. .. 32/6
- 2023. — Professor Collie’s Set of Models for illustrating principle of the atomic theory, each set consisting of i stand, i cube, 6 tetrahedra, 6 supports, 12 hooks, and 6 bands.
- Price complete £3 15 0
- 2024. —Dr. Eiloart’s Atomic Models,
- as used in organic chemistry lectures, consisting of 6 wooden models, 6 straight pins, 6 hinged pins, 40 japanned tin caps, with formulae, etc.
- £4 4 0
- (Full details are given in Dr. Eiloart’s book, “ Guide to Stereochemistry,” price 4/-.)
- 2025. —Supports for the above, with arrangement for raising and lowering the models, with special joint for inclining in any position.
- Each .................................9/6
- 2026. —Professors Perkins and
- Kippings’ Models for showing isomerism of sugars and tartaric acids. Complete set of 12 models, 48 coloured balls and rubber tube, with instructions .. . . .. .. .. 13/6
- 2027.—Strong Wire
- Clip, with handle, for holding beakers, etc. Each .. .. 1/3
- 2028.—Water Pump Valve,
- to prevent water rushing back into the exhausted chamber if any alteration of pressure at the main takes place.
- As supplied by us to the University of Liverpool (School of Physiology).
- Price, each Per dozen
- 2/6
- 24/-
- 2029.—Double Nitrometer Clamp, with
- fixed boss-head and two clamps with swivel joints as figured.
- Each .. .. .. 12/-
- 2030. —Glass Cordite Cones,
- for determining quantity of volatile matter in gun-cotton. Made of thin, light glass .. .. each 1 /6
- 2031. —Aluminium Trays for
- use with above .. each 2/6
- 2032.—S t i r r i n g Apparatus, with
- three speeds, can be fixed to any retort stand.
- x
- Price, as illustrated, but without stand or motor.
- Each.............12/6
- 2033. — Laboratory Scales, Superior Quality and Finish. Suitable for weighing chemicals, etc. ; double beam ; mounted on nicely finished walnut box, with white marble top, and provided with two movable brass pans.
- To weigh 1 2 5 10 kilos.
- Diameter of pans 16 18 20 22 cm.
- Each .. .. 42/6 50/- 75/- 92/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.293 - vue 310/385
-
-
-
- 294 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- MONEL METAL LABORATORY UTENSILS
- Monel Metal is a natural nickel-copper alloy consisting of approximately 67% Nickel, 28% Copper and 5% other metals. It contains no tin, zinc or antimony. Owing to its high resistance to corrosion, it has been found eminently suitable for laboratory use where a material is required which will withstand corroding agencies under varying conditions of temperature and concentration.
- 2034.—Monel Metal Crucibles. 2035.—Monel Metal Basins.
- No. 1 2 3 I 4 5
- Diameter .. cm. 3 i 3-5 4 ! 4-5 i 5
- Capacity .. cc. 15 1 25 35 ! 5P i 70
- Each .... 1/3 1/6 1/10 2/3 i 2/9
- Covers extra ; 7d. 8d. 10d. | V- 1/3
- No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- Diameter cm. 5 6 7 8 10 12 15
- Each i 1/9 2/- 2/3 2/9 3/6 4/6 7/-
- Monel Metal gives a complete resistance to corrosive action by salt water, atmospheric conditions, alkalis and some acids, and a high resistance to a large number of acids.
- Melting Point, 1360° C.
- Specific Gravity, 8-87.
- Heat Conductivity i/i5th that of Copper.
- Owing to the varying conditions under which metals are used in chemical operations, it is impossible to give definite guarantees as to suitability, but MONEL METAL IS GENERALLY RECOMMENDED FOR THE FOLLOWING, CHEMICALS :—
- Acetic Acid Aluminium Sulphate Alkaline Soap Ammonia Benzoic Acid Boric Acid Butyric Acid Calcium Sulphate Calcium Chloride
- Carbolic Acid Chlorine
- Hydrofluoric Acid Lactic Acid Lime
- Malic Acid Oleic Acid Oxygen Palmitic Acid
- Phosphoric Acid (cold— weak)
- Picric Acid (cold) Potassium Hydroxide Citric Acid
- Crystallisation of Alum Formic Acid Hydrocyanic Acid Hydrogen
- Tannic Acid Tartaric Acid Salicylic Acid Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hyposulphite Stearic Acid Sulphur Dioxide Water, Fresh Water, Salt
- Not affected by Atmospheric Corrosion, Metallic Mercury, Heat (Oxidation) for temperatures not above 700° C. ; Steam wet or superheated, or Electrical Resistance.
- We shall be pleased to quote for MOIMEL METAL SPATULAS, BEAKERS, CAPSULES, WIRE GAUZE, or other forms of Apparatus to suit customers’ special requirements.
- MONEL METAL is recommended for Laboratory and Chemical work, Sugar Plant, Glue and Gelatine Works, Dye Works, Soap Works, Mine equipment, and other similar directions where a material which will stand up to corrosive influence is called for.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.294 - vue 311/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 295
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Dissecting, Botanical, Entomological Apparatus, Etc.
- DISSECTING
- The sets of Dissecting Instruments listed below are all of the very best Sheffield make and finish, and can be relied on to fulfil all requirements. They can be supplied either in polished mahogany cases, or leather-covered cases as per illustrations.
- PRICES.
- 2036 2037 2038 2039
- A. Polished Mahogany Case, with
- snap catch .. 13/6 21/- 27/- 33/9 each.
- B. Leather-covered case, with snap
- catch .. .. 15/- 22/- 30/- 37/6 „
- INSTRUMENTS
- Contents of Set No. 2036.
- DISSECTING SETS
- Contents of Set No. 2037.
- Contents of Set No. 2038.
- Contents of Set No. 2039.
- i No. i Scalpel, E.H.
- i No. 8 „
- I No. 12 ,, ,,
- i No. 14 ,,
- 1 pair Forceps, 5 in. straight 1 pair Forceps, 5 in. curved 1 pair Scissors, 5 in.straight
- 1 pair Scissors, 4! in. straight
- 2 Needles
- 1 No. 1 Scalpel, E.H.
- 1 No. 8 „
- 1 No. 12 „
- 1 pair Forceps, 5 in. straight
- 1 pair Scissors, 4! in. straight
- 2 Needles
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
- r
- 1
- 2
- No. 1 Scalpel, E.H.
- No. 3 No. 8 No. 10 No. 12 No. 14
- pair Forceps, 5 in. straight
- pair ,, 5 in. curved
- pair Scissors, 6 in. straight
- pair ,, 41 in. curved
- Section Lifter Needles
- 1 No. 1 Scalpel, E.H.
- 1 No. 12 1 No. 14
- 1 pair Forceps, 4! in. straight 1 pair „ 5 in. curved
- 1 pair ,, 5 in. straight
- 1 pair Scissors, 6 in. straight 1 pair „ 4! in. straight
- 1 pair ,, 4! in. curved
- 2 Needles
- 1 Hook, E.H., single 1 Razor 1 Strop
- 1 Section Lifter
- Special cases containing any other combination of instruments can be made to order.
- FOR SCALPELS, FORCEPS, SCISSORS, ETC.
- See pages 72 and 73.
- 2040.—Special Dull Black Paper, for placing
- under botanical sections or under animal dissections, to throw up the specimens. This paper, being very dull black, is much more efficient than a glossy black paper, which gives too much reflection. Per quire, 5/-
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.295 - vue 312/385
-
-
-
- 296 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- STERILIZERS FOR DISSECTING INSTRUMENTS
- These Sterilizers are particularly well and strongly made from heavy gauge copper, are highly finished and used in a large number of Hospitals and Public Institutions. Their design greatly facilitates easy cleaning.
- They are all arranged for 3-heat regulation and are supplied complete with lid, perforated tray and lifters.
- These Sterilizers are supplied fitted with a patent protector device which is automatic and extremely simple and efficient. It so functions that as soon as the sterilizer ceases to contain water the current is cut off and any damage whatever is averted. Immediately the device has operated, it adjusts itself and the article is again ready for use.
- Cat. No. Consumption in watts. Dimensions in inches. Weight ! in lb. PRICE. ted. No. of Elements fitted. Price of each spare Element.
- A. Copper. B. Nickel PI a
- 2041 500 8X4X3 5 £4 5 0 £4 12 6 3 3 /-
- 2042 1000 13 X 6 x 3 10 £5 17 6 £6 10 0 4 3/-
- 2043 1500 20 X 8 X 4 1 T9 £10 15 0 £11 15 0 8 3/-
- Please state Catalogue No. and Voltage when ordering.
- BOTANICAL AND ENTOMOLOGICAL APPARATUS
- 2044. —Collecting Cases, or Vascula, japanned tin, flat shape.
- 7X4 in. 8x5 in. 11x52 in. 13x6! in. 15x7! in. 4/6 5/- 6/- 7/6 8/6 each.
- 2045. —Leather Shoulder Straps, for above.
- Extra 2/6
- 2046. —Fern Trowel, with long and curved blade,
- in leather sheath, superior quality .. .. 4/-
- 2047. —Botanical Drying Paper, thick-grey ; size of sheet, 22 x 17 in.
- Per ream .. .. .. .. .. .. 67/6
- Per quire .................................3/6
- 2048. — Botanical Mounting Paper, stout
- cartridge, 15 x 10 in.
- Per ream .. .. .. .. .. . . 48/-
- Per quire .. .. .. .. .. .. 2/9
- Other sizes cut to order.
- 2049. —Woven Wire Botanical Press, with
- springs and chains for adjusting pressure, i8|- x I2§ in.
- 19/6
- 2050. — Field Book, as
- figured, for collecting and preserving large specimens. A pair of strong, well-finished hardwood boards, nf x 9! in., containing one dozen four-fold leaves of thick botanical drying paper, and all held together with two leather straps and carrying handle .. .. 8/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.296 - vue 313/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 297
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOTANICAL AND ENTOMOLOGICAL APPARATUS
- ISI
- I 2051.—Killing Bottle or collecting jar If of special stout white glass, without neck,
- S| 6 X 2| in., with boxwood-top cork .. 1/9
- 2052.—Killing Bottles, for chloroform, brass 3/9
- 2053___Killing Bottle, glass, with necv, large size,
- wide mouth, with boxwood-top cork (without killing material) .. .. . . .. .. .. 1/6
- 2054. —Killing Boxes, zinc .. .. each 1 /6
- 2055. —Pressing Boards, of stout hardwood.
- per pair 3/9
- 2056. —Rack Pin and Rope for applying pressure ..................................1/6
- 2057. — Entomological Pins, assorted sizes,
- K.B. & Co.’s .. .. .. .. per oz. 2/6
- All sizes of Kirby Beard & Co.’s and Tayler & Co.’s
- pins supplied to order.
- 2058. —Entomological Pin Forceps .. 2/3
- 2059.—Larva Breeding Cages, with two compartments .. .. .. .. .. .. 8/6
- 2060 —Ditto, ditto, with water tanks for preserving the food plant .. .. . . . . .. .. 15/-
- 2061.—Setting Boards, corked and papered, fiat.
- or oval, all 14 in. long.
- Breadth .. 1 I 1 if i-J- in.
- Each .. . 8d. 8d. 9d. 11d. 1/2
- Breadth • • if 2 2-1 21 in.
- Each .. . 1/3 1/4 1/6 1/9
- Breadth • • 3 3i 4 41 5 in.
- Each .. .. 2/- 2/3 2/6 2/9 3/-
- 2062. —Telescopic Handle Net, two-piece, with
- folding cane ring and net, new pattern .. 12/6
- 2063. —Collecting Boxes, deal, corked and
- papered .. .. .. 1/-, 1/6, 2/- and 3/-
- 2064. —Cork, best quality, in sheets.
- 7 x 3-|- in. n X 4| in.
- 2/6 4/6 per doz. sheets.
- 2065. —Forceps, green gauze, scissors pattern, for
- large insects . . . . .. • • • • • • 4/-
- MAGNIFIERS, Etc.
- 2066.—Magnifier, in brass case with wire handle, for botany students. This has a much higher magnification than No. 2067. Each .. .. .. .. .. .. 1 /9
- 2067.—Single-Power Lens, folding,
- mounted in horn, best make; diameter, 1 in.
- Each .........................1/3
- Per dozen.....................13/-
- 2068.—Double-Power Lens, folding,
- mounted in horn, best make ; diameter, 1 in.
- Each .. ................2/-
- Per dozen .. .. .. .. 21/-
- 2071.—D o u b I e Convex Lenses, commonly called linen provers ; folding brass case.
- Size of opening J X \ \ X \ 1 X1 in.
- Price, each .. 2/- 3/6 5/-
- 2069.—Triple-Power Lens, folding,
- mounted in horn, best make; diameter, 1 in.
- 2072.—D o u b I e Convex Lenses, as No. 2071, but fitted with 1 achromatic lenses and superior nickel-plated folding cases.
- Each
- Per dozen
- Size of opening J X i Price, each .. 4/6
- lx*
- 6/6
- 1 X1 in.
- 11/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.297 - vue 314/385
-
-
-
- 298 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 2073
- 2073.—Stanhope Lens, in
- lacquered brass case with screw focussing ; suitable for examining seeds, botanical specimens, and insects.
- A. Diameter, if in... each 3/-
- B. „ if in... „ 4/9
- 2074
- 2074. — Coddington Lens,
- folding pattern, fitted with very powerful lenses in highly-finished nickelled case, with ring handle for chain ; highly recommended.
- A. Diameter, f in. each 9/6
- B. „ 1 in. „ 11/6
- C. „ if in. „ 13/-
- MAGNIFIERS
- 2075.—Coddington IVIagnifiers, for examining minute botanical and other specimens ; in nickel-plated brass case with handle, as figured.
- A. Diameter, f in.
- B. „ f in 7/e
- C- „ I in „ 8/6
- 2076.—Ditto, superior make and finish, with extra high-
- power lenses.
- A. Diameter, 1 in. .. each 8/6
- B. - „ if in „ 10/6
- C. ,, if in. .. „ 12/6
- 2075
- 2077. — Reading
- G I asses, comprising double convex lens, mounted in a nickel-plated brass mount fitted in ebonised handle.
- Each.
- A. Diameter, iff in. 2/6
- B. 2// in. 3/-
- c. 2f in. 3/3
- D. in. 3/6
- E. 2f in. 4/-
- F. 3 in. 4/6
- G. 3i in. 5/9
- H. 3t in. 6/9
- J. 4 in. 7/6
- K. 4& in- 9/6
- L. 4f in. 12/6
- 2078. —Read i n g
- Glasses, as No. 2 077,
- but fitted with superior
- quality achromatic lenses,
- highly finished, and mounts
- oxidised. Each.
- A. Diameter, if in. 4/6
- B. 2f in. 5/-
- c. 2f in. 6/-
- D. 3l in. 8/6
- E. 3f in. 9/6
- F. 4i in- 11/6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.298 - vue 315/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 299
- W. & J. GEORGE <LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PROFESSOR GANONG’S BOTANICAL APPARATUS
- 2079. Fig. 1.
- 2079.
- Demons tration C I in ostat. A
- most essential single piece of apparatus for the study of plant physiology; designed primarily for educational demonstration,
- ' but it is available for investigation involving plants of moderate weight where great precision of revolution is not required. It can be used in any position whatever, as shown by the illustrations.
- Price .. £19 17 6
- Fig. 2.
- 2079. Fig. 3.
- NORMAL LIGHT SCREENS
- 2080.—Norman Light Screen. Designed to take an entire leaf of moderate size, consisting of a wooden box readily adjustable for height and angle, 5 by 7 by if in. (internal), white without and black within, separated lengthwise into two compartments, with an intermediate space for petiole and midrib. This instrument is very convenient in practice, and yields most satisfactory results.
- Price .. .. £4 10 0
- 2081. — Normal Light Screen,
- Smaller screen, of a lesser range of usefulness than No. 2080, but much cheaper, is made upon the same principle, except that it is arranged to clasp a portion of a leaf.
- Price .. .. 7/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.299 - vue 316/385
-
-
-
- 300 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PROFESSOR GANONG’S BOTANICAL APPARATUS
- 2082.—Potometer. One of the methods commonly used for the quantitative determination of transpiration consists in the measurement of the water absorbed by a cut shoot. This is best effected by aid of the potometer, an instrument of small worth as a measurer of the actual transpiration of a plant on its own roots, but of much value for determining, and especially for demonstrating, the relative rates of transpiration in the same plant under different external conditions. The instrument here presented is designed to embody the best features of the many and protean forms which have been described. It has four parts : firstly, the shoot-chamber, made small, that its water may more quickly take a new temperature, and hence not affect the record while changing volume ; secondly, the small-bore record-tube, calibrated to cc. and decimals thereof—it is bent down at its distal end, which is sealed but provided with a small lateral air- opening readily closed by a sliding piece of rubber tubing ; thirdly, the reservoir connecting with the other parts through a stopcock ; and, fourthly, a firm wooden base.
- .........................................£1 15 0
- 2083.—Cheap Students’
- Potometer, for transpiration experiments.
- A. Complete as figured with india-rubber corks
- and tube.....................each 2/-
- B. Ditto, but without rubber corks each 1 /3
- 2084. — Bell-jar Support. For several purposes of plant physiology it is necessary to insert into a closed bell-jar, through which air may be drawn, the stem and leaves of a plant whose roots or lower part must remain attached, but outside.
- A suitable arrangement for this purpose is presented herewith. It consists of three parts : firstly, a bell-jar of standard size and form, whose ground stopper may readily be replaced by one of rubber, carrying inlet and outlet tubes ; secondly, the firm ring-support of iron, having a projecting inside rim and three sockets holding metal legs which may be clamped in any desired position ; and thirdly, the thick glass plates which rest upon the ring—one of these is perfectly plain, for use when it is desired simply to seal in an entire plant, but the other is split through its diameter and has a hole i cm. in diameter in its middle.
- The illustration shows the apparatus in use with the potometer described under No. 2082, the two forming a very convenient and efficient combination.
- It happens that the ring serves well for support of the glass plate commonly used in observation of circumnutation, for which purpose it is supplied with a thinner plate and longer supporting legs.
- Price complete, including two glass plates (one solid and one split), bell-jar with solid glass stopper and rubber stopper .. £4 15 0
- 2085.—Aluminium Shells for
- Transpiration Experiments,
- etc. Designed to provide light, neat, clean, and easily applied covers for pots. Flower-pots are now made so easily in standard sizes that it is possible to make the shells to fit them closely, and shells are made in 3 in., 3-| in., 4 in. and 5 in. sizes. Size No. - .. 1 2 3
- Diameter 3 4 5 in.
- Price .. .. 11/6 15/- 21 /-each.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.300 - vue 317/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 301
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PROFESSOR GANONG’S BOTANICAL APPARATUS
- fl
- 2087. — Manometer.
- The manometer here presented is designed to give correct results even with very small quantities of liquid, and it is convenient to prepare and to apply. It is made of small bore (0-5 mm. or less) barometer tubing, of the form, relative length of arms, and position of reservoir-bulb shown in the illustration, these details being of consequence to its ready filling. The long arm is grad-uated from above down-
- 2086.—R espirometer.
- Designed both to exhibit and to measure the gas exchanges in typical respiring material (e.g. germinating seeds), and to accomplish this with considerable accuracy and convenience of manipulation.
- Price, complete, with measuring and reservoir cylinders and rubber tubing, but without stand .. £2 5 0
- wards to admit of ready computation of the air column, and the short arm is provided with three glass sleeves, which serve, when cemented over one another and over the gauge with sealing-wax or shellac, to make the gauge large enough for ready attachment to larger stems.
- Price .. .. . . .. 19/6
- 2088. — Photosynthometer,
- for demonstrating the absorption of carbon-dioxide by green plants in light, with the equivolumetric release of oxygen.
- Price, including two reagent tubes, clamp support, two pieces I.R. tubing and two clips .. .. £3 2 6
- 2089.—Portable Clamp-Stand. For many purposes in experimental plant physiology some form of clamp-stand, to support apparatus in special positions, is necessary, and some one of the forms used in chemistry is generally adopted. For the simpler uses these answer perfectly ; but when, as happens often in educational work, several pieces must be supported near together, and when some articles must be set level, and especially where the whole must be removed from greenhouse or Wardian case to lecture or laboratory table, it is necessary to improvise some form of tray or other support to carry the stands, which are levelled by wedges, etc. The new portable clamp-stand illustrated on page 299 —see Figs. 2 and 3, No. 2079—is intended to meet all
- these needs in a single instrument. It is made of thin cast steel, reinforced underneath on the margin and at the holes, and is some 40 x 22 cm. in size. It is perfectly flat on top, is provided with convenient handles, rests upon three legs in which levelling screws are set, and is pierced by holes for the upright rods at points where experience and experiment show these to be most needed. The rods are of the size and thread usual in chemical supports, two in number, one about 50 and one about 25 cm. long, though of course others can be added. The clamps supplied with it are the lighter of one of the usual forms.
- Price .......................................£2 17 6
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.301 - vue 318/385
-
-
-
- 302 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LON DON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PROFESSOR GANONG’S BOTANICAL APPARATUS
- 2091.—Leaf Clasp, for applying special treatment to two exactly corresponding areas on the two surfaces of a leaf.
- A universal joint with a screw-joint fitting over any laboratory support permits the instrument to be applied in any position and in any plane.
- Price, without vertical stand .. .. .. £2 10 0
- E 2092.—Space = Marker, for
- = marking plant
- = structures ac-
- == curately and
- = quickly.
- ~ Price
- 12/6
- 2090.—Space Marker, for Marking Areas.
- The instrument is a disc, likewise a rubber stamp, having raised lines in the form of squares 2 mm. on a side. It is carried by means of a scissors-frame against a cushion disc, which is covered with soft felt, and provided with a radial slot to admit the petiole of a peltate leaf. When the marking disc is inked and pressed firmly against a leaf held on the cushion disc, it marks a network of even fine black lines like the sample shown in the figure. The marking disc is hinged to its supporting arm in a way to permit the disc to settle evenly upon the surface, no matter what the thickness of the leaf.
- Both instruments may be inked from an ordinary rubber-stamp pad, and the black record kind gives good results. Price £1 15 0
- 2093
- 2093.—Leaf-area Cutter, for demonstrating the fundamentally important fact of increase of organic substance through photosynthesis by Sachs’ method of comparing the morning and evening dry weights of equal areas of similar green tissue. The leaf-area cutter here presented is designed to permit all parts of this valuable experiment to be performed with exactness and facility.
- 2094. — Demonstration Auxograph. A
- good demonstration instrument of reasonable accuracy, easy applicability to its work, durability, ready portability, visibility of record fro* some distance, and clear exhibition of its mechanism and principle.
- While designed primarily for marking records of growth, this instrument can be used for any measurements involving movement, e.g., the rise of water in a tube.
- With the auxograph are supplied two glass pens, a rubber tube for filling the same and a bottle of chronograph ink. An additional recording cylinder, convenient for saving delay in changing the papers, may also be obtained if desired.
- Price................................£13 5 0
- 2095.—Chronograph Ink. A special slow-drying glycerin ink for use with recording pens.
- Per oz. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2/6
- p.302 - vue 319/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 303
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ANATOMICAL MODELS
- These models are made in papier mache, and are guaranteed highest qualitg and finish.
- THE
- 2096. —Eyeball, enlarged five times, dissectable, with
- attachment of the muscles, divisible into cornea, choroida, etc .. .. .. .. each 35/-
- 2097. —Eyeball, as No. 2096, but enlarged ten times
- each £2 2 0
- 2098. —Eyeball, enlarged five times with microscopic representation of the layers of the retina.
- each £2 10 0
- 2099. —Eyeball, entirely dismountable. Best scientific execution .. .. .. each £2 .10 0
- 2100. —Eye, vertically dissected, on board. Enlarged ten times. A most instructive model for teaching each 17/6
- 2101. —Eyeball in the orbit, vertical section, enlarged five times, showing all the muscles, dissected arteries and
- nerves. When the sphincter is removed the lachrymal glands are visible below .. .. .. each £7 15 0
- 2102. —Large Demonstration Model of the Human Eye, “University ” model. Most perfect construction. Dissectable to show the complete formation of the eye, its coats, humours, muscles, nerves and vessels.
- Price £5 5 0
- EYE.
- 2103.—Lachrymal Glands, showing the course from the glands to the nose, with all the arteries and muscles........................................................each £2 10 0
- THE HEAD.
- 2104. —Brain, natural size, vertically cut, divisible
- with medulla oblongata, spinal cord, and the nerve roots...........................................19/6
- 2105. —Brain, divisible into four parts, and with the
- first ventricle well finished .. .. £15 0
- 2106. —Brain, in six parts, latest improved model.
- £1 15 0
- 2107. —Brain, as No. 2106, but with coloured designation of the brain centres .. .. £2 5 0
- 2108. —Brain, natural size. A nice preparation, divisible into eleven parts. Very accurate execution.
- £3 17 6
- 2109. —Brain, natural size, wholly dismountable and
- very suitable for teaching purposes. £4 15 0
- 2110. —Section Of Head, with special attention to the nose, mouth, and throat cavities. The brain is shown, and the whole model is of best possible finish.
- £1 17 6
- 2111. —Skull, left half removable, on board. On
- removing the top of the skull, the cerebrum presents itself. The eye, with muscles and optic nerve, is removable, and the bones of the skull and face are well marked. At the roots of the teeth the entering arteries, veins and nerves are visible .. .. £15 0
- 2112. —Skull from an Adult. A substitute
- for the rare and expensive natural skulls. We have manufactured this imitation of papier-mache, completely true to nature, with movable and removable lower jaw bone. Perfect execution. .. £2 7 6
- 2113. —Half of a Head, on board, showing the superficial muscles, arteries, veins, nerves and glands.
- £1 12 6
- 2114. —Head, natural size, vertical section, showing
- the bones of the skull cavities, cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla oblongata, nasal cavity, trachea, tongue, palate, oesophagus .. .. .. .. .. £110
- (Continued on next page.)
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.303 - vue 320/385
-
-
-
- 304 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ANATOMICAL MODELS
- 2117.
- THE LARYNX.
- 2115. —Model of Larynx, natural size, with muscles. Divisible into two
- parts ...................................................each 13/6
- 2116. —Model of Larynx, with muscles, arteries, nerves and glands. Can
- be taken to pieces.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 19/6
- 2117. —Model of Larynx, as illustrated. Made specially for demonstrating
- the production of different sounds. This model can be taken to pieces ; also the vocal chords can be removed .. .. .. . . .. each £1 17 6
- 2118. —Model of Larynx, natural size, showing the vessels, nerves and thyroid glands in addition to the muscles and ligaments .. each £117 6
- 2119. —Model of Larynx, enlarged three diameters, with movable muscles, cartilages and epiglottis. Best model for the study of the larynx and voice-formation, showing plainly all movements of the human larynx.
- each £3 7 6
- THE EAR.
- 2120.—Model of Ear, five times natural size.
- Specification:—
- A. The external ear consists of an expanded portion named pinna or auricle, the ext. auditory meatus, (a) a cartilaginous portion of the auditory canal, (b) an osseous portion of the auditory canal.
- B. The middle ear, meatus and med.: (a) membrana tympani, (b) hammer or malleus, (c) incus or anvil, (d) stapes or stirrup closing the fenestra ovalis, (e) Eustachian tube.
- C. Internal ear or labyrinth : (a) vestibule—(1) fenestra ovalis, (2) fenestra rotunda ; (b) semicircular canals, (c) cochlea, (d) acoustic nerve.
- This model does not take to pieces. .. .. .. Price £12 6
- 2121. —Model of Ear, five times natural size. This model is divisible into three parts : the external, the middle
- ear or tympanum, and the inner ear or labyrinth. The external ear consists of an expanded portion or auricle (prima), the external auditory canal and the tympanic membrane. The middle ear is composed of the cavity of the tympanum, mastoid cells and the Eustachian tube. The internal ear consists of the osseous and the membranous labyrinth. Price complete £1 19 6
- 2122. —Model of Ear, large size, and entirely dissectible.. £4 15 0
- ANATOMICAL MODELS (VARIOUS)
- {See also next page.)
- THE HEART.
- 2123. —Heart, natural size, on stand. This model can
- be opened..............................each 19/6
- 2124. —Heart, with ramifications of the arteries and
- veins ; can be opened, and the different parts are removable ... .. .. each £2 7 6
- 2125. —Lung and Heart, natural size, both parts
- demountable .. .. .. .. £2150
- 2126.—Heart. Very instructive model. Ventricles
- can be opened, the atrium is divided into two parts, an upper and a lower one, by a transversal cut, dividing also the auricles and the root of the aorta, the pulmonary artery and the venal canal. After lifting off the upper part all the valves and ostise become visible.
- Each ...............................£4 7 6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.304 - vue 321/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 305
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- ANATOMICAL MODELS (VARIOUS)
- THE TEETH.
- 2127. —Teeth, a model showing the innervation, vessels, shedding of the teeth and caries.
- Each .. ................£110
- 2128. —Teeth, a glass case, containing 15 natural
- teeth, showing all important diseases, such as the different forms of pulpitis, periodontitis, alveolar abscess, etc. .. . . .. ..£126
- THE SKIN.
- 2129. —Skin, vertical section through the skin, 200
- times enlarged, showing the three principal layers, sebaceous and sweat glands, hair roots, muscles, arteries and veins . . .. . . each £110
- 2130. —Skin, vertical section through the skin as No. 2129, but considerably enlarged each £1 12 6
- THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS.
- 2131. —Digestive Organs, abdomen, natural size, in which the intestines can be taken to pieces, showing stomach, liver, spleen, and small and large intestines.
- £5 19 6
- THE KIDNEYS.
- 2132. —Kidneys, model to take to pieces £110
- 2133. —Kidneys, “ University ” model, both kidneys made to take to pieces ; all details clearly shown.
- £17 6
- THE NOSE.
- 2134.—Nose, represented in two halves, and considerably enlarged. One part represents the bridge of the nose, the other the external wall, turbinated bones, etc. This is a very instructive model in that all the arteries, nerves and veins are visible .. £2 15 0
- THE TRUNK.
- 2135. —Trunk, open in front showing larynx, lungs,
- heart, diaphragm, stomach, liver with gall bladder, spleen, small and large intestines, with bladder, section of ribs, clavicle, and pelvis.. .. ..£136
- 2136. —Trunk, open behind, showing oesophagus,
- lungs, with ramifications of the trachea and blood vessels, stomach, spleen, kidneys, liver, section of bowels and pelvis .. .. .. ..£136
- 2137. —Trunk, natural size, without head. The
- abdominal organs, lungs and heart (dismountable), with the great arteries and veins clearly shown. A very instructive model .. . . . . each £7 10 0
- 2138. —Trunk, natural size, with head. The brain is divisible into eight parts, the lungs into two parts. The larynx is dismountable and divisible into two parts. All the abdominal intestines are removable; with thoracic and abdominal wall .. each £14 10 0
- THE TONGUE.
- 2139. —Tongue, natural size, takes to pieces 17/6
- 2140. —Tongue (Section of), enlarged eight times,
- with all muscles, arteries, and nerves .. £3 5 0
- 2141. —Larynx with Tongue, divisible into two
- parts ..£150
- SKELETONS AND BONES
- Prices and Details on application.
- OTHER ANATOMICAL MODELS NOT LISTED ABOVE SUPPLIED AT SHORT NOTICE.
- LOWEST PRICES ON APPLICATION.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- T
- p.305 - vue 322/385
-
-
-
- 306 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DR. GEOFFREY MARTIN’S CHEMICAL LECTURE
- DIAGRAMS
- The object of these diagrams is to simplify the work of the teacher by supplying him with first-rate drawings in bold outline of the more complicated apparatus and processes usually dealt with in courses of chemistry. The more costly pieces of apparatus are usually inaccessible to ninety-nine per cent, of the schools of the country on grounds of expense ; and even in large institutions where they are available it greatly aids the lecturer to have at hand a clear diagram hung on the walls of the lecture room in order to explain the principles of the exhibited apparatus or process to a large class, thus obviating the necessity for making complicated drawings in chalk on the blackboard in order to explain the various points.
- THE DIAGRAMS HAVE BEEN BROUGHT THOROUGHLY UP TO DATE, THE MOST RECENT ADVANCES IN CHEMISTRY BEING ILLUSTRATED BY SIMPLE BUT CLEAR DRAWINGS. For example, complete tables are given of the new radio-active elements, together with their constants ; while a special chart represents the chief experimental apparatus employed in radioactivity. Electrical furnaces, a recent development of chemistry, are illustrated at length, pictures being given of the furnaces used for making graphite and calcium carbide ; also the new electrical furnaces used for refining steel and making alloys (both induction and arc furnaces being illustrated). The plant employed for liquefying the air and for manufacturing oxygen and nitrogen therefrom (including Linde’s and Claude’s processes) are described. A special diagram deals with the process of fixation of atmospheric nitrogen and the manufacture of nitric acid and nitrates from the atmosphere, the new processes being fully illustrated ; thus diagrams are given of the Birkeland-Eyde, Pauling and Schonherr arc-furnaces now used for the purpose.
- The new processes of making synthetic ammonia by Haber and Le Rossignal’s method are clearly illustrated, and Stratt’s apparatus for active nitrogen is also described.
- VAPOUR DENSITY MOLECULAR WEIGHT O
- SPECIMEN OF CHART.
- Great care has been taken to avoid all
- UNNECESSARY DETAIL AND ELABORATION IN THE DIAGRAMS. They have all been made so SIMPLE THAT ANY ONE CAN BE COPIED INTO THE NOTE-BOOKS OF THE STUDENTS IN THE SCANTY TIME AVAILABLE IN A LECTURE.
- AN INSPECTION OF THE ACCOMPANYING LIST OF SUBJECTS FIGURED ON THE SET OF DIAGRAMS WILL CONVEY A CLEAR NOTION OF THEIR SCOPE AND USE.
- LIST OF DIAGRAMS.
- 1.
- 2.
- 3-
- 4-
- 6.
- 9-
- io.
- ir.
- 12.
- 13-
- 14.
- 15-
- 16.
- W*
- Radioactivity (8 diagrams).
- Table of Radioactive Substances.
- Solubility Curves and Carbonic Acid Isothermals.
- Liquefaction of Gases. Pictet’s and Cailletet’s Methods.
- Liquefaction of Gases. Modern Processes (3 diagrams).
- Low Temperature Experiments (5 diagrams) and Ammonia Ice-Making Plant.
- Vapour Density and Molecular Weight Determinations (5 diagrams).
- Manufacture of Fluorine and Anhydrous Hydrofluoric Acid (3 diagrams).
- Manufacture of Chlorine (2 diagrams).
- Manufacture of Bromine and Distillation of Iodine.
- Ozone (4 diagrams).
- Water (6 diagrams).
- Composition of Gases, etc. (5 diagrams).
- Sulphur, S03, etc. (4 diagrams).
- Chamber Process for Sulphuric Acid.
- Concentration of Sulphuric Acid.
- The Atmosphere (preparation of nitrogen from, and gravimetric composition of, etc.).
- (For prices see
- 18
- 19
- 20
- 21
- 22
- 23
- 24
- 25
- 26
- 27
- 28
- 29
- 30
- 31
- 32
- 33
- 34
- 35 3b
- (6
- Synthetic Ammonia and Nitric Acid.
- Nitric Acid and Nitrates from the Atmosphere diagrams).
- Types of Electric Furnaces (6 diagrams). Phosphorus ; Boracic Acid (3 diagrams).
- Carbon ; Coal Gas ; Manufacture of Diamonds, etc. Flame and Combustion (9 diagrams).
- Mendeleeff’s Periodic System.
- Lothar Meyer’s Curve of Atomic Volumes.
- Spectrum Analysis (2 diagrams).
- Sodium and Aluminium.
- The Leblanc Process (3 diagrams).
- The Ammonia-Soda Process (3 diagrams). Electrolytic Process for Caustic Alkalis and Chlorine (5 diagrams).
- Copper (4 diagrams).
- Silver ; Gold ; Platinum.
- Lead (Reverberatory Furnace ; Pattinson’s Process). Bismuth ; Chromium.
- Iron and Steel (3 diagrams).
- Zinc and Mercury.
- next page.)
- p.306 - vue 323/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 307
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- DR. GEOFFREY MARTIN’S CHEMICAL LECTURE
- DIAGRAMS
- For list of diagrams, see previous page.
- PRICES.
- 2142 .—The Series of 36 sheets on strong paper, 30 in. by
- 40 in. .. .. .. .. .. £4 4 0
- 2143 .—The Series of 36 sheets on strong paper, 30 in. by
- 40 in., backed with linen .. .. .. £8 8 0
- 2144 .—The Series of 36 sheets on strong paper, 30 in. by
- 40 in., backed with linen, varnished, mounted on rollers, and boxed .. .. .. .. .. £12 12 0
- 2145.—a Case containing set of Lantern Slides taken from the 36 Charts, carefully packed for carriage by rail or through the post .. .. .. £5 5 0
- 2146 .—Included in each of the above will be found a syllabus compiled by Dr. Martin giving details of every diagram in such a way as to form the groundwork of a series of lectures which will be found invaluable by teachers and demonstrators, and which should also be of use to students themselves. These may be obtained at the price of 6d. net each.
- 2147 —Handbook giving descriptions and illustrations of Dr. Geoffrey Martin’s charts, for the use of students.
- Each ..............................................3/6
- MENDELElEFF’S PERIODIC SYSTEM
- Hitherto the chart of the above diagram has only been obtainable as one of the Series of Dr. Martin’s Chemical Charts (a full detailed list of which will be found on page 306; but in response to numerous inquiries the publishers have arranged for the publication of a separate edition. All the other Charts in the Series can still only be obtained by purchasing the complete set, but the important position which Mendeleeff’s Periodic System occupies, and the great revolution its discovery occasioned in the realm of Modern Chemistry, have made an exception in this case necessary.
- The Chart is larger than the others in the Series, measuring 40 in. X 45 in.
- Mounted on linen and varnished, complete on rollers,
- 17/6 net.
- WATER ©
- FIG.I.HOFMANN S APPARATUS FIC.2.CAVENDISHS APPARATUS
- VOLUMETRIC COMPOSITION OF WATER
- FIG.3.GRAVIMETRIC COMPOSITION OF WATER (dumas)
- FIG.sN^^
- S8a8u"'5"w"
- FIG. 4. DISTILLATION OF WATER
- Illustrations show reduced specimens of Dr. Geoffrey Martin’s Charts.
- COMPOSITION OF CASES 8£ ©
- INC TUBS CASES
- FIC.4. BUNSEN S A250RPT10METER
- FIG.S. SPREMGEL'S PCSiP
- FIG. I.
- HOFMANN’S APPARATUS FCR COMPOSITION OF$0,CO}&‘
- HOFMANN S APPARATUS FOR COMPOSITION OF lilt)
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.307 - vue 324/385
-
-
-
- 308 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. OEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- A FEW TOOLS FOR USE IN THE LABORATORY
- 2148. —Tool Cabinets, large size, con-
- taining : 2 hammers, hatchet, mallet, hand saw, pincers, pliers, 2-ft. rule, square, spokeshave, plane, 2 gimlets, 2 bradawls, compasses, 2 turn-screws, tackclaw, cold chisel, brad punch, 2 files, rasp, 2 chisels, gouge, oil stone, oil can, glue pot and brush, nails, etc... .. £5 5 0
- 2149. —Ditto, largest size, strongly made, con-
- taining : 2 hammers, mallet, hatchet, hand saw, tenon saw, saw pad and saw, hand vice, pincers, cutting pliers, 2-ft. rule, bevel, square, spokeshave, smoothing plane, 4 gimlets, 4 bradawls, compasses, 2 turnscrews, 2 files, rasp, 4 chisels, 2 gouges, 2 brad punches, striking knife, drawing knife, brace and bits, scraper, movable spanner, spirit level, oil stone, oil can, glue pot and brush, nails, etc. .. ,. .. £9150
- ASSORTMENT OF
- SIX USEFUL FILES
- FIRST QUALITY
- 2150.—Assortment of Six Useful 3J in.
- Files, first quality, on cards. Series 1, as illustrated, comprises : |-round, 3-square, flat, knife, square and round. Series 2 comprises : oval, slitting, flat, 3-square, pillow and ridge back.
- Price, either series .. .. .. .. each 4/6
- 2151.—firmer Chisel, cast steel, with box-handles.
- Width . . rV i tV £ nr___nr v t 4 in.
- Price .. ' V- ^ 1/3 i/5each.
- Width i 1 1} i£ if i£ in.
- Price .. 1 /6 1/8 1/10 2/- 2/3 2/6 each.
- 2152.—Wand Forged Chisels for Metal,
- best English manufacture.
- Diameter............ f | f f in.
- Length.............. 6 8 10 10 in.
- Price ..............10d. 1/2 1/6 2/-
- 2153.—File Cleaner or Wire Brush. No. 1,
- ordinary, as illustrated.
- Each .......................................9d.
- FOR OTHER FILES, see page 179.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.308 - vue 325/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 309
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY TOOLS
- 2154.—Improved Breast Drill, two speeds, nickel plated, rosewood handles, steel jaws, malleable-iron stock and breast-plate, with two pairs of jaws, cut gears, ball thrust. Price ..............................27/6
- 2155.—Archimedean Drill, with spring head and ebonised handle ; length, io in. .. .. . . .. .. 3/-
- 2156.—Superior Sheffield Braces, perfect alignment, steel sweeps, steel ratchet wheels, ball-bearing heads, with hardened and tempered steel ball races, octagonal grip, drop-forged steel jaws, self-opening spring jaws, interchangeable parts, highest possible finish, best English product.
- First Sheffield quality—lignum head, rosewood handle, nickel-plated.
- 8 in. sweep, plain 9/6 ; with ratchet .. .. 14/-
- io in. „ 11/6 j „ .. 15/6
- 2157.—Hammer with Chisel End each
- 2/6
- 2158. — Bench Drill. This is a nicely-finished and substantial little machine, with solid iron frame, cut gears, steel feed-screw and adjustable table, all well made and nicely ^ fitted. It has a 3-jaw • chuck — o to \ in.,>hi eight nicely fluted drills — n; to 7Vi in. Height from table to feed-wheel is 13 in. Packed in box, size i6|-xiox6| in. Gross weight, 11 lb. Price ........................................35/-
- 2159.—Bench G rinder. This has machine cut wheels, the bearings are accurately made. Height, 10 in. ; width, 8 in. ; depth, 6 in. The clamp will fit on to a 2 in. bench. It carries rests for right and left hand. It is supplied with an emery wheel, 4x1 in. Diameter of spindles | in. Net weight, 8 lb.
- Price .. ..£276
- 2100.—Best Canterbury Hammers,
- oval handles, strongly made, medium size.
- each 3/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.309 - vue 326/385
-
-
-
- 310 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY TOOLS
- 2161.—Nail Puller, English manufacture.
- Small, 16 in. Medium, igl in. Large, 28 in.
- 14/6 18/- 27/6
- These are most useful tools for the laboratory. With one a box can be opened in half the time, and with hardly any labour. The nails are drawn out without breaking or bending them, and the box and lid remain sound for future
- use.
- 2162.—Case Openers, best English make, forged steel.
- Length .. .. 10 12 14 16 in.
- Price, each .. .. 5/6 7/- 7/6 8/-
- 2163.—TurnscreWS, cast steel, beech handles.
- 3456
- 10d. 1/- 1/3 1/9
- 7 8 in.
- 2/- 2/3 each.
- 9
- 2/8
- 10 11 12 m.
- 3/- 3/6 4/3 each.
- 2164.—Turnscrews, spindle.
- 6 7 8 10 in.
- 1/2 1/5 1/6 1/8 each.
- 12 14 16 18 20 in.
- 1/10 2/- 2/3 2/6 3/3 each.
- 2165.—Pincers, guaranteed best make.
- Length .. .. 6 7 8 9 in.
- Price, each .. .. 1/6 2/- 2/6 3/-
- 2166.—Gas PI iers, best quality.
- Length .. 6 7 8 9 10 12 in.
- Price, each .. .. 2/- 2/6 3/3 4/- 4/9 6/6
- 2167.—Pipe Wrench Pliers,
- Length .. 6 7 9
- Price, each .. .. 1/9 2/3 3/-
- best quality.
- 12 14 16 in.
- 4/6 6/9 10/-
- 2168.—Combination Pliers, containing wire cutter, flat nose pliers, screw driver, wrench and gas pliers—gripping pipes from | to i| in. diameter. Length, 6| in.
- Each ............................3/6
- 2169.—Gem Spanner, wrought steel bar, thoroughly well made and gun-hardened. Each...................................2/9
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.310 - vue 327/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 311
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY TOOLS
- 2170.—Cutting Pliers, new improved pattern, Solid cast steel, made by machinery, and of very superior quality. Wherever wire is used these pliers will be found invaluable.
- Each ..............................3/6
- 2173.—Round Nose Pliers, solid cast steel, best quality .. .. .. .. .. each 2/3
- 2174. —Flat Nose PI iers, solid cast steel, best
- quality .. .. .. .. .. each 2/3
- 2175. —C u tt i n g
- Nippers, very powerful.
- Per pair .. .. 5/-
- 2176 .—Ditto, cheaper, but good quality per pair 3/9
- 2171.—Metallurgical Shears, large, for fixing in block on table, very useful for shearing thick metal. Each..............................32/6
- 2177—Shears, best
- quality, for cutting metal, wire gauze, etc.
- Length 7 8 9
- Each .. .. 2/9 3/- 3/3
- 10 ir 12 m.
- 3/9 4/6 5/-
- (If fitted with spring, each extra 10d.)
- 2178.—Complete Soldering Outfit, in polished wood case. Box, 11 x 6 x 2| in. Containing lamp, soldering iron, three-square file, bottle of solution, brush, stick of solder, and piece of sal-ammoniac.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. HZ-
- 2179 —Ditto. Box, 11 x 6 x 21 in. As illustrated, containing lamp, two soldering irons, half-round file, three-square scraper, bottle of solution, brush, stick of solder, and piece of sal-ammoniac.
- Price ..............................................15/-
- 2172.—Soldering Irons, best make
- Weight of Copper Head Price, each
- Weight of Copper Head Price, each
- i 1 | lb.
- .. 2/6 3/- 4/-
- 1 i| lb.
- .. 5/- 6/6 7/6
- 2180.—Gas Burner and Oven, for small light soldering bolts. This will heat one bit and keep another nearly ready for use, so that the two can be used in succession.
- Price, without bits.................................9/6
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.311 - vue 328/385
-
-
-
- 312 F. E. BECKER & CO., IVI VO C HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY TOOLS
- 2181.—Parallel Bench Vices.
- Extra strong. Guaranteed finest make and finish.
- Size No. 00 0 1 2
- Weight about 5 • 7 11 20 lb.
- Jaws • 2-i- 2| 3 3i in*
- Opens . • 2i 3 32 4i ..
- Each . 12/6 13/6 15/6 24/-
- Size No.. 3 4 5 6
- Weight about 30 45 67 89 lb.
- Jaws 4 4i 5 6 in.
- Opens 5 5i- 6 7 »
- Each . 33/6 37/6 55/- 70/-
- 2182.
- Bench Vice,
- very strongly made, of solid wrought steel.
- Each .. 12/6
- 2183.
- Clamps,
- malleable iron, with machine - turned screw, best make.
- 3 in... each 3/9
- 4 in... ,, 4/6
- 5 in... ,, 5/6
- 6 in... ,, 6/-
- 2184.—Hand Vice, nicely nickel plated, for holding small articles steadily in the hand.
- Each.............3/6
- 2183
- 2185.—Hand Vice,
- solid wrought steel, best quality.
- Each .. .. 3/9
- 2186.—Hand Saws, excellent quality, cast steel, beech handles, polished edges, three screws. A first-rate cheap saw, excellent finish.
- 10 12 14 16 18 in.
- 3/- 3/6 3/9 4/- 4/6
- — 20 22 24 26 in.
- — 5/- 5/6 6/- 6/6
- For Models of Crystals, see p. 151.
- 2188.—Goniometer, steel, nickel - plated ; diameter of scale 6 in., length of slide 12 in.
- Each .. 17/6
- For Goniometers of the more expensive patterns, see Physical Apparatus Catalogue, Section n.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.312 - vue 329/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 313
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- BOXWOOD RULES
- 2189. — Boxwood Rule, best
- quality, 12 in. long, divided into ioths of an inch on one edge, and mm. and cm. on the other, bevelled edges.
- Each .......................5d.
- 08 , 6
- LONDON
- 2190. Boxwood Rule, best quality, 12 in. long, divided into 8ths of an inch on one edge, and mm. and cm. on the other, bevelled edges .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each 5d.
- 2191. —Boxwood Rule, i metre long, best quality, divided into ioths of an inch on one edge, and mm. and cm. on the other.
- Each........................2/4
- Per dozen .. .. .. .. .. 24/-
- 2192. —Boxwood Rule, as No. 2191 but b metre long.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. .. 1/4
- Per dozen . . .. .. .. .. 15/-
- 2193. —Boxwood Rule, 1 metre long, best quality, divided into i6ths and 8ths of an inch on one edge, and mm. and cm. on the other.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. .. 2/4
- Per dozen .. .. .. .. .. 27/-
- 2194. —Boxwood Rule, as No. 2193 but \ metre long.
- Each .. .. .. .. .. .. 1/4
- Per dozen .. ... .. .. . . 15/-
- 12 3 4
- CALLIPER GAUGES
- 2195.—Steel Calliper Gauge, nickel plated, for inside and outside measurements (may also be used as a depth gauge), with English and metric scales and two verniers ; measures up to 4 in. and ro cm.
- In flap case......................each 7/-
- 2196. — Steel Calliper Gauge, as
- No. 2195, but with micrometer adjustment. In flap case .. .. .. each 10/6
- FOR STEEL AND OTHER BOXWOOD RULES, WIRE
- GAUGES, MICROMETER SCREW GAUGES, CALLIPERS,
- ETC., REFER TO OUR PHYSICAL APPARATUS
- CATALOGUE.
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.313 - vue 330/385
-
-
-
- 314 F. E. BECKER & CO., N1VOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- THE “HEDLEY” COMBUSTION FURNACE
- FOR USE IN
- ORGANIC
- AND
- INORGANIC
- ANALYSIS
- An 8-inch Section. No. 2198.
- AS SUPPLIED TO THE UNIVERSITIES OF
- BIRMINGHAM, LEEDS, Etc.
- The following is a summary of the more important features of this Gas Combustion Furnace, in which it has been sought to cheapen, while eliminating the disadvantages of the earlier types.
- Weight.
- A 32-inch (standard length) furnace of the new type weighs only 27 lb. complete, and is therefore readily portable by one person.
- Heat Insulation.
- Simple refractory screens completely enclose the furnace, with the exception of the top. It may therefore be safely used on a wooden bench ; the operator works in comfort, being fully protected from direct heat radiation.
- Gas Consumption.
- A high temperature may be rapidly attained and easily maintained with a minimum consumption of gas, owing to its small refractories, efficient heq,t insulation, and elimination of massive metal parts.
- General.
- (1) No taps are employed in the burner, heating and “ gumming,” and the consequent use of pliers for gas regulation is obviated.
- (2) A hot tile shelf is provided.
- (3) Permanent adjustable screens are fitted for the protection of tube ends and bungs from radiated heat.
- (4) Air gas mixture is regulated by a single external valve.
- (5) The furnace can be supplied in any length which is a multiple of 4 inches. Standard length 32 inches.
- THE “HEDLEY” COMBUSTION FURNACE.
- Cat. No. 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204
- Length 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 in.
- No. of Burners 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
- Price, each .. £3 5 0 £4 2 6 £5 0 0 £5 17 6 £6 15 0 £7 12 6 £8 10 0 £9 7 6
- WE ARE THE SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF THESE FURNACES
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.314 - vue 331/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 315
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- A SHORT
- DESCRIPTIVE LIST OF
- Laboratory Furniture, Etc.
- We strongly emphasise the following points as being the most difficult to encounter and requiring the greatest attention in laboratory designing and construction—the actual woodwork, benches, etc., being quite an ordinary and simple matter to contend with afterwards.
- (1) Special and careful drainage scheme.
- (2) Very careful selection of gas and water fittings of suitable design and construction.
- (3) Sinks with suitable overflow and of proper anti-splash pattern for laboratory work.
- We have numerous schemes, patterns, designs, and patents to cope with the difficulties
- above mentioned, these being the outcome of many years’ actual experience in fitting up laboratories in all parts, and under ever-varying conditions.
- We place this valuable experience at the disposal of architects and all interested in the construction and equipping of a laboratory, and we invite correspondence before building operations are commenced if possible, when our experts will be at the service of clients.
- We would also call special attention to the position we hold as specialists in laboratory fittings, such as water taps, gas taps, condenser taps, filter pumps, etc., suitable for the chemical and physical laboratory. Our special nozzles for rubber tubing are too well known to need lengthy description here.
- ESTIMATES AND DRAWINGS ,—We make any fitting to drawings and specifications. Send us the rough plan of a room required to be fitted up as a chemical or other laboratory, and we will send you the best schemes, with drawings and prices. When writing do not omit to state the number of students to be accommodated, and whether working singly or in pairs.
- VARNISHING, Etc .—Unless otherwise stated, all prices include polishing or varnishing and painted castings.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.315 - vue 332/385
-
-
-
- 316 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- A FEW CHEMICAL LABORATORIES FITTED AND
- EQUIPPED BY US
- View of Laboratory, Smethwick.
- St. Mary’s Training College, Birmingham,
- SHOWING OUR COMBINED
- Chemical and Physical Benches in use.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.316 - vue 333/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 317
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- SPECIAL TYPE SINGLE BENCH
- STUDENTS ALL FACING DEMONSTRATION TABLE
- p.317 - vue 334/385
-
-
-
- 318 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- A FEW EXAMPLES OF LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
- PRICES ON APPLICATION-
- PATENT CHEMICAL BENCH OR COMBINED CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL BENCH.
- We have numerous letters from all parts of the country, giving us very flattering opinions upon the value of our Patent Bench in the science room, and on the quality of our workmanship. We have sent these benches to South Africa, Australia, etc., with equally satisfactory results.
- Below is an extract from a letter we have just received. The original of this and of other testimonials can be seen on application.
- " I think I may say on behalf of the Governors and myself that we very much appreciate the great thought and care that you have bestowed upon the outfit of our Laboratory, which is an ideal one for so small a school.
- We should be happy at all times to lay the building open to inspection by any Governing body who may contemplate building upon similar lines.”
- We strongly recommend this patent bench for use in Chemical Laboratories alone, the bottles of reagents being readily enclosed from dust and dirt when not required for actual use.
- The Ideal Bench for the Science Room, when as in Fig. i it forms a chemical bench. Can be cleared in a few seconds to form the physics table as in Fig. 2.
- The bottle shelves can be withdrawn below the bench top, and for this purpose are fitted with strong cords and sash weights.
- The bench as illustrated (Fig. 2) has the sliding bottle shelves withdrawn. The water taps are folded down, the lid put on the sink, leaving a clear table for physical work.
- T. H. Russell, Esq., M.A., in his book on the “ Planning and Fitting up of Chemical and Physical Laboratories,” published 1903, says—
- “ In George’s Patent Combined Bench an easy and safe method has been adopted for lowering the reagent shelves and their contents bodily. Sash cords are used, these pass over pulleys and are attached to sliding weights, which are heavier than the shelves and the bottles ; these latter can be caused to descend by a downward pressure, and are kept down by a spring catch.
- To lift off and remove the reagent shelves and bottles, whenever the bench is required for physical work, is too long and risky a process to be satisfactory, unless the number of bottles and the size-of the shelves are both very small.”
- 2205—The stock size bench is 7 ft. long, 4 ft. 6 in. wide, 2 ft. 10 in. high, provided with 4 two-way gas taps, 2 water
- taps, and porcelain sink. Price on application.
- Other sizes to order.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.318 - vue 335/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 319
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 2206.—Side Bench with Drawers and Cupboards.
- 2207.—Simple Form Blowpipe Table.
- 2208.—Secondary School Desk.
- A
- FEW
- EXAMPLES
- OF OUR
- LABORATORY
- EQUIPMENT
- PRICES ON APPLICATION
- 2210.—
- Student’s Stool.
- 2211.—Manual Bench with End Cupboards, etc.
- 2212.—Wood Drainers.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ,* hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.319 - vue 336/385
-
-
-
- 320 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY FURNITURE
- Prices on Application.
- 2213.—Wall Pattern Fume Chamber
- (with brackets). Manchester pattern. Fitted with our patent air-tight counterpoised sash.
- 2214.—Wall Fume
- Chamber, fitted with cupboards. Fitted with our patent air-tight counterpoised sash. 6 ft. 5 in. high x 3 ft. X 2 ft.
- 2215.—Lockers for Students’ Use,
- fitted with locks and hinges. Each locker measures 12 in. x 14 in.
- 2216.—Useful Store Cupboard, made in polished oak. In all sizes. Showing plinth at bottom.
- Length, 9 ft. 6 in. ; height, 7 ft. 6 in. ; upper part 12 in. deep inside, with three compartments; each with adjustable shelves and glazed doors.
- 2217.—Wholly Glazed Cupboard.
- Showing toe space instead of plinth.
- Prices on application, according to length.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.320 - vue 337/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 321
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY FURNITURE
- (PRICES ON APPLICATION)
- 2218.—Store Cupboard. —
- One carcass. In oak. 4 ft. long, 6 ft. high.
- 2219.—Wall Case for Specimens or Apparatus.—4 ft.
- long, 3 ft. high.
- 2219
- 2218
- LABORATORY SINKS
- 2220. — Laboratory Sinks. " Double rim ” pattern. White glazed inside and cane glazed outside.
- Outside Dimensions Inside
- under Rim. Dimensions. Each.
- A. 12 X IO ; X7 in. 10X 8x6 in. £0 19 3
- B. 12 X12 X7 ,, 10x10x6 ,, 1 1 0
- C. 16 XII X7 ,, 14X 9X6 „ 1 1 0
- D. 17 X13 X7 „ 15X11X6 ,, 1 9 9
- E. 20 j X 12 j X 7 >. 18X10X6 ,, 1 9 9
- F. 23ixi4iX7 „ 21X12X6 ,, 2 3 3
- The projection of rim is in. all round.
- A part of the illustration is cut away to show section of double rim.
- An overflow stopper can be supplied for use with these sinks at an extra cost of 8/- each.
- 2221.—Laboratory Sinks, with overflow near top. White glazed inside and cane glazed outside.
- Outside Dimensions.
- A. 24X18X 7 in,
- B. 27X18X 7 in.
- C. 30 X18 x 7 in.
- D. 33X18X 7 in.
- E. 36X18X 7 in.
- F. 24 x 18 x 10 in.
- G. 27 x 18 x 10 in.
- H. 30 x 18 x 10 in.
- K. 33x18x10 in.
- L. 36x18x10 in.
- each £1 18 9 2 3 0
- 2 7 0 2 11 9 2 16 0
- „ 2 13 9
- 3 0 0
- 3 6 0
- 4 2 9 4 9 9
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.321 - vue 338/385
-
-
-
- 322 F. E. BECKER & CO., INI I VO C HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY SINKS
- 2222.—Bench Sink with 6-in. back skirting. White glazed inside and cane glazed outside.
- Outside dimensions under Roll.
- A. 12 X 10 X 7 in.
- B. 16x11x7 „
- C. 17x13x7 „
- Inside
- dimensions.
- 10 x 8x6 in. 14x 9x6 „
- 15X11X6 „
- Each.
- £1 7
- 1 12 2 1
- The projection of roll is i in. on front and two sides.
- \\
- 2223.—Small Sink, for end of table. White glazed inside and cane glazed outside.
- A. Outside dimensions, 9 x 6 x 7 in.
- B. „ „ io|x6x6 ,, ..
- each 14/6 „ 15/3
- 2223
- 2224
- 2224.—R e c e i v e r , with
- ordinary horn outlet, in cream enamelled vitrified stoneware. Outside dimensions, 10J X io| X 8 in. Each ................£1 11 6
- 2225
- 2225.—Semicircular Bench
- Sink in cream enamelled vitrified stoneware. Outside dimensions, 16 X 9 X gl in.
- Each ...............£1 10 6
- 2226
- 2226.—Square Sink, in cream enamelled vitrified stoneware, with single rim on top edge and nozzle outlet. Outside dimensions, 10 x 10 X 5i in.
- Each ............£110
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.322 - vue 339/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 323
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY WASTE PIPES
- VITRIFIED STONEWARE, CREAM ENAMELLED.
- 2227 2231 2230 2229 2228 2237
- 2238 . 224I
- 2227.—Cream Enamelled Vitrified Stoneware Socketed Pipes, 2 in. bore, 2 ft. long.
- each 4/-
- 2228 .—Ditto, bend .. .. .. .. ,, 6/-
- 2229 ,—Ditto, bend .. .. .. . . ,, 6/-
- 2230 ,—Ditto, bend .. . . .. .. ,, 6/-
- 2231 ,—Ditto, for trapping through 4\ in. wall ,, 9/-
- 2232. —Ditto, ditto........................... „ 12/9
- 2233. —Ditto, for trapping through g in. wall ,, 9/-
- 2234. —Ditto, ditto........................... „ 12/9
- 2239 2240
- 2235.—Cream Enamelled Vitrified Stoneware Socketed Pipes, 2 in. bore, 2 ft.long, for
- trapping through 14 in. wall .. .. each 9/-
- 2236.—Ditto, ditto.................... „ 12/9
- 2237 .—Ditto, junction, 2 ft. long .. ,, 8/-
- 2238. —Ditto, traps for sinks .. ,, 11/
- 2239. —Ditto, ditto .. .. ,, HZ-
- 2240. —Ditto, ditto................. ,, HZ-
- 2241. —Ditto, ditto................. „ 11/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.323 - vue 340/385
-
-
-
- 324 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- GUTTER BLOCKS AND CHANNELS
- Best Quality. White Glazed.
- Quotations sent on Receipt of Enquiries giving Details as to
- Requirements.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.324 - vue 341/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 325
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY TAPS
- ALL THE GAS AND WATER FITTINGS ILLUSTRATED ARE FITTED WITH OUR PATENT CORRUGATED NOZZLE AND FINISHED IN OUR SPECIAL BLACK BRONZED FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE
- ORDERED.
- 2242 2243 2244
- 2242. — Gun-metal Swannecked t Water Tap, height
- from top of bench to opening of curved outlet tube, 9 in. May be had either black oxidised or polished ; when ordering, please state which.
- Price, each .. .. £18 6
- 2243. — Gun-Metal Swannecked Water Tap, bore t in., furnished with winged coupling-screw so that the curved outlet can be set in any direction. The height from top of bench to opening of curved outlet tube is 6 in. These taps may be had either black oxidised or polished ; when ordering, please state which.
- Price, each .. £1 10 0
- 2244.—Gun-metal Swan-
- necked Water Tap, “Folding Down ” pattern, of heavy make, f in. bore, with winged coupling screw, so that the curved outlet may be set in any position. The height from elbow joint to outlet of nozzle is 6 in., but can be made shorter or longer to suit customers' requirements. This tap will be found useful to those desiring a tap which can be folded down below the level of bench top.
- Price .............£1 19 6
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.325 - vue 342/385
-
-
-
- 326 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY WATER TAPS
- 2245.—Three-way Gun-metal Water Tap,
- bore f in., with winged coupling screw, so that curved outlet can be set in any position. The height from top of the bench to outlet of nozzle is 14I in. The taps are strongly made to withstand a good water pressure.
- (For metal filter pumps suitable for fixing to side taps see No. 953, page 178.)
- Price...........£2 19 0
- 2246. — Three-Way Gun-Metal
- Water Tap, bore f in., with winged coupling screw so that curved outlet may be moved either to the right or to the left. The height from top of bench to opening of curved outlet tube is 9 in. The taps are strongly made to withstand a good water pressure.
- Price.....................£2 17 6
- 2247.—“ Three-Way ” Gun-metal Water Tap, fin. bore, with side taps fitted with nozzles for rubber tubing. All the taps are of the screw-down type and the two side ones can be supplied in any position. Screwed § in. standard thread for connection to water supply .. .. .. £1 10 0
- 2248.—Gun-Metal Screw-down Water Tap, of
- heavy make for filter pumps, condensers, etc., will withstand a high water pressure. Furnished with standard thread.
- Each.................10/-
- 2249.—Gun-Metal Screw-down Water Tap, of
- heavy make, to withstand a high water pressure. Furnished with a water outlet 3 in. in length.
- Each................10/6
- 2250.
- Gun - Metal Screw-down La-boratory Water Tap,
- with nozzles to take rubber tubing.
- A. J-in. bore.
- Each .. 9/6
- B. f-in. bore. Each .. 10/6
- C. |-in. bore. Each .. 11/6
- p.326 - vue 343/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 327
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY GAS TAPS
- 2251. — Gas Plate and Nozzle, for screwing on top of benches, etc.
- Each .........................3/-
- 2252.—Gas Tap, “One-Way,” Standard thread.
- Each .. .. .. .. 2/6
- 2253. — “ One - Way ” Gas
- Tap, fitted with lever-handled tap. Each ........................4/9
- 2254. —Gas T “ Two-Way.”
- Each.........
- 2255.—“ Two-Way ” Gas Tap and a p s, Plate, for screwing on top of benches, etc.
- Made of brass, black oxidised, and fitted with luminous gas-jet in centre, which may g /g be used as a bench light, or for bending small 7 glass tubes....................each 10/6
- 2256. — “ Two-Way ” Gas Tap.
- Each..........7/-
- 2257.
- “ Four-Way ” Gas Tap,
- for screwing on top of benches, etc. Made of brass (black oxidised), and furnished with our special rubber tube nozzles ; inlet screwed to take |-in. gas barrel.
- 2258.—“Three-Way” Gas Tap, for
- screwing on top of benches, etc.
- Each
- 12/6
- Each
- .. 10/-
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.327 - vue 344/385
-
-
-
- 328 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LABORATORY GAS TAPS
- 2259.— Gun-metal Gas Taps, improved pattern, for fixing on front of chemical and physical benches, lecture tables, fume closets, etc. As will be seen by the sectional diagram, the tap can be fixed under the front edge of bench top at any position ; the ends are screwed to take ordinary iron gas pipe.
- A. f-in. size .................. ......................................each 6/9
- B. l-in. „ ................................................... .. ,, 8/6
- 2260.—Gun-Metal Gas Taps, improved
- pattern, for fixing to gas supply running along FRONT of chemical and physical benches, as shown in the sectional diagram.
- Each ................................7/6
- We strongly emphasise the following points as being the most difficult to encounter and requiring the greatest attention in laboratory designing and construction—the actual woodwork, benches, etc., being quite an ordinary and simple matter to contend with afterwards.
- (i) Special and careful drainage scheme.
- ' (2) Very careful selection of gas and water fittings of suitable design and construction.
- (3) Sinks with suitable overflow and of proper anti-splash pattern for laboratory work.
- We have numerous schemes, patterns, designs, and patents to cope with the difficulties above mentioned, these being the outcome of many years’ actual experience in fitting up laboratories in all parts, and under ever-varying conditions.
- We place this valuable experience at the disposal of architects and all interested in the construction and equipping of a laboratory, and we invite correspondence before building operations are commenced if possible, when our experts will be at the service of clients.
- We would also call special attention to the position we hold as specialists in laboratory fittings, such as water taps, gas taps, condenser taps, filter pumps, etc., suitable for the chemical and physical laboratory. Our special nozzles for rubber tubing are too well known to need a lengthy description here.
- ESTIMATES AND DRAWINGS .—We make any fittings to drawings and specifications. Send us the rough plan of a room required to be fitted up as a chemical or other laboratory and we will send you the best schemes, with drawings and prices. When writing do not omit to state the number of students to be accommodated and whether working singly or in pairs.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.328 - vue 345/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 329
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- FLETCHER’S
- 2261.—Cheap Standard Burners.
- Quarts of Water boiled
- per hour in a light broad-bottomed vessel at gas pressure. Diameter across support for vessels. Price.
- Size No. C 12 12 6 in. 3-
- „ C15 .. 15 . . in. . 3/6
- . „ C 20 20 7 in. . 4 3
- The difference between these and the cheap burners commonly sold will be appreciated when burning, by the appearance of the flame, and by the smell of the common make when used.
- 2263.—Argand Bu rners. A cheap, simple, and indestructible burner for small laboratory work.
- The flame of these burners is shorter, more compact, and higher in temperature than an ordinary Bunsen, and is also free from smell.
- The air supply is self-adjusting.
- PRICE.
- Gas Consumption at With Without
- Pj pressure. Tripod. Tripod.
- No. i. \ in. size. 3| ft. per hour 7/6 .. 5/6
- No. 2. f in. „ 7 ft. „ 9/6 .. 6/6
- All the above work perfectly with air gas or coal gas, but if the gas is rich, the tip of the brass gas jet may want knocking in a shade smaller. If made too small the burner lights back.
- INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATERS
- Horizontal Patterns.
- Will deliver one quart of water per minute, from cold to 1250 F. (scalding hot).
- 2265.—A. As figured ..........£3 10 0
- B. Double pattern .. .. . . £7 0 0
- C. Special pattern for use with hard water, fitted . plugs for cleaning entire coil inside.
- 5/- extra.
- BURNERS
- 2262.—Standard Boiling Burners. These Burners are now universally accepted as the most perfect, simplest, and most economical burners ever
- constructed.
- Diameter across support
- for vessels. Price.
- Size No. io .. .. 5^ in. .. .. .. 3/4
- ,, 15 .. .. 7 in. .. 5/-
- ,, 20 .. .. 8 in. .. .. .. 7/6
- ,, 30 Concentric 10 in. . . .. .. 23/-
- 2264.—No. 8R Boiling Bu rner. This is ["in one casting, practically indestructible, and will boil water in a light kettle at the rate of over 2 quarts in 12 minutes. Consumption 12 ft. per hour at } {f pressure.
- Each .................................................4/3
- Ditto, No. 10S, for workshop use, for soldering irons, etc. Each .................................................4/6
- 2265A
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.329 - vue 346/385
-
-
-
- 330 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LOVIBOND’S TINTOMETERS
- Lovibond's Tintometer is an instrument by means of which the depth of colour in liquids and solids can be accurately measured in degrees, placed in their position in a permanent colour scale, and registered for reproduction at any time.
- It consists of a graded series of standards made of coloured glasses numbered according to their depth of colour, and an instrument for holding the glasses and the object to be measured.
- Tintometers are made in the following sets, set No. 8 being most recommended for general work:—
- zzbu/i.—oet ot Apparatus Tor uyers ana Printers, applicable to liquids and solids, including the Improved Optical Instrument, 5 vulcanite and 5 silvered cells from i-in. to TVth in., trays and presser for powders, .6 blocks with pins for fabrics, standard white, without standard glasses, polished box with stand and reflector .. .. .. .. £14 0 0
- 2267/2.—Set of Apparatus for Fabrics and Solids only, including the Improved Optical Instrument, box with stand, and reflector, trays, blocks, presser, standard white without standard glasses
- £6 10 0
- 2268 2a.—Set of Apparatus specially for Indigo and other Dark Dyes on Fabrics only, with glasses .. .. .. £18 0 0
- 2269/4.—Set for Estimating the Colour in
- Water, including the Monocular Optical Instrument, box with supports and reflector, 2-ft. and i-ft. brass cells, without standard glasses .. .. £9 0 0
- Forty standard glasses (the usual number required)
- £9 0 0
- 2270/5a.—Set for Estimating Percentage of Ammonia, in Nessler’s Ammonia Test, including the improved Optical Instrument, box with stand and reflector, i-in. glass cell, with 25 standard glasses
- £12 0 0
- 2271/5b.—Set for Estimating Carbon in Steel, including the Improved Optical Instrument, box with stand and reflector, |-in. glass cell and 25 standard glasses, series 52, and 16 glasses, series 50
- £15 0 0
- Estimation of Colour in Oils, Waxes, Lards and other Fats requiring to be kept at an even Temperature.
- Hot Water Apparatus for Use as Above.
- Analysis of Colours—Methods of Procedure and Arrangement of the Instrument—Formulating the Results.
- 2272/6a.—Set for Estimating the Colours in Oils, Waxes, Lards, and other Fats, Varnishes, Gelatine, Scale, and other similar substances, including the Improved Optical Instrument, fitted with hot water apparatus for melting solids, with thermometer for taking their melting point, box, i-in., |-in., J-in. silvered cells, without standard glasses .. .. .. .. .. £9 0 0
- 2273/6b.—Set for Estimating Colour in Cotton Seed Oil, including the Improved Optical Instrument, fitted with lamp, and hot-water apparatus for liquifying the oil and maintaining a given temperature, 5^-in. cell and 36 standard glasses £16 0 0
- 2274/7.—Set for Standardising Merchantable Petroleums, including the Monocular Optical Instrument, box with stand and reflector, 18-in. cell (silvered), 4 special standard glasses, for water white, standard white, superfine white, and prime white .. .. .. .. .. £9 0 0
- Additional Apparatus for Intermediate, Russian and Lubricating Oils, containing r<r -in. silvered cell and 5 additional standards .. .. .. £3 5 0
- 2275/7a.—Set for Petroleums and other
- Oils for use in works, complete with glasses and cells
- £15 0 0
- 2276/8.—An Investigator’s Laboratory
- Set for all purposes, including the Monocular Optical Instrument, in plain box, with stand and reflector 24-in. and 12-in. brass cells; 2-in., i-in., |-in., |-in., §~in., TV-in. silvered, and idn., |-in., |-in., -|-in., vulcanite cells, 6 blocks, 6 trays, presser for powder, standard white shoe for opaque work, and filtering apparatus, without standard glasses .. .. .. .. £20 0 0
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.330 - vue 347/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 331
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- LOVIBOND’S TINTOMETERS
- 2277/9.—Set for Estimating the Value of Flour, including the Improved Optical Instrument, standard white, 6 trays, pressing apparatus, and standard glasses ................ .. .. .. £15 15 0
- 2278/10.—Set for Estimating the Colouring Matter in Tanning Solutions, consisting of
- Binocular Instrument in polished box with stand and reflector, 5-cm. and i.o cm. cells, and 88 standard glasses £20 0 0
- 2279/11.—Set for Estimation of the Ordinary 1-in. Cubes of Resin £8 8 0
- 2280/12.—Educational Set for Colour Educator.—An Apparatus for teaching Colour ;n Schools, consisting of a frame with six apertures for the standard glasses, 27 standard colours, white plate for dealing with opaque colours, coloured diagrams for illustration and Handbook of Instruction .. .. .. .. .. .. £5 5 0
- 2281 /13.—Colour Blind Set, consisting of an upright frame pierced with eight apertures for testing the vision for transparent colours and a white table top of opaque colours. The standards consisting of simple and compound colours are arranged in two trays ; also cards of instructions and chart for classifying the result of the examination £6 6 0
- 2282/13a.—Colour Blind Set (No. 2). Especially adapted for testing of signalmen with lantern £18 0 0
- 2283/14.—Colour Top, for demonstrating and measuring the effect of definite mixtures of coloured light £4 10 0
- Discs for use with the above .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £0100
- 2284/15.—Smoke Density Tester, consisting of an optical instrument with two apertures, one for viewing the smoke, the other being intercepted by the standardised smoked glasses .. .. .. .. .. £3 3 0
- 2285/16.—Fog Density Tester. An instrument for measuring fog densities and luminosities of lower intensities than daylight. The apparatus consists- of an optical instrument on stand, a lamp for the standard light, a reflector and standard glasses in box .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. £15 15 0
- 2286/17.—Pigmentation Meter. (Mr. Grey’s Suggestion.) An anthropological instrument for registering the colour of the hair, eyes, and skin for racial classification. Instrument alone, £1 is. Special hair and eye standards (10), 3s. each. Set of 50 standard colours for hair, eyes and skins, £11 5$. Complete set of apparatus, and box to complete
- £15 15 0
- 2287/18.—The Chromo-Pyrometer, for temperatures of incandescent furnaces of metals. Price with one temperature .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. '.. £20 0 0
- Additional degrees .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. each £0 18 0
- 2288/19.—Special Monocular Tintometer (Medical), with standard glasses, lancet, two capillary pipettes, graded test tube and silvered cell for diagnosing disease by establishing the rate of colour development compared with the rate of absorption in healthy blood .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..£1500
- 2289/20.—Radiometer for X-Ray Therapy. The exact measurement of fractions and multiples of the erythema dose-as devised by Dr. Dudley Corbett. For use in daylight or electric light.. .. .. ..£700
- 2290. —“ Measurement of Light and Colour Sensations.’ ’—By Joseph W. Lovibond .. £0 7 6
- 2291. —“ The Teachers’ Handbook of Colour.”—By Joseph W. Lovibond £0 10
- 2292. —“ Light and Colour Theories.’ ’—By Joseph W. Lovibond .. .. .. .. £0 7 6
- Oup stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.331 - vue 348/385
-
-
-
- 332 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- 2293.—Radium Bromide. We are now in a position to sell Radium Bromide in neat container of brass and vulcanite, with mica front. This enables all experiments to be carried out without removing the radium, the mica not obstructing the rays to any appreciable extent.
- lits (Ur. = 1). Percentage. Quantity.
- 40 0-002 1 gramme
- 100 0-005 1 ,,
- 250 0 014 i „
- 1,000 0-05 1
- 3,000 0-15 1 decigramme
- 5,000 0-25 1
- 10,000 o-5 1 centigramme
- 20,000 i-o 1
- 100,000 5-o 5 milligrammes
- 200,000 10-0 5
- 600,000 30-0 5
- 800,000 40 0 5
- 1,000,000 50-0 5
- 1,800,000 90-0 5
- 2,000,000 Pure 1 milligramme
- 2,000,000 ,, 5 milligrammes
- sd
- o
- p-i
- <
- 2294.—Becker’s Special Set of the Strongest Radioactive Minerals, consisting of six specimens, as follows :—
- No. i. Pitchblende (Joachimstal).
- ,, 2. Carnotite (Colorado, U.S.A.).
- 3. Fergusonite (Ceylon).
- „ 4. Monazite (Brazil).
- „ 5. Samarskite (Norway).
- ,, 6. Thorite (Ceylon).
- Radiographs may be taken with any of these as follows : Take a rapid plate in black and orange cover undisturbed, place the ore or mineral on the black paper, and put the whole away in a dark place for two or three days ; then develop in the usual way. The rays from the ore will have acted on the plate in a distinctive manner.
- Madame Curie has examined many minerals with her own apparatus, and the following table gives in amperes the intensity (i) of the current obtained with metallic uranium and different minerals (i X 10") :—
- Uranium .. .. .. .. 2-3
- Pitchblende (Joachimstal) .. .. .. 7-0
- Cleveite .. .. .. .. .. i-6
- Chalcolite . ,. .. .. .. .. 5-2
- Autunite .. .. .. .. .. 27
- Orangite .. .. .. .. .. 2-0
- Monazite .. .. .. .. .. 0-5
- Xenotime .. .. .. .. .. 0-03
- Aeschynite .. .. .. .. . . 07
- Fergusonite .. .. .. .. . . 0-2
- Samarskite .. .. .. .. .. o-i
- Niobite .. .. .. .. . . 0-2
- Tantalite .. .. .. .. .. 0-02
- Carnotite .. .. .. .. .. 6-2
- Pitchblende (Cornwall) .. .. .. i-6
- Becker’s Special Set of the strongest Radioactive Minerals, consisting of six specimens, as above, complete in cardboard box with glass plate, each specimen packed in a separate compartment and numbered.
- 2294 .—Price, complete as figured .. .. 257-
- Prices for larger sets sent on application.
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.332 - vue 349/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 333
- W. & J. OEORQE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RADIOACTIVE MINERALS
- The following are the most radioactive minerals of which we can supply typical specimens at low prices :—
- 2295.—Pitchblende per oz. 6/-
- 2296.—Chalcolite • • per grm. 2/6
- 2297.—Monazite • per oz. 1/6
- 2298.—Ferguson ite 3/6
- 2299.—Thor ian ite 6/-
- 2300.—Carnotite 2/6
- 2301.—Autunite „ 15/-
- 2302.—Samarskite 2/-
- 2303.—Cleveite 9/-
- 2304.—Orangite „ 15/-
- 2305/Es c h y n i te 3/-
- 2306.—Thorite 5/-
- 2307.—Radioactive Mud. Price on application.
- 2308. —Radi lirn Residue, from which Radium is made. Very scarce. Price on application.
- 2309. —Willemite per oz. 5/-
- 2310. —Davidite.. „ 6-
- 2311. —Seffstromite .. ,, 6/-
- 2312. —Roscoelith ,, 6/-
- 2313. —Xenotime „ 3/-
- 2314. —Niobite .. ,, 3/6
- 2314.—Tantalite ,, 6/-
- 2316. —Barium Platinocyanide for Screens
- (price fluctuates) .. .. .. per gramme
- 2317. —Barium Platinocyanide, crystals (price
- fluctuates) .. .. .. .. per gramme
- 2318.—Standardised Solutions of Radium,
- for emanation tests, 50 c.c. .. .. .. 10/-
- 2319. — Glew’s Radium Collector from Atmospheric Electricity. Complete outfit.
- Each ..................................£3 3 0
- 2320.—Ionium. Price upon application.
- 2321.—Radium Coated Spirals.
- from 15/- each.
- 2322. — The Prospector’s Scintilloscope
- (Glew’s patent), for detecting radioactive minerals. This little instrument is very sensitive and thoroughly reliable. Pitchblende, autunite, broggerite, carnotite> monazite, and all other radioactive substances are easily detected by simply holding the Prospector’s Scintilloscope near the uncovered specimen; upon looking into the eye-piece, characteristic flashes of light (scintillations) are visible ; the sight is very beautiful, impressive and unmistakable. Each flash of light is caused by the impact, on a sensitive screen, of positively electrified atoms of helium (alpha rays), which are always being emitted by all radioactive bodies, at the enormous initial velocity of 18,000 miles per second.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6/6
- DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
- All testing should be done at night, in perfect darkness (without firelight), the eyes should be well rested for about
- ten minutes before beginning. The Scintilloscope should be kept in darkness as much as possible when not in use.
- The sensitive screen is to be held as near as possible to the specimen) without actual contact. Upon looking into the eye-piece, the luminous effects will be seen, if the specimen is radioactive.
- A known radioactive substance should be experimented with first, so that the observer may become familiar with the phenomena ; a Welsbach mantle (containing thorium) will do for this purpose. Good pitchblende is still better.
- Specimens should be somewhat flat : contact with the screen must be avoided, for if it or any part of the instrument becomes contaminated it is rendered useless for further testing.
- If a specimen is found to be active, this may be due to contact (or even proximity) with some other specimen, therefore the test must be confirmed by using a freshly broken surface.
- If the sensitive screen becomes contaminated, or injured, it can be renewed at a slight cost.
- Our Balances and Weights have achieved World-wide Reputation : vide Opinions of the
- Leading Scientific Press.
- p.333 - vue 350/385
-
-
-
- 334 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RADIUM
- 2323. —Autoradiographs of Various Ores.
- These are photographs produced by the action of the rays given off by various minerals. The photographic plate is enclosed first in a red, then in an outer black envelope to screen off actinic light, and laid under a sheet of aluminium of i mm. thickness. The ore to be tested is laid on the aluminium sheet, over the plate, and exposed for a length of time varying with the radioactivity of the specimen. The plate is then developed and printed in the usual way. Autoradiographs of various ores, mounted.
- Prices upon application.
- 2324. —Phosphorescent Zinc Sulphide
- (special quality), put up in narrow glass tubes, and compressed thus c=>. The object is to present the largest surface to the rays of sunlight. These rays do not penetrate deeply into the substance, and only a thin layer of the zinc sulphide becomes luminous. Two kinds are made : one of a beautiful yellow and another of a bright green. These tubes may be kept for years without in the least deteriorating, provided they are not opened. To show the colour, hold them for a few seconds to the light, when they will become luminous for some time ; direct sunlight acts strongest. PRICES.
- A. Phosphorescing a beautiful green
- per tube, net 5/-
- B. ,, ,, yellow
- per tube, net 5/-
- 2325. —Polonium (Sulphide), per tube containing i gramme (price varies).
- 2326. —Polonium, on bismuth rod or disc (price varies).
- 2327. —Polonium, on copper rod (price varies).
- 2328. —Calcium Sulphide, phosphorescing a
- beautiful violet .. .. .. per tube,
- 2329. —Radioactive Residue, from which
- radium is made (very scarce) .. per tube,
- 2330. —Zinc Sulphide, for scintillation work.
- per gramme,
- {Prices fluctuate.)
- 2331. —Radioactive Screens.
- A. Willemite (price varies) .. .. per sq. in.
- B. Plat. Bar. Cyanide (price varies) per sq. in.
- C. Zinc Sulphide (price varies) per io cm. square
- {Prices fluctuate.)
- 2332. —Pitchblende Screens. As the best
- pitchblende is very expensive and scarce, we can now supply it in the form of a screen, mica covered, giving a large surface of radioactive material most useful for demonstrating its peculiar properties.
- {Prices fluctuate.)
- 2333. —Glew’s Patent Testing Screens, as
- supplied to Professors Rutherford and Soddy. Specially prepared for accurate alpha work (price varies).
- per sq. in., net 3/-
- 2334.—The “Spinthariscope.”
- Invented by Sir William Crookes, F.R.S.
- This instrument has been invented by Sir William Crookes, F.R.S., to demonstrate the extraordinary physical properties of radium. A small quantity of radium is placed in front of a fluorescent screen, and upon examination with a high magnifying power a scintillating appearance is observed, as if a number of minute sparks were being thrown against the screen. The rays or atoms which are being continuously given out by the radium are rendered visible when they strike the fluorescent screen. The instrument is made in three forms.
- A. As a microscope slide, which requires to be examined with an object-glass of about in. power.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 20/-
- B. As a complete instrument for the pocket, consisting
- of a tube about i£ in. long, with a fluorescent screen at one end, a movable pointer carrying the radium being placed over it, and a powerful lens combination in a sliding tube at the other.
- Price .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 307-
- In order to see it to the best advantage ' (in the daytime, the observer should remain in a darkened room for five minutes, so that the eye may become sufficiently sensitive. The screen should then be carefully focussed, in the case of the microscope by the usual adjustment, or in the case of the Spinthariscope by pulling out the lens end of the instrument. The field will then appear as a dark background covered with scintillating points of light. Nature says : “ The instrument is very satisfactory, and shows the scintillations wonderfully well; it provides a convenient means of observing the action of radium, and can be recommended as a waistcoat-pocket instrument of scientific value.”
- 2334
- 2335. —Glew’s Scintilloscope, superior
- Lens, with extra-sensitive pitchblende and radium screens, giving brilliant effects .. complete 8/6
- 2336. —Glew’s Scintilloscope, cheaper form, with sensitive pitchblende (or radium) screen only.
- complete 6/-
- 2337. —Pieces of Pitchblende Mineral,
- ground flat and polished, with sensitive screen attached, for use in Scintilloscope or with any strong pocket magnifier, according to size, from
- 2338. —Radium, Polonium, Pitchblende, Actinium, or Thorium Sensitive Screens,
- may be had separately
- 2339. —Radium Self-luminous Screens.
- {Prices fluctuate.)
- These screens are for use in any microscope, or with any strong pocket magnifier; also suitable for photographic and electrical experiments.
- Our stock of pure Chemicals and Acids is very considerable ; hence all orders are executed with the utmost despatch. See comprehensive list at end of Catalogue.
- p.334 - vue 351/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 335
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- RADIUM
- 2340.—D o I e z a I e k’s Quadrant Electrometer, 1911 pattern, guaranteed best make, and made in accordance with details published by Dr. Dolezalek. Price, including four , spare quartz suspensions .. .. £11 17 6
- 2341.—Strut’s Radium Clocks. Prices vary according to Radium content from £20 0 0 each.
- 2342.—Glew’s Apparatus, for showing Cloud condensation in ionisation chamber, compared with ordinary condensation chamber, arranged side by side for simultaneous working, and direct comparison. Very effective, can be shown in ordinary light.
- Price, complete .. .. .. ..£220
- RADIUM LANTERN SLIDES
- Set of instructive and unique lantern slides illustrating the action of radium, etc. The experiments illustrated on these slides
- were performed with 500 MILLIGRAMMES OF RADIUM BROMIDE, VALUE £7,500.
- Each.
- 2343. —Photographic action of Radium produced by a medical applicator . . .. . . .. .. . . 3/-
- 2344. —Photographic action of Radium through a penny.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/-
- 2345. —Photographic action of Radium through a purse .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/-
- 2346. —Photographic action of Radium through 15 in. of cast iron .. .. .. .. .. .. 5/-
- 2347. —Photographic action of radium through a laundry iron, 1 inch thick.. .. .. .. .. .. 3/-
- 2348. —Photograph showing the laundry iron experiment arranged .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/-
- 2349. —Photograph of a piece of mineral (Fergusonite), showing the contained volume of Helium, indicating that the
- age of the mineral exceeds 240 million years .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3/-
- 2350. —Photograph of a tube of Radium Bromide containing 500 milligrammes, value £7,500 . . .. .. 5/-
- 2351 .—Photograph showing coloration of glass by Radium .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . 3/-
- 2352.—Photograph of various medical applicators .. .. .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . 3/-
- 2353.—Two Lantern Slides from Sir Oliver Lodge’s drawings of structure of “ Atoms ” of hydrogen and radium, with description .. .. each 2/6 2355.—One Rackworth Slide, showing the “ Spinthariscope ” effect of radium, very effective. 21/-
- 2354.—Four Lantern Slides of Sir William Ramsay working in his laboratory, and his apparatus for collecting the emanations of radium., each 2/6 2356.—Set of Slides showing the characteristic bright line spectra of barium, helium, and radium, in colours .. .. .. .. .. the set 19/-
- Every requisite for Chemical, Physical, and Bacteriological work supplied, from a test tube to the
- complete furnishing of the largest laboratory.
- p.335 - vue 352/385
-
-
-
- 336 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PRICE LIST
- OF
- Chemicals and Reagents
- FOR
- ANALYTICAL PURPOSES AND CHEMICAL RESEARCH.
- FOR CONDITIONS OF SALE SEE PAGE 355.
- Name of Chemical. Per oz. : s. d. ! Per 1 s. lb. d. j Remarks. Name of Chemical. | Per ! s.- OZ. d. Per s. lb. d. 1 Remarks. 1
- Acenaphthene ! 1 0 Acid Cresyiic, Pure 0 2 2 O
- * Acetal I 6 * 99 Cresylic, Coml 0 2 1 6
- Acetaldehyde O 10 10 O 99 Dichloracetic 2 6
- Acetamide 1 0 14 O 99 Diethylbarbituric (see also Bar-
- Acetanilide (see also Antifebrine) O 3 2 6 bitone) . . I 3 4 OZS. I /i oz.
- Acetannin * Acetic Anhydride (see also Acid Acetic I 9 f.w. Qts. * 99 Formic, Sp. Gr. 1-200 .. O 3 3 0 IW. Qts. 1 2 /10 lb.
- Anhydrous) Acetin (mono) . . . O i O 4 0 3 6 (3/5 lb- * 99 Formic, Sp. Gr. 1-120 .. 0 2 2 O >JW. Qts. 1 1 /io lb.
- Acetomorphine Hydrochloride * Acetone 20 O 0 2 2 0 1 W. Qts. ’ i 1/io lb. * 99 99 Formic, Sp. Gr. 1 -060 Fumaric 0 1 6 2 O 1 2 | W. Qts. \}i/i lb.
- 99 Sulphite * 1 0 12 6 99 Gallic 0 5 5 0
- * Acetonitrile (see also Methyl Cyanide) 3 3 99 Glycerophosphoric, 20% ; 0 8 8 0
- Acetophenone (see also Hypnone) . . 1 8 4 ozs. i /6 oz. 99 Glycollic 1 0 12 0
- Acetopyrine *Acetotoluide Ortho 1 6 99 Hippuric ; 4 0 4 ozs. 3 jg oz.
- 2 0 * 99 Hydriodic, Sp. Gr. 1940 : 2 6
- Acetoxime 10 O 1 * 99 Hydriodic, Sp. Gr. 1700 2 0
- * Acetyl Chloride O 7 7 O * 99 Hydriodic, Sp. Gr. 1-50 i 1 9 25 0
- *Acid Acetic, Glacial . . 0 2 I 4 |W. Qts. 1 1/3 lb- * * 99 99 Hydriodic, Sp. Gr. 1085 Hydrobromic, Fuming .. i 0 1 6 0 6 12 0 0
- * Acetic, Fort B.P. 8 (W. Qts. * 99 Hydrobromic, Sp. Gr. 1 375 .. ; 0 4 3 6
- 99 1 7d. lb. * 99 Hydrobromic, Sp. Gr. 1308 : 0 3 3 O
- * 99 Acetic, Anhydrous (see also (W. Qts. * 99 Hydrobromic, Sp. Gr. 1275 0 3 2 9
- Acetic Anhydride) 0 4 3 6 13/5 lb. * 99 Hydrobromic, Sp. Gr. 1208 .. i ° 3 2 6
- 99 Acetyl-salicylic (see also Aspirin) 0 5 5 0 (W. Qts. 7d.
- 99 Amidobenzoic, Ortho 2 6 4 OZS. 2 /4 oz. * 99 Hydrochloric, Puriss Re-distilled i ~ 0 8 lb. ; 12 W.
- 99 Amidobenzoic, Meta 6 6 ( Qts. 6id. lb.
- 99 Amidobenzoic, Para 7 6 (W. Qts.4id.
- 99 Anisic 2 9 * 91 Hydrochloric, Pure, Sp. Gr. 1-16 0 5 lb.; 12 W.
- 99 Anthranilic 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. (Qts. 4d. lb.
- 99 Antimonic 0 8 7 6 /W. Qts. 3d.
- 99 Antimonious (see also Antimoni- * 99 Hydrochloric, Coml., Sp. Gr. i 16 0 4 J lb. ; 12 W.
- ous Oxide) O 4 4 0 ( Qts. 2^d. lb.
- 99 Arsenic (see also Arsenic Oxide) 0 4 3 6 * }) Hydrocyanic, “ Scheeles ” j in 1 oz. bot-
- 99 ArseniOUS (see also Arsenious 1 ties, 1 /- ea.
- 99 Oxide) Benzoic, from Gum 0 1 2 9 1 8 * 99 Hydrofluoric, Puriss, in Cerasine Bottles .. Q- lb. bottles 1 5 /- each ; £
- 99 Benzoic, from Toluol . . 0 3 2 6 j lb. bottles
- 99 Benzoic, Anhydrous 1 9 25 0 16/6 each.
- Boracic, Pure Crystals . . 0 2 1 0 7 lbs. 1 id. lb. * Hydrofluoric, Re-distilled fGutta - per-
- Boracic, Pure Powder . . 0 2 1 I 7 lbs. 1 /- lb. 99 4 O 1 cha bottles
- * ” 99 Bromic, Sp. Gr. 112 Butyric, 100% 2 6 * 99 Hydrofluoric, Coml 1 6 'j charged
- * 99 2 0 (extra.
- * 99 Butyric, Coml 0 8 8 0 * 99 Hydrofluosilicic 0 3 ! 2 6
- 99 Cacodylic 4 O 99 Hydrofluoboric 0 4 4 0
- 99 Camphoric 2 0 30 0 99 Hypophosphorous, Sp. Gr. 1136 0 7 7 0
- 99 Caproic 22 0 99 Iodic 3 0 4 ozs. 2 /io oz.
- 99 Caprylic 4 0 99 Lactic, B.P 0 4 . 4 3
- * 99 Carbazotic (see also Acid Picric) 0 6 6 0 99 Lactic, Edible (about 45%) 0 3 2 6
- 99 Carbolic, Crystals 0 2 1 6 99 Linoleic 0 4 1 4 0
- 99 Carbolic, Pure Liquid . . 0 2 1 10 99 Malic 4 0 4 ozs. 3 /io oz.
- * 99 Carbolic, Coml. Liquid . . 6 /- per gall. 99 Malonic 2 3 4 ozs. 2 /i oz.
- 99 Chloracetic (Di) 2 6 99 Mandelic 2 6 : 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz.
- 99 Chloracetic (Mono) 0 6 5 6 99 Margaric 1 3
- 99 Chloracetic (Tri) 1 6 20 0 99 Meconic 3 6
- * 99 Chloric, Sp. Gr. 112 0 6 6 0 99 Metanilic 1 6 !
- 99 Chlorosulphonic 0 4 4 0 99 Molybdic 1 0 10 0
- 99 Chromic, Pure Crystals 0 5 4 6 7 lbs. 4/3 lb. 99 Mucic 1 6
- 99 Chromic, Coml 0 2 1 9 7 lbs. 1 /8 lb. 99 Myristic 6 9
- 99 Chrysophanic 0 10 10 0 99 Naphthionic 0 10 | 10 0
- 99 Cinnamic 0 11 11 6 99 Naphtholsulphonic 0 6 5 0
- 99 Citric, Pure Crystals 0 3 3 0 ( W. Qts. 1/-
- 99 Citric, Pure Powder 0 3 3 0 * 99 Nitric, Puriss Redistilled i 1 1 jlb. ; 12 W. (Qts. 1 id. lb.
- p.336 - vue 353/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 337
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz.
- s. d.
- '‘Acid Nitric, Pure, Sp. Gr. 1-42
- Nitric, Coml., Sp. Gr. 1-42 Nitric, Fuming, Sp. Gr. 1 -500 ..
- Nitric, Sp. Gr. 1-360
- Nitrobenzoic, Meta Nitrobenzoic, Ortho Nitrobenzoic, Para
- Nitrous..........................
- Nucleinic........................
- Oleic ...........................
- Osmic, Crystals, in 1 gram tubes Osmic, Solution, 1%
- Oxalic, Pure Anhydrous Oxalic, Pure Crystals Oxalic, Coml. Crystals Palmitic, Pure ..
- Palmitic, Coml. ..
- Pelargonic..
- Perchloric, Sp. Gr. 1 12
- Phenol-disulphonic Phenylacetic Phosphomolybdic Phosphomolybdic, Solution Phosphoric, Ortho, Syrupy, Sp Gr. 1-750
- Phosphoric, Cone., Sp. Gr. 1-500 Phosphoric, Meta, Glacial
- Phosphoric, Anhydrous
- (see also Phosphorus Pent-oxide)
- Phosphorous, Crystals .. Phosphorous, Sp. Gr. 1120 Phosphotungstic, Crystals Phosphotungstic, Solution Phthalic, Crystals Phthalic, Anhydrous Picric (see also Acid Carbazotic)
- Propionic.......................
- Pyrogallic, Resub Pyrogallic, Heavy Crystals Pyroligneous, Crude
- Pyrophosphoric..................
- Racemic.........................
- Rosolic.........................
- Salicylic, Pure.................
- Salicylic, Natural Salicyl Sulphonic (see also Acid Sulphosalicylic)
- Salicylous (see also Aldehyde Salicylic)
- Sebacic
- Selenic, Solution . .
- Selenious, Crystals Silicic
- Stearic, Pure Stearic, Coml. (see also Stearine)
- Succinic..................
- Sulphanilic
- Sulphindigotic, Solution Sulphocarbolic Sulphomolybdic Sulphosalicylic (see also Acid Salicyl Sulphonic)
- Sulphuric, Puriss, Redistilled . .
- * „ Sulphuric, Pure, Sp. Gr. 1-840
- * „ Sulphuric, Coml., Sp. Gr. 1-840..
- o 3 2 o 2 6 o 9
- o 2
- o 6
- o 7 7 o
- o 11 o 10 o 4 o 3 2 o o 9
- Per lb.
- s. d.
- Remarks.
- 8 o O 2
- O 9
- — j o 9
- 2 6 | -
- 2 6 i —
- 2 9! —
- 5 o 1 6
- 1 2
- 5 6 3 o
- 8 6
- 2 o 1 8
- 5 6
- 6 o
- 4 o 8 o 7 o 6 o
- (W. Qts. gd lb. ; 12 W (Qts. 8id. lb (W. Qts. 8d. lb. ; 12 W. (Qts. 7^d. lb. jW. Qts.
- (1 /io lb.
- (W. Qts. 7^d lb. ; 12 W (Qts. 7d. lb
- JW. Qts. i 9d. lb.
- (W. Qts.
- I 1 /3 lb.
- 15/- each.
- 4 ozs. 5 /io oz
- 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb 7 lbs. 1 /1 lb
- W. Qts. : 5 /4 lb-
- JW. Qts.
- (1 /io lb.
- (W. Qts.
- 11 h lb.
- /Usually j packed in £ 1 lb. and 1 lb. (bottles.
- 4 ozs. 1 /2 oz.
- 4 ozs. 1 /5 oz
- *Acid Sulphuric, Nordhausen
- „ Sulphuric (for Accumulators) Sp. Gr. 1 -2oo
- ,, Sulphuric, Anhydrous in Bulbs ..
- „ Sulphurous, Solution
- „ Sulphurous, Anhydrous (see also Sulphur Dioxide)
- ,, Sulphurous, Anhydrous, in 12 oz. cylinders . .
- „ Tannic, Pure ,, Tartaric, Pure Crystals
- ,, Tartaric, Pure Powder ,, Thioacetic, Solution ,, Titanic (see also Titanium Oxide
- „ Trichloracetic „ Tungstic ..
- „ Uranic „ Uric „ Valerianic „ Vanadic „ Vanillic Aconitine
- „ Hydrochloride
- Adonite.................
- Adrenaline, in 1 grain Tubes
- Aesculin................
- Aethiop’s Mineral Agar Agar, Fibre
- ,, Powder, Fine Agaricine
- Alanine ................
- Albumen,
- — 4 ozs. 1 J8 oz
- 14 O I
- 9 o o 5 '
- 7 o
- 9 o
- 4 o
- 1 3 11 o 10 o 4 o 3 o
- 9 o
- o 10
- 7 lbs. 1 /2 lb
- (W. Qts. gd lb. ; 12 W (Qts. 8*d. lb (W. Qts. 7d Mb. ; 12 W (Qts. 6£d. lb (W. Qts. 3id lb.; 12. W (Qts. 3d. lb.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz.
- s. d.
- Blood Egg •• Tannate
- Alcohol, Absolute (Duty Paid)
- : i> 9°% (Rectified Spirit) (Duty
- Paid)
- ,, Methylic, Pure (Duty Paid) i —
- Per lb.
- s. d.
- o 3 o 5 3 o
- 5 6
- 2 o 2 o
- 20 O 7 O
- 1 20 6/-j w.
- I
- 26 6
- 22
- 28
- Remarks.
- W
- Qts.
- _/6 lb. Carboys 10 /- cwt.
- /- each. iV. Qts.
- 4id. lb.
- In syphons about 3 lbs.
- 3/6 each.
- 7 lbs. 1 /io lb. 7 lbs. 1 /io lb.
- 4 ozs. 2/10 oz. 4 ozs. 2 /- oz.
- 5 /6 per gram. 5 /6 per gram. 24/- per gm. 3/- each.
- 1 /-per gram.
- (W. Qts. 126/- lb. (W. Qts. I 22/- lb. JW. Qts. (27/6 lb.
- We are fully licensed to supply any quantity of Duty Paid Alcohol beyond one pint.
- * Alcohol, ex Bond, for Export only.
- „ Allylic
- „ Ammoniated ..
- „ Amyl, Pure
- „ Amyl, Coml. (Fusel Oil)
- „ Benzylic (from Toluol)
- „ Butyl, Normal
- „ Butyl, Iso
- „ Caprylic
- „ Methylic (Coml. Wood Naph
- tha)..
- ,, Methylated (Methylated Spirit)
- „ Propyl, Normal
- „ Propyl, iso
- Aldehyde Ammonia „ Cone.
- „ Anisic
- „ Cinnamic
- „ Salicylic (see also Acid Sali
- cylous)
- „ Valeric
- Alizarine, Dry ..
- „ Paste
- Allantoin Alloxan Alloxantin
- Alloys, see page 355
- Allyl Bromide ,.
- „ Chloride „ Iodide „ Isothiocyanate „ Sulphocarbamide (see also Thio sinamine)
- Alojn
- Alum Ammonia, Pure Crystals
- Special Prices on Application.
- 4 ozs. 2 /2 oz.
- o 8 3 6
- 1 o
- 1 2
- 2 o o IO 2 3
- 14
- 4
- 2
- 7 6
- 8
- 12
- 15
- 12/- per gall. 5/3 per gall.
- 4 ozs. I /io oz.
- ! I
- j ~ 0
- ix5
- 10
- 12
- 3
- 4 7 2
- 2 o o 10
- hf
- 10 o o 10
- , 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- X
- p.337 - vue 354/385
-
-
-
- 338 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per OZ s. d. . Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per oz s. d. Per lb. s. d. | Remarks.
- Alum Chrome, Pure Crystals o 2 i 3 7 lbs. i /2 lh • Ammonium Chloride, Compressed
- 91 Chrome, Coml. Crystals — o 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb 99 (Voltoids) 0 2 1 2 7 lbs. 1 /i lb.
- 99 Iron, Pure Crystals o 2 I 6 7 lbs. i /5 b Chromate 0 4 4 0
- 99 Manganese o 4 4 O 99 Citrate 0 7 7 0
- 99 Potash, Pure Crystals .. o 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb 99 Ferricyanide 3 6
- 99 Potash, Coml. Crystals — o 6 7 lbs. 5 Jd. lh . 99 Ferrocyanide 1 6
- 99 Potash, Pure Powder .. — o IO 7 lbs. gd. lb 99 Fluoride 0 3 2 9
- 99 Potash, Coml. Powder.. — o 6 7 lbs. 5£d. lb . 91 Ferric-Oxalate 0 9 9 0
- 99 Roche — o ii 7 lbs. iod. lb 99 Formate 0 6 6 0
- 99 Soda, Pure Crystals o 2 I 3 7 lbs. i /2 lb 99 Hippurate 4 6
- Aluminium Metal, Ingot o 3 3 o (W. Qts. 8d.
- 99 Metal, Foil o 7 6 o * 99 Hydrate, Sp. Gr. -88o .. 0 9 (lb.; 12 W. (Qts. 7|d. lb.
- 99 Metal, Wire o 6 5 6
- 99 Metal, Powder, Fine o 6 5 6 (W. Qts. 1 id.
- 99 Metal, Powder, Coarse .. o 5 5 o * 99 Hydrate, Sp. Gr. -88o .. 1 0 \ lb. ; 12 W.
- 99 Metal, Leaf, in Books .. 8d. per book Free Tar Products (Qts.io^d. lb.
- 99 Acetate, Pure o 4 3 6 (W. Qts. 7id.
- 99 Aceto-tartrate o 9 8 6 * 99 Hydrate, Sp. Gr. -g6o .. 0 8 jlb. ; 12 W.
- 99 Arsenate o 7 7 o (Qts. 7d. lb.
- 99 Arsen ite o 8 8 o 99 Hypophosphite 1 0 12 0
- 99 Borate o 5 4 6 99 Hyposulphite 0 9 8 6
- 99 Bromide 2 3 99 Ichthosulphonate 0 6 6 0
- 99 Carbide o 6 6 o 99 lodate 4 3
- 99 Chloride, Pure Crystals .. o 4 3 6 99 Iodide 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- * 99 Chloride, Anhydrous o 6 6 o 99 Lactate 1 0
- 99 Citrate i 2 4 ozs. i /- oz 99 Malate 4 6
- 99 Fluoride o 8 8 o 99 Molybdate, Pure Crystals 0 IO 9 0
- 99 Fluosilicate I o 4 ozs. i id. oz. (7 lbs. 1 /8
- |9 Nitrate, Pure Crystals .. o 3 3 o 99 Nitrate, Pure Crystals .. 0 2 1 9 jlb. ; 14 lbs.
- 99 Oleate o 3 3 o U/7i lb.
- 9f Oxalate o 7 7 o 99 Nitrate, Coml. Crystals.. 1 0 14 lbs. 1 id. lb.
- 99 Oxide, Pure Anhydrous.. o 5 5 o 99 Nitrate, Fused .. 0 4 3 6
- 99 99 Oxide, Coml. Anhydrous Oxide, Hydrate, Pure .. o o 2 4 2 3 o 6 * 99 Nitrite, Solution .. 0 4 4 0 (W. Qts. l3/9 lb.
- 99 Oxide, Hydrate, Coml. .. o 2 i 2 99 Oxalate, Pure Crystals .. 0 2 2 3 7 lbs. 2/i lb.
- 99 Palmitate o 3 3 O 99 Oxalate, Bin 0 4 4 0
- 99 Phosphate o 4 3 6 99 Perchlorate 0 3 3 0
- 9f Resinate o 5 4 6 99 Persulphate 0 4 3 6
- 99 Silicate o 4 4 o 99 Phosphate, Pure Crystals 0 4 3 6
- 99 Stearate o 4 4 o 99 Phosphite 1 10 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz.
- 99 Sulphate, Pure o 2 i IO 99 Phosphomolybdate 2 3
- 99 Sulphate, Coml o 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb. 99 Phosphotungstate 4 0
- Tannate I 4 * 99 Picrate 1 6
- 99 Tartrate o 7 6 6 99 Picrocarminate .. 4 0
- ll Tungstate I 3 99 Salicylate 0 7 7 0
- Amalgam Copper X o 14 o Ammonium Sodium Phosphate 0 3 2 6
- Electrical I o 12 6 (See also Microcosmic Salt)
- * 9 Sodium I o 12 o Ammonium Succinate 1 6
- Zinc I o 12 6 99 Sulphate, Pure Crystals 0 2 1 0 7 lbs. 1 id. lb.
- Amber Cuttings o 8 8 o 99 Sulphate, Coml. Crystals 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- Amidoazobenzene „ Hydrochloride 2 3 6 o 4 oz. 2 /3 oz. * 99 Sulphide, Solution ' 1 0 j W. Qts. 1 iod. lb.
- Amidoazotoluol, Ortho 3 o 99 Sulphite, Crystals 0 6 6 0
- Para .. 4 6 99 Sulphocarbolate .. 0 7 6 6
- Amidol. Packed in x oz. bottles .. fi/6 per oz. (bottle. 99 99 Sulphocyanide Tartrate, Neutral 0 0 4 6 4 5 0 6
- Amidophenol, Ortho 3 6 99 Tartrate, Acid .. 0 6 6 0
- 99 Para 2 o 99 Thiomolybdate 6 0
- 91 Para, Hydrochloride .. 2 o 99 Tungstate 1 3
- Amidopyrin 2 o 4 ozs. i /io oz. 99 Urate (Boa’s Excrement) 1 6
- Ammonium Acetate, Pure Crystals .. O 3 2 6 7 lbs. 2 /4 lb. 99 Valerianate 2 0
- 99 Arsenate, Pure Crystals O 7 7 o 99 Vanadate 3 6 —
- 99 Arsenite, Pure Dry O 7 7 o Amygdaline 5 6
- Benzoate, Artificial O 6 6 o '‘Amyl Acetate, Pure 0 4 3 6
- 9 9 Benzoate, from Gum .. 2 o ^ ozs. I /io oz. K 99 Acetate, Coml. .. 0 3 2 6
- 99 Bicarbonate, Crystals .. O 3 2 9 99 Benzoate.. 2 6 —
- 99 Bicarbonate, Powder .. O 2 I IO 7 lbs. i /8 lb. K 99 Bromide 3 6 —
- 99 Bichromate, Pure Crystals O 4 3 6 |e 99 Butyrate 1 0 14 0
- 99 Bifluoride O 3 2 9 H < 99 Formate 0 IO IO 0
- 99 Bisulphate, Pure Crystals O 3 2 6 91 Iodide 2 3 —
- 99 Bisulphite, Crystals O 6 6 o >1 C 99 Nitrate 1 6 8
- 99 Bisulphite, Solution O 2 2 o * II Nitrite , B.P 0 8 0
- 99 Borate O 4 4 o 99 Nitrite, Capsules, about 3 mm- 2 /- per doz.
- 91 Bromide O 2 i 8 ims —
- 99 Carbonate, Pure Resub. . O 2 i 7 7 lbs. i /6 lb. 99 Propionate 2 0 —
- 99 Carbonate, Coml. Lump O IO 7 lbs. 9d. lb. 99 Salicylate 1 0 12 0
- 99 Carbonate, Powder O 2 I o 7 lbs. iid. lb. 99 Valerianate 1 6 —
- 99 Chloride, Puriss .. O 2 I 6 7 lbs. i /4 lb. * Amylene . . 5 0 —
- V 7 lbs. gd. lb.; * J , Hydrate 4 0 —
- Chloride, Pure .. O IO 14 lbs. 8£d. Anethol .. 0 9 9 0
- ,1b. Aniline, Pure 0 4 3 0
- '7 lbs. 7d. lb.; 99 Coml. .. 0 3 2 6
- 99 Chloride, Coml O 8 1 14 lbs. 6Jd. ,1b. 99 Acetate 0 6 6 0
- p.338 - vue 355/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 339
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. OZ. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Aniline, Hydrochloride 0 6 5 0 Barium Carbonate, Native, Ground.. 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- „ Nitrate 0 9 8 6 91 Chlorate, Pure 0 3 2 6 (7 lbs. 8d.
- „ Oxalate I 0 99 Chloride, Pure Crystals 0 9 lb. ; 14 lbs.
- „ Phosphate I 0 Chloride, Coml. Crystals l7*d. lb.
- „ Sulphate 0 7 6 0 99 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- Aniline Colours (see page 353). 99 Chromate 0 4 4 0
- Anisaldehyde 2 0 99 Citrate 0 6 6 0
- Anisidine, Ortho 3 6 99 Cyanide I 9
- „ Para.. .. .. .. 4 6 99 Ferrocyanide 0 10 IO 0
- Anisol 1 0 14 0 91 Fluoride 0 6 6 0
- Anthracene 0 9 8 6 99 Fluosilicate 0 7 7 0
- Anthraquinone 1 0 14 0 99 Formate 0 8 7 6
- Antifebrine (see also Acetanilide) 0 3 2 6 99 Hydroxide, Pure 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- Antimonial Powder 0 4 3 6 99 Hypophosphite 0 7 7 0
- Antimony Metal, Pure 1 6 4 ozs. I /4 oz. 99 Hyposulphite 0 7 6 6
- „ Metal, Coml. Powder 0 2 1 3 99 lodate 2 0
- „ Coml. Lump 0 2 1 6 99 Iodide I 6 4 ozs. 1 /5 oz.
- „ Bromide 2 0 4 ozs. 1/10 oz. 99 Lactate 2 6
- „ Chloride Penta Solution .. 0 9 9 0 99 Nitrate, Pure Crystals 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- „ Chloride, Tri. Crystals 0 7 6 0 99 Nitrate, Coml. Crystals 0 10 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- „ Chloride, Oxy 0 8 8 0 99 Nitrate, Coml. Powdered 0 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb.
- „ Oxide, Tri. (see also Acid 99 Nitrite I 0 14 0
- Antimonious) 0 4 4 0 99 Oleate 0 7 7 0
- * „ Phosphide 4 6 99 Oxalate 0 4 3 6
- „ Potassium Tartrate, Pure 99 Oxide, Anhydrous 0 4 3 6
- (Tartar Emetic) 0 3 3 0 99 Permanganate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- „ Sulphate 0 6 6 0 99 Peroxide, Anhydrous, Pure.. 0 3 2 3
- „ Sulphide, Golden .. 0 4 3 6 99 Peroxide, Hydrated, Pure .. 0 3 2 3
- „ Sulphide, Black .. 0 9 7 lbs. 7d. lb. 99 Phenolsulphonate .. 0 6 6 0
- „ Sulphide, Fused .. 0 4 4 0 99 Phosphate, Pure 0 4 3 6
- „ Sulphide (Kermes Mineral) 0 6 5 6 99 Phosphite I 6
- „ Tartrate Ver. 0 9 9 0 99 Platinocyanide, 1 gram tubes 11/6 each.
- Antipyrine (see also Phenazone) 0 10 10 0 99 Silicate 0 6 6 0
- Apiol 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. 99 Succinate I 6
- Apomorphine Hydrochloride .. 1 )g per gram. 99 Sulphate, Pure 0 2 1 8
- Arabinose 24 0 99 Sulphate, Coml 0 6
- Araroba (Goa Powder) 0 8 8 0 99 Sulphide 0 3 2 6
- Arbutin 6 0 99 Sulphite 0 5 4 6
- Argol 0 2 1 0 99 Sulphocyanide 0 5 4 6
- Argonin 3 /- per gram. 99 Sulphovinate 0 8 7 6
- Argyrol 12 0 99 Tartrate 0 6 5 6
- Arrhenal (Methyl Di-sodium Arsenate) 3 0 99 Thiosulphate 0 6 6 0
- Arnicin 3 /- per gram. 99 Tungstate 0 7 6 6
- Arsenic Metal, Powder 0 6 6 0 *Benzal Chloride 0 8 8 0
- „ Metal, Lump .. 0 5 4 6 Benzaldehyde 0 6 6 0
- „ Bromide 0 11 11 0 Benzamide 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- * „ Chloride X 2 4 ozs. 1 /- oz. Benzamine Hydrochloride 15 0
- „ Iodide 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. Lactate 15 0
- „ Oxide (see also Acid Arsenic) 0 4 3 6 Benzanilide 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz.
- Arsenious Oxide (see also Acid Arsen-ious) 0 2 i- 8 *Benzene, Crystallisable, Pure 1 6 (W. Qts. (1/4 lb.
- Arsenic Sulphide (Orpiment).. 0 2 2 0 * 90% (W. Qts.
- „ Sulphide (Realgar) .. 0 2 2 0 99 11 /- lb.
- Asbestos, Powder „ Fibre 0 0 2 5 1 5 2 0 • 99 Free from Thiophene 2 0 JW. Qts. (1/9 lb.
- „ Special for Gooch Crucibles 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. *Benzidine 2 6 4 OZS. 2 /4 oz.
- „ Platinised 5% 33 0 Price varies. 99 Hydrochloride 3 0 4 ozs. 2/10 oz.
- „ Woolly 0 7 7 0 99 Sulphate 3 0 4 OZS. 2 /io OZ.
- Asparagin 5 0 Benzil 3 6
- Asphaltum, Lump 0 2 1 2 Benzoic Anhydride I 9 25 0
- „ Powder 0 2 1 6 Benzoin 4 6 4 ozs. 4/3 oz.
- Aspirin (see also Acid Acetyl Salicylic) 0 5 5 0 Benzonaphthol 0 9 9 0
- Atoxyl 14 0 Benzonitril 4 0 4 ozs. 3 jg oz.
- Atropine 24 0 1 /q per gram. Benzophenone 4 0 4 ozs. 3/9 oz.
- „ Sulphate 20 0 1 /- per gram. Benzoquinone (see also Quinone) .. 6 6 4 OZS. 6 /2 oz.
- Azobenzene 2 6 4 ozs. 2/4 oz. *Benzotrichloride I 0 12 0
- Azoxybenzene 6 0 4 ozs. 5/9 oz. * Benzoyl Chloride 0 10 9 6
- Azolitmin 9 0 * Benzyl Acetate 0 8 8 0
- 99 Benzoate 0 7 6 6
- Barbitone (see also Acid Diethylbarbi- * 99 Chloride.. 0 8 7 6
- turic) .. .. ... 1 3 4 ozs. 1 /i oz. Beryllium Metal (Glucinium) 12/-per gram.
- Barium Metal 4 /- per gram. 99 Nitrate 2 0
- „ Acetate, Pure 0 4 3 6 99 Oxide IO 6
- „ Aluminate 1 0 99 Sulphate 3 6
- „ Arsenate 0 10 Bismuth Metal I 3 4 OZS. I /2 OZ.
- „ Arsenite 0 11 99 Arsenate 3 0
- „ Benzoate 1 0 99 Benzoate 1 10
- „ Borate 0 5 5 0 99 Bromide 2 4 4 ozs. 2 /i oz.
- „ Bromide 0 3 2 9 99 Carbonate, Pure 1 3 4 OZS. I /2 oz.
- ,, Carbonate (Puriss Precip. by 99 Chloride (Tri) Crystals 2 0 4 ozs. I /io oz.
- Ammonia) .. 0 3 2 3 7 lbs. 2 /1 lb. 99 Chloride (Oxy.) or Sub. 1 6 4 ozs. 1/5 oz.
- „ Carbonate (Precip. by Soda) 0 2 1 10 7 lbs. 1 /8 lb. 99 Chromate 2 0
- „ Carbonate, Coml. Precip. .. 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb. 99 Citrate 1 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- p.339 - vue 356/385
-
-
-
- 340 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per oz. s. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per oz. s. d. Per lb. s. d. J Remarks.
- Bismuth Gallate (Oxy.) 1 4 4 OZS. I /2 oz. Calcium Borate 0 4 3 6
- II Iodide 6 4 OZS. 2 /3 oz. 99 Bromide 0 9 8 6
- Lactate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 jg oz. * 99 Carbide I 0 Tins free.
- 99 Nitrate, Crystals 1 0 13 0 99 Carbonate (Pure Precip. by
- 9f Nitrate (Oxy.) 1 4 18 0 Ammonia) .. 0 3 2 3 7 lbs. 2 /i lb.
- 91 Oxalate 2 0 99 Carbonate, Precip O 6 14 lbs. 5d. lb.
- 99 Oxide .. I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. 99 Carbonate (Marble Chips) •. . O 2 28 lbs. i^d. lb.
- 99 Phosphate 1 9 99 Chlorate 0 8 8 0
- 99 Salicylate 1 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. 99 Chloride, Pure Dry Gran. .. 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- 99 Sulphate I 8 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. 99 Chloride, Coml. Dry Gran... 1 2 7 lbs. 1 /- lb.
- 99 Sulphide 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. 99 Chloride, Pure Crystals 0 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb.
- 99 Sulphite 2 6 99 Chloride, Fused Sticks 0 5 4 O
- Tannate 1 4 99 Chloride, Fused Lumps 0 2 2 0
- Tartrate I 10 99 Chloride, with Asbestos 0 4 4 0
- Bleaching Powder (see also Calcium- J Packed in 99 Chromate 0 6 6 0
- Hypochlorite) 0 10 | ilb. tins. 99 Citrate 0 7 7 0
- Blue Prussian .. 0 6 6 0 99 Cyanamide 0 8
- Bone Ash 0 7 14 lbs. 6d. lb. 99 Fluoride, Pure 0 3 2 6
- Borax, Crystals (see also Sodium Bi- 99 Fluoride (Fluospar Powder) 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- borate) 0 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb. 99 Formate 0 4 4 0
- 99 Powder ,, ,, 0 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb. 99 Glycerophosphate 0 9 9 0
- «i Calcined , 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb. 99 Hydrate 0 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb.
- Borneol I 8 23 6 99 Hypochlorite (see also Bleach- ( Packed in
- Boron, Crystals.. 2 /- per gram. ing Powder) 0 10 (1 lb. tins#
- Bornyl Acetate .. 1 10 99 Hypophosphite 0 7 7 0
- Bromal Hydrate 4 6 99 lodate 2 0
- *Bromine, Free from Sulphur.. 0 4 4 0 99 Iodide 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- Hn original 99 Lactate 0 4 4 0
- Ordinary 0 1 O 0 J bottles 99 Lactophosphate 0 7 7 0
- * 19 2 ! 2 I about 8 lbs., 99 Naphtholsulphonate .. 1 0 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- 'I /io lb. 9 Nitrate, Pure Crystals 0 2 2 0
- * 91 (in Tubes 2-2 c.c. each) - f5/- per 1 dozen. 99 99 Oleate Oxalate, Pure 0 0 5 4 5 3 0 6
- (in Tubes 4-4 c.c. each) ( 9/- per 99 Oxide, Pure (from Marble).. 1 1 7 lbs. 1 /- lb.
- * 99 j dozen. 99 Oxide, Coml. Lump (Quick
- *Bromobenzene .. 1 4 18 0 Lime) 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- Bromoform 0 10 9 0 99 Permanganate 1 3 4 ozs. 1 /- oz.
- Brucine, Pure Crystals 4 6 4 ozs. 4 /3 oz. 99 Peroxide I 2 15 0
- Sulphate • * 4 6 4 ozs. 4 /3 oz. 99 Phosphate, Pure Precip- 0 2 I 6 14 lbs. 6d. lb.
- *Butyl Acetate, Normal • * 0 8 7 6 39 Phosphate (Bone Ash) 0 7
- * 99 Acetate, Iso 0 8 7 6 * 99 Phosphide 0 7 7 0
- 99 Benzoate 2 0 99 Phosphite 0 9 9 0
- * 99 Butyrate .. 1 7 99 Pyrophosphate 0 5 5 0
- 99 Chloral Hydrate.: 1 16 0 99 Saccharate 0 5 5 0
- 99 Iodide 7 0 99 Salicylate I 0 12 6
- 91 Valerate .. 3 0 99 Silicate O 4 4 0
- Butylamine, Iso 12 0 99 Stearate 0 6 6 0
- 99 Succinate 2 0
- Cadmium Metal, Sticks 0 10 10 0 99 Sulphate, Pure Precip. 0 2 1 4
- Metal, Granulated I 0 4 ozs. nd. oz. 99 Sulphate (Plaster of Paris).. 0 4
- j 9 Metal, Sheet 1 3 99 Sulphide, Powder 0 3 2 8
- J 9 Acetate 0 n 11 0 99 Sulphide, Phosphorescent . . 1 0
- 99 Borotungstate, Solution, Sp. 99 Sulphite 0 3 2 6
- Gr. 3-28 .. 4 9 4 ozs. 4 /6 oz. 99 Sulphocarbolate 0 5 5 0
- 99 Bromide, Pure Carbonate, Pure 0 10 10 0 99 Tartrate 0 7 7 0
- 99 1 0 12 6 99 Tungstate (for X-Rays) I 0
- 99 Chloride, Pure 0 10 10 0 Camphene 3 0
- 99 Chromate • * | I 6 Camphor, Blocks 0 8 8 0
- 99 Iodide 1 6 99 Flowers 0 7 7 0
- Nitrate 0 9 8 0 99 Monobromide I 2 4 ozs. 1 /- oz.
- Oxalate 1 0 12 0 Canada Balsam 1 0
- 99 Oxide, Anhydrous I 6 99 Balsam, Dried (Hard) I 5 20 0
- 99 Sulphate, Pure 0 10 10 0 99 Balsam, in Benzole .. 1 2
- 91 Sulphide 0 I I , 12 0 99 Balsam, in Chloroform 1 3
- Caesium Metal .. ~ i 15/-per gram. 99 Balsam, in Xylol 1 2
- 99 Chloride 20 0 ! Cantharidin 6/6 per gram.
- 99 Sulphate 20 0 I Caramel, Liquid 1 2
- Caffeine (Theme) 1 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. 99 Powder 1 6
- 99 Benzoate 2 o 4 ozs. 1 /g oz. Carbamide 0 6 6 0
- 99 Citrate 1 3 4 OZS. 1 /2 OZ. Carbazol 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- 99 99 Hydrobromide Hydrochloride :: i 2 2 0 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. ^Carbon Bisulphide, Pure 2 0 (W. Qts. (1/io lb.
- 99 99 Salicylate Sodium Benzoate 2 I 0 8 4 ozs. i /g oz. 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. * 99 Bisulphide, Coml 1 4 j W. Qts. 11/3 lb.
- 99 Sodium Salicylate 1 8 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. Tetrachloride I 10 JW. Qts.
- If Valerianate 3 9 4 ozs. 3 /6 oz. (1/8 lb.
- Calamine 0 2 1 10 99 Trichloride 0 5 5 0
- *Calcium Metal, Lumps 1 11 4 ozs. 1 /g oz. Carborundum, Powder.. 0 2 2 0
- * 99 Metal, Turnings 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz. 99 Lump (Silicon Carbide) 0 4 4 0 4 ozs. 2 /g oz.
- Acetate, Pure 0 3 2 6 Carmine, Finest 3 0
- 99 Acetyl Salicylate 1 6 20 0 Carvacrol * 3 0
- 99 Arsenate 0 6 5 6 Carvehe 1 6
- 99 Benzoate, Artificial 1 0 7 6 6 Casein 0 2 2 0
- p.340 - vue 357/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 341
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Casein Sodium o 5 5 o Cobalt Chloride o 8 8 o
- Caulophyliin 2 o If Chloride, Free Nickel 3 6
- Celloidin 7 o ff Chromate i 9
- (Special If Cyanide 2 6
- Celluloid Cuttings o 3 3 o i Price for | Large If If Hydroxide Iodide 2 3 o 6
- (Quantity. II Nitrate o 8 8 o
- Cellulose Acetate I o II Oxalate 2 o
- Cerium Metal 7 /6 per gram. II Oxide, Pure 2 o 4 ozs. I /4 oz.
- „ Carbonate o 6 6 o II Oxide, Coml. I 6
- „ Chloride I o 4 ozs. iod. oz. II Potassium Nitrite 3 o 4 ozs. 2 /g oz.
- „ Citrate I 3 II Phosphate i 9 4 ozs. i /7 oz.
- „ Iodide I 6 II Resinate o 8 8 o
- „ Nitrate I o — 4 ozs. iod. oz. II Sodium Nitrite, Solution o 8 8 o
- „ Oxalate o 5 5 o II Sulphate o 8 7 6 4 ozs. i /7 oz.
- „ Oxide I 3 4 ozs. i /i oz. II Sulphide I 9
- „ Peroxide 4 6 Cochineal . o 7 6 6
- „ Salicylate i 9 4 ozs. i /7 oz. Codein . . 20 o
- „ Sulphate I o 4 ozs. iod. oz. II Hydrochloride .. 18 o
- Chalk, French o 5 II Sulphate 18 o 5 /- per gram.
- Charcoal, Animal, Powder o 8 Colchicine _ —
- „ Animal, Pure Powder o 5 4 6 II Salicylate — 5/-per gram.
- „ Animal, Granulated o 9 ’"Collodion, B.P o 8 8 o
- „ Wood, Powder o 6 * II Acetone o 7 6 6
- ,, Wood, Lumps o 6 * II Methylated .. o 3 3 o
- Chertier’s Copper (see also Copper * II Flexile (Methylated) o 4 3 6
- Chlorate and Potash) o 5 5 o * II Varnish o 6 6 o
- Chinoline (see also Quinoline) 2 o 4 ozs. i /g oz. * II Enamel o 6 6 o
- Chloral Hydrate o 8 7 6 Colophony o 2 i o 8 /- per gram.
- Chloralamide I 8 Conme . .
- Chloralformamide I 8 II Hydrobromide .. _ 7 /- per gram.
- Chloramine T I 6 Copper Metal, Foil • • o 4 3 6
- Chloralose 9 6 II Metal, Granulated o 3 3 o
- Chlorbutol X 9 II Metal, Filings .. o 4 3 6 7 lbs. 2 /6 lb.
- Chlorhydrin Di i 4 II Metal, Turnings o 3 2 9
- „ Mono if Epi 4 i 6 6 II Metal, Gauze .. _ ( 2 /6 per sq. '(ft.
- Chlorine Cubes, for Generating Chlorine i 6 II Metal, Wire 3 °
- „ Solution o 9 II Metal, Precipitated .. o 8 7 6 8d. each.
- ’"Chloroform from Acetone fW. Qts. 14/4 lb- Metal, Leaf, in Books
- ° 6 4 6 II II Acetate, Pure Acetate, Coml o 5 5 °
- „ from Pure Ethyl Alcohol i o 14 o II o 3 2 6
- Chlorophenol, Ortho .. i o II Aceto Arsenite (Paris Green) o 4 4 o
- „ Para o IO 9 o II Ammonium Chloride .. o 4 4 o
- Chlorophyll, Water Soluble . . 3 o 4 ozs. 2 /g oz. II Ammonium Sulphate .. o 3 2 6
- „ Soluble in Fats . . 3 o 4 ozs. 2 /g oz. II Arsenate o 5 5 o
- ,, Soluble in Spirit 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz. II Arsenite (Scheele’s Green) o 5 4 6
- Cholesterin 18 o II Benzoate I 6
- Chromium Metal, Coml. i 6 4 ozs. i /4 oz. II Borate o 6 6 °
- „ Acetate o 9 9 o II Bromide (Cupric) o 9 8 o
- „ Carbonate .. o 6 5 6 II Bromide (Cuprous) o IO 9 o
- „ Chloride o 8 8 o II Carbonate, Pure o 4 4 o
- „ Chromate .. o 8 8 o II Chlorate o 6 5 6
- „ Fluoride o IO IO o II Chlorate and Potash (Cherti er’s
- „ Nitrate o 8 8 o Copper) o 5 5 o
- „ Oxalate o 8 8 o II Chloride, Pure Crystals o 3 3 o
- „ Oxide, Green (Cr203) o 4 4 o II Chloride (Cuprous)—Pure o 7 7 o
- „ Oxide, Hydrated .. o 5 5 o II Chloride, Anhydrous . . o 6 5 6
- „ Phosphate .. o 7 7 o II Citrate 0 9 9 o
- „ Resinate o 8 8 o II Cyanide 0 IO IO o
- „ Sulphate o 5 5 o II Ferrocyanide .. o 9 8 6
- „ Sulphide 5 o — II Formate o 7 7 o 4 OZS. 2 /i oz.
- Chrysarobin o IO IO 6 II Iodide 2 3
- Cimicifugin 3 o II Nitrate, Pure Crystals o 3 2 6
- Cinchonidine 5 o — 4 ozs. 4 /g oz. II Nitrate, Coml. Crystals o 2 2 o
- „ Sulphate .. 4 o 4 ozs. 4 /g oz. II Oleate o 4 4 o
- Cinchonine 4 6 — 4 ozs. 4 /3 oz. || Oxalate o 5 5 o
- „ Hydrochloride 2 6 — 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. II Oxide, Pure Granulated Organic Analysis) . . (for
- „ Sulphate .. 2 6 — 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. o 6 5 6 7 lbs. 4 /io lb.
- Cineol O 8 8 o jf Oxide, Pure Black Powder o 5 5 o
- Citral 2 o 4 ozs. i /iooz. II Oxide, Coml. Black Powder o 2 i 9
- Citronellal 2 3 — 4 ozs. 2 /- oz. II Oxide (Cuprous), Red, Pure.. o 5 4 6
- Citronellol 3 6 — 4 ozs. 3 /3 oz. II Oxide, Hydrated o 5 5 o
- •Clay China (see also Kaolin).. O 6 II Oxide, from Wire o 5 5 o
- „ Stourbridge o 3 19 Phosphate o 5 4 6
- Cobalt Metal, Cubes i 6 20 o * || Phosphide o 8 8 o
- „ Metal, Powder .. 2 6 — || Potassium Chloride 0 4 3 6
- „ Metal, Foil 3 6 — || Potassium Sulphate o 5 4 6
- „ Acetate O 8 8 o II Silicate o 5 5 o
- „ Arsenate 2 o — || Stearate o 5 5 o 7 lbs. i /io lb.
- „ Borate I 6 — 4 ozs. i /4 oz. || Sulphate, Puriss, free from Iron o 2 2 o
- „ Bromide 2 6 — II Sulphate, Pure Crystals I o 7 lbs. i id. lb.
- „ Carbonate I 4 16 o II Sulphate, Coml. Crystals O 7 14 lbs. 6d. lb.
- p.341 - vue 358/385
-
-
-
- 342 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz. Per lb.
- s. d. s. d.
- Remarks.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz. Per lb. s. d. s. d.
- Remarks.
- Copper Sulphate, Anhydrous, Pure „ Sulphide..
- „ Sulphite „ Tartrate..
- Cotarnine Hydrochloride Cotarnine Phthalate Cotton Wool, Absorbent, White, ist Quality
- ,, Absorbent White, 2nd Quality ,, Non-absorbent, White,
- ist Quality
- ,, Non-absorbent, White,
- 2nd Quality..
- Coumarin ...........................
- Cream Of Tartar (see also Potassium Bitartrate) .. *Creasote (Beechwood)
- „ Carbonate *Cresol, B.P.
- „ Meta ,, Ortho ,, Para Cubes, for Generating Chlorine ,, for Generating Oxygen „ for Generating Sulphur Dioxide ,, for Generating Sulphuretted Hydrogen
- *Cumol
- Cumidine (Pseudo)
- Cuminol Curare Cymol
- Dextrine............................
- Dextrose, Pure......................
- Diamantine .........................
- Diamidophenol Hydrochloride (Amidol)
- Diastase...............
- Diazo-amidobenzene Dichlorethylene (C2H2C12) Dicyandiamidine Sulphate (Reagent for Nickel)
- Diethylaniline ..
- Diethyl Sulphate Didymium Metal Diethylamine
- „ Hydrochloride Digitalin
- Dimethylamidoazobenzene Dimethylamidobenzaldehyde Dimethylaniline..
- Dimethylamine, Solution
- „ Hydrochloride
- Dimethylglyoxime (Reagent for Nickel *Dimethyl Sulphate Dinitrobenzene ..
- Dinitronaphthaline Dinitrophenol Dinitrotoluol Diphenylamine, Pure
- „ Chloride
- „ Sulphate
- Diphenyl-methane DulcitOl (Dulcite)
- Dutch Metal, Leaf, in Books Dyewoods, see end of List, page 354.
- Eau de Javalle Eikonogen Emetine (Alkaloid)
- „ Hydrobromide „ Hydrochloride Emery Powder ..
- „ Cloth .. Emulsin..
- Erbium Metal ..
- „ Chloride „ Nitrate..
- „ Sulphate Epichlorhydrin ... Eserine
- O II
- 6 o
- 5 o
- 1 o
- 2 o
- 6
- 4 20
- 2 8 1
- 3
- 4 o 9 o o 10 o 8
- 5 o
- 1 6
- 2
- 24
- 2
- 5 16
- 1
- 8
- 4
- 9
- 1
- 2 2
- 2
- 6
- o 11
- 9d. per gram 9d. per gram
- ) Packed in t 1 lb. rolls.
- I Packed in ( 1 lb. rolls.
- 4 /- per gram
- 7 lbs. 6d. lb.
- (1/6 per oz | bottle.
- 4 ozs. 1 /io oz
- 3/-per grain
- 4 ozs. iod. oz
- 18 o
- 4 ozs. i /3 oz 4 ozs. 1 /g oz 4 ozs. 1 /g oz
- 1 /8 per gram 9d. per book
- 5 /6 per gram 3 /6 per gram 3/10 per gm.
- 3 /6 per quire
- 4 /- per gram 1 /- per gram 1 /- per gram 1 /- per gram
- 6 /- per gram
- Eserine Salicylate ..................
- „ Sulphate .......................
- * Ether Acetic, (see also Ethyl Acet-
- ate)
- „ Methylated, Sp. Gr. -730 : „ Methylated, Sp. Gr. 720
- : „ Methylated, Sp. Gr. 717
- „ From Duty Paid Rectified
- Spirit, Sp. Gr. 720
- ,, Distilled over Sodium
- „ Ozonic...........................
- „ Petroleum ....................
- Ethylaniline.........................
- Ethyl Acetate (see also Ether Acetic)
- „ Aceto-acetate....................
- „ Bromide..........................
- „ Butyrate.........................
- „ Chloride, Anhydrous, in container with Patent Stopper and Spray Producer Tube „ Formate „ Iodide „ Nitrite ! „ Oxalate „ Sulphate
- Ethylamine, Solution 33%
- „ Hydrochloride Ethylene Bromide „ Chloride
- „ Glycol
- Eucalyptol (see also Cineol)
- Eugenol................
- Euonymin, Brown or Green
- Exalgine...............
- Fel Bovinum, B.P.
- Fibrin Blood, Coml. ..
- „ Vegetable FlUX, Black „ White
- * Formaldehyde, 40% ..
- ,, Para
- Formamide Formamol Formanilide French Chalk Fuller's Earth Furfurol ..
- Fusion Mixture (see also Sodiu Potassium Carbonate)
- Galactose Gelatine, Sheet Gelsemin (American Opt.
- Geraniol................
- Geranyl Acetate Gingerine Glass Wool ,, Powdered Glucose, Pure ..
- ,, Coml. (Grape Sugar)
- Glue, Marine „ Hollis
- „ Le Page's (Fish)
- Gluten ...............
- Glutin................
- Glutol................
- Glycerine, Pure, Redistilled, Sp. G 1-260 » Jelly
- Glycine (Acid Amidoacetic)
- Glycocoll (Acid Amidoacetic)
- Glycol
- Gold Metal, Precip „ Leaf, in Books „ Chloride, in 15 grain Tubes
- o 8
- 1 2 o 10
- o 6 2 o
- 1 9
- 2 o
- 2 6
- 1 o 4 6
- 6 o 6 o 5 6
- 9 6 2 o
- 2 7
- 3 3
- 15 o 6 o
- 7
- 1
- 14
- 9
- 8 o
- 16 o
- 7 o 3 o 1 6 6 o
- o 5 o 6
- 3 o
- 6 o
- 11
- o
- 2
- 4 /- per gram. 4 /- per gram fW. Qts.
- 19/3 lb.
- (W. Qts.
- (1 /io lb.
- (W. Qts. (2/5 lb.
- (W. Qts. (3/- lb.
- W. Qts. 14/6 lb.
- W. Qts.
- 5/8 lb.
- (W. Qts.
- '(1 /6 lb.
- (W. Qts. (9/3 lb-4 ozs. i /4 oz.
- 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz.
- 4 /- each.
- 4 ozs. 1 /i oz. 4 ozs. 2 /- oz.
- 4 ozs. 1 Is oz.
- 4 ozs. 2 /g oz. 4 ozs. 3 /9 oz. 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- 4 ozs. 2/3 oz. 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz. 4 ozs. 2 jg oz.
- 4 ozs. 1 /- oz.
- (W. Qts. 11 /5 lb.
- 4 ozs. i /6 oz. 4 OZS. I /io oz.
- 4 ozs. 1 Is oz.
- 4 ozs. 3 /6 oz.
- 4 ozs. 2 /io oz. 4 OZS. 2 /io OZ. 4 OZS. 2 /- OZ.
- 14 lbs. 8d. lb.
- 1 /- per bot. . 1 /- per bot. 4 ozs. 2/3 oz. 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- W. Qts.
- 1/6 lb.
- 1 /6 per bot.
- 6 /- per gram. 3 /- per book. 4 /- each.
- p.342 - vue 359/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 343
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per OZ. s. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. OZ. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Gold Chloride, Solution 5 0 Iron Albuminate 2 0
- „ Oxide 9/- per gram. II Arsenate 0 6 6 O
- „ Stannate (Purple of Cassius) .. 3 /6 per gram. 99 Ammonium Chloride (Ferric) 0 3 2 6
- Graphite Powder (see also Plumbago) 1 0 99 Ammonium Citrate (Scales) 0 6 6 O
- Guaiacol, Crystals I 8 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz. 99 Ammonium Oxalate (Ferric) 0 6 5 O
- „ Liquid I 4 18 0 99 Ammonium Sulphate, Crystals 7 lbs. I id. lb.
- „ Carbonate I 2 4 ozs. 1 /- oz. (Ferrous) .. .. 0 2 1 O
- Guaiacum Resin 0 8 8 0 99 Ammonium Sulphate, Puriss
- Guanidine Carbonate 6 0 (Ferrous) 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb.
- „ Thiocyanate 5 0 99 Ammonium Tartrate (Ferric) 0 7 7 0
- Gums, see page 354 at end of List. 99 and Bismuth Citrate (Scales) 1 7
- *Gun Cotton (see also Pyroxylin) 1 3 18 0 99 and Manganese Citrate (Scales) 1 0
- Gutta Percha, Tissue . . 3/- sq. yd. 99 and Potassium Citrate .. 0 9 9 0
- „ Solution 0 7 7 0 99 and Quinine Citrate (Scales) 1 6
- „ Masticated 1 4 99 Arsen ite 0 IO 10 0
- 99 Benzoate 1 8
- Hamameline 2 0 99 Borate 0 9 9 0
- Haematein 1 /- per gram. 99 Bromide 1 3
- Haematin 9 /6 per gram. 99 Carbonate 0 2 1 7 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- Haematoxylin 8 0 99 Chloride (Ferric), Pure .. 0 IO
- Haemoglobin 0 7 6 6 99 Chloride (Ferrous) 0 2 2 0
- Helianthin (see also Methyl Orange) 1 9 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz. 99 Citrate (Scales) .. 0 8 8 0
- Heliotropine (see also Piperonal) 1 6 99 Dialysed 0 3 3 0
- Hexachlorethane | 0 7 6 6 19 Ferricyanide (Turnbull’s Blue).. 1 0 12 0
- Hexamine (Hexamethylenetetramine) 0 6 6 0 99 Ferrocyanide (Prussian Blue) 0 6 6 0
- *Hexane 0 4 4 0 99 Fluoride . 0 7 6 6
- Hide Powder (For Tannin Estimation) 2 3 4 ozs. 2 /i oz. 99 Formate X 6 20 0
- Homatropine 4/3 per gram. 99 Gallate 0 10 11 0
- „ Hydrobromide .. 3/4 per gram. 99 Glycerophosphate.. I 4 19 0
- Hydrastin (Resinoid) .. 12 0 99 Hypophosphite I 0 14 0
- Hydrastine 8 /- per gram. 99 lodate 2 6 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- „ Sulphate 8 /- per gram. 99 Iodide 2 0
- Hydrazine Sulphate 1 8 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. 99 Lactate X 0 13 0 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz.
- Hydrazobenzene 1. 8 99 Lactophosphate .. I 10
- ’"Hydrogen Peroxide, 20 vols. .. 1 2 fW. Qts. 11 /- lb. 99 99 Malate Nitrate (Per), Crystals .. 9 0 0 4 4 0
- ,, „ 10 vols. . . 0 to (W. Qts. (gd. lb. 99 99 Oleate Oxalate (Ferric) .. 0 0 4 6 4 5 0 0
- Hydroquinone 0 7 7 0 99 Oxalate (Ferrous) 0 5 4 0
- Hydrosulphite 0 4 4 0 99 Oxide, Black Magnetic . . 0 2 2 0
- Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride 3 0 4 ozs. 2 jg oz. 99 Oxide, Brown 0 2 1 6
- „ Sulphate 2 6 99 Oxide, Red 0 9
- Hyoscine Hydrobromide 4 /- per gram. 99 Phosphate (Ferric) 0 4 4 0
- Hyoscyamine 4/- per gram. 99 Phosphate (Ferrous) 0 4 3 6
- Hypnone (see also Acetophenone) .. 1 8 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. 99 Phosphide 1 9
- 99 Phosphite 3 0
- Ichthyol, Ammon. f 1 lb. tins, '(5/- each. 99 99 Pyrophosphate Ver Resinate 0 0 7 4 7 4 0 0
- India Rubber, Masticated 1 2 14 0 99 Salicylate 0 8 8 0
- „ Solution 4 0 99 Succinate 2 0
- Indicators, see page 352 atend of List. 99 Sulphate (Ferric), Pure .. 0 2 1 9 7 lbs. 1 /8 lb.
- Indigo, Lump 1 6 — 4 ozs. x /4 oz. 99 Sulphate (Ferrous), Pure 0 6 14 lbs. 4d. lb.
- „ Refined. . 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. 99 Sulphate (Ferrous), Exsiccated 0 IO 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- „ Carmine, Paste 5 0 99 Sulphide, Stick (suitable for use
- „ Carmine, Dry 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. in Kipp’s Apparatus) 1 0 14 lbs. iod.lb.
- „ Sulphate, Solution 0 4 4 0 99 Sulphide, Cakes .. 0 8 14 lbs. 6d.lb.
- Indigotine, Coml 2 3 — 4 ozs. 2 /i oz. 99 Sulphide, Lumps 0 6 14 lbs. 5d.lb.
- Indium Metal — 22 /-per grm. 99 Sulphite 0 7 6 6
- „ Chloride — 22 /6 per gm. 99 Sulphocarbolate .. 0 7 7 0
- Indol 38 0 — 2 /- per gram. 99 Sulphocyanide 1 9 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz.
- Inosite — 7 /- per gram. 99 Tannate 0 6 6 0
- Inuline 2 3 — 4 ozs. 2 /i oz. II Valerianate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- Iodine, Pure, Resublimed 1 10 26 0 Isatin 4 0
- „ Tribromide 3 0 — Isinglass 2 0
- „ Trichloride 3 0 —
- lodobenzene 5 0 — Jalap Resin 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz.
- Iodoform, Pure Crystals 2 0 — Jalapin 4 0 4 ozs. 3 /io oz.
- „ Pure Precip 2 0 —
- lodol 14 0 Kaolin (China Clay) .. 0 6
- Ionium Price on appl ication. Kelp 1 0
- lonone, Solution 7 6 — Keratine 5 0
- Iridin 1 6 — 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. Kermes Mineral 0 6 5 6
- Iridium Metal Kieselguhr 1 0
- „ Chloride k Price s on ap plication. Kreatine 4 /- per gram.
- „ Oxide Kreatinine 8 /- per gram.
- Iron Filings, Fine 0 6 14 lbs . 5d. lb.
- „ Filings, Coarse 0 6 14 lbs. 5d. lb. Lacmoid 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz.
- „ Reduced by Hydrogen 0 4 4 0 Lactophenin 4 0
- ,, Wire, Pure, on reels j 6d.each ; | 5 /- per doz. Lactose, Powder (see also Sugar Milk) of 0 3 2 6 7 lbs. 2 /4 lb.
- ,, Wire, for burning in Oxygen, in 1 3d. each ; Lampblack 1 0
- Coils — (2/6 per doz. Lanolin (Anhydrous) .. 2 6
- „ Acetate, Dry 0 6 6 0 Lanolin (Hydrous) 2 0
- p.343 - vue 360/385
-
-
-
- 344 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Lsevulose (Diabetic) I 3 15 0 Lithium Hydroxide 3 0
- Lanthanum Metal 10 /-per gram. „ Iodide 2 0 1-
- „ Chloride 8d. per gram. „ Lactate 3 0
- „ Nitrate 12 0 „ Nitrate I 3 4 OZS. I /2 oz.
- „ Oxide 8d. per gram. „ Oxalate 2 0
- „ Sulphate 8d. per gram. „ Phosphate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- Lapis Divrnus, Sticks 0 7 6 6 v „ Salicylate I 3 4 OZS. I /2 OZ.
- Lead Metal, Foil 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb. „ Sulphate I 3 4 OZS. I /2 oz.
- 99 Metal, Granulated 0 2 I 4 7 lbs. 1 /2 lb. „ Tartrate 2 0
- 99 Metal, Sticks 0 2 2 0 Litmus, Granulated 0 7 6 6
- 99 Metal, Shot 0 10 14 lbs. gd. lb. „ Powdered 0 7 7 0
- 99 Metal, Wire . . 2 0 „ Soluble I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- 99 Metal, Powder, for Accumulators 0 3 2 6 „ Solution 5 6
- 99 Acetate, Pure Crystals . . 0 2 1 4 7 lbs. 1 /3 lb. Logwood Chips - 0 10
- 99 Acetate, Coml. Crystals 1 0 7 lbs. 1 id. lb. „ Extract 0 8 8 0
- 99 Acetate, Basic .. 0 3 3 0 Lycopodium 0 10 9 0
- 99 Acetate, Tribasic 0 4 3 6 Lysol 2 4
- 99 Arsenate 0 4 4 0
- 99 Arsenite 0 5 4 6 Mabor, Powder. . 0 10
- 99 Benzoate 1 4 _ Magnesium Metal, Ribbon I 5 21 0
- 99 Borate 0 4 4 0 Packed in 1 ounce and
- 99 Bromide 0 6 6 0 i ounce Coils.
- 99 Carbonate, Pure 0 3 3 0 7 lbs. 2 /io lb. ,, Metal, Wire I 5 21 0
- 99 Carbonate, Coml. 0 2 1 0 7 lbs. 1 id. lb. Packed in 1 ounce and
- 99 Chloride, Pure 0 3 3 0 £ ounce Coils.
- 99 Chloride, Coml.| 0 2 2 0 „ Metal, Turnings . . I 0 12 0
- 99 Chromate, Fused 0 4 4 0 ,, Metal, Powder I 0 12 0
- 99 Chromate, Precip 0 3 3 0 „ Acetate 0 6 6 0
- 19 Citrate 0 7 6 6 „ Ammonium Chloride 0 3 3 0
- 91 Cyanide 0 8 8 0 „ Ammonium Phosphate .. 0 6 6 0
- 99 Ferrocyanide 0 7 7 0 „ Arsenate 0 8 7 6
- 99 Formate 0 10 10 0 „ Benzoate I 0 14 0
- 99 Hyposulphite 0 5 5 0 „ Borate 0 5 4 6
- 99 Hydroxide 0 8 7 6 „ Bicarbonate, Solution 0 2 1 6
- 99 lodate 3 6 „ Borocitrate 0 9 8 6
- 99 Iodide 1 9 24 0 „ Bromide I 0 12 0
- 99 Nitrate, Pure Crystals . . 0 2 2 0 7 lbs. 1 /io lb. „ Carbonate, Heavy 0 2 1 6
- 99 Nitrate, Coml. Crystals.. 0 2 I 0 7lbs. 1 id. lb. „ Carbonate, Light.. 0 2 1 2
- 99 Nitrite 0 6 5 6 ,, Chloride, Pure Fused 0 2 2 0
- 99 Oleate (Lead Plaster) . . 0 3 3 0 „ Chloride, Pure Crystals 0 2 1 2 14 lbs. 1 /-lb.
- 99 Oleate, Normal .. 0 5 4 6 „ Chromate I 4
- 99 Oxalate 0 4 4 0 „ Citrate Ver 0 9 8 6
- 99 Oxide (Litharge) free Ag. 1 3 7 lbs. 1 /2 lb. „ Fluoride 0 8 8 0
- 99 Oxide (Litharge) 0 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb. „ Formate 0 7 7 0
- 91 Oxide (Red Lead) 0 10 7 lbs. gd. lb. „ Fluosilicate 0 9 8 6
- 99 Peroxide, Pure, free Mn. 0 5 4 6 „ Glycerophosphate.. I 3 17 0
- 99 Peroxide, Coml 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb. „ Hydroxide 0 4 4 0
- 99 Phosphate 0 4 4 0 „ Hypophosphite I 2 16 0
- 99 Resinate 0 2 2 0 „ Ichthosulphonate.. 3 0
- 99 Salicylate 1 6 „ Iodide 2 IO
- 99 Succinate 2 6 „ Lactate I 3 18 0
- 99 Silicate 0 5 4 6 „ Nitrate, Pure 0 2 2 0
- 99 silicofluoride, 10% Solution .. 0 3 2 6 „ Oleate 0 5 5 0
- 99 Stearate 0 5 5 0 „ Oxalate 0 7 7 0
- 99 Sulphate, Pure 0 2 2 0 „ Oxide, Heavy . . . . 0 4 3 8
- 99 Sulphide, Pure 0 5 5 0 ,, Oxide, Light 0 2 2 0
- 99 Sulphite 0 5 5 0 „ Peroxide I 0 14 0
- 99 Tartrate 0 6 6 0 „ Platinocyanide 7 /- per gram.
- Lecithin (Brain) 7 0 „ Phosphate 0 5 5 0
- 99 (Egg) 4 6 „ Pyrophosphate 0 9 9 0
- Legumen 7 0 „ Salicylate 0 8 8 0
- Leptandrin (American) 2 6 „ Silicate 0 5 5 0
- Leucine 4 /- per gram. „ Silicofluoride 0 9 8 6
- Litrrnin I W...Qts. „ Sulphate, Pure Crystals. . 0 5 7 lbs. 4d. lb.
- 1 3 (1/2 lb. ,, Sulphate, Pure Dry 0 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb.
- Limonene 1 6 4 ozs. i /4 oz. „ Sulphite 0 5 5 0
- Linalol 2 6 „ Tartrate 0 6 6 0
- Linalyl Acetate 4 0 Malourea I 3 4 ozs. 1 /i oz.
- Lithium Metal 8 /- per gram. „ Sodium 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz.
- ' 99 Acetate 2 6 _ Maltose 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /g oz.
- 99 Acetosalicylate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. Manganese Metal, Fused 0 9 8 0
- 99 Benzoate 1 3 4 ozs. 1 /— oz. ,, Acetate, Pure 0 5 5 0
- 99 Borocitrate 1 3 „ Ammonium Phosphate .. 0 5 5 0
- 99 Borate 1 6 „ Arsenate .. 0 10 4 ozs. gd. oz.
- 99 Bromide 1 6 4 ozs. 1 /3 oz. „ Benzoate I 0 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- If Carbonate 1 4 18 0 „ Borate, Pure 0 4 4 0
- 99 Chloride, Crystals 1 4 18 0 „ Bromide I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- 99 Chloride, Anhydrous 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /g oz. „ Carbonate, Pure .. 0 4 4 0
- 99 Citrate 1 0 14 0 „ Chloride, Pure 0 3 2 6
- 99 Formate 2 0 - 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. „ Citrate I 0 4 ozs. 1 id. oz.
- 99 Glycerophosphate 2 0 „ Ferrocyanide I 0 4 ozs, iod. oz.
- 99 Guaiacate 4 6 „ Fluoride 0 10 10 0
- 99 Hippurate 5 0 „ Formate I 3 4 OZS. 1 /2 OZ.
- p.344 - vue 361/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 345
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks Name of Chemical. Per s. oz.! d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Manganese Glycerophosphate.. I 4 — 4 ozs. I /2 oz. Methyl Cyanide (see also Aceto Nitrile) 3 3 —
- 19 Hypophosphite 1 3 15 0 99 Ethyl-Ketone, Pure 1 6 —
- 91 Iodide 2 6 — * 99 Formate 1 3 17 0
- 99 Lactate 2 3 — 99 Iodide .. 2 4 — 4 OZS. 2 /2 OZ.
- 99 Lactophosphate 2 9 — 99 Orange .. 1 9 — 4 ozs. 1/7 oz.
- 99 Nitrate, Pure 0 5 4 6 99 Oxalate 2 3 — 4 ozs. 2 /- oz.
- 99 Oxalate 0 5 5 0 99 Salicylate 0 4 4 0
- 99 Peroxide (Dioxide), Pure 0 6 6 0 * 99 Sulphate 0 10 9 0
- 99 Peroxide (Dioxide), Pow- 99 Sulphonal I 6 20 0
- der, Coml. O 8 14 lbs. 6d. lb. Methylene Chloride 7 O —
- 99 Peroxide (Dioxide), Gran. 99 Iodide 7 0 —
- Coml. 0 9 14 lbs. 7d. lb. Methyleneditannine 2 0 — 4 ozs. i /g oz.
- 99 Peroxide (Dioxide, Lumps) Metol, in 1 oz. Bottles — 2/- each.
- (see also Pyrolusite) 1 0 Mica, in Sheets (small) 1 3 —
- 99 Phosphate.. 0 5 4 6 99 small pieces 0 9 —
- 99 Phosphite .. 5 0 Microcosmic Salt (see also Sodium-
- 99 Pyrophosphate 1 0 12 0 Ammonium Phosphate) 0 3 2 6
- 99 Resinate .. 1 6 Molybdenum Metal 1 6 —
- 99 Sulphate, Pure 6 3 3 0 , Oxide 5 0 —
- 99 Sulphate, Coml. .. 1 3 , Sulphide .. 5 0. — 'V
- 99 99 Sulphide Sulphite O O 7 5 7 5 0 0 Monomethylparamidophenol — J 2/- per l oz. bottle.
- ti Tartrate O 10 10 0 Murexide r i 0 —
- Mannitol (Mannite) I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. Musk Synthetic 2 6 — 4 OZS. 2 /4 oz.
- Marble Chips (see also Calcium Car- Myrtol 3 6 — 4 OZS. 3 /2 oz.
- bonate) 0 2 28 lbs. 1 id. lb. (W. Qts. } i /4 lb.
- Marine Glue Menthol 3 0 2 6 "‘Naphtha (For Sodium or Potassium) 1 6
- Valerianate 7 6 * 99 Wood .. 0 2 I 9 12 /- per gall.
- Mercury Metal, Pure Redistilled 7 0 | 7 lbs. | . I6/9 lb. 1 gg Naphthalene, Pure ,, Sticks and Marbles 0 3 2 0 6 7 14 lbs. 6d. lb.
- 99 Metal, Ordinary 5 0 (7 lbs- El 14/9 lb.) 99 99 Flakes .. Monobromide 2 3 0 7 14 lbs. 6d. lb.
- 99 Acetate (Per) I 3 — 99 Monochloride 3 0 —
- 99 Acetate (Proto) 1 3 — 99 Tetrachloride 2 6
- 99 Ammonium Chloride 0 8 8 0 Naphthol, Alpha 1 0 12 0
- 99 Arsenate 1 6 — 99 Beta 0 6 5 0
- Arsenite 1 6 — 99 Benzoate, Beta 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /g oz.
- 99 Benzoate 1 0 — Naphthylamine, Alpha.. 2 0 —
- 99 Borate X 8 — „ Beta .. 2 6 — 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz.
- 99 Bromide (Mercuric) .. 2 6 — „ Hydrochloride, Alpha 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz.
- 99 Bromide (Mercurous) 2 6 — „ Hydrochloride, Beta 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /g oz.
- 99 Carbolate 1 9 — Narceine 2 /- per gram.
- 99 Carbonate (Mercuric) 1 10 4 ozs. i /8 oz. 99 Hydrochloride — 2 /- per gram.
- 99 Carbonate (Mercurous) 1 10 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz. Narcotine 5 0
- 99 Chloride (Mercuric) . . 0 8 7 0 99 Hydrochloride 5 0 —
- 99 Chloride (Mercurous) 0 8 7 6 99 Sulphate 5 0 , — 12 /6 per gm.
- 99 Chromate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /10 oz. Neodymium Oxide
- 99 Cyanide 1 3 16 0 99 Nitrate 12 /-per gm.
- 99 Iodide, Red (Mercuric) 1 9 — 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz. Nerolin 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 jg oz.
- 99 Iodide, Green (Mercurous) 1 7 — 4 ozs. 1 /5 oz. Neurin 14 0 —
- 99 Lactate 2 3 — Nickel Metal, Cubes .. 0 4 4 0
- 99 Nitrate (Mercuric) . . 0 9 8 6 99 Metal, Pure Powder 1 0 12 6
- 99 Nitrate (Mercurous) .. 0 9 8 6 99 Metal, Foil 0 9 9 0
- 99 Oleate, 20% .. 0 6 5 8 99 Metal, Granulated 0 7 7 0
- 99 Oxide, Red (Mercuric) 0 9 8 3 99 Metal, Wire 1 0 —
- 99 Oxide, Yellow (Mercuric) 0 9 8 0 99 Metal, Anodes (Cast) 5 6
- 99 Oxide, Black (Mercurous) 1 3 — 4 ozs. 1 /i oz. 99 Acetate .. 0 7 7 0
- 99 Phosphate (Mercuric) 1 9 — 4 ozs. i /7 oz. 99 Ammonium Nitrate 0 9 8 6
- 99 Phosphate (Mercurous) 1 9 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz. 99 Ammonium Sulphate 0 2 1 6
- 99 Salicylate 1 9 22 0 99 Arsenate r 2 r4 0
- 99 Succinimide .. 4 0 — 99 Benzoate 2 O —
- 99 Sulphate (Mercuric) 0 7 6 6 99 Borate .. 1 O 10 0 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- 99 Sulphate (Mercurous) 0 9 8 6 99 Bromide 1 6 —
- 99 Sulphide (Cinnabar).. 0 9 9 0 99 Carbonate, Pure 0 5 5 0
- 99 Sulphide (Vermilion) 0 9 8 0 99 Chloride 0 5 4 0 '
- 99 Sulphocyanide 1 0 L3 0 99 Chromate 0 9 8 6 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- 99 Tannate 1 7 20 0 99 Cyanide .. 1 0 —
- Mesitylene 6 0 19 Formate.. 0 9 9 0
- Mesothorium Price on appli cation. 99 Hydroxide 0 7 7 0
- Metaphenylenediamine Base .. 2 0 — 99 Iodide 2 6 —
- „ Hydrochloride 1 10 — l 99 Nitrate .. 0 4 3 6
- Methylacetanilide 3 6 — 99 Oleate 0 7 7 0
- *Methylal 1 6 — 99 Oxalate .. 0 7 7 0
- Methylamine, Solution 33% .. 4 0 — 4 ozs. 3 /g oz. 99 Oxide, Green, NiO 0 6 5 6
- 1 Hydrochloride .. 4 0 — 4 ozs. 3 /goz. 99 Oxide, Black, Ni203 0 6 6 0
- Methylaniline (Mono) .. 1 8 — 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. 99 Oxide, Grey, Ni304 0 5 4 6
- "‘Methylated Spirit — 5/3 per gall. 99 Phosphate 0 6 5 6 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb.
- "‘Methyl Acetate 1 0 12 0 99 Sulphate.. 0 2 1 6
- 99 Benzoate 1 6 — 99 Sulphide.. 0 7 7 0
- * 99 Butyrate 4 6 — Nicotine, Pure .. 12 0 — 4 ozs. 2 /7 oz.
- * 99 Bromide 3 6 — Coml. 05% • • 2 9 —
- 99 Caprylate 5 6 — Niobium Metal .. 9 /- per gram.
- p.345 - vue 362/385
-
-
-
- 346 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per OZ. s. d. Per lb. s. d.
- Niobium Chloride '
- Nitraniline, Meta 2 0
- „ Ortho I 0 12 0
- ,, Para I 0 12 0
- Nitranisol, Ortho 3 6
- Nitrobenzaldehyde, Meta 3 0 —
- ,, Ortho 4 0
- „ Para 4 0 —
- ‘Nitrobenzole — 2 0
- Nitroglucose 3 0
- Nitroguanidine 6 0 —
- Nitron 14 0
- Nitronaphthalene 0 9 9 0
- Nitrophenol, Meta 5 0
- ,, Ortho 0 IO 9 6
- „ Para 0 9 8 6
- Nitrophenylhydrazine 12 6 —
- Nitropropan 15 0 —
- Nitroso. B. Naphthol 2 0
- Nitrosophenol, Para 3 0 —
- Nitrotoluol, Meta 2 0
- „ Ortho 0 10 10 0
- „ Para 1 0 12 0
- Novocain, 5 gram Bottles —
- Nuclein 8 6 —
- Oils, see page 354 at end of List. Oenanthal 3 0
- Orcein 12 0
- Orcin 8 0
- Ortol, 1 oz. Bottles
- Orthoform *5 0
- Osmium Metal
- Oxamide 2 O
- Oxamethane 3 6
- Oxanilide 2 0
- Oxygen, Mixture — 2 0
- Oxylith — —
- Ozokerit 0 3 2 0
- Palladium Metal, Foil.
- „ Metal, Wire
- „ Sponge
- „ Asbestos, 5%
- „ Chloride, Dry
- „ Chloride, Solution
- „ Nitrate
- „ Nitrate, 5% Solutio
- Pancreatin, Absolute „ Active
- Papain..................
- Papaverine
- Paraffin Wax, 1150 F. ..
- „ 120° F. . .
- „ 125°F...
- „ 130° F. ..
- „ 135° F. ..
- Paraffin, Liquid, B.P... Paraformaldehyde
- * Paraldehyde Paramidophenol
- „ Hydrochloride
- Paraphenylenediamine
- „ Hydroc
- Pelletierine
- „ Hydrochloride
- Pellotin Hydrochloride.. Pentachlorethane
- * Pentane (Standard)
- Pepsin..................
- Peptone, Dry
- „ For Bacteriological Perchlorethylene Phenetidine Phellandrene Phenacetin Phenacetolin Phenanthrene Phenazone (see also Antipyrin „ Salicylate Phenetole
- a.9
- c ft >0 .CO
- CD
- (^5
- hloride
- Work
- e)
- 32 o 10 6
- 10 6
- 2 o 1 10
- 3 o 5 6
- o 11 1 6 3 o
- Remarks.
- Name op Chemical.
- Per oz. s. d.
- Per lb.
- s. d.
- Remarks.
- 3
- 5
- 12
- 20
- 3
- 6/-per gram. 4 ozs. 1 [g oz.
- W. Qts. , 1 /io lb.
- 4 ozs. 1 /g oz
- Phenocoll Hydrochloride Phenol, Absolute Phenolphthalein Phenolphthalin ..
- Phenyl Acetate „ Benzoate „ Carbonate Phenylenediamine, Meta
- „ Meta, Hydrochloride
- „ Meta, Sulphate ..
- „ Para
- „ Para, Hydrochloride
- „ Ortho
- Phenylhydrazine
- „ Hydrochloride
- Phloretin ..........................
- Phloridzin .........................
- Phloroglucin........................
- Phoron .............................
- Phosgene, 20% Solution in Toluol . .
- * Phosphorus, Yellow Sticks
- o 9
- o 9
- o 9 o '10 o 10
- 2 O
- 6 o 2 6
- 8 6
- II o 20 O
- * 99 Red, Amorphous 0 7
- * 99 Bromide .. 2 0
- 8/6 each. * 99 Chloride (Tri)
- 4 ozs. 2/g oz. * 99 Chloride (Penta)
- 3/- each.
- 22/- pergm. 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. * 99 Chloride (Oxy) .. ••
- 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. * 99 Iodide 6 0
- (4 kilo tins, * 99 Pentoxide (see also Acid
- (7/6 each. Phosphoric Anhydrous)
- Picolin . H 0
- 20 /- per gm. Picrotoxin
- 20 /— per gm. Pilocarpine
- 20 /-per gm. 91 Hydrochloride
- 99 Nitrate —
- 14/- pergm. Pinene (Laevorotatory) 4 0
- „ Hydrochloride .. 1 0
- 12 /- per gm. Piperazine 6 0
- Piperine . 5 0
- Piperidine 4 0
- 99 Tartrate 5 0
- Piperonal 1 6
- Plaster Of Paris (see also Calcium Sul-
- 'j phate).
- [7 lb. lots, fid. lb. less. Platinum, 99 99 Foil or Wire .. v Sponge . . .. J Black .. .. instantly Present ipplication.
- ) 99 Asbestos 5 % .. \ 33 0
- 99 Chloride, in 15 grain / 0 6
- Tubes .. .. 0) - ^
- 99 Chloride, Solution I 5% •• 0 « & 12 0
- Plumbago (see also Graphite) Podophyllin 2 6
- Populin .
- 6 /- per gram. * Potassium Metai 3 6
- 5 /6 per gram. 99 Acetate 0 2
- 6/- per gram. 99 Aluminate .. 0 IO
- 99 Antimoniate (Bin).. 0 5
- 99 Antimoniate (Meta) 0 8
- 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. 99 Antimoniate (Pyro) 0 6
- 99 Arsenate 0 6
- 99 Arsenite 0 5
- 99 Benzene-Sulphonate 1 0
- 99 Benzoate 1 0
- 4 ozs. 1 /3 oz. 99 Bicarbonate, Pure Crystals 0 2
- 99 Bicarbonate, Pure Powder 0 2
- 99 Bichromate, Pure Crystals 0 2
- 99 Bichromate, Coml. Crystals
- 99 Bichromate, Fused 0 4
- 99 Binoxalate, Pure .. 0 3
- 99 Biphosphate, Pure.. 0 4
- 16 O
- 17 O
- 6 6
- 6 o
- o 4
- 2
- 10
- 4 8
- 5 5 5
- 12
- 1
- 1
- 2 1
- 3
- 3
- 4
- (1 lb. tins t 6 /- each.
- {4 lb. bottles 5 /- each ; 1 lb. bottles 7/6 each.
- /4 lb. bottles J 5 /— each ; 1 j lb. bottles V9/- each.
- (4 lb. bottles 5 /- each ; 1 lb. bottles 9 /- each.
- {Usually packed in 4 lb. and 1 lb. bottles.
- 1 /- per gram. 2 /6 per gram. 2 /- per gram. 1 /6 per gram.
- 22 /-per gm. 22 /-per gm. 22 /- per gm.
- 9/6 each.
- 4 ozs. 11 /6 oz.
- 3 /- per gram. 4 ozs. 3/30Z.
- 4 ozs. iod. oz.
- 7 lbs. 1 /- lb. 7 lbs. 1 /- lb. 7 lbs. 1 /io lb. 14 lbs. iod. lb.
- p.346 - vue 363/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 347
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per oz. s. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Potassium Bisulphate, Pure Crystals 0 2 2 0 Potassium Sulphocyanide, Pure 0 6 5 0
- T9 Bisulphate, Fused 0 3 3 0 „ Tartrate, Pure 0 4 3 6
- ff Bitartrate 0 2 2 0 „ Tellurate — 1 /6 pei gram.
- 99 Borate 0 5 5 0 „ Tellurite — 1 /6 per gram-
- 91 Borotartrate 0 5 5 0 „ Tungstate .. 0 11 11 0
- 99 Bromate 0 6 6 0 „ Urate 2 9 — 4 ozs. 2 /6J)z.
- 99 Bromide 0 2 1 5 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb. Praseodymium Nitrate.. — 18/6 per gm.
- 99 Carbonate, Pure Anhydrous 2 2 7 lbs. 2 /- lb. „ Oxalate — 18/6 per gm.
- 99 Carbonate, Coml. (Pearl „ Oxide .. — 20 /-per gm.
- Ash) 1 2 7 lbs. 1 /i lb. Propionamide .. 3 6 —
- 99 Chlorate, Pure Crystals .. I 0 14 lbs. iod. lb. *Propionyl Chloride 8 0 —
- 99 Chlorate, Coml. Crystals 0 9 14 lbs. 8d. lb. Propylamine, Verum Anhydric 30 0 —
- 99 Chlorate, Powdered 0 10 14 lbs. 8d. lb. » 33% 4 0 —
- 99 Chloride, Pure Crystals .. o, 2 1 4 7 lbs. 1 /3 lb. *Propyl Acetate .. 2 0 —
- 99 Chloride, Coml. Crystals .. 0 7 7 lbs. 6d. lb. * „ Bromide.. 3 6 —
- 99 Chloroplatinite, in 15 grain „ Iodide 4 0 —
- Tubes 11 /6 each. Protargol 2 6 —
- 99 Chromate, Pure Crystals 0 3 2 6 Protein 3 3 — 4 ozs. 3 /- oz.
- 99 Citrate, Pure 0 4 3 9 Ptyaline 8 0 —
- 99 Cobalticyanide 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. Pumice Stone, Lumps.. 0 6
- 99 Cobaltinitrite 3 6 „ ,, Powder 0 5
- 99 Cyanide, Pure .. I 0 Purpurin 8 0 —
- 99 Cyanide (Double Salt, 98- Pyramidon 2 0 — 4|Ozs. 1 /io oz-
- I°o%) 0 3 3 0 * Pyridine, Pure .. 1 0 h 0
- 99 Cyanide, Sticks 30% 0 4 4 0 * „ Coml... 0 3 3 0
- 99 Ethyl Sulphate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. Pyrocatechin 2 0 •— 4 ozs. I/lOOZ-
- 99 Ferric Oxalate 0 6 6 0 Pyrogallol, Crystals 0 10 9 0
- 99 Ferricyanide, Pure Crystals 0 7 7 0 „ Resub. 1 0 14 0
- 99 Ferricyanide, Coml. 0 6 5 6 * Pyroxylin (see also Gun Cotton) 1 3 18 0
- 99 Ferrocyanide, Pure Crystals 0 4 3 6 Pyrrol 10 0 —
- 99 Ferrocyanide, Coml. 0 3 2 3
- 99 Fluoborate I 0 4 ozs. iod. oz. Quassia Chips .. 1 0
- 99 Fluoride, Pure 0 4 3 9 Quassine, Crystals — 4 /- per gram-
- 99 Fluosilicate 0 6 6 0 „ Amorphous .. — 2/3 per gram-
- 99 Formate 0 5 4 6 Quercetin 8 0 —
- 99 Glycerophosphate, 50 % .. 0 7 6 6 Quercitrin 8 0 —
- 99 Guaiacolsulphonate 0 9 9 0 Quinidine 6 0 —
- 99 Hippurate 5 O „ Sulphate 4 0 —
- 99 Hydrate, Sticks (Pure by ) p -i . -l • Quinine 5 6 —
- Alcohol) .. 3 0 „ Acetate b 6 —
- 99 Hydrate, Sticks (Ordinary) 2 6 I 1 1L/. UU L LlCij* „ Acetosalicylate 6 6 —
- 99 Hypophosphite 0 8 8 0 „ Benzoate 6 0 —
- 99 Hyposulphite 0 5 4 6 „ Citrate 5 0 —
- 99 lodate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. „ Hydrobromide 5 0 —
- 99 Iodide I 6 22 0 „ Hydrochloride.. 4 6 —
- 99 Manganate 0 3 3 0 „ Glycerophosphate 6 6 —
- 99 Meconate 8 0 „ Lactate 5 6 —
- 99 Mercuric-Iodide 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz. „ Phosphate 5 6 —
- 99 Metabisulphite 0 2 1 6 „ Salicylate 5 0 —
- 99 Metaphosphate 0 11 12 0 „ Sulphate 3 6 — 4 ozs. 3 /3 oz-
- 99 Methyl Sulphate .. 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. Quinol 0 7 7 0
- 99 Molybdate I 8 4 ozs. 1 /6 oz. Quinone (Benzoquinone) 6 6 4 ozs. 6 fz oz.
- 99 Nitrate, Pure Crystal 1 0 14 lbs. iod. lb. Quinoline (Chinoline) .. 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /g oz.
- 99 Nitrate, Coml 0 9 14 lbs. 7d. lb.
- 99 Nitrate, Sticks 0 3 2 6 Radium Bromide Prices on appli cation.
- 99 Nitrite, Sticks 4 6 Raffinose — iod. per gram-
- 99 Nitrite, Pure Crystals 5 0 (Packed, in i Resin 0 6
- 99 Nitrite, Coml 3 3 1 t L)a UUttlviJl „ Cerate ?4 0
- 99 Oleate 0 ’4 4 0 Resorcin 1 0 10 0
- 99 Oxalate, Neutral .. 0 4 3 3 Retinol 2 0
- 99 Perchlorate 0 2 2 0 j 3 oz. bottles-
- 99 Periodate 5 6 Rodinai .. (1/6 each.
- 99 Permanganate, Pure, free Rhodium Metal.. — 3/- grain.
- h2so4 0 3 3 0 7 lbs. 2 /g lb. Rochelle Salts .. 0 2 1 6
- 99 Permanganate, Pure Crys- Rosaniline Base 2 O — 4 OZS. I /io OZ-
- tals 0 2 2 0 7 [lbs. 1 /io lb. „ Acetate 3 6 —
- 99 Permanganate, Crystals .. 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb. „ Chloride 3 0 —
- 99 Persulphate 0 3 3 0 „ Nitrate 4 0 —
- 99 Phosphate, Pure Crystals 0 4 3 6 Rouge, Jeweller’s 0 2 1 6
- 99 Phosphate (Tribasic) 0 6 6 0 Rubidium Metal — 15 /— per gm-
- 99 Phosphite 0 8 8 0 „ Bromide 8 0 —
- 99 Platinocyanide, in 1 gram „ Carbonate .. 12 0
- Tubes 14/- each. „ Chloride 12 0 —
- 99 Pyrosulphate 0 5 5 0 „ Iodide 7 6
- 99 Salicylate 0 8 8 0 „' Sulphate 12 0
- 99 Silicate, Solution .. 1 3 Ruthenium Metal 4° /_ per gm-
- 99 Silicofluoride 0 6 6 0
- 99 Stearate 0 6 6 0 Sabadin, Crystals 6 /- per gram.
- 99 Succinate 2 0 4 ozs. 1 /iooz. Sabadinin, Crystals 3 /6 per gram-
- 99 Sulphate, Pure Crystals .. 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb. Sabinol 15 0
- 99 Sulphate, Coml 0 „ 7 7 lbs. 6d. lb. Saccharin, 550 .. 12 6
- 99 Sulphide (Liver of Sulphur) 1 6 „ Soluble 12 0
- 99 Sulphite 0 5 5 0 Saccharose 0 6 5 0
- p.347 - vue 364/385
-
-
-
- 348 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Per s. OZ. I d. Per s. lb. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. OZ. a. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- o 7 7 O Sodium Borobenzoate I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- I 9 4 ozs. i /7 oz. n Borocitrate I 0 12 0
- 5 6 99 Bromate I 0 12 0
- 2 3 99 Bromide, Pure 0 2 I 9
- O 4 3 IO 99 Cacodylate I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- IO o 99 Carbonate, Anhydrous, Pure 0 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb.
- 8 o 91 Carbonate, Pure Crystals 0 4 14 lbs. 3d. lb.
- o 3 28 lbs. 2d. lb. 99 Carbonate, Coml. (Soda) 0 2
- 6 6 99 Chlorate, Pure 0 2 1 4
- 55 o 99 Chlorate, Coml. I 0
- i o 12 6 99 Chloride, Pure, Fused 0 3 3 0
- 2 /- per gram. 99 Chloride, Pure, Crystals 0 6 14 lbs. 5d. lb.
- o 5 5 o 99 Chloride (Rock Salt).. 0 3
- 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /4 oz. 99 Choleate I 9 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz.
- 2 o 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. 99 Ohromate 0 2 1 6
- 3 o 4 ozs. 2 /g oz. 91 Cinnamate I 2 r4 0
- o 6 5 o 99 Citrate 0 4 3 6 ,
- o 7 5 6 99 Cobaltinitrite, Solution 0 8 8 0 I
- o 4 3 6 99 Cyanide 0 4 3 6 (
- o 5 7 lbs. 4d. lb. 99 Ethylate, Solution 0 IO IO O
- IO 6 99 Ethyl Sulphate I 0 12 6
- IO o 99 Ferric Oxalate 0 4 3 6
- I 6 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. 99 Ferricyanide 0 9 8 0
- 8 o 4 ozs. 7 /6 oz. 99 Ferrocyanide 0 3 3 0
- 7 o 4 ozs. 6 jg oz. 99 Fluoride 0 3 3 0
- 7 o 4 ozs. 6 /g oz. 99 Fluosilicate 0 4 3 6
- 1/- each. 99 Formate 0 3 3 0
- 5 o 99 Glycerophosphate, Powder .. 0 9 9 0
- 6 o 99 Glycerophosphate, 75% 0 7 6 0
- 5 6 99 Glycocholate 3 6 -
- 4 3 - 4 ozs. 4 /- oz. 99 Guaiacate 3 0
- 5 3 4 ozs. 5 /- oz. 91 Gynocardate 6 0
- 4 8 4 ozs. 4 /6 oz. 99 Hippurate 4 6
- 5 6 4 ozs. 5 /3 oz. 99 Hydrosulphite 0 4 4 0
- 3 3 9 2 4 ozs. 3 /7 oz. 4 ozs. 3 /- oz. 99 Hydrate, Pure, White Sticks 2 9 ( Packed in 11 lb. bottles.
- 6 O I" 14 lbs. x/7
- 3 6 o 6 4 ozs. 6 /3 oz. 99 Hydrate, White Sticks 1 9 1 lb. Packed 1 in 1 lb.
- 5 6 4 ozs. 5 /4 oz. (bottles.
- i 4 4 9 4 ozs. 4 /7 oz. 99 Hydrate, Ground, about 98% 1 0 ( Packed in 11 lb. tins.
- 7 6 o o 3 /- per gram. * 99 Hypobromite, Solution (J lb. bottles 1 2/6 each.
- 99 Hypochlorite, Solution 0 6
- i 6 99 Hypophosphite 0 8 8 0
- o 5 4 6 99 Hyposulphate (Dithionate) . . 0 7 7 0
- o 4 99 Hyposulphite, Pure Crystals 1 0 7 lbs. 1 id. lb.
- i 3 99 Hyposulphite, Crystals 0 5 14 lbs. 4d. lb.
- ; 2 3 99 lodate 2 3 4 ozs. 2 /i oz.
- /Jib. tins 2/6 99 Iodide 1 10 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz.
- i each ; £ lb. 99 Lactate, Syrupy 0 7 6 0
- j tins 4 /- 99 Lactophosphate 2 6
- j each ; 1 lb. 99 Manganate 0 2 1 9
- tins 7 /6 99 Metabisulphite 0 2 1 6
- 'each. 99 Metaphosphate 0 6 6 0
- O 3 3 o 99 Molybdate 1 9 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz.
- o 2 i 3 7 lbs. 1 /2 lb. 99 Naphthionate 0 9 9 0
- 2 O 99 Nitrate, Pure Crystals 0 IO
- O 5 4 6 99 Nitrate, Coml. Crystals 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- I o 12 o 99 Nitrite, Pure, Sticks . . 4 0 J Packed in 11 lb. bottles.
- o 3 2 6 99 Nitrite, Pure, Crystals 0 3 2 3 7 lbs. 2 /2 lb.
- o 3 3 o 99 Nitrite, Coml. 0 10 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- o 6 5 o 99 Nitroprusside 1 6 20 0
- o 4 4 o 99 Oleate 0 4 3 6
- o 4 4 o 99 Oxalate 0 4 3 6
- o 9 9 o 99 Palmitate 0 5 5 0
- o 4 4 o 99 Perborate 0 3 3 0
- 99 Perchlorate 0 3 2 6
- o 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb. 99 Periodate 5 0
- o 9 7 lbs. 8d. lb. 99 Permanganate 1 9 , | lb. tins
- o 2 i 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- o o IO 5 14 lbs. 4d. lb. * 99 Peroxide J 2 Jg each ; 1 j lb. tins 5 /-
- o 4 14 lbs. 3d. lb. teach.
- o 2 I 6 7 lbs. 1 /5 lb. 99 Persulphate 0 5 4 6
- I II 4 ozs. 1 /g oz. 99 Phenate 0 4 4 0
- o 2 I 8 99 Phenolsulphonate 0 3 2 6 7 lbs. gd. lb.
- o 2 I 6 99 Phosphate, Pure Crystals .. 0 2 0 10
- o 2 2 O 99 Phosphate, Coml. Crystals . . 0 6 7 lbs. 5d. lb.
- o 2 I 6 99 Phosphate, Tribasic .. 0 3 3 0
- o 3 3 o 99 Phosphite 0 IO IO 0
- Name of Chemical.
- Safrol Salicin Salicylamide Salicylic Aldehyde Salol
- Saligenin..
- Salocoll ..
- Sand, Calais Santalol ..
- Santonin..
- Saponin ..
- Sarkosin ..
- Schlippe’s Salt .
- Selenium Metal, Sticks ,, Metal, Powder Semicarbazide Hydrochloride Shellac, Flakes ..
- „ Bleached Silica, Pure
- „ Coml.
- Silicium Metal, Crystals „ Metal, Amorphous .
- Silicon Chloride Silver Metal, Foil
- „ Metal, Wire
- ,, Metal, Gran.
- „ Metal, Leaf, in Books
- „ Acetate .
- „ Arseniate
- „ Benzoate.
- „ Bromide .
- „ Carbonate
- „ Chloride .
- „ Cyanide .
- „ Iodide
- „ Nitrate
- „ Nitrite
- „ Nucleinate
- „ Oxide
- „ Phosphate
- „ Proteinate
- „ Sulphate.
- „ Sulphide .
- „ Tartrate .
- Skatol
- Soap, Castile Soda Asbestos .
- „ Ash „ Lime “Sodamide
- "‘Sodium Metal (in Naphtha)’.
- Acetate, Pure, Fused Acetate, Pure Crystals
- Acetylsalicylate Aluminate Amalgam Ammonium Phosphate (see also Microcosmic Salt) Ammonium Sulphate Antimonate Arsenate, Pure Arsen ite, Pure Benzene Sulphonate Benzoate Biborate, Crystals (see also Borax)
- Biborate, Powder (Borax) Biborate, Calcined (Borax)
- Bicarbonate, Puriss .. Bicarbonate, Pure, Powder Bicarbonate, Coml. .. Bichromate Bismuthate
- Bisulphate, Pure, Fused Bisulphate, Pure, Crystals
- Bisulphite, Pure Bisulphite, Powder Borate, Neutral
- p.348 - vue 365/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 349
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per oz. 1 s. d. j Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. j ^er ^z' Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Sodium Phosphomolybdate 2 6 — 4 ozs-. 2 /3 oz. Styron 1 5 0 —
- 11 Phosphotungstate 2 3 — 4 ozs. 2 /I oz. Succinamide 10 0 —
- n Potassium Carbonate (see also Sugar Cane ! — x 6
- Fusion Mixture) . . . . : 0 3 3 0 „ Grape, Coml. (see also Glucose) — 0 9 14 lbs. 8d. lb.
- n Pyroantimonate 1 0 — ,, Milk (see also Lactose) .. | o 3 2 6 7 lbs. 2 /4 lb.
- ii Pyrophosphate 0 3 2 3 Sulphocarbamide j r 9 —
- ii Pyrosulphate 0 5 4 6 Sulphocarbanilide 2 0 —
- ii Salicylate 0 4 3 6 Sulphonal 1 10 — 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz.
- ii Santonate — — 2 /g per gram. Sulphourea 3 0 —
- ii Selenate 4 0 — Sulphur Crystals .. 0 6 5 6
- ii Selenite 4 0 — „ Roll ! — 0 6
- 19 Silicate, Pure .. 0 3 3 0 „ Flowers .. 0 6
- 11 Silicate, Solution — 0 5 14 lbs. 4d. lb. „ Pieces 0 2
- II Silicofluoride 0 4 3 6 „ Precip. .. 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- II Stannate 0 5 4 6 „ Chloride .. 1 9
- II Stearate 0 4 3 6 | ,, Dioxide (see also Acid Sul- jIn syphons
- II Succinate 1 6 — 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz. phurous) Anhydrous . . [ 3 0 (about 3 lbs.
- 11 Sulphanilate .. 1 3 — Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Solution in
- 11 Sulphate, Pure Crystals — 0 5 | 14 lbs. 4d. lb. Glycerine . . . . . . . . 3 6
- II Sulphate, Pure Dry . . — 0 7 14 lbs. 6d. lb. Sulphuryl Chloride 1 0 8 7 6
- 91 Sulphide, Pure Crystals — in
- II Sulphite, Pure Crystals — 0 7 j 14 lbs. 6d. lb. Tannin .. .. 0 6 5 6
- 11 Sulphite, Pure Anhydrous . . l 0 2 1 3 [ 7 lbs. 1 /i lb. „ Albuminate 0 9 9 0
- 11 Sulphocarbolate j 0 3 2 6 1 I Tantallium Metal — 25/-per gm.
- II Sulphocyanide.. | 0 6 5 0 1 ozs. 2 /g oz. „ Chloride — 20 /-per gm.
- 11 Sulphomolybdate 3 0 — H Taurin j 6 /- per gram.
- II Sulphosalicylate 2 0 — 4 OZS. I /IO oz. Taxin —• 5/- per gram.
- II Tannate 0 7 7 0 Tellurium Metal j — 1 /3 per gram
- 11 Tartrate 0 4 4 0 „ Chloride — 2 /- per gram
- 91 Taurocholate (Choleate) 1 9 —• 1 ozs. 1 /7 oz. *Terebene 0 5 4 6
- 11 Tell urate — — /- per gram. Terpin-Hydrate 0 4 4 0
- II Tungstate 0 5 4 6 1 Terpineol 0 6 6 0
- II Urate 3 0 — Terpino! 0 5 5 0
- 11 Valerianate 1 9 — \l f ozs. 1 /7 oz. Tetrachlorethane 2 0
- Sorbite . . — — /- per gram. Tetramethyldiamidobenzophenon 3 0 —
- Sparteine ii 8 0 — Thallium Metal 4 6 —
- II Hydrochloride 12 0 — „ Acetate 5 6 —
- 11 Sulphate ! 4 6 — „ Carbonate 6 0 —
- Spermaceti 0 4 2 9 „ Chloride 4 6 —
- Starch, Maize •— 0 5 „ Nitrate 4 6 —
- 11 Potato | — 0 6 „ Oxide 6 0 —
- II Rice 1 — 0 9 „ Sulphate 4 6 —
- 11 Wheat j — 0 8 Thebaine 9 6 —
- II Soluble (Lintner’s) 1 0 4 3 9 Theine (Caffeine) 1 6 — 4 OZS. I oz.
- II Iodide ; 0 6 5 6 Theobromine 1 6 20 0
- Stearine — 1 3 7 lbs. 1 /2 lb. „ Sodio Acetate I 8 22 0
- Steel Filings — 0 9 ,, Sodiosalicylate (Diuretin) 1 5 19 0
- „ Wire i 1 0 — Theocin Sodium Acetate 15 0 —
- Stilbene — — 3 /- per gram Thermit (Iron) .. 0 5 5 0
- Stourbridge Clay — 0 3 Thiocarbamide 1 9 — 4 ozs. 1 /7 oz.
- Stovaine, in 5 gramme Bottles Strontium Metal — — 4/6 each. Thionyl Chloride 0 5 4 6
- — — 12/6 per gm Thiophene 12 0
- 11 Acetate 1 0 5 4 6 Thiosinamine 2 0 —
- II Bromide j 0 4 3 6 Thorium Metal — 9 /- per gram.
- II Borate 0 5 5 0 „ Chloride 7 0 —
- II Carbonate, Pure 0 3 3 0 „ Nitrate 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /io oz.
- II Chlorate i 0 4 4 0 „ Oxalate 5 0 —
- 11 Chloride, Pure 0 2 2 0 „ Oxide 5 0 —
- II Chromate .. i 0 7 7 0 „ Sulphate 3 6 —
- 11 Citrate 0 6 5 0 Thymol 2 4 — 4 OZS. 2 /2 oz.
- 11 Fluoride 0 7 6 e Tin Metal, Granulated 0 4 4 0 7 lbs. 3 jg lb.
- II Iodide 1 10 -— 4 ozs. 1 /8 oz ,, Metal, Sticks 0 5 5 0
- II Lactate 1 6 20 0 ,, Metal, Foil, Pure 0 6 5 0
- II Nitrate, Pure Nitrate, Coml 0 3 2 0 ,, Metal, Foil, Coml. (Composition) 0 3 2 6
- II 0 2 1 0 ,, Metal, Powder 0 5 5 0
- 11 Oxalate 0 6 5 6 ,, Bichloride, Crystals 0 7 7 6
- 11 Oxide, Pure 0 8 8 0 „ Bisulphide (Musive Gold) 0 10 10 0
- II Oxide, Hydrate Phosphate 0 3 3 0 ,, Chloride (Stannous), Pure 0 4 3 6
- 11 0 6 6 0 „ Iodide (Stannic) . . 2 6 —
- 11 Phosphide 1 6 — ,, Iodide (Stannous).. 2 6 —
- II Salicylate 1 6 — „ Nitrate, Solution . . 0 6 5 0
- 11 Sulphate, Pure 0 3 3 0 „ Oleate 0 7 7 0
- II Sulphate, Coml. .. 0 2 1 „ Oxalate (Stannous) 0 7 7 0
- 11 Sulphide 0 5 5 0 ,, Oxide (Stannic) .. 0 6 5 0
- II Sulphite 0 6 6 0 ,, Oxide (Stannous) .. 0 7 7 0
- Strophanthin — — 8 /- per gram „ Phosphate 0 7 6 6
- Strychnine, Crystals 8 0 — „ Phosphide 0 5 4 6
- II Powder 8 0 — „ Sulphate (Stannic) 0 7 6 0
- 91 Acetate 8 0 — ,, Sulphate (Stannous) 0 7 6 0
- II Hydrochloride 6 6 — „ Sulphide, Mono 1 0 10 0
- II Nitrate 6 6 — Titanium Metal — — 2 /6 per gram.
- II Sulphate 6 0 — „ Chloride 6 0 —
- Styrol . . 10 0 ,, Chloride (Proto), Solution 0 3 2 3
- p.349 - vue 366/385
-
-
-
- 350 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. &-J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per OZ. s. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Titanium Oxide I 6 Xanthine — i8/-per gram.
- „ Sulphate 0 3 2 6 Xanthone 12 0 —
- Tolidin 2 6 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz. Xylenol IO 0 —
- Toluidine, Ortho O 6 6 0 Xylidine 0 6 6 0 (W. Qts. 11 /4 lb-
- „ Meta „ Para.. 2 I 6 3 *Xylol, Pure 1 6
- ^Toluol, Pure 1 6 fW. Qts. 1 1 /4 lb. * „ Coml. 1 2 (W. Qts. 11/- lb.
- * „ Coml. .. 1 2 (W. Qts. 1 1 /- lb. Xyloquinone Xylose 23 0 — 2 /- per gram.
- Tolulenediamine 2 0 5 /- per gram.
- Triacetine O 6 6 0 Yohimbine Hydrochloride —
- Trichlorethylene (Westrosol) .. O 2 2 0 Yittrium Metal 10 /-pergram.
- *Trikresol O 4 4 0 „ Carbonate 15 0 —
- Trimethylamine (Propylamine) Yerum „ Chloride 8 6 —
- Anhydric .. 30 0 „ Nitrate 7 0
- „ (Propylamine) 33% „ Oxide II 0
- Solution .. 4 0 „ Sulphate IO 0
- „ Hydrochloride 5 6
- Trinitrine, Solution 1% 0 10 10 0
- *Trinitrocresol 2 6 4 OZS. 2 /4 oz.
- ^Trinitrotoluol 3 0 Zaffre 0 5 5 0
- Triolein 10 0 Zinc Metal, Foil 0 3 2 6
- Trionai 1 6 20 0 „ Metal, Granulated, Free As, Sb. 0 3 2 6 7 lbs. 2 /4 lb.
- Triphenyl Phosphate Tripoli 0 8 8 0 „ Metal, Granulated, Coml. 1 0 14 lbs. iod.lb.
- 0 7 „ Metal, Sticks, Free As, Sb. 0 3 3 0 7 lbs. 2 /io lb.
- Trypsin 7 6 „ Metal, Sticks, Coml. 0 2 1 8 7 lbs. 1 /6 lb.
- Tungsten Metal 0 7 7 0 „ Metal, Dust or Powder.. 0 2 1 6 7 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- „ Chloride 20 0 „ Metal, Turnings .. 0 2 1 6 14 lbs. 1 /4 lb.
- „ Oxide 1 6 „ Metal, Filings 0 2 1 0 14 lbs. iod. lb.
- Turmeric Powder 1 6 „ Acetate 0 3 2 6
- ^Turpentine jW. Qts. 12 /- lb. „ Benzoate I 6 20 0
- 2 2 „ Borate 0 4 4 0
- Tyrosin 3 /- per gram. „ Bromate 3 0
- „ Bromide I 0 9 0
- „ Carbonate, Pure 0 3 2 6 7 lbs. 2 /4 lb.
- Ultramarine 0 3 3 0 „ Chloride, Pure Fused Sticks 2 0 [Packed in
- Uranium Metal 4 /- per gram. „ Chloride, Coml., White .. 8 I 0 j 1 lb. bottles.
- „ Acetate 1 6 20 0 „ Chromate 0 8 0
- „ Bromide 3 0 „ Citrate 0 7 6 6
- „ Chloride 2 0 „ Cyanide 0 8 8 0 3/6 each.
- „ Nitrate X 0 12 0 * „ Ethyl, in 1 gramme Tubes —
- „ Oxalate 2 6 „ Ferrocyanide I 0 —
- „ Oxide, Yellow 1 2 14 6 „ Formate I 6 —
- ,, Oxide, Black 1 6 20 0 „ Hypophosphite I 6 —
- „ Oxide, Orange 1 3 17 0 „ lodate 3 0 —
- Urea, Pure Crystals .. 0 4 4 0 „ Iodide 2 0 —
- „ Acetate 1 8 „ Lactate I 0 12 0
- „ Hydrochloride 1 6 — „ Nitrate 0 3 3 0
- „ Nitrate 0 11 11 0 „ Oleate 0 4 4 0
- „ Oxalate 1 3 16 6 „ Oxalate 0 5 5 0
- „ Sulphate 1 6 — „ Oxide, Pure 0 2 1 4
- Urethane 2 0 — 4 ozs. 1 /io oz. „ Oxide, Coml 0 IO
- Uricedin 4 0 — * „ Permanganate I 2 14 0 4 ozs. 1 /4 oz.
- Urson 6 0 „ Peroxide I 6
- „ Phosphate 0 5 4 6
- * „ Phosphide 0 8 7 6
- Valeraldehyde (Iso) 5 0 — „ Phosphite I 8
- Valeryl Chloride Vanadium Metal 4 0 — 7 /- per gram. „ Pyrophosphate „ Resinate 0 0 6 2 5 2 6 0
- „ Chloride 5 0 — „ Salicylate 0 8 7 0
- „ Chloride, Solution 50% .. 3 0 — 4 ozs. 2 /9 oz. „ Silicate I 2
- „ Sulphate 5 6 — „ Stearate 0 5 4 6
- Vanillin 3 0 — 4 ozs. 2 /g oz. „ Sulphanilate I 3 8 7 lbs. 7d. lb.
- Vaseline, White 4 0 1 Packed in „ Sulphate, Pure, Crystals 0
- „ Yellow .. 3 0 J 1 lb. tins. „ Sulphate, Coml., Crystals 0 5 7 lbs. 4d. lb.
- Veratrine 8 6 „ Sulphate, Pure, Dry 0 2 1 4 7 lbs. 1 /3 lb.
- Voltoids 1 2 7 lbs. 1 /i lb. „ Sulphide, Pure 0 7 7 0
- „ Sulphide, Coml 0 3 2 6 1 /- per gram.
- „ Sulphide, Phosphorescent
- /In Carboys „ Sulphite 0 4 4 0
- 1 containing „ Sulphocarbolate 0 3 2 6
- Water, Distilled — < about 10 „ Sulphocyanide I 0 — 4 ozs. I /2 oz.
- gallons, 1 /- „ Tannate I 4 —
- ''gallon. „ Tartrate 0 9 9 0
- \Wax, Bee’s, White 3 6 „ Valerianate I 8 22 0 3 /- per gram.
- „ Bee’s, Yellow 2 6 Zirconium Metal —
- „ Carnauba 2 0 „ Chloride 6 0 — 4 ozs. 2 /3 oz.
- „ Faraday 5 0 „ Nitrate 2 6 —
- „ Japan 1 6 „ Oxalate 6 6 —
- „ Paraffin (see Paraffin) — „ Oxide, Anhydrous.. 5 6
- Westron 0 2 2 0 „ Oxide, Hydrated .. 5 6
- Westrosol 0 2 2 0 „ Sulphate 4 0
- p.350 - vue 367/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIV WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 351
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- A.R. (ANALYTICAL REAGENT) CHEMICALS.
- List of Reagents for analytical purposes, which conform to the standards of purity set out by a Special Committee appointed by the Councils of the Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland and the Society of Public Analysts
- and other Analytical Chemists.
- Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per s. oz. 1 d. ! Per lb. j s. d. Remarks.
- *Acid Acetic, A.R O 2 1 0 Magnesium Chloride, A.R 0 3 2 6
- * „ Acetic, Glacial, A.R 0 2 2 0 „ Oxide, A.R 0 5 5 0
- *Acetic Anhydride, A.R. 0 6 6 0 Manganese Sulphate, A.R 0 4 4 0
- ^Acetone, A.R 0 4 3 6 Mercuric Chloride, A.R. 0 10 10 0
- *Acetyl Chloride, A.R 0 11 10 6 * Methyl Alcohol, A.R 30 0
- Ammonium Acetate, A.R 0 4 4 0 Molybdic Acid, A.R | I 2 14 0
- „ Carbonate, A.R. 0 3 2 6 * Nitric Acid, A.R 0 2 1 6 |
- „ Chloride, A.R 0 2 1 9 Oxalic Acid, A.R 0 3 3 0
- „ Molybdate, A.R 1 2 H 0 ♦Perchloric Acid, A.R I 8
- „ Nitrate, A.R 0 3 3 0 Phosphoric Acid, A.R. 0 4 3 6
- „ Oxalate, A.R 0 5 4 6 : Potassium Bichromate, A.R. 0 3 3 0
- „ Sulphate, A.R 0 2 2 0 i „ Bisulphate, Fused, A.R. .. 0 5 1 4 6
- „ Sulphide, A.R 0 2 1 6 ! „ Bromide, A.R 0 3 2 6
- „ Thiocyanate, A.R. 0 6 6 0 „ Carbonate, A.R 0 4 4 0
- *Amyl Alcohol, A.R 0 6 6 0 „ Chlorate, A.R 0 2 2 0
- * „ Nitrite, A.R 0 11 11 6 „ Chloride, A.R 0 3 2 6
- Aniline, A.R. 0 5 5 0 „ Chromate, A.R 0 5 5 0
- Arsenious Acid, A.R. 0 3 3 0 , ,, Cyanide, A.R 3 0
- Barium Carbonate, A.R 0 4 3 6 „ Ferricyanide, A.R. 0 10 10 0
- „ Chloride, A.R. 0 2 2 0 : „ Ferrocyanide, A.R. 0 5 5 0
- „ Hydroxide, A.R 0 4 3 6!' „ Hydroxide, A.R 0 5 5 0
- „ Nitrate, A.R 0 3 2 6 I „ Iodide, A.R. I 10 - -
- ♦Benzene, A.R 0 3 3 0 „ Nitrate, A.R 0 2 1 9
- ♦Bromine, A.R 0 5 5 o „ Oxalate, A.R 0 6 5 6
- Cadmium Sulphate, A.R 1 4 18 0 ; „ Permanganate, A.R. 0 4 3 6
- Calcium Carbonate, A.R 0 4 3 6 ! „ Thiocyanate, A.R 0 9 8 6
- „ Chloride, A.R 0 2 1 6 Silver Nitrate, A.R 4 0
- ♦Carbon Disulphide, A.R 0 3 3 0 Sodium Acetate, A.R. 0 3 2 6
- ♦Chloroform, A.R 0 9 8 6 j „ Bicarbonate, A.R 0 10
- Chromic Acid, A.R 0 9 9 0 1 „ Bisulphate, A.R 0 3 3 0
- Citric Acid, A.R 0 4 4 0 ; „ Borate (Borax), A.R. 0 2 1 0
- Copper Sulphate, A.R 0 2 i 2 0 1 „ Carbonate (Anhydrous), A.R. 0 2 2 0 1
- ♦Ether, 720, A.R. 0 4 4 0 „ Chloride, A.R. 0 2 1 0
- * Ethyl Alcohol, A.R 30 0 „ Hydroxide, A.R 0 4 4 0
- Ferric Chloride, A.R 0 2 2 0 „ Nitrite, A.R. 0 4 3 9
- Ferrous Ammonium Sulphate, A.R... 0 2 2 0 * „ Peroxide, A.R. 0 6 6 0
- „ Sulphate, A.R. 0 2 1 0 „ Phosphate, A.R 0 2 2 0
- ♦Hydriodic Acid, A.R 2 3 „ Sulphide, A.R. 0 3 3 0
- * Hydrochloric Acid, A.R 0 10 „ Thiosulphate, A.R 0 2 1 9
- * Hydrofluoric Acid, A.R 0 8 8 0 Stannous Chloride, A.R 0 6 6 0
- Iodic Acid, A.R. 4 0 ♦Sulphuric Acid, 184, A.R 1 2
- Iodine Resub, A.R 2 4 Uranium Acetate, A.R. 3 0
- Lead Acetate, A.R 0 2 2 3 „ Nitrate, A.R. 2 0
- STANDARD SOLUTIONS FOR VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS.
- Each solution is carefully tested and may be relied on as accurate.
- Name of Chemical. Per litre, s. d. Remarks. Name of Chemical. Per litre, s. d. Remarks.
- Acid Hydrochloric N /i (Normal) .. — 3 0 Ammonia N/10 (Decinormal) — 3 0
- 99 Hydrochloric N/5 — 3 0 „ (100 septems contain i
- 99 Hydrochloric N/10 (Decinormal) — 3 0 grain NH3) — 3 0
- 99 Nitric N/i (Normal) — 3 0 Ammonium Thiocyanate N/10 (Deci-
- 99 Nitric N/2 — 3 0 normal) — 3 0
- 99 Nitric N/5 — 3 0 Barium Chloride 1 c.c.=o oi g. S03 — 4 6
- 99 Nitric N/10 (Decinormal) — 3 0 „ Hydroxide N/5 — 3 0
- 99 Oxalic N/i (Normal) .. — 3 0 „ Hydroxide N/10 (Decinormal) — 3 0
- 99 Oxalic N/10 (Decinormal) — 3 0 Fehling’s Solution 10 c.c.=o o5 g.
- 99 Sulphuric N/i (Normal) — 3 0 glucose (supplied in two solutions) — 12 0
- 99 Sulphuric N/2 — 3 0 Gerrard’s Solution (for use with Feh-
- 99 Sulphuric N/5 — 3 0 ling’s Solution) — 3 0
- 99 Sulphuric N/io (Decinormal) — 3 0 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride N/2
- 99 Sulphuric (25 septems = i grain (Alcoholic Meth.) — 12 0
- NH3) — 3 0 Indigo Sulphate 1 c.c. =00001 g.
- Ammonia N/i (Normal) — 3 0 kno3 — 3 0
- 9 , N/2 — 3 0 Iodine N/i (Normal) — 26 0
- 9 , N/5 3 0 . „ N /io (Decinormal) — 5 0
- p.351 - vue 368/385
-
-
-
- 352 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical. Per litre, s. d. | Remarks.
- Iodine Hubb’s, 2 Solutions .. — 1 40 0
- 99 Wij’s .. — 1 12 0
- Pavy-Fehling’s Solution 100 c.c. =0-05
- g. glucose — 7 6
- Potassium Carbonate N/i (Normal).. — 4 6
- 99 Carbonate N /io (Deci-
- normal) .. — 3 6
- 99 Dichromate N/i (Normal) — 3 6 !
- 99 Dichromate N/io (Deci-
- normal) .. — 3 6
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic) N/i ! i
- (Normal).. — : 54 0 s
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic) N /2 — i 54 0 i
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic) N/io !
- (Decinormal) — 52 0 I
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic Meth.) 1
- N/i (Normal) .. 9 6 !
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic Meth.)
- N/2 9 6 ;
- 99 Hydroxide (Alcoholic Meth.) t
- N/10 (Decinormal) — 9 6
- 99 Nitrate N/i (Normal) — 3 0
- 99 Nitrate N /io (Decinormal) — 3 0
- 99 Nitrate N/100 — 3 0
- 99 Nitrate N/1000 — 3 0
- 99 Permanganate N/10 (Deci-
- normal) . . — 3 6
- 99 Thiocyanate N /io (Deci-
- normal) . . — 3 6
- Silver Nitrate N/io — 7 0
- Sodium Arsenite N/10 — 4 6
- 99 Carbonate N/10 — 3 0
- 99 Carbonate N/i — 3 0
- 99 Chloride N/10 — 3 0
- 99 Hydroxide N/x — 4 6
- 99 Hydroxide N/2 .. — 4 6
- 99 Hydroxide N/5 — 4 0
- 99 Hydroxide N/10 — 4 O
- 99 Hydroxide N/20 4 0
- 99 Hydroxide, for Cheese Making
- 1 c.c. =o-oi g. Lactic Acid — 4 0
- 99 Thiosulphate N/io (Deci-
- normal) — 4 0 ,
- Uranium Acetate 1 c.c. =0-005 g. P2o= — 11 0
- 91 Nitrate 1 c.c. =0-005 g. P205 — 11 O j
- Standard Solutions for Water Analysis.
- Ammonium Chloride 1 c.c. =img. Per litre. 1
- nh3 — 3 o
- Calcium Chloride (Wanklyn) 1 c.c.=
- 1 mg. CaC03 — 3 o
- Potassium Nitrate 1 c.c. = i mg. n — 3 o
- „ Permanganate 1 c.c. =01
- mg- O — 3 o
- Silver Nitrate 1 c.c. = i mg. Cl. — 5 o
- Soap Solution (Wanklyn) 1 c.c. = i mg.
- CaC03.. — 7 6
- Reagents for Water Analysis.
- Alkaline Permanganate Solution Metaphenylene-diamine Soli Nessler’s Solution Phenoldisulphonic Acid Solution Potassium Chromate Solution from Cl.) ..
- Per lb. 2 6
- o-5% — I 6
- — 5 O
- — 5 6
- (free i 9
- Standardised Solutions for Urine Analysis.
- Benedict’s Solution 25 c.c. =0-05 g. glucose
- Fehling’s Solution 10 c.c. =0 05 g.
- glucose
- Gerrard’s Solution (for use with Fehling’s Solution)
- Pavy-Fehling’s Solution 100 c.c.= °'°5 S• glucose
- Purdy-Fehling’s Solution 34 c.c.= 0-20 g. glucose
- Potassium Permanganate N /20 1 c.c.
- =0-00375 g. Uric Acid ..
- Per litre. 14 O
- 12 o
- 3 o
- 7 .6
- 7 6
- 6 o
- Reagents for Urine Analysis.
- Name of Chemical. Per lb. s. d. Remarks.
- Benedict’s Reagent (for Sugar) — 6 0
- Crismer’s Reagent (for Sugar) — 1 6
- Ehrlich’s Sulphanilic Acid Solution .. — 2 6
- Esbach’s Solution (for Albumen) — 2 3
- Fischer’s Phenylhydrazine Solution
- (for Sugar) .. — 7 6
- *Millon’s Reagent — 8 0
- Nylander’s Reagent (for Sugar) — 3 0
- Picric Acid Solution — 2 6
- Pollacci’s Reagent (for Albumen) — 3 0
- *Sodium Hypobromite Solution (freshly
- prepared) — 6 0
- * „ Hypobromite, two Solutions — 7 0
- „ Nitroprusside Solution, i% .. —: 3 0
- „ Nitroprusside Solution, 40% Tincture of Guaiacum (freshly pre- — — 2 /6 per oz.
- pared) — — 1/6 per oz.
- Reagents for Gas Analysis.
- 1 Per lb.
- Cuprous Chloride Solution, Ammoniacal — (This solution must be mixed with one-third of its volume of solution of ammonia (sp. gr. o-gi) imme- 1 diately before use.) Cuprous Chloride Solution, with j 4 6
- Hydrochloric Acid . . . . .. — 4 6
- Potassium Hydroxide Solution .. — 3 0
- „ Pyrogallate Solution .. | — 6 0
- Sodium Pyrogallate Solution .. .. 1 — 6 0
- Indicators in Solution.
- Azolitmin Per oz. s. cl. I O Per lb. s. d.
- Cochineal 0 6 4 0
- Congo Red 0 6 5 0
- Corallin 0 4 2 6
- Lacmoid 1 0 —
- Litmus 0 7 6 0
- Methyl Orange 0 6 4 0
- Neutral Red 1 0 —
- Phenacetolin 1 2 15 0
- Phenolphthalein X 0 —
- Turmeric I 3 —
- Microscopic Stains (Dry). Special for Bacteriological Work.
- Name of Chemical. Per 5 grm. Tube. s. d. Per 10 grm. Tube, s, d. Per 25 grm. Tube. s. d. Remarks.
- Azur 1 3 0 5 10 ii 6
- „ II. 2 0 3 10 7 6
- „ II. Eosin 5 0 9 10 19 6
- Benzopurpurine 2 0 3 9 8 0
- Bismarck Brown 1 0 1 9 3 9
- Brilliant Green 2 0 3 9 —•
- Carmaium 2 0 3 6 8 0
- Carmine 1 1 2 1 4 0
- „ Ammonia 1 9 3 5 6 8
- Chrysoidine 1 3 2 3 4 9
- Congo Red 0 10 1 6 2 10
- Corallin 1 3 2 3 4 9
- Crystal Violet 2 0 3 9 8 0
- Dahlia Violet 1 6 2 9 6 0
- Eosin, Soluble in Water, Yellow Shade 1 3 2 4 4 6
- ,, Soluble in Spirit 1 6 2 IO 5 6
- „ Methylene Blue 2 6 4 IO 9 6
- Erythrosin 2 0 3 10 7 6
- Fluorescein 1 3 2 4 4 6
- Fuchsin, Crystals 1 0 1 11 3 8
- „ Acid .. 1 0 1 11 3 8
- Gentian Violet 1 3 2 3 4 9
- Giemsa Stain (Powder).. 4 6 8 10 17 6
- Haemalum 1 3 2 3 4 9
- Haematein 7 9 15 0 —
- Haematoxylin 2 0 3 10 7 6
- Jenner’s Stain Powder.. 2 6 4 10 9 6
- p.352 - vue 369/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 353
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name oE Chemical. Per 5 gnn. Tube. s. d. Per io grm. Tube, s. d. Per 25 grm. Tube, s. d. Remarks.
- Leishman’s Stain (Wright) 8 o 14 6
- „ (Romanowsky) 8 o 14 6
- Magenta i 9 3 3 6 9
- Malachite Green.. i 9 3 3 6 9
- Methyl Blue i 3 2 3 4 9
- Methylene Blue.. i 6 2 9 6 0
- „ Green i 6 2 9 6 0
- „ Violet i 6 2 9 6 0
- Methyl Green 2 o 3 9 8 0
- „ Violet I 6 2 9 6 0
- Neutral Red 2 6 4 6 9 6
- Nigrosine I o 1 9 4 0
- Orange G. I 3 2 3 4 3
- Picrocarmine 4 o 7 6
- Rosaniline Hydrochloride i 6 2 9 6 0
- Rosein i 6 2 9 6 0
- Rosolic Acid i 3 2 3 4 6
- Ruthenium Red .. i grm. 10/-
- Safranine i 6 2 9 6 0
- Scarlet R. i 3 2 3 4 6
- Sudan III. i 3 2 3 4 6
- Thionine 3 o 5 9 12 0
- Toluidine Blue .. 3 o 5 9
- Vesuvin Blue 4 9 9 4 18 6
- Victoria Blue i 3 2 3 4 9
- Water Blue i 3 2 3 4 9
- Stains in Solution for Bacteriological Work, <&c.
- Name of Chemical.
- Alum Carmine (Grenadier) Ammonia Carmine (Beale’s)
- „ Picrocarmine Aniline Green
- „ Gentian Violet ..
- Babe’s Solution Benzopurpurin Biondi-Ehrlich-Heidenhain’s Triple Stain
- Bismarck Brown (Aqueous)
- „ _ (Alcoholic)
- Borax-Carmine (Grenacher’s) Carbol-Fuchsin (Ziehl Neelsen’s „ Gentian Violet ..
- „ Methylene Blue „ Thionine Carmalum (Mayer)
- Dahlia Violet (Aqueous)
- „ (Acid) ..
- Ehrlich’s Triacid Stain..
- „ Triple Stain ..
- Eosin (Aqueous)
- „ (Alcoholic)
- ,, (Alcoholic Saturated) Erythrosin Fluorescein (Saturated Alcoholic) Fuchsin (Aqueous)
- „ (Saturated Alcoholic) Gabbett’s Stain, No. i ..
- „ No. 2 . .
- Gentian Violet (Aqueous)
- ,, (Saturated
- (Alcoholic)
- Gibbe’s Magenta „ Double Stain
- Giemsa’s Stain ..
- Gower’s Fluid Gram’s Iodine ..
- Hayem’s Fluid ..
- Haemalum (Mayer) Haematoxylin (Delafield’s)
- „ (Ehrlich’s)
- „ (Heidenhain’s, in
- Two Solutions) „ (Kleinenberg’s)
- » (Weigert)
- Jenner’s Stain, for Blood Kuhne’s Solution
- 25 C.C. s. d. IOO s. C.C. d. 250 C.C. s. d. Remarks.
- 0 10 2 3 5 3
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 0 IO 2 0 4 6
- I 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6 i
- 0 IO 2 0 4 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 6 5 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6 1
- 1 6 4 6
- 0 10 2 0 4 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- I 0 2 6 5 6 !
- 1 0 2 6 5 6 I
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- I 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 6 4 6 —
- 1 6 3 9 9 0
- 1 9 5 0 11 0
- 1 6 4 6
- 2 6
- 3 0 —
- 1 3 4 0
- 3 9 IO 0 25 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 3 9 IO 0 25 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 3 9 10 , 0 25 0
- 2 0 5 0 11 0
- 2 0 5 0 11 0
- 2 6 7 0 16 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 6 3 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 2 0 5 0 11 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 6
- 3 0 8 0 19 0
- 1 3 3 0 6 9
- 3 9 IO 6 25 0
- 2 0 5 0 11 0
- Name of_Chemical. 25 C.C. s. d. IOO C.C. s. d. 250 C.C. s. d.
- Leishman’s stain (Wright’s Modification) 3 9 10 6 25 0
- Loffler’s Methylene Blue i 3 3 0 6 9
- Malachite Green 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Methyl Blue 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Methylene Blue (Aqueous) 1 0 2 6 5 6
- „ (Borax) 3 9 10 6 25 0
- „ (Loffler’s) 1 3 3 0 6 9
- ,, (Saturated
- (Alcoholic) 3 9 10 6 25 0
- ,, (Mansen’s) 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Methyl Green i 0 2 6 5 6
- ,, Violet (Aqueous) 1 3 3 0 6 9
- ,, Violet (Saturated
- (Alcoholic 3 9 10 6 25 0
- Neisser’s Stain A 1 0 2 6 5 6
- „ B 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Neutral Red 1 3 3 0 6 9
- Nigrosine I 0 2 6 5 6
- Orange 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Picric Acid (Aqueous) .. 1 0 2 0
- Picro-Aniline Blue 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Piero-Carmine Ammonia 1 0 2 6 5 6
- „ Lithia .. 1 0 2 6 5 6
- „ (Ranvier) 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Picro-Fuchsin 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Picro-Nigrosine 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Romanowsky’s Stain (Leishman’s modification) .. 3 9 10 6
- Safranine 1 6 3 7 8 0
- Schultz Solution 1 6 3 0 7 0
- Thionine Carbol 1 0 3 0 5 6
- Toison’s Solution 1 0 2 6 5 0
- Van Ermengem’s Stain A 3 9 10 6 25 0
- j> » B 1 0 2 6 5 0
- 1 0 2 6 5 0
- Victoria Blue 1 9 4 6 10 6
- Wedl’s Orseille Solution 1 0 2 6 5 6
- Remarks.
- Hardening, Fixing and Clearing Solutions.
- Name of Chemical. 25 C.C. s. d. IOO C.C. s. d. 500 C.C. s. d. Remarks.
- * Alcohol Absolute 27 0
- * „ and Acetic Acid 2 0 5 0 20 0
- Copper Acetate I 0 2 6 10 0
- Corrosive Sublimate 5% 1 6 4 6
- ,, (Acid
- Alcoholic) 3 0 7 6 28 0
- Chloral Hydrate, 75% ... I 0 3 0 12 0
- Eau-de-Javelle .. 1 0 3 0
- Eau-de-Labarraque 1 0 3 0
- Ebner’s Fluid 3 0 7 6 28 0
- Erlicki’s Fluid 1 6 4 6
- Fleming’s Solution 3 0 7 6 28 0
- Fol’s Solution 1 0 2 6 9 0
- Klein’s Fluid 1 0 2 6 9 0
- Muller’s Fluid 1 2 3 0
- „ and Alcohol 1 0 2 6 10 0
- Oil of Bergamot 3 0 8 0
- ,, Cedar Wood (for immer-
- sion) . . 1 9 4 6 18 0
- „ Cloves 1 9 4 6
- „ Origanum 1 0 2 0
- Osmic Acid, 1 % 6 0
- Perenyi’s Fluid 1 0 2 6 9 0
- Picro-Sulphuric Acid (Kleinen-
- berg’s) .. 1 0 3 0
- Rabl’s Fluid 1 3 4 0
- * Xylol 1 0 2 6
- Aniline Colours not intended for Microscopic Work.
- Name of Chemical.
- Alizarine Red ..
- „ Blue . Auramine Aurantia..
- Per oz. Per lb. s. d. s. d.
- 2 6 3 o
- 1 6
- 2 O
- Remarks.
- Y
- p.353 - vue 370/385
-
-
-
- 354 F. E. BECKER A CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz.
- s. d.
- Per lb.
- s. d.
- Remarks.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz.
- s. d.
- Per lb.
- s. d.
- Remarks.
- Aurine i 6
- Azoflavine O IO IO O
- Benzopurpurin r 6 —
- Black Aniline (Soluble in Water) .. I O 12 O
- „ (Soluble in Spirit) . . r o 12 O
- „ (Soluble in Oil) I O 12 O
- Blue Alkali 2 O
- „ Methyl 4 o —
- „ Methylene 3 o —
- „ Night 2 6 —
- „ Patent 3 o
- Brown Bismarck o 9 9 o
- „ Vandyke i 6
- Chrysoidine i 3 —
- Congo Red 2 6 —
- Eosine, Blue Shade 3 o
- „ Yellow Shade 3 o —
- Erythrosine 4 o —
- Fluorescein 3 6 —
- Fuchsine Acid 2 6
- „ Basic 3 6 —
- Green Aniline 3 o
- „ Brilliant 3 6
- „ Iodine 5 o —
- „ Malachite 3 o
- „ Methyl 3 6 —
- „ Naphthol 4 o —
- Induline i 6 20 O
- Magenta Powder 2 6 —
- „ Crystals 3 6 1 —
- Methyl Red iS o ; —
- Neutral Red 4 o —
- Nigrosine (Soluble in Spirit).. I O 12 O
- „ (Soluble in Water) I O : 12 O
- Orange i 6 —
- „ Methyl I 9 —
- Phloxine 3 6 —
- Phosphine 3 o —
- Rhodamine 2 6 —
- Roseine (Magenta) 3 6 —
- Rosaniline 2 O —
- Rose Bengaline IO O —
- Saffranine 4 6 —
- Tartrazine 2 6 —
- Violet Gentian .. 3 6 —
- „ Methyl 2 6 —
- Yellow Ghrysolin 2 6 —
- „ Naphthol 2 6 —
- Varnishes, Cements, etc., for Microscopic Work.
- Per oz. Per lb.
- Asphalt Varnish o 5 4 o
- Brunswick Black o 6 6 o
- Canada Balsam (Filtered) I o
- „ (in Benzole) I 2
- „ (in Xylol) . . I 2
- „ (in Chloroform) I 3
- ^Collodion Varnish o 5 5 0
- Copal Varnish o 6 6 0
- Damar Varnish o 7 7 o
- Farrant’s Medium o 6 6 o
- Glycerine Jelly .. f i cz. Bottles (i/6 each.
- Gold Size o 4 4 o
- Hollis’ Glue fi/- per 1 Bottle.
- Iodine Mounting^Fiuid I 0 12 o
- Mastic Varnish .. o 9 9 0
- Marine Glue 2 6
- Shellac Varnish o 8 8 o
- „ Cement o 8 8 o fi/- Per 1 Bottle.
- Zinc White Cement .. ..
- Gums.
- Per oz. Per lb.
- Gum Arabic, Ordinary o 3 ' 2 6
- „ Arabic, Best o 4 4 o
- „ Benzoin .. o 4 j 4 o
- „ Copal o 4 4 o
- „ Dammar .. o 5 j 5 o
- „ Elemi o 5 1 5 o
- Gum Guaiaci „ Juniper
- „ Kino...............
- „ Mastic „ Myrrh „ Sandarach ,, Shellac, Bleached ,, Shellac, Flakes .. „ Tragacanth
- • . o 9 9 o
- o 6 6 o
- o 5 5 o
- . . o 9 9 o
- o 6 6 0
- o 7 7 0
- o 7 5 6
- o 6 5 0
- o 9 9 o
- Oils.
- Per oz. Per lb.
- Oil, Almond o 7 7 o
- Amber o 5 5 o
- 99 Animalis o 5 4 o
- 99 Aniseed o IO 9 o
- 99 Arachis o 5 4 o
- 99 Bergamot, Super. 4 6
- 99 Cade o 6 6 o
- 99 Camphor o 5 4 0
- 99 Cassia 1 2 r4 o
- 99 Cajuput I o 12 o
- 99 Castor o 2 2 o
- 99 Cedar Wood o 8 8 o
- 99 Cedar Wood (for Microscopic Work) I 3 16 o
- 99 Citronella o 6 5 o
- 99 Cloves I 5 20 o
- 99 Colza o 3 2 6
- 99 Cocoa Nut o 3 3 o
- 99 Cotton Seed o 3 2 6
- 99 Dippel o 5 4 o
- 99 Eucalyptus o 5 4 6
- 99 Lavender Spike o IO IO 0
- 99 Lemon 2 o
- 99 Linseed o 2 T 6
- 99 Mustard 2 9
- 99 Neroli 70 o
- 99 Olive o 3 3 3
- 99 Orange 2 o
- 99 Origanum I 6 18 o
- 99 • Palm o 2 2 o
- 99 Peppermint IO O
- 99 Rape o 3 2 6
- 99 Resin o 3 2 6
- 99 Sandal Wood 5 o
- 99 Sesame o 4 3 6
- 99 Sperm o 2 2 o
- 99 Theobroma (Cocao Butter) o 6 6 o
- 99 Thyme I 6 18 o
- 99 Turkey Red 0 2 i 6
- 99 Wintergreen (Artificial) .. o 4 4 o
- Dyewoods, etc., for Dyeing and Tanning.
- Archil Red „ Blue Argols Red „ White .. Brazil Wood Cudbear Cutch
- Fustic Chips Galls Gamboge Logwood Chips..
- „ (Ground) „ Extract Madder Peachwood Persian Berries.. Quercitron Bark Quillia Bark Safflower Sumac
- Turmeric Root ..
- „ Powder Welds Woad
- Per oz.
- Per lb.
- 2 6 |
- 2 6 I
- 1 o !
- 2 O
- 1 6
- 2 6
- 2 6
- x 6
- 5 o
- 7 6
- O IO
- 3 o
- 9 o
- 3 6
- 1 6
- 2 9
- 3 o
- 3 o
- 3 3
- i o
- i 6
- 1 6
- 2 O
- r 9
- p.354 - vue 371/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 355
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Minerals for Analysis.
- Name of Chemical.
- Per oz. s. d.
- Per lb. s. d.
- Name of Chemical. Per OZ. s. d. Per lb. s. d. Remarks. Rock Crystal 2 O
- Rock Salt, Coml — O 3
- Alabaster — 2 6 „ Transparent — 2 O
- Alumstone — 2 0 Rutile — 2 6
- Anthracite — 0 6 Selenite — 2 O
- Apatite — 1 6 Serpentine — O 9
- Aragonite — 2 6 Talc — I 3
- Arsenical Pyrites — 2 0 Tinstone — 2 6
- Barytes Carbonate — 0 6 Tin Pyrites — 6 0
- „ Sulphate — 0 6 Topaz — 5 0 ,
- Beauxite — 1 2 Zinc Blende — x 6
- Blende — 1 6
- Calamine — 1 6 Alloys.
- Calcite — 1 0 Per oz. Per lb.
- Calcspar — 1 0 Devada's Alloy I 0 12 O
- Cannel Coal — 0 6 Wood’s Metal I O 13 O
- Cerussite.. — 3 6 Rose’s Metal 1 ° 14 O
- Chrome Iron Ore — , 1 0 Aluminium Bronze ' — 8 O
- Cinnabar 0 10 8 0 Aluminium Zinc — 7 6
- Copper Pyrites — 1 0 Arsenic Iron — 5 6
- Cryolite — 2 6 „ Lead — 5 0
- Dolomite — 1 0 „ Zinc — 5 6
- Emery 1 0 Bell Metal — 10 6
- Felspar .. 0 9 Britannia Metal — 10 0
- Fluospar — 0 6 Brass — 3 0
- Galena — i 3 Bronze — 6 0
- Gold Ore — 2 0 Chrome Nickel — 14 0
- Graphite (Ceylon) — 2 0 Copper Aluminium — 7 6
- Gypsum — 0 9 „ Iron Manganese — 6 6
- Haematite Red — 1 3 „ Magnesium — 11 0
- Iceland Spar 0 8 6 0 „ Zinc — 7 0
- Ilmenite — 3 0 Delta Metal — 7 6
- Iron Pyrites — 1 0 Ferro Chromium — 3 6
- Lapis Lazuli (Chili) 0 6 5 0 „ Manganese _ 3 6
- Lepidolite — 2 0 German Silver — 6 6
- Limonite —( 1 6 Gun Metal — 6 6
- Magnesite — 1 3 Magnalium Metal — 12 0
- Magnetite Common — 1 3 Magnolia Metal — 10 b
- Malachite — 4 0 Manganese Bronze •— 6 6
- Monazite (Sand) — 4 0 „ Nickel — 8 0
- Nickel, Arsenical 0 8 7 0 Muntz Metal — ; 7 6
- Petalite — 2 0 Nickel Silver — 7 0
- Pitchblende 6 0 — Pewter — 10 6
- Pyrolusite — 1 0 Phosphor Bronze — .70:
- Quartz — 1 0 Type Metal — 5 6 |
- prices. CONDITIONS OF SALE.
- It will be understood that the prices given in this list are without engagement. Customers will be given the benefit of any subsequent reductions.
- Quantities for \ lb. are charged at the lb. rate ; smaller quantities at the ounce rate (unless otherwise stated).
- LARGE QUANTITIES.
- We are prepared to quote special prices for large quantities.
- ORDERING.
- When ordering please always state quality required—if not stated, we shall in all cases send chemicals of the best quality.
- DANGEROUS AND INFLAMMABLE GOODS.
- Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Mineral Acids» Bromine, Carbon Bisulphide, Alcohols, Ethers (and other substances which the Carriers may refuse to take under ordinary conditions) are only sent in accordance with the Railway and Shipping Regulations in force for the time being, and we cannot hold ourselves responsible for any leakage or damage which may take place after consignments have been delivered to the Carriers.
- Railway Companies only accept dangerous and inflammable goods on specified days, and, as a rule, take a longer time to deliver than in the case of ordinary chemicals. As the minimum carriage charge for dangerous goods is out of all proportion to the value of small quantities, we strongly advise clients to order as large a consignment as possible. If only small quantities are required, we advise clients to order from a local source. It must be distinctly understood that on no account can we agree to pay carriage on dangerous goods, and quotations, orders, etc., referring to this list are only accepted on this understanding. IVIost of the general chemicals coming under the dangerous clause are shown marked with an asterisk.
- EMPTY PACKAGES.
- Full value is allowed when returned carnage paid within 14 days from date of invoice. This condition only applies to packages originally supplied by us. Such containers as Potash, Carbolic Acid, Fluoric Acid, Oil Bottles, and Winchester Quarts minus their stoppers, are valueless, and cannot be credited.
- SPECIAL CHEMICALS.
- We invite inquiries for Chemicals, etc., not included in this list. Prices on application.
- THE PRICES IN THIS LIST CANCEL ALL OF AN EARLIER DATE.
- p.355 - vue 372/385
-
-
-
- 356 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- INDEX
- PAGE
- BBl£ Illuminators .... 67
- Abel’s Petroleum Test Apparatus................ . • • .235
- Absorptiometer, Bunsen’s . . . 223
- Absorptiometer, Heidenhain and
- Meyer’s.........................224
- Absorption Blocks, Whatman . . 45
- Absorption Bulbs, Sheard’s . . . 202
- Absorption Pipettes, Hempel’s . .196
- Absorption Tubes .... 110,200
- Accumulator Hydrometers . . .210
- Acetylene Bunsen Burner . . .131
- Acetylene Lecture Demonstration
- Apparatus.......................222
- Acid Jugs, Stoneware................no
- Acid Washed Filter Papers, “ J. G.’’
- Brand............................36
- Acid Washed Filter Papers, Whatman ......................... 42-44
- Acids, Chemicals and Reagents 336~355 Adapters, for Gooch Crucibles no, 179
- Adapters for Retorts................no
- Agate Mortars and Pestles . . .231
- Air and Gas Analysis Apparatus . 195
- AirJLiquid.........................238
- Air Oven, Erlenmeyer’s . . . .184
- Air Pump Plates....................242
- Air Pump Receivers . . . 118-119
- Air Pumps..........................242
- Air Thermometers...................286
- " Airtite ” for Greasing Air Pump
- Plates..........................119
- Allen’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . .193
- Allen’s Nitrometers................198
- Allihn’s Condensers................144
- Allnutt’s Filter Papers . . . 34~35
- Aluminium Shells for Transpiration
- Experiments.....................300
- Aluminium Trays for use with Cordite
- Cones...........................293
- Amalgam Cell, Meyer’s .... 226 Amber Coloured Bottles . . . .124
- Ammonia Saturators.................203
- Amorphous Phosphorus, Apparatus
- for Preparing...................223
- Analysers and Polarisers .... 69
- Anatomical Jars....................214
- Anatomical Models.... 3°3_3°5
- Animalculae Troughs.................70
- Annealing Cups for Gold Assay . .150
- Anschutz Normal Thermometers . 285 Antiparallax Cards for Burettes . . 6
- Anvil Blocks.......................229
- Anvils for Blowpipe Work . . .121
- Anvils for Chemists, Geologists, etc. . 229 Apparatus for Demonstrating the Phenomena of Polarisation of Galvanic Elements.....................227
- Aprons, India-rubber...............292
- Archimedean Drills.................309
- Argand Burners, Fletcher’s . . . 329
- Argand Burners with Stopcock . .128
- Arnold Potash Bulbs................240
- Arsenic Apparatus...................no
- Arsenic Test Strips.................45
- Arsenic Tubes, Glass................no
- Arsenic Tubes, Transparent Silica . 29
- Asbestos Baths.....................255
- Asbestos Cloth, Paper, Tape, etc. . 291
- Asbestos Millboard.................274
- Assay and Metallurgical Apparatus . 229
- Assay Flasks.......................192
- Assay Scoops, Copper...............290
- PAGE
- Assay Scoops, Horn.......................229
- Assay Tongs ........................ 150-151
- Assay Trays and Cups, Transparent
- Silica..................................28
- Aspirators, Gas..........................209
- Aspirators, Glass..........................m
- Aspirators, Japanned, Zinc, etc. . . 209
- Aspirators, Stoneware.....................in
- Aspirators, Taps for.....................276
- Atomic Models............................293
- Automatic Bunsen Burners . . -130
- Autoradiographs of Various Ores . 334 Auxograph................................302
- Babo’s Absorption Tubes . . . 200
- Babo’s Safety Baths ... 255
- Babo’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus ................................205
- Bacteriological Test Tubes . . . 277
- Balance Cases................. 77-108
- Balances and Weights . . 77-108
- Bale’s Spent Oxide Apparatus . . 203
- Ball Condensers . . . 145-146, 174
- Balloons, Collodion and Goldbeater’s
- Skin....................................in
- Barometer Tubes..........................112
- Barometer Tubing.........................280
- Barometers, Various . . . .112-114
- Bar or Ingot Moulds......................229
- Bar Scrapers.............................151
- Baskets for Test Tubes . . . . 137
- Basket Tongs.............................151
- Basins, Cast Iron........................115
- Basins, Dialysis.........................156
- Basins, Evaporating, Porcelain 12, 13, 14
- Basins, Evaporating, Transparent
- Silica..................................27
- Basins, Fluoric Acid.....................115
- Basins, Glass, suitable for Pneumatic
- Troughs................................206
- Basins, Lead..........................115
- Basins, Monel Metal...................294
- Basins, Nickel........................32
- Basins, Platinum......................115
- Basins, Porcelain, for Photographic
- Use....................................115
- Basins, Resistance Glass .... 3
- Basins, Silver........................115
- Basins, Vitreosil.....................17
- Baths, Asbestos.......................255
- Baths, Babo’s Safety..................255
- Baths, Sand, Various..................255
- Baths, Water.........................171-172
- Batswing Burners.........................128
- Batteries................................116
- Battersea Crucibles, Various . . -149
- Battersea Fluxing Crucibles . . .149
- Beaker Covers . . . . . .73, 290
- Beaker Flasks, Glass...................3
- Beaker Mats . . • • • 147
- Beakers, Bohemian Glass .... 4
- Beakers, Enamelled Steel . . . .118
- Beakers, Glass, Extra Wide . . .118
- Beakers, Glass, for Cold Solutions, etc. 118 Beakers, Glass, Phillips’ Form . . 3
- Beakers, Glass, School Quality . . 5
- Beakers, Porcelain .... 12,13,14
- Beakers, Resistance Glass ... 2
- Beakers, Transparent Silica ... 28
- Beakers, Vitreosil ...... 19
- Beakers, Zinc............................118
- Beaume’s Hydrometers . . . .211
- PAGE
- Beckmann’s Apparatus . . . . 117
- Beckmann’s Thermometers . . . 284
- Beehive Shelves.....................207
- Beer Distillation Flasks . . . .192
- Bell Jars.......................118-119
- Bell-Jar Supports for Botanical Work 300
- Bellows, Foot.......................120
- Bench Drills........................309
- Benches and Fittings . . . -315-328
- Bench Grinders......................309
- Bench Sinks.........................322
- Bench Vices........................312
- Bender’s Potash Bulbs .... 240 Berzelius Table Supports . . . . 273
- Bichromate Batteries................116
- Bink’s Burettes.......................8
- Binocular Microscopes . . . 56-57
- Blackboard Stencils, “ Nivoc ” . . 272
- Black Filter Papers, Whatman Brand 45 Black Paper for placing under Botanical Sections........................295
- Black’s Blowpipes...................120
- Blichfeldt’s Distillation Apparatus . 159
- Blocks, Charcoal....................122
- Blocks of Wood (Supports) . . . 273
- Blocks of Wood with Sliding Rod . 274 Blowers ....... .120,121
- Blowing Balls, India-rubber . . . 254
- Blow-Lamps or Bunsen Burners .129-130
- Blow-Lamps, Paraffin................133
- Blowpipe Apparatus . . . .120-123
- Blowpipe Jets......................131
- Blowpipe Sets, Letcher’s . . . .123
- Blowpipes, Gas......................120
- Blowpipes, Mouth....................120
- Blowpipe Tables.....................121
- Blue Glasses........................122
- Boats, Combustion, Porcelain 12, 13, 14 Boats, Combustion, Transparent Silica 29 Boats, Combustion, Vitreosil . . .19
- Bohemian Glass Beakers and Flasks 4
- Boiling Burners ....................329
- Boiling Flasks, Copper . . . .192
- Boiling Point Apparatus . . . . 117
- Boiling Tubes.......................277
- Bologna Phials......................292
- Bone & Wheeler's Gas Analysis Apparatus ...........................193
- Bones and Skeletons, Prices and Details upon application .... 305 Books of Chemical Labels . 216, 217
- Borers for Charcoal.................122
- Borers for Corks....................147
- Boss Heads..........................247
- Botanical and Entomological Apparatus ............................295-302
- Botanical Apparatus (Microscopes and
- Accessories)....................47-108
- Botanical Apparatus, Prof. Ganong’s
- 299-302
- Botanical Drying Paper .... 296 Botanical Mounting Paper . . . 296
- Botanical Press.....................296
- Botanical Troughs...............69, 70
- Botterill’s Troughs..................7°
- Bottle Brushes......................137
- Bottles, Amber Coloured . . . .124
- Bottles, Canada Balsam . . . .124
- Bottles, Detonating . . . .127,153
- Bottles, Drop...................123, 124
- Bottles, Enamel Labelled . . . .126
- Bottles, Ether......................124
- Bottles, Exhibition . . . . .215
- p.356 - vue 373/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CONIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 357
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- Bottles, Gas.........................201
- Bottles, Gas Sampling .... 202 Bottles, Gas Washing .... 207-208
- Bottles, Gutta-Percha................127
- Bottles, Killing.....................297
- Bottles, Oil.........................124
- Bottles, Pressure . •................124
- Bottles, Prismatic...................122
- Bottles, Reagent.................125-127
- Bottles, Specific Gravity .... 260
- Bottles, Specimen....................214
- Bottles, Stoneware...................124
- Bottles, Stoppered, for Vapour-Density Experiments....................289
- Bottles, Various.....................127
- Bottles, Weighing....................291
- Bottles, Woulffe’s...................208
- Boverton Redwood’s Viscometer . 235 Boxes, Collecting for Entomological
- Work..............................297
- Boxes for Filter Paper...............179
- Boxes for Microscope Slides ... 75
- Boxes, Killing.......................297
- Boxes, Wooden, for Holding Test
- Papers, etc.......................279
- Boxwood Rules........................313
- Boxwood Scale Thermometers . .287
- Braces, Drilling.....................309
- Brain, Anatomical Models of . . . 303
- Brass Spectroscope Stands . . . 263
- Brass Taps for Aspirators . . .1x1
- Brass Tobacco Pipes, for Gas Experiments ...............................hi
- Brass Triangles......................275
- Brass Wire Gauze.....................274
- Brass Wire Gauze Sieves .... 257 Brazil Wood Test Papers . . . .279
- Breast Drills........................309
- Bruhl’s Distillation Apparatus . .160
- Brunner’s Fluoric Acid Apparatus . 192
- Brushes, Bottle ...................137
- Brushes, Burette.....................137
- Brushes, Camel-Hair..................136
- Brushes, Glass, for Corrosives . . .136
- Brushes, Test Tube...................137
- Buchner Funnels, Porcelain . 12,13, 14
- Bulb Pipettes, Lunge & Rey’s . . 260
- Bulbs, Absorption, Sheard’s . . . 202
- Bulbs for Specific Gravity Work . 260
- Bulbs, Nitrogen......................234
- Bulbs, Potash........................240
- Bulbs, Vapour-Density .... 290 Bungs, India-rubber, Tall, Squat and Shallow Patterns . . . .251—253
- Bungs, Wood..........................147
- Bunsen Burner Accessories . . .131
- Bunsen Burner Furnaces . . .129,185
- Bunsen Burner Holders . . . .129
- Bunsen Burners...................128-131
- Bunsen Burners for Methylated
- Spirit........................129-130
- Bunsen Burner Tubing .... 249 Bunsen’s Absorptiometer for measuring Solubility of Gases .... 223 Bunsen’s Apparatus to show Generation of Gases........................221
- Bunsen’s Cells.......................116
- Bunsen’s Eudiometers . . . -173
- Bunsen’s Gas Holders.................209
- Bunsen’s Syphon Barometers. . .112
- Bunsen’s Universal Clamp Supports 135 Burette and Funnel Stand Combined ...........................135,182
- Burette Brushes......................137
- Burette Clamps...................135-136
- Burette Clips........................134
- Burette Floats, Erdmann’s ... 8
- Burette Stands...................134-136
- Burettes, Explosion..................200
- Burettes, Hempel’s Gas . . . .199
- Burettes, Standard....................10
- Burettes, Stopcocks for . . . . 276
- Burettes, Various..................6, 8
- Burner Furnaces..................129, 185
- PAGE
- Burners, Bunsen.................128-131
- Burners, Bunsen, for Methylated
- Spirits......................129-130
- Burners, Fletcher’s...................329
- Burners, Meeker.......................130
- Burners, Teclu........................128
- CABINETS for Microscopic Specimens ..................................75
- Cabinets for Mounting .... 72
- Cabinets of Microscopic Objects . . 76
- Calcimeters...........................142
- Calcium Chloride Jars.................141
- Calcium Chloride Tubes . . .140-141
- Calcium Chloride Vessels . . . .141
- Calcium Sulphide for Radium Experiments ...............................334
- Calliper Gauges.......................313
- Calorimeters for Fuel Testing . . 137-138
- Camel-Hair Brushes....................136
- Canada Balsam Bottles . . . .124
- Canary Wood Mercury Trays . . 228
- Canterbury Hammers....................309
- Canvas-lined Rubber Pressure Tubing 249 Capillary Tubes for Gas Analysis Apparatus ..............................193
- Caps, India-rubber, for Flasks, Test
- Tubes, etc....................... 254
- Caps, India-rubber with Tubulures . 254 Capsules, Lead, for Fluoric Acid . .192
- Capsules, Porcelain, for Evaporations 150 Capsules, Porcelain, for Floating on
- Water..............................152
- Capsules, Vitreosil....................21
- Carbon Dioxide Apparatus, Haldane’s 195 Carbon Dioxide Apparatus, Rudorf’s 201 Carbon Dioxide Apparatus, Winkler’s 194 Carbonic Acid Apparatus . . . .142
- Carbon Tubes..........................173
- Cai'boy Emptying Apparatus . . .137
- Carboy Supports.......................137
- Cardboard Boxes for Microscope Slides 75
- Case Openers..........................310
- Cases for Cork Borers.................147
- Cases for Filter Papers . . . -179
- Casseroles, Porcelain . . . . 12, 14
- Casseroles, Transparent Silica . . 27
- Cast-Iron Basins......................115
- Castner-Kellner Electrolytic Cell . . 225
- Cathcart-Darlaston Microtomes . . 71
- Cathcart Microtomes....................71
- Cathetometers.....................138-139
- Cavendish Eudiometers . . . .173
- Cedar Wood Splints....................152
- Cells, Battery........................116
- Cells, Decomposition . . . .226-227
- Cells, Electrolytic...............224-227
- Cells, Irreversible...............226-227
- “ Centitest ” Perforated Ribbon Test
- Papers.............................279
- Centrifugal Machines..................143
- Chamois Leathers......................292
- Chancel’s Flasks......................201
- Channels and Gutter Blocks . . -324
- Charcoal Blocks.......................122
- Charcoal Borers.......................122
- Charcoal Pastille Holders . . . .122
- Charcoal Pastilles....................122
- Charcoal Saws.........................122
- Charcoal Tongs........................151
- Chemical Lecture Diagrams, Dr. Geoffrey Martin’s....................306-307
- Chemicals, Acids, and Reagents 336-355 Chimneys for Bunsen Burners . .131
- Chimneys, Glass, for Burning Air in
- Illuminating Gas...................220
- Chisels...............................308
- Chronograph Ink.......................302
- Circles for Foot Bellows, India-rubber 254 Claisen’s Distilling Flasks . . .158
- Clamps and Vices for Metallurgical use 312 Clamps for Burettes . . . .135-136
- Clamps for Condensers . . . .146
- PAGE
- Clamps, Nitrometer..................293
- Clamps, Retort Stand................248
- Clamps, Various.....................248
- Clamp-Stand, Portable, for Botanical
- Work............................301
- Clamp Supports, Bunsen’s . . . 135
- Clark’s Retort and Receiver . . . 244
- Clarke’s Single Surface Condenser . 145 Classen’s Apparatus for Electrolytical Estimation of Copper . . . .227
- Clay Crucibles......................149
- Cleaners for Test Tubes .... 137
- Clinical Thermometers...............286
- Clinostat, Prof. Ganong’s .... 299
- Clips for Burettes..................134
- Clips for Watch Glasses .... 290 Clips, Wire, for Beakers, etc. . . . 293
- Cloths for Cleaning Glassware, etc. . 292
- Coats, Laboratory...................292
- Cobalt Glasses......................122
- Coddington Magnifiers .... 298
- Coils, Induction....................213
- Collecting Boxes for Entomological
- Work.............................297
- Collecting Cases or Vascula . . . 296
- Collections of Metallic Ores . . .230
- Collections of Minerals, Fossils, and
- Rocks............................230
- Collie’s Set of Atomic Models . . 293
- Collodion Balloons................x 11
- C02 Flasks............................2
- Colour Testing Apparatus . . .330-331
- Combustion Boats, Porcelain 12, 13, 14 Combustion Boats, Transparent Silica 29 Combustion Boats, Vitreosil ... 19
- Combustion Furnaces, Gas . .183-186
- Combustion Glass Flasks . . . . 2
- Combustion Furnace, " Hedley ” . 314
- Combustion Glass Reduction Tubes . 281 Combustion Glass Tubes .... 281 Combustion Glass Tubing . . . 281
- Combustion Tubes, Porcelain . . 12, 13
- Combustion Tubes, Vitreosil . . 23, 24
- Compressed Charcoal Blocks . . .122
- Compressed Charcoal Pastilles . .122
- Compressed Cork Mats . . . .147
- Compressed Cork Rings . . . .147
- Compressed Corks....................147
- Compressed Filter Mats . . . .152
- Compressed Gases....................239
- Compressor, Rousselet’s, for Botanical
- Work..............................70
- Concentric Jet Furnaces . . . .184
- Condenser Clamps...............146, 248
- Condenser Stands....................146
- Condensers, Glass.............144-146
- Condensers, Glass, for Amyll Alcohol
- Vapour...........................218
- Condensers, Liebig’s, with Copper
- Body.............................146
- Condensers, Microscope .... 67
- Condensing Syringes.................242
- Cones, Glass........................293
- Cones, India-rubber, for Gooch Crucibles ........................179,254
- Congo-Red Books.....................279
- Congo-Red Paper in Sheets . . .279
- Conical Beakers, Glass, Phillips’ form 3
- Conical Flasks.................2, 4, 5
- Control Panels for Electric Muffles . 190 Cooper’s C02 Apparatus . . . .142
- Cooper’s Receivers..................209
- Copper Assay Scoops.................290
- Copper Boiling Flasks...............192
- Copper Crucibles....................150
- Copper Distillation Flasks . . .158
- Copper Funnels......................180
- Copper Ovens, Various . . . 162-165
- Copper Sand Baths...................255
- Copper Stills..................166-170
- Copper Tubing, Flexible . . . .281
- Copper Vessels for use as Steam Boilers 213 Copper Water Baths . . . .171-172
- Copper Wire Gauze...................274
- p.357 - vue 374/385
-
-
-
- 358 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- Cordite Cones, Glass PAGE • • 293
- Cork Borer Cases .... • 147
- Cork Borers .147-148
- Cork Borer Sharpeners . 148
- Cork Boring Apparatus . 148
- Cork Cutting Knives . . 148
- Cork Mats, ‘‘ Suberit ” • • r47
- Cork Rings, “ Suberit ” • • 147
- Cork Sheets, for Botanical and Ento-
- mological Work .... • 297
- Cork Squeezers . 148
- Corks, Ordinary Bark . • • 147
- Corks, Rubber, Tall and Squat Pat-
- terns •250,253
- Corks, “ Suberit ” Compressed • • 147
- Cover Glasses • 73-75
- Covers for Crucibles, Fireclay • • 149
- Covers for Crucibles, Porcelain 12
- Covers for Gas Jars . 207
- Covers for Sieves, Japanned Tin • • 257
- Cribb’s Double Surface Condensers . 145
- Crucible Covers, Fireclay . . . 149
- Crucible Furnaces, Electric . 189
- Crucible Furnace, Vitreosil . . 19
- Crucible Supports, Fireclay . • • 150
- Crucible Tongs .150-151
- Crucibles, Copper .... . . 150
- Crucibles, Fireclay .... • • 149
- Crucible Moulds .... . 229
- Crucibles, Monel Metal . . 294
- Crucibles, Nickel .... • • 32
- Crucibles, Platinum . 148
- Crucibles, Porcelain 12, 13, 14
- Crucibles, Sheet Iron . • • 150
- Crucibles, Silver .... . . 148
- Crucibles, Transparent Silica . . . 27
- Crucibles, Vitreosil . 17, 18
- Crystal Drainers .... • • 152
- Crystal Drying Trays . • • 39
- Crystal (Plates of) for showing Absorp-
- tion Phenomena .... . 261
- Crystallising Dishes, Resistance Glass 3
- Crum’s Nitrogen Tubes . . 199
- Crushers for Ore Samples, etc. . . 231
- Crushing Mortars .... .232-233
- Crystals, Glass Models of . • • 151
- Culture Dishes, Petri’s. . . 70
- Cupboards .320-321
- Cupel Moulds . 229
- Cupel Tongs . . 151
- Cutters for Glass Tubes • • 155
- Cutting Nippers .... • • 311
- Cylinders, Measuring . • • 7
- Cylinders, Measuring, Standard XI
- Cylindrical Jars for Dialysers • • 156
- DABBERS, Camel-Hair . . . 136
- Daniell’s Cells..............116
- Decomposition Cells . . . .226-227
- Decomposition of Stannous Chloride
- Apparatus........................224
- Decomposition of Steam Apparatus . 220 Decomposition of Water Apparatus
- 2x8, 220, 221
- Deflagrating Globes.................153
- Deflagrating Jars...................153
- Deflagrating Spoons.................152
- De Koninck’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen
- Apparatus........................205
- Demonstration Auxograph . . . 302
- Demonstration Clinostat .... 299
- Desiccator Dishes...................154
- Desiccators.....................153-154
- Desiccators, Triangular . . .141,154
- Detonating Bottles.............127, 153
- Developing Dishes...................115
- Dewar’s Vacuum Vessels .... 238
- DiaJysers...........................156
- Dialysis Papers.....................156
- Diamonds for Writing on Glass . .155
- Diamonds, Glaziers’.................155
- Differential Thermometers, Beckmann’s ..........................284
- PAGE
- Diffusion Bulbs......................222
- Diffusion of Gases Apparatus . . . 222
- Diffusion Shells.....................45
- Digestive Organs, Anatomical Models
- of................................305
- Direct Vision Spectroscopes . . . 263
- Discs, Filter, Porcelain . . . 12, 14
- Discs of Perforated Zinc for Desiccators ..............................154
- Dishes, Crystallising.................3
- Dishes, Evaporating . . . 12-14,27
- Dishes, Fluoric Acid.................115
- Dishes for Supporting Capsules, etc. . 154
- Dishes, Petri’s . . . . . . 70
- Dishes, Roasting . . ... 149
- Dissecting Instruments . . . .295
- Dissecting Instruments, Sterilizers for 296 Dissecting Microscopes .... 63
- Dissecting Scissors......................72
- Distillation Apparatus . . .156-161
- Distillation Flasks . . . . 3, 4, 5, 158
- Distillation Flasks, Beer .... 192
- Distillation Tubes......................158
- Dolezalek’s Quadrant Electrometer . 335 Double Surface Condensers . . .145
- Drainers, Porcelain, for Draining
- crystals.............................152
- Draining Racks, for Test Tubes, etc. 278
- Draining Trays..........................278
- Dreschel’s Gas Washing Bottles . . 208
- Drills, Various.........................309
- Drop Bottles....................123, 124
- Dropping Pipettes.......................123
- Drop Reaction Paper . . . 39, 34, 35
- Druggists’ Scales.......................293
- Dryers, Filter..........................179
- Drying Apparatus........................141
- Drying Ovens and Stills Combined 166-170
- Drying Ovens........................162-165
- Drying Paper, Botanical . . . 39, 296
- Drying Towers, Calcium Chloride . . 141
- Drying Tubes....................140-141
- Dumas’ Vapour Density Apparatus . 290 Dumas’ Vapour Density Bulbs . . 290
- “ Duplitest ” Test Papers .... 279 Dusters.................................292
- EAR, Anatomical Models of . . 304
- Ebonite Stirring Rods . . . 258
- Eggertz’ Carbon Tubes . . . .173
- Eiloart’s Atomic Models .... 293
- Electric Hot Plates.....................256
- Electrically-heated Ovens . . .163
- Electrically-heated Soxhlet Apparatus .................................176
- Electrically-heated Water Baths . 172 Electric Laboratory Furnaces . 187-190
- Electric Stills.........................157
- Electro-Chemical Expts., Lupke’s
- Apparatus for....................224-227
- Electrolysis Apparatus, V form . .218
- Electrolysis of HaO and HC1 Apparatus .................................218
- Electrolysis of Hydrochloric Acid Apparatus .............................224
- Electrolysis of Lead and Manganese
- Salts Apparatus......................225
- Electrolysis of Mixed Electrolytes Apparatus .............................226
- Electrolysis of Solutions Apparatus . 225 Electrolysis, Platinum Apparatus for 228
- Electrolytic Cells..................224-227
- Electrometer, Dolezalek’s . . . 335
- Electro-Motive Force Apparatus . 226 Elliott’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . 200
- Embedding Moulds.........................72
- Emmerling’s Absorption Tubes . . 200
- Empty Thermometer Tubes . . . 286
- Emptying Apparatus for Carboys. . 137
- Enamel Labelled Bottles . . . . 126 ’
- Enamelled Steel Beakers . . . . 118
- End-pieces for Stirring Rods, Rubber 254 Engler’s Distillation Flasks ... 3
- PAGE
- Engler’s Set of Atomic Models . . 293
- Engler’s Standard Viscometer . . 235
- English (Original) Filter Papers . . 33
- Entomological Apparatus . . 296-297
- Entomological Forceps . . . .297
- Entomological Pins..................297
- Eprouvettes. . .•.................153
- Erdmann’s Burette Floats ... 8
- Erlenmeyer Flasks . . . . 2,4, 5
- Erlenmeyer’s Air Oven . . . .184
- Erlenmeyer’s Combustion Furnaces . 183
- Ether Bottles.......................124
- Ettling’s Gas Pipettes . . . . .197
- Eudiometer Pads.....................173
- Eudiometers.....................173,219
- Evaporating Basins, Nickel . . .32
- Evaporating Basins, Porcelain 12, 13, 14 Evaporating Basins, Transparent
- Silica............................27
- Exhausting and Condensing Syringes 242
- Exhibition Bottles..................215
- Exploding Bottles...............127,153
- Explosion Burettes .... 196-200
- Explosion Pipettes .... 196-197
- Extraction Thimbles..................44
- Eye, Anatomical Models of 303
- Eyepieces for Microscopes.... 66
- Eyepiece Analyser....................69
- FAT Extraction Apparatus .174-176 Field Book for Collecting Specimens .................................296
- Fern Trowels..........................296
- File Cleaner or Wire Brush . . . 308
- Files.................................179
- Files, Assortment of Six, on Cards . 308 Filter Cones, Hardened Paper . . 45
- Filter Cones, Platinum . . . .179
- Filter Cones, Porcelain . . . .179
- Filter Discs, Porcelain . . . 12, 14
- Filter Dryers.........................179
- Filter Mats, Compressed . . .152,179
- Filter Paper Cases....................179
- Filter Papers, Acid Washed, “ J.G.”
- Brand...............................36
- Filter Papers, Acid Washed, Whatman ............................ 42-44
- Filter Papers, Black, Whatman . . 45
- Filter Papers, Hand-made, “ J.G.”
- Brand............................37~39
- Filter Papers, " J.G.” Brand . . 36-39
- Filter Papers, Machine-made, Allnutt
- & Son............................34-35
- Filter Papers, Muncktell’s Swedish . 46
- Filter Papers, Original English . . 33
- Filter Papers, Whatman . . . 40-45
- Filter Pump Apparatus . . .178-179
- Filter Pump Flasks....................178
- Filter Pumps, Glass...................177
- Filter Pumps, Metal...................178
- Filter Pump Tubes, Glass . . .177
- Filter Pump Tubes, Metal . . .178
- Filter Rings..........................179
- Finger-Stalls, India-rubber . . . 292
- Fireclay Crucibles....................149
- Fireclay Crucible Supports . . . 150
- Fireclay Trays for Blowpjpe Work . 121 Fischer’s Filter Pump Tubes . . . 177
- Fitzroy Barometer.....................112
- Flame Spreaders for Bunsen Burners 131 Flash-Point Apparatus, Gray’s . . 236
- Flash-Test Apparatus, Pensky Marten’s ................•. 236
- Flasks, Assay.........................192
- Flasks, Beaker..........................3
- Flasks, Beer Distillation . . . .192
- Flasks, Bohemian Glass .... 4
- Flasks, Boiling, Copper .... 192 Flasks, Distillation, Copper . . .158
- Flasks, Distillation, Glass . . .158
- Flasks, Erlenmeyer . . . . 2,4,5
- Flasks, Filter Pump...................178
- Flasks for Iodine Determinations . 192
- p.358 - vue 375/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., 1MIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 359
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE PAGE
- Flasks for Oil Testing . • • 236 Gas Generating Flasks. 203 -204
- Flasks for Spectrum Analysis . . 26 Gas-heated Fat Extraction Appara-
- Flasks, Gas . 201 tus 175
- Flasks, Gas Generating .203-204 Gas Holders, Various . 209
- Flasks, Glass,School Quality • • 5 Gas J ars 207
- Flasks, Measuring . • • 7 Gas Jar Covers 207
- Flasks, Pfeffer’s Porous . 192 Gas Measuring Tubes . 173
- Flasks, Resistance Glass . 2 Gas Muffle Furnaces 185
- Flasks, Spent Oxide • • 203 Gas Lighters 131
- Flasks, Standard IX Gas Pipettes 197
- Flasks, Transparent Silica . . 28 Gas Pliers 310
- Fletcher’s Burners . • • 329 Gas Receivers, Cooper’s 209
- Flexible Metallic Tubing . . 281 Gas Regulators .... 210
- Fluoric Acid Apparatus . . 192 Gas Retorts 244
- Fluorine Determination Apparatus . 203 Gas Sampling Bottles . 202
- Fluxing Crucibles . . . 149 Gas Sampling Tubes . 202
- Folded Filter Papers . 36> 39, 45 Gas Stills 157
- Folding Lenses .... .297-298 Gas Taps for Laboratories 327-328
- Folding Primus Stoves . . 132 Gas Trays 207
- Foot Bellows .... .120,121 Gas Tubes 173
- Foot Bellows, Circles for . • • 254 Gas Volumeters .... 200
- Foot Bellows, String Nets for • • 254 Gas Wash Bottles . . . 207- -208
- Forceps, Entomological . . 297 Gauge Glass Tube Cutters . 155
- Forceps for Insects. . . 297 Gauges, Calliper .... 3i3
- Forceps, Various • • 73 Gauze, Nickel 32
- Formation of a Current, Apparatus to Gauze, Wire, Various . 274
- Show . . 225 Geissler’s Burettes .... 8
- Fortin’s Standard Barometers • • 113 Geissler’s Filter Pumps 177
- Fossils, Rocks and Minerals, Collec- Geissler’s Potash Bulbs . 240
- tions of • • 230 Gem Spanners 310
- Fractional Distillation Tubes . . 158 Generation of Gases, Bunsen’s Appar-
- Freezing Point Apparatus. . . 117 atus 221
- Fruhling’s Desiccators • • 154 Generators 204- -205
- Fruhling’s Fat Extraction Apparatus 174 Geometric Tripod Stands . . 273
- Fume Chambers .... . . 320 Geryk Pumps, Accessories for 243
- Funnel and Burette Stand Combined Geryk Vacuum Pumps 242- -243
- 135,182 Giles’ Stoppered Measuring Flask 7
- Funnel Stands . 182 Glass Aspirators .... hi
- Funnels, Copper .... . 180 Glass Basins 3
- Funnels, Enamelled Steel . . 180 Glass Beaker Flasks 3
- Funnels for Filling Barometer Tubes, Glass Beakers 2
- etc . . 181 Glass Beakers for Cold Solutions, etc. 118
- Funnels for Hot Filtrations . . 180 Glass Beehive Shelves . 207
- Funnels, Glass • . 180 Glass Blowers’ Tools . 121
- Funnels, Porcelain .... 12, 13, 14 Glass Brushes 136
- Funnels, Porcelain, Hirsch’s . . 180 Glass Bulbs for Specific Gravity of
- Funnels, Separating ... .181-182 Gases 260
- Funnels, Thistle .... . . 181 Glass Chimneys for Burning Oxygen
- Furnace and Crucible Tongs . .150-151 in Illuminating Gas, etc. . . 220
- Furnace, Crucible, Vitreosil . . . 19 Glass Cordite Cones 293
- Furnaces, Bunsen Burner .129,185 Glass Covers for Gas Jars 207
- Furnaces, Electric .... .187-190 Glass Crystallising Dishes . 3
- Furnaces, Gas Combination . .183-185 Glass Cutting Knives . 155
- Furnaces, Gas Combustion, “ Hed- Glass Cylinders for Volumetric Analy-
- ley ” • • 3i4 sis of Ammonia .... 219
- Furnaces, Muffle .... . . 185 Glass Distillation Flasks . 158
- Fused Quartz Apparatus, Trans- Glass Flasks 2
- parent • 26-31 Glass Funnels 180
- Glass Gas Holders .... 209
- Glass Jars, Various 215
- ANONG’S Botanical Appara- Glass Jugs, Graduated. 9
- VJT tus .299-302 Glass Models of Crystals . 151
- Gas Absorption Apparatus, Winkler’s 201 Glass Mortars and Pestles 230
- Gas Analysis Apparatus . .193-203 Glass Plates for Desiccators, etc. 154
- Gas Aspirators . 209 Glass Pneumatic Troughs 206
- Gas Bottles and Flasks . 201 Glass Reservoirs for Mercury 228
- Gas Bottles, Wanklyn’s . 201 Glass Rod 280
- Gas Bottles, Washing . . 208 Glass Spoons 259
- Gas Burners, Argand . . 128, 329 Glass Stirring Rods 258
- Gas Burners, Batswing . . 128 Glass Stopcocks .... 276
- Gas Burners, Bunsen’s .128,130 Glass Syphons 275
- Gas Burettes, Hempel’s • • 199 Glass Syringes 2 75
- Gas Burner and. Oven for Soldering 3x1 Glass Taps for Aspirators . hi, 276
- Gas Collecting Apparatus . . 206 Glass Tube Cutters.... . 155
- Gas Combustion Furnace, " Hedley ” 314 Glass Tubes, Combustion . 281
- Gas Combustion Furnaces .183-186 Glass Tubing 280
- Gas Condensation Tubes . . 202. Glass Tubing, Combustion 281
- Gas Deflagrating Globes . • • 153 Glass Vessels for Specific Gravity . 261
- Gas Deflagrating Jars . • • 153 Glasses, Cobalt 122
- Gas Deflagrating Spoons . . . 152 Glasses, Nessler 234
- Gas Eprouvettes .... • • 153 Glasses, Reading .... 298
- Gases, Compressed • • 239 Glasses, Test 279
- Gas Furnace, Prof. Ramsey’s 129, 185 Glasses, Trial, for Hydrometers * 2x3
- Gas Generating Apparatus .204-205 Glasses*, Watch . . 73. 290
- PAGE
- Glass Worm Condenser, for Condens-
- ing Amyll Alcohol Vapour . . .218
- Glazed Weighing Paper . . . .291
- Glaziers Diamonds....................155
- Glew’s Apparatus for Showing Cloud Condensation in Ionisation Chamber 335 Glew’s Patent Testing Screens . . 334
- Glew’s Radium Collector .... 333 Glew’s Scintilloscopes . . . -333-334
- Globes, Deflagrating.................153
- Gloves, India-rubber.................254
- Glynsky’s Distillation Tubes . . . 158
- Goetze’s Vacuum Tubes for Spectrum
- Analysis...........................262
- Goldbeater’s Skin Ballo'ons . . .111
- Goniometers..........................3x2
- Gooch Crucible Circles .... 36
- Gooch Crucibles, Platinum . . .148
- Gooch Crucibles, Porcelain . 12, 13, 14
- Gooch Crucibles, Transparent Silica . 27
- Gooch Crucibles, Vitreosil .... 18
- Government Heat Test Tubes . . 277
- Government Laboratory Arsenic Apparatus ..........................110
- Government Laboratory Pattern Soxhlet Apparatus . . . . -174
- Graham’s Condensers..................144
- Graham's Dialysers...................156
- Graduated Immersion Tubes . . .210
- Graduated Laboratory Glassware .6-11 Graduated Tubes for Centrifugal
- Machines...........................143
- Gray’s Flash-Point Apparatus . . 236
- Grease Pencils.......................155
- Grinder, Bench.......................309
- Grinders for Ore Samples, etc. . .231
- Grinding Mills...................232-233
- Grinding Mortar for Crushing and
- Pulverising Ores...................233
- Ground Glass Joints..................276
- Grove—Ostwald Cells..................226
- Gummed Labels, Various . . .216-217
- Gutta-percha Bottles.................127
- Gutter Blocks and Channels . . . 324
- HAIR Sieves..........................257
- Haldane’s Gas Analysis Apparatus ..........................194-195
- Hammers, Metallurgical, etc. . . 309
- Hand Saws ...........................312
- Hand Vices...........................312
- Head, Anatomical Models of . 303
- Heart, Anatomical Models of . . . 304
- Heaters for Steam....................213
- Heating Plates, Vitreosil .... 20
- Hedley Combustion Furnace . . -314
- Heidenhain and Meyer’s Absorptio-
- meter..............................224
- Hempel’s Absorption Pipettes . .196
- Hempel’s Apparatus for Estimation
- of Carbon in Iron..................202
- Hempel’s Desiccators.................154
- Hempel’s-Gas Analysis Apparatus 196-197 Hempel’s Gas Burettes .... 199 Hick’s Patent Measures .... 8
- High Temperature Burners . . . 130
- ‘‘ Hirsch ” Gas Generating Apparatus 205 Hittorf’s Electrolytic Cell . . . 225
- Hoffmann’s Water Decomposition
- Apparatus..........................218
- Hofmann’s Vapour-Density Apparatus.................................289
- Holders for Charcoal Pastilles . .122
- Holders for Platinum Wire and Foil . 122 Holders for Test Tubes .... 277 Holders, Wire, for Gas Experiments. 152 Horn Assay Scoops . . . . 229,290
- Horn Leaves or Mortar Scrapers . 258
- Horn Mortar Scrapers.................230
- Horn’s Nitrometers...................200
- Horn Spatulas........................258
- Horn Spoons..........................259
- Hot Air Drying Ovens. . . .162-165
- p.359 - vue 376/385
-
-
-
- 360: F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- Hot Air Motors....................292
- Hot Plates........................256
- Hot Water Drying Ovens . . . 162-165
- Hot Water Funnels.................180
- Hydrochloric Acid Electrolysis Apparatus ...........................224
- Hydrogen and Oxygen Apparatus for
- Water Vapour....................218
- Hydrogen and Oxygen Lecture Demonstration Apparatus . . .219
- Hydrogen Liberation Apparatus . .227
- Hydrogen Pipettes...................197
- Hydrometer Jars.....................213
- Hydrometer, Syringe.................213
- Hydrometers, Sets of................212
- Hydrometers, Various . . . .210-212
- IGNITION Spoons, Transparent
- Silica...........................28
- Ignition Test Tubes . . . . . 277
- Illuminators, Abbe’s ...... 67
- Immersion Tubes.....................210
- Incubator Thermometers .... 285
- India-rubber Aprons.................292
- India-rubber Blowing Balls . . . 254
- India-rubber Bungs, Tall, Squat and Shallow Patterns . . . .251-253
- India-rubber Caps for Flasks, Test
- Tubes, etc........................254
- India-rubber Caps with Tubulures . 254 India-rubber Circles for Foot Bellows . 254
- India-rubber Cones..................254
- India-rubber Cones for Gooch Crucibles ..............................179
- India-rubber Corks, Tall and Squat
- Patterns.....................250, 253
- India-rubber End-pieces for Stirring
- Rods..............................254
- India-rubber Finger Stalls .... 292
- India-rubber Gloves.................254
- India-rubber Pads for use with'Eudio-
- meters............................173
- India-rubber Teats..................254
- India-rubber Thumb Stalls . . . 292
- India-rubber T. Tubes.................254
- India-rubber Tubing.................249
- Indigo Prisms.........................122
- Induction Coils.......................213
- Ingot or Bar Moulds.................229
- Injector Furnace....................184
- Ink, Chronograph......................302
- Ink for Writing on Glass . . . .155
- Inks, Stencil.........................273
- Inland Revenue Condensers . . .146
- Inland Revenue Still, Thorpe’s .146, 159
- Insect Forceps......................297
- Instantaneous Water Heaters . . 329
- Iodine Flasks.......................192
- Iron Bar Scrapers..................151
- Iron Mortars and Pestles . . . .231
- Iron Sand Baths.......................255
- Iron Tubes..........................281
- Iron Wire Gauze.......................274
- Iron Wire Gauze Combined with
- Asbestos..........................274
- Iron Wire Triangles.................275
- Irreversible Cells..........226-227
- JAPANESE Fibre Mercury Trays . 228 Japanned Tin Covers and Bottoms for Sieves...........257
- Japanned Tin Measures .... 292 Japanned Tin Pneumatic Troughs . 206 Japanned Zinc Pneumatic Troughs . 206
- Jars, Anatomical....................214
- Jars, Bell.....................118-119
- Jars, Calcium Chloride . . . .141
- Jars, Deflagrating..................153
- Jars for Dialysers..................156
- Jars for Hydrometers . . . . .213
- Jars, Gas . . 207
- Jars, Glass, for Cold Solutions . .215
- PAGE
- Jars, Museum.......................215
- Jars, Specimen.....................214
- Jars, Stoneware, for Storing Dry
- Chemicals......................215
- Jars, Various......................215
- “ J.G.” Filter Papers .... 36-39
- Joints, Ground Glass...............276
- Jugs, Acid..........................no
- Jugs, Graduated Glass................9
- KIDNEYS, Anatomical Models of 305
- Killing Bottles.............297
- Killing Boxes......................297
- Kingsford’s Trough..................69
- Kipp’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen . . 204
- Kjeldahl’s Distillation Apparatus . 160 Kjeldahl’s Estimation of Nitrogen Apparatus . .' . . . . . . 161
- Kjeldahl Flasks......................3
- Kjeldahl’s Still Heads.............160
- Knives for Cutting Corks . . . .148
- Knives for Glass Cutting . . . .155
- Knives, Palette ...................258
- Korting’s Filter Pump Tubes . . . 178
- LABELLED Reagent Bottles .126-127
- Labels..................2x6-217
- Laboratory Coats ..................292
- Laboratory Dusters.................292
- Laboratory Furniture . . . .315-321
- Laboratory Gas Taps . . . .327-328
- Laboratory Glassware...............2-5
- Laboratory Glassware, Graduated .6-11
- Laboratory Scales................ 293
- Laboratory Sinks...............321-322
- Laboratory Stands . . . .273-274
- Laboratory Tools .... .308-312
- Laboratory Towels..................292
- Laboratory Waste Pipes .... 323 Laboratory Water Taps . . .325-326
- Lachrymal Glands, Anatomical Models
- of..............................303
- Lact ometers.......................210
- Ladenburg’s Distillation Flasks . .158
- Ladles, Wrought Iron..............151
- Lamps, Microscope...................68
- Lamps, Spirit......................133
- Lamp Stands ........................69
- Landsberger’s Molecular Weights
- Apparatus.......................234
- Lantern Slide of Solar Spectrum . . 261
- Lantern Slides Illustrating the Action
- of Radium, etc..................335
- Larva Breeding Cages...............297
- Larynx, Anatomical Models of . . 304
- Lead Basins........................115
- Lead Books.........................279
- Lead Capsules for Fluoric Acid . .192
- Leaf-area Cutters..................302
- Leaf Clasps........................302
- Le Bel & Heninger’s Distillation
- Tubes...........................158
- Leclanche Cells....................116
- Lecture Demonstration Apparatus 218-224 Lecture Eudiometers . . . . .219
- Lenses, Coddington.................298
- Lenses, Folding................297-298
- Lenses, Magnifying . . . .297-298
- Lenses, Reading....................298
- Lenses, Stanhope...................298
- Letcher’s Blowpipe Set .... 123 Lewis Thompson Calorimeters . .138
- L Moulds for Embedding .... 72
- Liebig’s Condensers . . . .144,146
- Liebig’s Potash Bulbs..............240
- Life Slides and Troughs .... 70
- Lifters, Section .. . . . . . 73
- Light Screens for Botanical Work . 299 Lindemann’s Gas Analysis Apparatus. ..............................194
- Linen Provers......................297
- Liquefaction Apparatus . . . . 223
- PAGE
- Liquid Oxygen and Liquid Air . .238
- Litmus Books.......................279
- Litmus Paper in Sheets . . . .279
- Litmus Pencils.....................279
- Live Boxes..........................70
- Lockers for Students’ Use . . .320
- Looser’s Thermoscopic Apparatus . 226 Lovibond’s Tintometers . . .330-331
- Lung and Heart, Anatomical Models
- of..............................3°4
- Lunge and Rey’s Bulb Pipettes . . 260
- Lunge’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . 200-201
- Lunge’s Nitrometers................198
- Liipke’s Apparatus for Electro-Chemical Expts...................224-227
- JyJACHINE.-MADE Filter Papers,
- Magic Lantern Slide of Solar Spectrum 261 Magnifiers for Reading Thermome-
- ters .............................284
- Magnifiers, Various . . . .297-298
- Malleable Iron Rings for Retort
- Stands . 247
- Manometer for Botanical Work . . 301
- Mansfield’s Oil Gas Apparatus . . 291
- Mats for Crystal Drying, etc. . . 39, 152
- Mats, “ Suberit ” Cork .... 147 Maximum and Minimum Thermometers .................. . .287-288
- Measures, Glass Graduated ... 9
- Measures, Japanned Tin .... 292
- Measuring Cylinders................7, 8
- Measuring Cylinders, Standard . . 11
- Measuring Flasks.......................7
- Measuring Tubes......................173
- Meeker Burners ....................130
- Mercurial Barometer . . . . . 112
- Mercury Reservoirs...................228
- Mercury Tongs........................151
- Mercury Trays........................228
- Mercury Troughs, Porcelain . . . 207
- Mercury Vessels......................228
- Metal Filter Pumps...................178
- Metallic Ores, Collections of . 230
- Metallic Tubing, Flexible . . . .281
- Metallurgical and Assay Apparatus . 229 Metallurgical Microscopes • • • 55
- Metallurgical Shears...............311
- Meter, Stonedust.....................195
- Meyer’s Amalgam Cell .... 226
- Micro Blood Paper.....................39
- Microscope Accessories . . . 64-73
- Microscope Cover Glasses . . . . 74
- Microscope Lamps......................68
- Microscope Slide Boxes .... 75
- Microscope Slides . . . . . -75
- Microscopes, Baker’s..................50
- Microscopes, Beck’s .... 51-57
- Microscopes, Dissecting .... 63
- Microscopes, “ Nivoc ” .... 49
- Microscopes, Various .... 47-63
- Microscopes, Watson’s . . . 58-63
- Microscopic Objects...................76
- Microscopic Specimen Cabinets . . 75
- Microtomes............................71
- Migration-velocity of Ions, Apparatus
- to Demonstrate...................225
- Milk Analysis Strips ... 36, 39, 45
- Millboard, Asbestos . . .. . -274
- Mills, Grinding . 232
- Mine Gases Analysis Apparatus . .194
- Minerals for Blowpipe Work . . . 230
- Minerals, Fossils and Rocks, Collections of..........................230
- Mitscherlich’s Eudiometer . . . 173
- Model Barometer....................112
- Model Spectroscope...................266
- Model Thermometer to Illustrate Expansion of Liquids .... 286 Models, Anatomical . . . .303-305
- Models, Atomic, Sets of ... 293
- Models of Crystals...................151
- p.360 - vue 377/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 361
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- Mohr’s Burette Clips . . . . .134
- Mohr’s Potash Bulbs..................240
- Molecular Weights Apparatus . . 234
- Molecular Weights, Apparatus for
- Determination of................117
- Monel Metal Basins ..... 294 Monel Metal Crucibles . . . . 294
- Mortar, Grinding, for Crushing and
- Pulverising Ores..................233
- Mortars and Pestles, Agate . . .231
- Mortars and Pestles, Glass . . .230
- Mortars and Pestles (Grinding
- Mills)................ . .232-233
- Mortars and Pestles, Iron . . .231
- Mortars and Pestles, Porcelain . . 14
- Mortars and Pestles, Steel . . .231
- Mortars and Pestles', Wedgwood
- Ware..............................230
- Mortar Scrapers......................258
- Mortar Scrapers, Horn . . . .230
- Motors, Hot Air......................292
- Moulds, Bar........................ 229
- Moulds, Crucible.....................229
- Moulds, Cupel........................229
- Moulds for Embedding .... 72
- Moulds, Ingot........................229
- Mounting Cabinets.....................72
- Mounting Paper, Botanical . . . 296
- Mouth Blowpipes .....................120
- Muencke’s Double Aspirator . . . 209
- Muencke’s Wash Bottles .... 208
- Muffle Furnaces......................185
- Muffle Furnaces, Electric . . .187-190
- Muffles, Vitreosil....................25
- Muncktell’s Swedish Filter Papers . 46
- Museum Jars..........................215
- Nail Pullers.........................310
- Needles (Seekers) .... 72
- Nernst Apparatus for Separating Metallic Potassium at the Cathode . .225
- Nernst Apparatus for Demonstrating . the Migration-velocity of Mn04 ions 225
- Nessler Glasses......................234
- Nessler Tube Stand...................234
- Nets for Entomological Work . . 297
- Nets for Foot Bellows .... 120, 254 Neumann's Voltameter . . . .221
- Newth’s Apparatus....................227
- Newth’s Potassioscope................122
- Nickel Crucibles..................32
- Nickel Evaporating Basins ... 32
- Nickel Gauze......................32
- Nickel Scoops.....................32
- Nickel Sheet......................32
- Nickel Spatulas...................32
- Nickel Triangles..................32
- Nickel Wire.......................32
- Nickel Wire Triangles . .... 275
- Nicol’s Specific Gravity Tubes . . 261
- Nippers, Cutting...................311
- Nitrogen Bulbs.......................234
- Nitrogen Estimation Apparatus . . 161
- Nitrogen Tubes.......................199
- Nitrometer Clamps....................293
- Nitrometers......................198-200
- " Nivoc ” Blackboard Stencils . . 272
- “ Nivoc ” Grinding Mortar . . . 233
- “ Nivoc ” Laboratory Porcelain . . 13
- “ Nivoc ” Microscope..................49
- “ Nivoc ” Stencils...............270—271
- Normal Light Screens.................299
- Normal Thermometers . . . .285
- Nose, Anatomical Models of . 305
- OBJECT Boxes...............75
- Objectives for Microscopes 64, 65 Oettel’s Apparatus for Determination
- of Fluorine . . . 4. . . . 203
- Oil Bottles........................124
- Oil Distillation , Flasks..........3
- Oil for Vacuum Pumps . . . . 243
- PAGE
- Oil Gas Apparatus, Mansfield’s . .291
- Oil Testing Apparatus . . .235-237
- Oil Test Paper.......................279
- Oleometers...........................210
- Opaque Silica Apparatus . . . 15-25
- Ore Sample Crushers..................231
- Ore Sample Grinders..................231
- Original English Filter Papers . . 33
- Orsat’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . . 193
- Ostwald’s Toluene Gas Regulators . 210 Ovens and Stills, Combined . .166-170
- Ovens, Drying....................162-165
- Oxygen Determination Apparatus . 194 Oxygen and Hydrogen Lecture Demonstration Apparatus . . .219
- Oxygen and Nitrogen Combustion
- Apparatus.........................220
- Oyxgen Experiments, Special Thermometers for..........................239
- Oxygen, Liquid.......................238
- Oxygen Retorts.......................244
- Ozone Apparatus......................239
- Ozone Tubes..........................239
- PADS, India-rubber, for Use with
- Eudiometers....................173
- Page’s Gas Regulators .... 2x0
- Palette Knives.......................258
- Palladium Tubes......................201
- Paper, Black, for placing under Botanical Sections....................295
- Paper, Botanical Drying and Mounting.................................296
- Paper, Drying.........................39
- Paper, Filter, all makes . . 33-46
- Paper, Weighing . . . * . . .291
- Papier mach6 Anatomical Models 303-305
- Paraffin Blow Lamps..................133
- Paraffin Stoves .....................132
- Parallel Bench Vices.................312
- Parnell’s C02 Apparatus . . . .142
- Paschen’s Apparatus for Electro-
- Chemical Expts....................226
- Pastille Holders.....................122
- Pastilles, Charcoal..................122
- Paul’s Double Surface Condenser . 145 Pencils for Writing on Glass . . .155
- Pencils, Litmus .....................279
- Pensky-Marten’s Flash-Test Apparatus 236
- Pentane Thermometers . . . .239
- Pepy’s Gas Holders...................209
- Perforated Ribbon Test Papers . .279
- Perforated Zinc Discs for Desiccators 154 Perkins and Kippings’ Atomic Models 293
- Petri’s Culture Dishes................70
- Petroleum Test Apparatus, Abel’s . 235 Petrological Microscopes . . . . 54
- Pfeffer’s Porous Flasks . . . .192
- Phenol-Phthaleine Test Papers . .279
- Phials, Bologna......................292
- Phosphorescent Zinc Sulphide . . 334
- Photosynthometer for Botanical
- Work..............................301
- Pincers..............................310
- Pins, Entomological..................297
- Pipeclay Triangles...................275
- Pipes for Gas Experiments . . .111
- Pipette Rests and Stands . . .239-240
- Pipettes, Absorption, Hempel’s . . 196
- Pipettes, Dropping . . . . . 123
- Pipettes, Explosion . . . .196-197
- Pipettes for Microscope Work . . 72
- Pipettes, Gas . . . . . . .196
- Pipettes, Graduated..................8-9
- Pipettes, Lunge and Rey’s, for Specific
- Gravity...........................260
- Pipettes, Marked on Stem . . . 8-9
- Pipettes, Plain . . . . . . . 8-9
- Pipettes, Standard....................11
- Pipe Wrench Pliers...................310
- Pitchblende Mineral..................334
- Pitchblende Screens . . . . . 334
- PAGE
- Plates, Air Pump.....................242
- Plates for Drying Crystals . . .152
- Plates of Crystal for Showing Absorption Phenomena.......................261
- Plates, Transparent Silica ... 29
- Plate Supports, Vitreosil .... 20
- Platinum Apparatus for Electrolysis 228
- Platinum Basins......................115
- Platinum Blowpipe Foil . . . .122
- Platinum Blowpipe Wire . . . .122
- Platinum Crucibles...................148
- Platinum Filter Cones . . . .179
- Platinum Gooch Crucibles . . .148
- Platinum Resistance Thermometers . 286
- Platinum Spatulas....................259
- Platinum Spoons................122, 259
- Platinum Vessels for Use with Silver
- Voltameters.......................227
- Platinum Wire Holders . . . .122
- Pliers, Various..................3x0-311
- Pneumatic Troughs, Various . . . 206
- Polarisation of Galvanic Elements
- Apparatus.........................227
- Polariscopes.........................241
- Polarising Apparatus . . . . .69
- Pole Research Demonstration Apparatus ................................225
- Polonium for Radium Experiments . 334 Porcelain Basins for Photographic
- use.............................115
- Porcelain Beakers . . . . 12,13,14
- Porcelain Buchner Funnels . 12, 13, 14
- Porcelain Capsules, for Evaporations,
- etc...............................150
- Porcelain Capsules, for Floating on
- Water.............................152
- Porcelain Casseroles . . . . 12, 14
- Porcelain Combustion Boats . 12, 13, 14
- Porcelain Combustion Tubes . . 12-13
- . Porcelain Covers for Crucibles . . 12
- Porcelain Crucibles. . . . 12,13,14
- Porcelain Crystal Drainers . . .152
- Porcelain Evaporating Basins 12, 13, 14 Porcelain Filter Cones . . . .179
- Porcelain Filter Discs . . . . 12,14
- Porcelain Funnels....................180
- Porcelain Mortars and Pestles . . 14
- Porcelain Mercury Troughs . . . 207
- Porcelain, “Nivoc”....................13
- Porcelain, Royal Berlin . . . .13
- Porcelain, Royal Worcester . . . 12
- Porcelain, School Quality .... 14
- Porcelain Spatulas...................260
- Porcelain Spoons.....................259
- Porcelain Supports for Test Tubes . 278
- Porcelain Tiles......................152
- Porous Clay Diffusion Bulbs . . . 222
- Porous Flasks, Pfeffer’s .... 192
- Porous Plates........................152
- Porous Saucers.......................152
- Porous Tiles for Drying Crystals . 152
- Portable Sand Baths..................255
- Potash Bulbs.........................240
- Potassioscope, Newth’s .... 122
- Potometers for Botanical Work . . 300
- Press, Botanical ...... 296
- Pressing Boards for Field Botany
- Work..............................297
- Pressure Bottles.....................124
- Pressure Tubing......................249
- Pressure Tubing for Air Pump
- Plates . 242
- Prospectors’ Scintilloscope . . . 333
- " Primus "Paraffin Stoves . . . . 132
- Prisms, Indigo, for Blowpipe Work . 122
- Pumps, Air........................ . 242
- Pumps, Filter, Glass ..... 177
- Pumps, Filter, Metal.................178
- Pumps, Geryk.....................242-243
- Pyknometers..........................261
- Pyrometer, Adjustable . . . .186
- Pyrometers for Use with Electric
- Muffles ..........................191
- Pyromike ............................186
- p.361 - vue 378/385
-
-
-
- 362 F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- QUADRANT Electrometers, Dole-
- zalek’s.....................335
- yuadrupod Stands . . . . .162
- Quartz Apparatus, Transparent . 26-31
- R
- ABE’S Turbines...............292
- Rack Pin and Rope, for Field
- .125
- Botany Work
- Racks, Draining, for Test Tubes, etc Rackwork Slide, showing " Spinthari scope ” Effect of Radium Radio-active Minerals .
- Radio-active Minerals, Set of Radio-active Residue Radio-active Screens Radium ....
- Radium Bromide .
- Radium Clocks .
- Radium Coated Spirals Radium Collector, Glew’s Radium Lantern Slides Rafferty Wave-length Spectroscope Raikow’s Distillation Apparatus .
- Rat-tail Files ....
- Razors for Cutting Sections Reading Glasses Reading Lamps Reading Telescopes Reagent Bottles Reagent Labels
- Reagents, Acids and Chemicals Reagents for Spectrum Analysis
- Receivers......................
- Receivers, Cooper’s Gas Reduction Tubes, Combustion Glass Reduction Tubes, Transparent Silica Reduction Tubes, Vitreosil Redwood’s Viscometer ....
- Regulators, Gas...................
- Reichert’s Gas Regulators Reichert-Woolny Apparatus . Rectangular Tubes for Spectrum
- Analysis........................261
- Repair Outfit for “ Primus ” Stoves . Reservoirs for Mercury .... Resistance Glass Beakers, Flasks
- etc.............................
- Respirometer for Botanical Work . Rests for Pipettes .
- Retort Rings Retort Stand Clamps Retort Stands .
- Retorts for Oxygen Retorts, Glass .
- Retorts, Sheet Iron Retorts, Transparent Silica .
- Revenue Still, Sir Edward Thorpe's
- 146, 159
- Reynold’s Apparatus for Determining Weight of Hydrogen Rheostats for Use with Electric Furnaces ...................
- Ribbon Test Papers Ring Bunsen Burners .
- Rings for Retort Stands .
- Rising Table Supports Roasting Dishes Rocks, Fossils and Minerals,
- tions of...............
- Rod, Glass...............
- Rod, Transparent Silica .
- Rod, Vitreosil ....
- Rose Crucibles, Transparent Silica Rose Crucibles, Vitreosil .
- Rose’s Crucibles, Porcelain Roses for Bunsen Burners Rousselet’s Compressor Rousselet’s Live Box .
- Royal Berlin Porcelain Royal Worcester Laboratory lain ....
- Rubber Aprons Rubber Blowing Balls
- 297 278
- 335
- 333 332
- 334
- 334 332-335
- 332
- 335
- 333 333 335 266 160 179
- 72
- 298 68
- 138 -127 216 336-355 261 245
- 209 281
- 29
- 23
- 235
- 210 • 210 159
- 132
- 228
- 2-3 301
- • 239 . 247 . 248
- 245-247 . 244 4. 244
- • 244
- 29
- 221
- Collec
- Porce
- 191
- 279
- 131
- 247
- 274
- 149
- 230
- 280
- 30
- 24
- 27
- 18
- 14
- 131
- 70
- 70
- 13
- 12
- 292
- 254
- PAGE
- Rubber Bungs, Tall, Squat and Shallow Patterns ...................251-253
- Rubber Caps for Flasks, Test Tubes,
- etc...............................254
- Rubber Caps with Tubulures . . . 254
- Rubber Circles for Foot Bellows . 120,254 Rubber Cones for Gooch Crucibles . 254 Rubber Corks, Tall and Squat Patterns ..........................250,253
- Rubber End-pieces for Stirring Rods 254
- Rubber Finger Stalls............292
- Rubber Gloves...................254
- Rubber Teats....................254
- Rubber T. Tubes.................254
- Rubber Thumb Stalls.............292
- Rubber Tubing...................249
- Rudorff’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . 201 Ruhmkorff’s Induction Coils . . .213
- Rules, Boxwood......................313
- Ruperts’ Drops......................292
- SALAMANDER Crucibles . . .149
- Sample Tubes .... 73, 127
- Sand Baths, Asbestos................255
- Sand Baths, Portable on Stands . .255
- Sand Baths, Various.................255
- Sandblast Labelled Reagent Bottles 127 Saucers for Drying Crystals . . .152
- Saws, Charcoal......................122
- Saws................................312
- Scales, Laboratory..................293
- Scalpels.............................72
- Schelbach’s Burettes..............6, 8
- Schidrowitz Extraction Apparatus . 174 Schiebler’s Calcimeters . . . .142
- Schiebler’s Desiccators . . . .153
- Schiebler’s Gas Welsh Bottles . . 207
- Schiff’s Desiccators................153
- Schiff’s Nitrometers................199
- Schrotter’s COa Apparatus . . .142
- Schulze’s L Moulds...................72
- Schuster’s Drop Bottles . . . .124
- Scintilloscope, Glew’s . . . -333-334
- Scissors, Dissecting.................72
- Scoops, Assay.................229,290
- Scoops, Copper..................290
- Scoops, Horn..................229,290
- Scoops, Nickel..................32
- Scoops, Weighing................290
- Scorifier Tongs.....................150
- Scorifiers, Clay ...................149
- Scrapers, Bar......................151
- Screens for Spirit Lamps . . . .133
- Screens, Radio-active .... 334 Screw Clips for Burettes . . . .134
- Screwdrivers........................310
- Sebatier’s Ink......................155
- Section Cutters for Botanical Work . 71
- Section Knives..................71
- Section Lifter..................73
- Seekers or Needles for Microscope
- Work...............................72
- Separating Funnels . . . .181-182
- Setting Boards for Entomological
- Work..............................297
- Sharpeners for Cork Borers . . .148
- Sheard’s Absorption Bulbs . . . 202
- Sheard’s C02 Apparatus .... 202
- Shears, Metallurgical..............311
- Sheet Iron Crucibles................150
- Shells, Aluminium, for Transpiration
- Experiments.......................300
- Shelves, Beehive....................207
- Shives..............................147
- Show Bottles........................215
- Siemen’s Ozone Tubes .... 239
- Sieves, Various.................257-258
- Sikes Hydrometers...................212
- Silica Apparatus (Opaque), Vitreosil 15-21 Silica Apparatus, Transparent . 26-35
- Silver Basins.......................115
- Silver Crucibles....................148
- Silver Voltameters..................227
- PAGE
- Sinks, Laboratory................321-322
- Six’s Self-Registering Maximum and Minimum Thermometers . . . 288
- Skin, Anatomical Models of . 305
- Skeletons and Bones, Prices and Details upon application.
- Skittle Pots.........................150
- Skull, Anatomical Models of . 303
- Slides or Slips for Microscopes . . 75
- Soda Lime and Calcium Chloride
- Tube............................ 141
- Sodium Spoons ...... 260
- Sodium Tongs . . . . . . . 260
- Soft Soda Glass Rod..................280
- Soft Soda Glass Tubing . . . .280
- Soldering Irons....................311
- Soldering Outfits..................311
- Solubility of Gases, Bunsen’s Apparatus for Measuring..................223
- Solutions, Electrolysis Apparatus . 225 Soxhlet’s Ball Condensers . .146,174
- Soxhlet’s Fat Extraction Apparatus
- 174-176
- Soxhlet Thimbles ....... 39
- Space Markers for Botanical Work . 302
- Spanners.............................310
- Spatulas, Horn.......................258
- Spatulas, Nickel......................32
- Spatulas, Platinum...................259
- Spatulas, Porcelain..................260
- Spatulas, Steel......................258
- Spatulas, Vulcanite..................258
- Specific Gravity Bottles . . . .260
- Specific Gravity Bottles, Transparent
- Silica ............................30
- Specific Gravity Bulbs...............260
- Specific Gravity Hydrometers . .211
- Specific Gravity of Gases Lecture
- Apparatus ....................221-222
- Specific Gravity Tubes . . . .261
- Specific Gravity Vessels . . . .261
- Specimen Bottles.....................214
- Specimen Cabinets.....................75
- Specimen Jars........................214
- Specimen Tubes..................73, 127
- Spectrometers...................26 7-2 69
- Spectroscope, Model..................266
- Spectroscope, Rafferty Wave-length . 266 Spectroscopes, Direct Vision . . . 263
- Spectroscopes, Table . . . .264-266
- Spectroscope Stands..................263
- Spectrum Analysis Apparatus .261-263 Spectrum Analysis Flasks .... 261 Spectrum Analysis Tubes .... 261 Spectrum Analysis Vacuum Tubes . 262
- Spinthariscope.......................334
- Spent Oxide Apparatus and Flasks . 203
- Sponges..............................292
- Spoons, Deflagrating.............152
- Spoons, Glass....................259
- Spoons, Horn.....................259
- Spoons, Ignition, Transparent Silica. 28
- Spoons, Platinum...............122,259
- Spoons, Porcelain................259
- Spoons, Tinned Iron..............260
- Spoons, Wire-Gauze...............260
- Splints, Wood, for Oxygen Experiments .............................152
- Spiral Condensers................144-146
- Spirit Bunsen Burners . . .129-130
- Spirit Lamps...................... .133
- Spirit Lamp Screens..................133
- Sprengel’s Specific Gravity Tubes. . 261
- Spring Wire Clips for Watch Glasses. 290 Square Glass Pots with Circular Excavations ............................72
- Squeezers, Cork......................148
- Stand and Set of Burners for Nitrogen
- Test.............................161
- Standard Barometers . . . .113-114
- Standard Graduated Glassware . 10-n
- Standardised Solutions of Radium . 333
- Stand Condenser.......................69
- Stands for Burettes . . 134-135, 136
- p.362 - vue 379/385
-
-
-
- F. E. BECKER & CO., NIVOC HOUSE, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E.C.1. 363
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON)| Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- Stands for Ca Cl Tubes . . . .141
- Stands for Condensers . . . .146
- Stands for Funnels...................182
- Stands for Lecture Table Work . . 245
- Stands for Neumann’s Voltameter . 221 Stands for Pipettes . . . .239-240
- Stands for Test Tubes .... 278
- Stands, Quadrupod....................162
- Stands, Retort...................245-247
- Stands, Spectroscope.................263
- Stands, Tripod...................273,274
- Stanhope Lens........................298
- Stannous Chloride Decomposition
- Apparatus.........................224
- Starch Books.........................279
- Star Supports for Bunsen Burners . 131 Stead’s Gas Analysis Apparatus . 193 Stead’s Gas Sampling Bottles . . . 202
- Steam Boilers, Vessels for Use as .213 Steam Decomposition Apparatus . 220
- Steam Heaters........................213
- Steel Anvil Blocks...................229
- Steel Calliper Gauges................313
- Steel Mortars and Pestles . . . .231
- Steel Spatulas.......................258
- Steel Tubing, Flexible...............281
- Stencil Inks.........................273
- Stencils, Blackboard, “ Nivoc ” . . 272
- Stencils, “ Nivoc ”..............270-271
- Stencils, Zincplate..................273
- Sterilisers for Dissecting Instruments 296 Still Heads, Kjeldahl’s . . . .160
- Stills and Condensers, Glass . .144-146
- Stills and Drying Ovens, Combined
- 166-170
- Stills, Copper...................156-157
- Stills, Electric and Gas . . . . 157
- Still, Thorpe’s Inland Revenue 146, 159
- Stirring Apparatus...................293
- Stirring Rods, Ebonite .... 258 Stirring Rods, End-pieces for . . . 254
- Stirring Rods, Glass.................258
- Stonedust Meter......................195
- Stoneware Acid Jugs...................no
- Stoneware Aspirators..................in
- Stoneware Beehive Shelves . . . 207
- Stoneware Bottles....................124
- Stoneware Gas Trays..................207
- Stoneware Jars for Storing Dry
- Chemicals.........................215
- Stoneware Pneumatic Troughs . . 206
- Stoneware Taps for Aspirators . .in Stopcocks, Glass . . . . . . 276
- Stopcocks, Stoneware..................in
- Store Cupboards..................320-321
- Stoves, Paraffin . . . - . . .132
- String Dusters.......................292
- String Nets for Foot Bellows . . 120, 254
- Strut’s Radium Clocks .... 335 “ Suberit ” Compressed Corks . . 147
- “ Suberit ” Cork Mats................147
- “ Suberit ” Cork Rings . . . -147
- Sulphur Compounds, Gas Analysis
- Apparatus.........................203
- Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus 204-205 Sulphuric Acid Dishes . . . .154
- Supports for Atomic Models . . . 293
- Supports, Fireclay, for Crucibles . .150
- Supports for Bunsen Burners . .131
- Supports for Carboys.................137
- Supports for Fitting on to Retort
- Stands............................247
- Supports for Test Tubes .... 278 Supports for Vacuum Vessels . . 238
- Supports, Rising Table .... 274
- Supports, Table..................273-274
- Supports (Wooden Blocks) . . .273
- Swedish Filter Papers, Muncktell’s . 46
- Syphon Barometers....................112
- Syphons, Glass.......................275
- Syringes, Exhausting and Condensing 242
- Syringes, Glass......................275
- Syringe Hydrometers..................213
- PAGE
- Tables, Blowpipe . . . .121
- Table Spectroscopes . .264-266
- Table Supports for Fitting on to Retort Stands........................247
- Table Supports, Various .... 273
- Taper Holders, Wire.................152
- Taps for Aspirators . . . .111,276
- Taps for Laboratories . . . .325-328
- Taps, Glass (Stopcocks) . . . .276
- Tate’s Air Pumps....................242
- Teats, India-rubber.................254
- Teclu Bunsen Burners .... 128 Teeth, Anatomical Models of . . . 305
- Telescopes, Reading.................138
- Telescopic Handle Nets .... 297 Temperature and Pressure Apparatus 219 Tennant’s Nitrometers .... 198 Tension Series Apparatus, Liipke’s . 227
- Test Glasses.....................279
- Test Papers......................279
- Test Tube Baskets................137
- Test Tube Brushes................137
- Test Tube Cleaners...............137
- Test Tube Holders................277
- Test Tube Racks..................278
- Test Tube Stands.................278
- Test Tube Supports...............278
- Test Tubes, Bacteriological . . . 277
- Test Tubes for Government Heat Test 277
- Test Tubes, Ignition.............277
- Test Tubes on Feet...............277
- Test Tubes, Transparent Silica . . 29
- Test Tubes, Various..............277
- Test Tubes, Vitreosil............24
- Thermo-Electric Thermometers . . 286
- Thermometer Tubes, Empty . . . 286
- Thermometers, Thermo-Electric . . 286
- Thermometer Tubing..................280
- Thermometers, Air...................286
- Thermometers, Anschutz . . . .285
- Thermometers, Beckmann’s . . . 284
- Thermometers, Beckmann’s Differential ..............................284
- Thermometers, Boxwood Scale . . 287
- Thermometers, British Standard for
- Research Work....................282
- Thermometers, Clinical .... 286 Thermometers, Engraved Stem . . 282
- Thermometers for Chemical Works and
- Factories......................285
- Thermometers for Oxygen Experiments .............................239
- Thermometers, High Temperature,
- Nitrogen Filled..................283
- Thermometers, Incubator . . . 285
- Thermometers, Low Temperature . 283 Thermometers, Maximum and Minimum ............................287-288
- Thermometers, Milk-glass Scale . .283
- Thermometers, Model.................286
- Thermometers, Normal .... 285 Thermometers, Paper Scale . . . 283
- Thermometers, Platinum Resistance 286 Thermometers, Ungraduated . . . 286
- Thermometers with F. and C. Scales 283
- Thistle Funnels.....................181
- Thompson Calorimeters . . .137-138
- Thorpe’s Inland Revenue Still .146, 159 Thumb Stalls, India-rubber . . . 292
- Tiles, Porcelain....................152
- Tiles, Porous, for Drying Crystals. . 152
- Tinned Iron Spoons..................260
- Tintometers, Lovibond’s . . .330-331
- Tobacco Pipes for Gas Experiments . hi Toluene Vapour Bath for Oil Testing 236
- 151 -151 151 151 150
- 260 305 308 -312
- Tongs, Charcoal Tongs, Crucible and Furnace Tongs, Cupel .... Tongs, Mercury.
- Tongs, Scorifier Tongs, Sodium .... Tongue, Anatomical Models of
- Tool Cabinets................
- Tools, Assay, Metallurgical, etc.
- 150
- 308-
- PAGE
- Tools, Glass Blowers...............121
- Towels.............................292
- Transparent Fused Quartz Apparatus .......................... 26-31
- Trays, Draining....................278
- Trays for Crystal Drying .... 39
- Trays for Use with Cordite Cones . 293 Trays, Fireclay, for Blowpipe Work. 121
- Trays, Gas.........................207
- Trays, Mercury.........................228
- Trays, Vitreosil....................21
- Trial Jars for Hydrometers . . .213
- Triangles, Brass....................275
- Triangles, Iron Wire................275
- Triangles, Malleable Iron . . . . 275
- Triangles, Nickel, for Crucibles . . 32
- Triangles, Nickel Wire..............275
- Triangles, Pipeclay.................275
- Triangles, Vitreosil................20
- Triangular Files...................179
- Triangular Desiccators . . .141,154
- Tripod Stands..................273,274
- Troughs, Botanical.............69, 70
- Troughs, Pneumatic, Various . . . 206
- Trowels, Fern......................296
- Trunk, Anatomical Models of . . . 305
- T. Tubes, Glass ....... 202
- T. Tubes, India-rubber .... 254
- Tube Cutters.......................155
- Tube Furnaces......................183-184
- Tube Muffles, Electric . . . .187-188
- Tube Stand, Nessler................234
- Tubes, Absorption..............no, 200
- Tubes, Barometer.......................112
- Tubes, Calcium Chloride . . .140-141
- Tubes, Carbon, Eggertz . . . .173
- Tubes, Combustion Glass .... 281 Tubes, Combustion, Porcelain . 12, 13
- Tubes, Combustion, Vitreosil . 23, 24
- Tubes, Distillation....................158
- Tubes, Filter Pump, Glass . . . 177
- Tubes, Filter Pump, Metal . . .178
- Tubes for Arsenic Apparatus . . .110
- Tubes for Centrifugal Machines . . 143
- Tubes for Gas Analysis Apparatus . 193 Tubes for Liebig’s Condensers . .144
- Tubes for Spectrum Analysis . . . 261
- Tubes, Gas.........................201
- Tubes, Gas Condensation .... 202
- Tubes, Gas Measuring...............173
- Tubes, Gas Sampling................202
- Tubes, Graduated, with Platinum
- Electrodes.......................218
- Tubes, Immersion.................210
- Tubes, Iron......................281
- Tubes, Ozone.....................239
- Tubes, Nitrogen..................199
- Tubes, Palladium.................201
- Tubes, Reduction.................281
- Tubes, Specific Gravity .... 261
- Tubes, Specimen...............73, 127
- Tubes, Stoppered for Lecture Apparatus ............................219
- Tubes, T and Y form................202
- Tubes, T, India-rubber .... 254
- Tubes, Test........................277
- Tubes, Thermometer, Empty . . . 286
- Tubes to Demonstrate H and Cl .219 Tubes to Demonstrate Volumetric Analysis of Ammonia . . . .219
- Tubes, Transparent Silica . . 29, 30
- Tubes, Vacuum, for Spectrum Analysis .............................262
- Tubes, Vitreosil....................23
- Tubes, Weighing....................291
- Tubing, Barometer..................280
- Tubing, Combustion Glass . . .281
- Tubing, Flexible Metallic . . . .281
- Tubing, Glass......................280
- Tubing, Pressure, for Air Pump Plates 242
- Tubing, Rubber.....................249
- Tubing, Thermometer................280
- Tubing, Transparent Silica ... 30
- Tubing, Vitreosil...................22
- p.363 - vue 380/385
-
-
-
- 364 F. E. BECKER & CO., IMIVOC HOUSE, HATTOIM WALL, LONDON, E.C.1.
- W. & J. GEORGE (LONDON), Ltd., PROPRIETORS.
- PAGE
- Turbines, Rabe’s.................292
- Turmeric Books...................279
- Turmeric Paper in Sheets . . .279
- Turned Wooden Boxes for Holding
- Test Papers, etc..............279
- Turner’s Furnace.................183
- Tumscrews........................310
- Turntables.......................72
- Twaddell’s Hydrometers . . .211,212
- HLMANN’S Explosion Gas Furnace ..............................184
- Uralite..........................291
- Ure’s Eudiometers................173
- Urinometers......................210
- U Tubes..........................140
- U Tubes, Stoppered, for Lecture Apparatus . 219
- VACUUM Desiccators . . -153-154
- Vacuum Drying Ovens . .164
- Vacuum Pumps, Geryk . . .232-243
- Vacuum Tubes for Spectrum Analysis ...............................262
- Vacuum Vessels, Dewar’s .... 238
- Vacuum Vessels, Double Walled . . 239
- Vapour-Density Apparatus . .289-290
- Vapour-Density Bulbs .... 290 Vascula or Collecting Cases . . . 296
- Vessels, Calcium Chloride . . . .141
- Vessels for Specific Gravity . . . 261
- Vessels for Use as Steam Boilers . . 213
- Vessels, Mercury.................228
- Vessels, Platinum, for Use with Silver
- Voltameters...................227
- Vessels, Vacuum, Dewar’s . . . 238
- Vessels, Vacuum, Double Walled . . 239
- V form Electrolysis Apparatus . .218
- Vices, Various...................312
- Victor Meyer’s Vapour-Density Apparatus ...........................289
- PAGE
- Victor Meyer’s Funnels .... 180
- Viscometer, Engler’s................235
- Viscometer, Sir Boverton Redwood’s 235 Vitreosil (Opaque Silica) Apparatus 15-25 Voltameter for Electrolysis of Solutions . 225
- Voltameters for Mixed Gases . . . 220
- Voltameters, Silver . '. . . . 227
- Volumetric Analysis of Ammonia
- Tubes............................219
- Vulcanite Spatulas..................258
- AGNER’S Nitrogen Estimation
- Apparatus.......................161
- Wall Case for Specimens or Apparatus ............................321
- Walther’s Filter Pump Apparatus .. 178 Wanklyn’s Gas Bottles and Tubes . 201 Wash Bottles, Gas . . . . .207-208
- Waste Pipes, Vitrified Stoneware . 323
- Watch Glass Clips........................290
- Watch Glasses.................73, 290
- Watch Glasses, Transparent Silica . 29
- Watch Glasses, Vitreosil .... 23
- Water Baths...................171-172
- Water Decomposition Apparatus
- 218, 220, 221
- Water Heaters, Instantaneous . . 329
- Water Pump Valves........................293
- Water Taps for Laboratories . .325-326
- Wedgwood Ware, Mortars and Pestles 230 Weighing Bottles . . . . . . 291
- Weighing Paper...........................291
- Weighing Scoops..........................290
- Weighing Tubes...........................291
- Weights, Various................77-108
- Weight Thermometers, Transparent
- Fused Silica...........................30
- Whatman Filter Papers . . . . 40-45
- Wickless Paraffin Stoves . . . .132
- William Thomson Calorimeter . . 137
- PAGE
- Wine Distillation Apparatus . . .159
- Winkler’s Gas Absorption Apparatus 201 Winkler's Gas Analysis Apparatus . 194 Wire Brush or File Cleaner . . . 308
- Wire Cages for Foot Bellows . . .120
- Wire Clips for Beakers, etc. . . . 293
- Wire Clips for Watch Glasses . . . 290
- Wire Gauze, Brass...............274
- Wire Gauze, Combined wth Asbestos 274
- Wire Gauze, Copper..............274
- Wire Gauze, Iron................274
- Wire Gauze Sieves...........257-258
- Wire Gauze Spoons...............260
- Wire, Nickel..........................32
- Wire Taper Holders...................152
- Witt’s Filter Pump Apparatus . .178
- “ W.J.” Burette Stands . . . .134
- Wooden Blocks (Supports) . . .273
- Wooden Blocks with Sliding Rod . 274 Wooden Boxes for Holding Test
- Papers, etc.......................279
- Wooden Draining Racks for Test
- Tubes, etc........................278
- Wood Splints for Oxygen Experiments .........................152
- Wooden Supports for Vacuum Vessels 238 Worcester Laboratory Porcelain . . 12
- Woulffe’s Bottles....................208
- Woven Wire Botanical Press . . . 296
- Writing Diamonds . . . . . . 155
- YOUNG’S Pear Still Heads . .158
- Y Tubes.......................202
- ZINC Beakers.........................118
- Zinc Discs for Desiccators . . 154
- Zinc Sulphide for Scintillation Work 334
- Zincplate Stencils...................273
- Zoophyte Troughs......................70
- e.inilMIIIIIIIt]||||llllllIflllllllllllIIIIIIIIIIIIIlllllIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIin[IIIIIIIIHIIIIIIIIIIlllIllIIIIIIIIIIIIIlMlllllllllllllIllllIlllllIIIIIIIIIlll!ll!IIIIIIIIIIlllIllIlllllimi=
- REFER TO OUR
- I PHYSICAL APPARATUS S
- CATALOGUE
- * 23rd EDITION. ^ I
- FOR ALL APPARATUS FOR TEACHING:
- ELEMENTARY AND PRACTICAL PHYSICS, MECHANICS, ELECTRICITY,
- MAGNETISM,
- SOUND,
- LIGHT,
- HEAT, ETC.
- p.364 - vue 381/385
-
-
-
- USEFUL STATISTICS
- TRUE CHEMICAL NAMES AND FORMULAE OF COMMON CHEMICALS.
- Common Name. Formula. Chemical Name. Common Name. Formula. Chemical Name.
- Alum K2S04.A12(S04)3 Potassium alu- Orpiment As2S3 . . . Arsenic trisulphide
- minium sulphate Pearl ash k2co3 . . . Potassium car-
- Alumina . ai2o3 ... Aluminium oxide bonate
- Aqua fortis . hno3 . . . Nitric acid Plaster of Paris CaS04. . Calcium sulphate
- Aspirin . Acetyl - salicylic Plumbago C . . . . Graphite
- acid Precipitated chalk CaC03 . . . Calcium carbonate
- Baryta . BaO . . . Barium oxide Prussian blue Fe4[Fe(CN)G]3 . Ferric ferrocyanide
- Blue vitriol . CuS04-5H20 Copper sulphate Prussic acid HCN . . . Hydrocyanic acid
- Bone ash — Impure calcium Quick lime . CaO ... Calcium oxide
- phosphate Quinol ... £-C6H4(OH)2 . Hydroquinone
- Boracic acid. h3bo3 . . . Boric acid Realgar . As2S2 ... Arsenic disulphide
- Brimstone s Sulphur Red lead. Pb304 . . . Lead tetroxide
- Burnt lime . CaO ... Calcium oxide Red prussiate of K3Fe(CN)6 . . Potassium ferri-
- Calomel . Hg2Cl2 . . . Mercurous chloride potash cyanide
- Carbolic acid C6H5OH . . Phenol Rochelle salt KNaC4H40G.4H20 Potassium sodium
- Carborundum . SiC .... Silicon carbide tartrate
- Caustic potash . KOH . . . Potassium hydrox- Sal ammoniac . NH4C1 . . . Ammonium chlor-
- ide ide
- Caustic soda NaOH . . . Sodium hydroxide Salt .... NaCl . . . Sodium chloride
- Chalk. CaC03 . Calcium carbonate Salt of lemon 1 TziTp own i Potassium hydro-
- Chrome alum . K2S04.Cr2(S04)3 Potassium chro- Salt of sorrel J gen oxalate
- mium sulphate Saltpetre. kno3 . . . Potassium nitrate
- Corrosive subli- HgCl2 . . . Mercuric chloride Silica ... Si02 . . . Silicon dioxide
- mate Slaked lime . Ca(OH)2 . . Calcium hydroxide
- Cream of tartar KHC4H4Og. . Potassium hydro- Soda crystals Na2C03.ioH20. Sodium carbonate
- gen tartrate Sodium hyposul- Na2S2035H20 . Sodium thiosul-
- Dextrose cgh12o6 Glucose phite phate
- Epsom salts. MgS04.7H20 . Magnesium sul- Soluble glass Na2Si03 Sodium silicate
- phate Sugar of lead . Pb(CH3COO)2.3H20 Lead acetate
- Fluorspar CaF2 . . . Calcium fluoride
- Formalin. H.CHO . . 40% aqueous solu- Tartar emetic . K(SbO)C4H4Ofi. . Potassium anti-
- tion of formal- monyl tartrate
- dehyde Turnbull’s blue. Fe3[Fe(CN)G]2 . Ferrous ferricyan-
- Glauber’s salt . Na2S04ioH20 . Sodium sulphate ide
- Grape sugar. c6h12o6 Glucose Verdigris. 2Cu(C2H302)2-{-Cu0 Basic copper ace-
- Green vitriol FeS04.7H20 . Ferrous sulphate tate
- Hypo.... Na2S2035H20 . Sodium thiosul- Vermilion HgS ... Red mercuric
- phate sulphide
- Litharge . PbO . . . Lead monoxide Washing soda . Na2C03.ioH20 Sodum carbonate
- Marble . CaC03 . . Calcium carbonate Water glass . _ Aqueous solution
- Microcosmic salt Na(NH4)HP04. Sodium ammo- of sodium sili-
- nium hydrogen cates
- phosphate White lead . 2PbC03+Pb(0H)2 Basic lead carbon-
- Minium . Pb304 . . . Lead tetroxide ate
- Muriate of NH4C1 . . . Ammonium Wood alcohol . CH3OH . . Methyl alcohol
- ammonia chloride Yellow prussiate K4Fe(CN)G.3H20 Potassium ferro-
- Muriatic acid . HC1 . . . . Hydrochloric acid of potash cyanide
- Nitre .... kno3 . . . Potassium nitrate Zinc white . ZnO . . . Zinc oxide
- HYDROMETERS
- TO CONVERT:
- (1) Degrees of Twaddell’s hydrometer into specific gravity (water — 1000)—multiply by 5 and add 1000.
- (2) Specific Gravity (water = 1000) into degrees of Twaddell’s hydrometer—subtract 1000 and divide by 5.
- (3) Specific Gravity (air = 1) to specific gravity (H = 1)—-multiply by 14-483.
- (4) Specific Gravity (H = 1) to specific gravity (air = 1)— multiply by 0-06926.
- p.n.n. - vue 382/385
-
-
-
- USEFUL STATISTICS
- (See also previous page.)
- INTERNATIONAL ATOMIC WEIGHTS 1921.
- Name. Symbol. Atomic Weight. Name. Symbol. Atomic Weight.
- Aluminium .... A1 27-1 Molybdenum .... Mo 96-0
- Antimony Sb 120-2 Neodymium .... Nd 144-3
- ♦Argon A 39'9 Neon Ne 20-2
- Arsenic As 74-96 Nickel Ni 58-68
- Barium Ba I37-37 Niton Nt 222-4
- Bismuth Bi 208-0 ♦Nitrogen N 14-008
- ♦Boron B 10-9 Osmium | Os 190-9
- Bromine Br 79-92 Oxygen 1 0 16-00
- Cadmium Cd 112-40 Palladium | Pd 106-7
- Caesium ..... Cs 132-81 Phosphorus P 31-04
- Calcium Ca 40-07 Platinum Pt 195-2
- *Carbon C 12-00 Potassium K 39’t°
- Cerium Ce I40-25 Praseodymium .... Pr 140-9
- Chlorine Cl 35A6 Radium Ra 226-0
- Chromium Cr 52-0 Rhodium Rh 102-9
- Cobalt Co 58-97 Rubidium Rb 85-45
- Columbium Cb 93-1 Ruthenium . . . . . Ru 101-7
- Copper Cu 63-57 Samarium Sa 150-4
- Dysprosium .... Dy 162-5 Scandium Sc 45-i
- Erbium Er . 167-7 Selenium ! Se 79-2
- Europium . Eu 152-0 Silicon Si 28-3
- Fluorine F 19-0 Silver. ...... Ag 107-88
- Gadolinium Gd 157-3 Sodium Na 23-00
- ♦Gallium Ga 70-1 Strontium I Sr 87-63
- Germanium .... Ge 72-5 Sulphur 1 S 32-06
- Glucinum G1 9-i Tantalum ! Ta 181-5
- Gold Au 197-2 Tellurium Te 127-5
- Helium He 4-00 Terbium Tb 159-2
- Holmium Ho 163-5 Thallium T1 204-0
- Hydrogen H 1-008 ♦Thorium Th 232-15
- Indium In 114-8 Thulium Tm 168-5
- Iodine I 126-92 Tin Sn 118-7
- Iridium Ir I93-I Titanium Ti 48-1
- Iron ...... Fe 55-84 Tungsten W 184-0
- Krypton Kr 82-92 Uranium U 238-2
- Lanthanum .... La 139-0 Vanadium V 51-0
- Lead . Pb 207-20 Xenon Xe 130-2
- Lithium...... Li 6-94 Ytterbium (Neoytterbium) Yb 173-5
- Lutecium . Lu 175-0 ♦Yttrium Yt 89-33
- Magnesium .... Mg 24-32 Zinc Zn 65-37
- Manganese Mercury Mn Hg 54-93 200-6 Zirconium Zr 90-6
- SPECIFIC GRAVITIES, BOILING POINTS, AND FREEZING POINTS OF PURE LIQUIDS.
- Acid acetic (absolute) Acetone
- Alcohol amyl (Iso)
- ,, ethyl ..
- ,, methyl Benzene
- Carbon disulphide Chloroform Ethyl ether . . Glycerol ..
- Toluene Xylene meta
- Sp. G. °c. Boiling Point. Freezing Point.
- 1-0497 20 Il8-5 16-5
- 0-7920 20 56-5 -95
- 0-8148 14 131 -117
- 0-7941 15/15 78-4 -112
- 07965 15/15 64-5 ~95
- 0-885 15 80-4 5-4
- 1-268 15 46 —108-6
- 1-500 15 6i-2 — 62
- 07195 15 35 — 112-6
- 1-2665 15 293 17
- 0-871 15 110-3 -92-4
- 0-869 15/15 139 -54-8
- Printed in Great Britain by Butler & Tanner, Frome and London
- p.n.n. - vue 383/385
-
-
-
- p.n.n. - vue 384/385
-
-
-
- r
- ILLUSTRATED AND “ DESCRIPTIVE
- CATALOGUE OF
- *»« ^ J
- pc not
- ili-rtLdj riLKUL
- BALASOES & WEIGHT?
- MICROSCOPES, ETC.
- 8
- e
- Ifcli
- L..,„
- VA & d. GEOaCE (LONDON), LTD, PROFniETORS,
- * n
- “K
- |L
- 17-29, HATTON WALL, LONDON, E,C.t. S
- COMPLETE LAS ORA"TO^Y FURN'SHI^S.
- MMMBBBMKaHllli »ffliaSBWi !g8MBmgHSg«A:
- p.n.n. - vue 385/385
-
-
